%N

$)')4!,#!-%2!
4HE.IKON'UIDETO$IGITAL0HOTOGRAPHY
WITHTHE
Where to Find It
||rJ .|.t vcu’.o |cck|rc |c. |.cn
The Index See pages 147–149
Search by key word.
Error Messages See pages 132–133
If a warning is displayed in the control panel, viewfinder, or monitor, find
the solution here.
Troubleshooting See pages 129–131
Camera behaving unexpectedly? Find the solution here.
The Q&A Index See pages vii–ix
Know what you want to do but don’t know the function name? Find it from
the “question and answer” index.
See pages v–vi The Table of Contents
Find items by function or menu name.
Digitutor
“||c|tutc..” . so.|os c| “..tc| .rJ |o..r” n.ru.|s |r ncv|o |c.n. |s .v.||.b|o .t t|o |c||c.|rc .obs|to
http://www.nikondigitutor.com/index_eng.html
Help
|so t|o c.no..‘s crbc..J |o|p |o.tu.o |c. |o|p cr noru |tons .rJ ct|o. tcp|cs Soo p.co 9 |c.
Jot.||s
i
Introduction
Technical Notes
Tutorial
Photography and Playback
Reference
Menu Guide
More on Photography (All Modes)
P, S, A, and M Modes
More on Playback
Connecting to a Television, Computer, or Printer
Playback Options: The Playback Menu
Shooting Options: The Shooting Menu
Custom Settings
Basic Camera Settings: The Setup Menu
Creating Retouched Copies: The Retouch Menu
ii For Your Safety
For Your Safety
¯c p.ovort J.n.co tc vcu. ||kcr p.cJuct c. |r|u.v tc vcu.so|| c. tc ct|o.s. .o.J t|o |c|
|c.|rc s.|otv p.oc.ut|crs |r t|o|. ort|.otv bo|c.o us|rc t||s oou|pnort |oop t|oso s.|otv
|rst.uct|crs .|o.o .|| t|cso .|c uso t|o p.cJuct .||| .o.J t|on
¯|o ccrsoouorcos t|.t ccu|J .osu|t |.cn |.||u.o tc cbso.vo t|o p.oc.ut|crs ||stoJ |r t||s soc
t|cr ..o |rJ|c.toJ bv t|o |c||c.|rc svnbc|
Do not look at the sun through the viewfnder
\|o.|rc t|o sur c. ct|o. st.crc ||c|t scu.co t|.cuc|
t|o v|o.firJo. ccu|J c.uso po.n.rort v|su.| |np.|.
nort
Using the viewfnder diopter control
\|or cpo..t|rc t|o v|o.firJo. J|cpto. ccrt.c| .|t|
vcu. ovo tc t|o v|o.firJo.. c..o s|cu|J bo t.kor rct
tc put vcu. firco. |r vcu. ovo .cc|Jort.||v
Turn of immediately in the event of malfunction
S|cu|J vcu rct|co sncko c. .r urusu.| sno|| ccn
|rc |.cn t|o oou|pnort c. /´ .J.pto. (.v.||.b|o
sop...to|v:. urp|uc t|o /´ .J.pto. .rJ .oncvo t|o
b.tto.v |nnoJ|.to|v. t.k|rc c..o tc .vc|J bu.rs ´cr
t|ruoJ cpo..t|cr ccu|J .osu|t |r |r|u.v /|to. .oncv
|rc t|o b.tto.v. t.ko t|o oou|pnort tc . ||kcr.u
t|c.|.oJ so.v|co corto. |c. |rspoct|cr
Do not disassemble
¯cuc||rc t|o p.cJuct’s |rto.r.| p..ts ccu|J .osu|t
|r |r|u.v |r t|o ovort c| n.||urct|cr. t|o p.cJuct
s|cu|J bo .op.|.oJ cr|v bv . ou.||fioJ toc|r|c|.r
S|cu|J t|o p.cJuct b.o.k cpor .s t|o .osu|t c| .
|.|| c. ct|o. .cc|Jort. .oncvo t|o b.tto.v .rJ/c. /´
.J.pto. .rJ t|or t.ko t|o p.cJuct tc . ||kcr.ut|c
.|.oJ so.v|co corto. |c. |rspoct|cr
Do not use in the presence of fammable gas
|c rct uso o|oct.cr|c oou|pnort |r t|o p.osorco c|
fl.nn.b|o c.s. .s t||s ccu|J .osu|t |r oxp|cs|cr c.
fi.o
Keep out of reach of children
|.||u.o tc cbso.vo t||s p.oc.ut|cr ccu|J .osu|t |r |r
|u.v
Do not place the strap around the neck of an infant or
child
||.c|rc t|o c.no.. st..p ..curJ t|o rock c| .r |r|.rt
c. c|||J ccu|J .osu|t |r st..rcu|.t|cr
Observe proper precautions when handling batteries
b.tto.|os n.v |o.k c. oxp|cJo || |np.cpo.|v |.rJ|oJ
Obso.vo t|o |c||c.|rc p.oc.ut|crs .|or |.rJ||rc
b.tto.|os |c. uso |r t||s p.cJuct
• |so cr|v b.tto.|os .pp.cvoJ |c. uso |r t||s oou|p
nort
• |c rct s|c.t c. J|s.ssonb|o t|o b.tto.v
• bo su.o t|o p.cJuct |s cff bo|c.o .op|.c|rc t|o b.t
to.v || vcu ..o us|rc .r /´ .J.pto.. bo su.o |t |s ur
p|uccoJ
• |c rct .ttonpt tc |rso.t t|o b.tto.v ups|Jo Jc.r c.
b.ck...Js
• |c rct oxpcso t|o b.tto.v tc fl.no c. tc oxcoss|vo
|o.t
• |c rct |nno.so |r c. oxpcso tc ..to.
• |op|.co t|o to.n|r.| ccvo. .|or t..rspc.t|rc t|o
b.tto.v |c rct t..rspc.t c. stc.o t|o b.tto.v .|t|
not.| cb|octs suc| .s rock|.cos c. |.|.p|rs
• b.tto.|os ..o p.cro tc |o.k.co .|or |u||v J|sc|..coJ
¯c .vc|J J.n.co tc t|o p.cJuct. bo su.o tc .oncvo
t|o b.tto.v .|or rc c|..co .on.|rs
• \|or t|o b.tto.v |s rct |r uso. .tt.c| t|o to.n|r.|
ccvo. .rJ stc.o |r . ccc|. J.v p|.co
• ¯|o b.tto.v n.v bo |ct |nnoJ|.to|v .|to. uso c.
.|or t|o p.cJuct |.s boor usoJ cr b.tto.v pc.o.
|c. .r oxtorJoJ po.|cJ bo|c.o .oncv|rc t|o b.tto.v
tu.r t|o c.no.. cff .rJ .||c. t|o b.tto.v tc ccc|
• ||sccrt|ruo uso |nnoJ|.to|v s|cu|J vcu rct|co .rv
c|.rcos |r t|o b.tto.v. suc| .s J|scc|c..t|cr c. Jo|c.
n.t|cr
Observe proper precautions when handling the quick charger
• |oop J.v |.||u.o tc cbso.vo t||s p.oc.ut|cr ccu|J
.osu|t |r fi.o c. o|oct.|c s|cck
• |ust cr c. ro.. t|o not.| p..ts c| t|o p|uc s|cu|J bo
.oncvoJ .|t| . J.v c|ct| ´crt|ruoJ uso ccu|J .osu|t
|r fi.o
• |c rct |.rJ|o t|o pc.o. c.b|o c. cc ro.. t|o c|..
co. Ju.|rc t|urJo.stc.ns |.||u.o tc cbso.vo t||s
p.oc.ut|cr ccu|J .osu|t |r o|oct.|c s|cck
• |c rct J.n.co. ncJ||v. c. |c.c|b|v tuc c. borJ t|o
pc.o. c.b|o |c rct p|.co |t urJo. |o.vv cb|octs c.
oxpcso |t tc |o.t c. fl.no S|cu|J t|o |rsu|.t|cr bo
J.n.coJ .rJ t|o .|.os boccno oxpcsoJ. t.ko t|o
pc.o. c.b|o tc . ||kcr.ut|c.|.oJ so.v|co .op.osor
t.t|vo |c. |rspoct|cr |.||u.o tc cbso.vo t||s p.oc.u
t|cr ccu|J .osu|t |r fi.o c. o|oct.|c s|cck
• |c rct |.rJ|o t|o p|uc c. c|..co. .|t| .ot |.rJs
|.||u.o tc cbso.vo t||s p.oc.ut|cr ccu|J .osu|t |r o|oc
t.|c s|cck
WARNINGS
¯||s |ccr n..ks ...r|rcs ¯c p.ovort pcss|b|o |r|u.v. .o.J .|| ...r|rcs bo|c.o us|rc
t||s ||kcr p.cJuct
iii Notices
Notices
Use appropriate cables
\|or ccrroct|rc c.b|os tc t|o |rput .rJ cutput
|.cks. uso cr|v t|o c.b|os p.cv|JoJ c. sc|J bv ||kcr
|c. t|o pu.pcso tc n.|rt.|r ccnp||.rco .|t| p.cJuct
.ocu|.t|crs
CD-ROMs
´||OVs ccrt.|r|rc sc|t...o c. n.ru.|s s|cu|J rct
bo p|.voJ b.ck cr .uJ|c ´| oou|pnort ||.v|rc ´|
|OVs cr .r .uJ|c ´| p|.vo. ccu|J c.uso |o..|rc |css
c. J.n.co t|o oou|pnort
Observe caution when using the fash
|c rct cpo..to t|o fl.s| .|t| t|o fl.s| .|rJc.
tcuc||rc . po.scr c. cb|oct |.||u.o tc cbso.vo t||s
p.oc.ut|cr ccu|J .osu|t |r bu.rs c. fi.o
|s|rc t|o fl.s| c|cso tc t|o sub|oct’s ovos ccu|J c.uso
tonpc...v v|su.| |np.|.nort |..t|cu|.. c..o s|cu|J
bo cbso.voJ .|or p|ctcc..p||rc |r|.rts. .|or t|o
fl.s| s|cu|J bo rc |oss t|.r cro noto. (39 |r: |.cn
t|o sub|oct
• |c p..t c| t|o n.ru.|s |rc|uJoJ .|t| t||s p.cJuct
n.v bo .op.cJucoJ. t..rsn|ttoJ. t..rsc.|boJ. stc.oJ |r
. .ot.|ov.| svston. c. t..rs|.toJ |rtc .rv |.rcu.co |r
.rv |c.n. bv .rv no.rs. .|t|cut ||kcr’s p.|c. ..|ttor
po.n|ss|cr
• ||kcr .oso.vos t|o .|c|t tc c|.rco t|o spoc|fic.t|crs
c| t|o |..J...o .rJ sc|t...o Josc.|boJ |r t|oso n.r
u.|s .t .rv t|no .rJ .|t|cut p.|c. rct|co
• ||kcr .||| rct bo |o|J ||.b|o |c. .rv J.n.cos .osu|t|rc
|.cn t|o uso c| t||s p.cJuct
• \|||o ovo.v offc.t |.s boor n.Jo tc orsu.o t|.t t|o |r
|c.n.t|cr |r t|oso n.ru.|s |s .ccu..to .rJ ccnp|oto.
.o .cu|J .pp.oc|.to |t .o.o vcu tc b.|rc .rv o..c.s c.
cn|ss|crs tc t|o .ttort|cr c| t|o ||kcr .op.osort.t|vo
|r vcu. ..o. (.JJ.oss p.cv|JoJ sop...to|v:
Notices for Customers in the U.S.A.
Federal Communications Commission (FCC) Radio Frequency Interference Statement
¯||s oou|pnort |.s boor tostoJ .rJ |curJ tc ccnp|v
.|t| t|o ||n|ts |c. . ´|.ss b J|c|t.| Jov|co. pu.su.rt tc
|..t 15 c| t|o |´´ .u|os ¯|oso ||n|ts ..o Jos|croJ tc
p.cv|Jo .o.scr.b|o p.ctoct|cr .c.|rst |..n|u| |rto.|o.
orco |r . .os|Jort|.| |rst.||.t|cr ¯||s oou|pnort cor
o..tos. usos. .rJ c.r ..J|.to ..J|c |.oouorcv oro.cv
.rJ. || rct |rst.||oJ .rJ usoJ |r .ccc.J.rco .|t| t|o
|rst.uct|crs. n.v c.uso |..n|u| |rto.|o.orco tc ..J|c
ccnnur|c.t|crs |c.ovo.. t|o.o |s rc cu...rtoo t|.t
|rto.|o.orco .||| rct cccu. |r . p..t|cu|.. |rst.||.t|cr ||
t||s oou|pnort Jcos c.uso |..n|u| |rto.|o.orco tc ..
J|c c. to|ov|s|cr .ocopt|cr. .||c| c.r bo Joto.n|roJ bv
tu.r|rc t|o oou|pnort cff .rJ cr. t|o uso. |s orccu.
.coJ tc t.v tc cc..oct t|o |rto.|o.orco bv cro c. nc.o c|
t|o |c||c.|rc no.su.os
• |oc.|ort c. .o|cc.to t|o .oco|v|rc .rtorr.
• |rc.o.so t|o sop...t|cr bot.oor t|o oou|pnort .rJ
.oco|vo.
• ´crroct t|o oou|pnort |rtc .r cut|ot cr . c|.cu|t J||
|o.ort |.cn t|.t tc .||c| t|o .oco|vo. |s ccrroctoJ
• ´crsu|t t|o Jo.|o. c. .r oxpo.|orcoJ ..J|c/to|ov|s|cr
toc|r|c|.r |c. |o|p
CAUTIONS
Modifications
¯|o |´´ .oou|.os t|o uso. bo rct|fioJ t|.t .rv c|.rcos
c. ncJ|fic.t|crs n.Jo tc t||s Jov|co t|.t ..o rct ox
p.oss|v .pp.cvoJ bv ||kcr ´c.pc..t|cr n.v vc|J t|o
uso.’s .ut|c.|tv tc cpo..to t|o oou|pnort
Interface Cables
|so t|o |rto.|.co c.b|os sc|J c. p.cv|JoJ bv ||kcr |c.
vcu. oou|pnort |s|rc ct|o. |rto.|.co c.b|os n.v ox
cooJ t|o ||n|ts c| ´|.ss b |..t 15 c| t|o |´´ .u|os
Notice for Customers in the State of California
\/||||´ |.rJ||rc t|o cc.J cr t||s p.cJuct n.v ox
pcso vcu tc |o.J. . c|on|c.| krc.r tc t|o St.to c| ´.||
|c.r|. tc c.uso b|.t| Jo|octs c. ct|o. .op.cJuct|vo |..n
Wash hands after handling
||kcr |rc. 1300 \.|t \||tn.r |c.J. Vo|v|||o. |o. +c.k 1143064. |S/ ¯o| 631544200
Notices for Customers in Canada
CAUTION
¯||s c|.ss b J|c|t.| .pp...tus noots .|| .oou|.onorts c|
t|o ´.r.J|.r |rto.|o.orco ´.us|rc |ou|pnort |ocu|.
t|crs
ATTENTION
´ot .pp..o|| runo.|ouo Jo |. c|.sso b .ospocto tcutos
|os ox|corcos Ju |oc|onort su. |o n.to.|o| b.cu|||ou. Ju
´.r.J.
D80
Avoid contact with liquid crystal
S|cu|J t|o ncr|tc. b.o.k. c..o s|cu|J bo t.kor tc .vc|J |r|u.v Juo tc b.ckor c|.ss .rJ tc p.ovort t|o ||ou|J c.vst.|
|.cn t|o ncr|tc. tcuc||rc t|o sk|r c. orto.|rc t|o ovos c. ncut|
iv Notices
Symbol for Separate Collection in European Countries
¯||s svnbc| |rJ|c.tos t|.t t||s p.cJuct |s tc bo cc||octoJ sop...to|v
¯|o |c||c.|rc .pp|v cr|v tc uso.s |r |u.cpo.r ccurt.|os
• ¯||s p.cJuct |s Jos|cr.toJ |c. sop...to cc||oct|cr .t .r .pp.cp.|.to cc||oct|cr pc|rt |c rct J|spcso
c| .s |cuso|c|J ..sto
• |c. nc.o |r|c.n.t|cr. ccrt.ct t|o .ot.||o. c. t|o |cc.| .ut|c.|t|os |r c|..co c| ..sto n.r.conort
Notice Concerning Prohibition of Copying or Reproduction
|cto t|.t s|np|v bo|rc |r pcssoss|cr c| n.to.|.| t|.t |.s boor J|c|t.||v ccp|oJ c. .op.cJucoJ bv no.rs c| . sc.r
ro.. J|c|t.| c.no... c. ct|o. Jov|co n.v bo pur|s|.b|o bv |..
• Items prohibited by law from being copied or reproduced
|c rct ccpv c. .op.cJuco p.po. ncrov. cc|rs. socu.|
t|os. ccvo.rnort bcrJs. c. |cc.| ccvo.rnort bcrJs.
ovor || suc| ccp|os c. .op.cJuct|crs ..o st.npoJ
“S.np|o”
¯|o ccpv|rc c. .op.cJuct|cr c| p.po. ncrov. cc|rs.
c. socu.|t|os .||c| ..o c|.cu|.toJ |r . |c.o|cr ccurt.v
|s p.c||b|toJ
|r|oss t|o p.|c. po.n|ss|cr c| t|o ccvo.rnort |.s
boor cbt.|roJ. t|o ccpv|rc c. .op.cJuct|cr c. urusoJ
pcst.co st.nps c. pcst c..Js |ssuoJ bv t|o ccvo.r
nort |s p.c||b|toJ
¯|o ccpv|rc c. .op.cJuct|cr c| st.nps |ssuoJ bv t|o
ccvo.rnort .rJ c| co.t|fioJ Jccunorts st|pu|.toJ bv
|.. |s p.c||b|toJ
• Cautions on certain copies and reproductions
¯|o ccvo.rnort |.s |ssuoJ c.ut|crs cr ccp|os c. .o
p.cJuct|crs c| socu.|t|os |ssuoJ bv p.|v.to ccnp.r|os
(s|..os. b|||s. c|ocks. c||t co.t|fic.tos. otc:. ccnnuto.
p.ssos. c. ccupcr t|ckots. oxcopt .|or . n|r|nun
c| rocoss..v ccp|os ..o tc bo p.cv|JoJ |c. bus|ross
uso bv . ccnp.rv /|sc. Jc rct ccpv c. .op.cJuco
p.sspc.ts |ssuoJ bv t|o ccvo.rnort. ||corsos |ssuoJ
bv pub||c .corc|os .rJ p.|v.to c.cups. || c..Js. .rJ
t|ckots. suc| .s p.ssos .rJ no.| ccupcrs
• Comply with copyright notices
¯|o ccpv|rc c. .op.cJuct|cr c| ccpv.|c|toJ c.o.t|vo
.c.ks suc| .s bccks. nus|c. p.|rt|rcs. .ccJcuts.
p.|rts. n.ps. J...|rcs. ncv|os. .rJ p|ctcc..p|s |s
ccvo.roJ bv r.t|cr.| .rJ |rto.r.t|cr.| ccpv.|c|t |..s
|c rct uso t||s p.cJuct |c. t|o pu.pcso c| n.k|rc ||
|oc.| ccp|os c. tc |r|.|rco ccpv.|c|t |..s
Disposing of Data Storage Devices
||o.so rcto t|.t Jo|ot|rc |n.cos c. |c.n.tt|rc nonc.v c..Js c. ct|o. J.t. stc..co Jov|cos Jcos rct ccnp|oto|v
o..so t|o c.|c|r.| |n.co J.t. |o|otoJ fi|os c.r scnot|nos bo .occvo.oJ |.cn J|sc..JoJ stc..co Jov|cos us|rc
ccnno.c|.||v .v.||.b|o sc|t...o. pctort|.||v .osu|t|rc |r t|o n.||c|cus uso c| po.scr.| |n.co J.t. |rsu.|rc t|o
p.|v.cv c| suc| J.t. |s t|o uso.’s .ospcrs|b|||tv
bo|c.o J|sc..J|rc . J.t. stc..co Jov|co c. t..rs|o..|rc c.ro.s||p tc .rct|o. po.scr. o..so .|| J.t. us|rc ccnno.
c|.| Jo|ot|cr sc|t...o. c. |c.n.t t|o Jov|co .rJ t|or ccnp|oto|v .ofi|| |t .|t| |n.cos ccrt.|r|rc rc p.|v.to |r|c.n.
t|cr (|c. ox.np|o. p|ctu.os c| onptv skv: bo su.o tc .|sc .op|.co .rv p|ctu.os so|octoJ |c. p.osot .||to b.|.rco
´..o s|cu|J bo t.kor tc .vc|J |r|u.v .|or p|vs|c.||v Jost.cv|rc J.t. stc..co Jov|cos
Trademark Information
V.c|rtcs|. V.c OS. .rJ Ou|ck¯|no ..o .oc|sto.oJ t..Jon..ks c| /pp|o ´cnputo.. |rc V|c.csc|t .rJ \|rJc.s ..o
.oc|sto.oJ t..Jon..ks c| V|c.csc|t cc.pc..t|cr ¯|o S| |ccc |s . t..Jon..k c| t|o S| ´..J /sscc|.t|cr ¯|o S||´
|ccc |s . t..Jon..k /Jcbo. /c.cb.t. .rJ /Jcbo |o.Jo. ..o .oc|sto.oJ t..Jon..ks c| /Jcbo Svstons |rc ||ctb.|Jco
|s . t..Jon..k /|| ct|o. t..Jo r.nos nort|croJ |r t||s n.ru.| c. t|o ct|o. Jccunort.t|cr p.cv|JoJ .|t| vcu.
||kcr p.cJuct ..o t..Jon..ks c. .oc|sto.oJ t..Jon..ks c| t|o|. .ospoct|vo |c|Jo.s
v Table of Contents
Table of Contents
For Your Safety ................................................................ ii
Notices .............................................................................. iii
Q & A Index .................................................................... vii
Introduction..................................................1
Getting to Know the Camera .................................... 2
Using Camera Menus ................................................... 9
First Steps ...................................................................... 11
/tt.c||rc . |ors 11
´|..c|rc .rJ |rso.t|rc t|o b.tto.v 12
b.s|c Sotup 14
|rso.t|rc Vonc.v ´..Js 15
/J|ust|rc \|o.firJo. |ccus 1
Tutorial ........................................................18
“Point-and-Shoot” Photography ( Mode) ...... 19
Creative Photography (Digital Vari-Programs) . 24
Basic Playback .............................................................. 26
Reference ....................................................27
More on Photography (All Modes) ..............28
Focus ............................................................................... 28
/utc|ccus 28
|ccus /.o. So|oct|cr 30
|ccus |cck 31
V.ru.| |ccus 32
Image Quality and Size ............................................. 33
|n.co Ou.||tv 34
|n.co S|.o 35
Choosing a Shooting Mode .................................... 36
So||¯|no. VcJo 3
|s|rc . |oncto ´crt.c| 38
Using the Built-in Flash ............................................. 40
ISO Sensitivity .............................................................. 43
Two-Button Reset ....................................................... 44
P, S, A, and M Modes ....................................45
Mode P (Programmed Auto) ................................... 47
Mode S (Shutter-Priority Auto) .............................. 48
Mode A (Aperture-Priority Auto) .......................... 49
Mode M (Manual) ....................................................... 50
Exposure ........................................................................ 52
Voto.|rc 52
/utcoxpcsu.o |cck 53
|xpcsu.o ´cnpors.t|cr 54
||.s| |xpcsu.o ´cnpors.t|cr 55
b..ckot|rc 56
White Balance .............................................................. 58
||ro¯ur|rc \||to b.|.rco 58
´|ccs|rc . ´c|c. ¯onpo..tu.o 59
|.osot \||to b.|.rco 59
More on Playback........................................61
Viewing Photographs on the Camera ................. 61
||ctc |r|c.n.t|cr 62
\|o.|rc Vu|t|p|o |n.cos ¯|unbr.|| ||.vb.ck 63
¯.k|rc . ´|cso. |cck ||.vb.ck ¯ccn 64
|.ctoct|rc ||ctcc..p|s |.cn |o|ot|cr 65
|o|ot|rc |rJ|v|Ju.| ||ctcc..p|s 65
Connecting to a TV, Computer, or Printer ...66
Viewing Photographs on TV ................................... 66
Connecting to a Computer ..................................... 67
bo|c.o ´crroct|rc t|o ´.no.. 6
´crroct|rc t|o |Sb ´.b|o 6
Printing Photographs ................................................ 69
|.|rt|rc \|. ||.oct |Sb ´crroct|cr 69
Menu Guide.................................................74
Playback Options: The Playback Menu ............... 74
|o|oto 4
||.vb.ck |c|Jo. 5
|ct.to ¯.|| 5
S||Jo S|c. 5
||Jo |n.co 8
|.|rt Sot 8
Shooting Options: The Shooting Menu .............. 79
Opt|n|.o |n.co (|. S. /. .rJ V VcJos: 9
|n.co Ou.||tv (/|| VcJos: 81
|n.co S|.o (/|| VcJos: 81
\||to b.|.rco (|. S. /. .rJ V VcJos: 82
|SO Sors|t|v|tv (/|| VcJos: 83
|crc |xp || (/|| VcJos: 83
||c| |SO || (/|| VcJos: 83
Vu|t|p|o |xpcsu.o (|. S. /. .rJ V VcJos: 84
Custom Settings .......................................................... 86
| |osot 86
1 boop (/|| VcJos: 86
2 /|/.o. VcJo (/|| VcJos: 8
3 ´orto. /| /.o. (/|| VcJos: 8
4 /|/ss|st (/|| VcJos |xcopt . . .rJ : 8
5 |c Vonc.v ´..J` (/|| VcJos: 88
6 |n.co |ov|o. (/|| VcJos: 88
|SO /utc (|. S. /. .rJ V VcJos Or|v: 88
8 ´.|J ||sp|.v (/|| VcJos: 89
9 \|o.firJo. \..r|rc (/|| VcJos: 89
10 |\ Stop (/|| VcJos: 89
11 |xpcsu.o ´cnp (|. S. /. .rJ V VcJos Or|v: 89
12 ´orto.\o|c|toJ (|. S. /. .rJ V VcJos Or|v: 90
13 /utc b|¯ Sot (|. S. /. .rJ V VcJos Or|v: 90
14 /utc b|¯ O.Jo. (|. S. /. .rJ V VcJos Or|v: 91
15 ´cnn.rJ ||.|s (|. S. /. .rJ V VcJos Or|v: 91
16 |||´ buttcr (/|| VcJos: 92
1 |||un|r.t|cr (/|| VcJos: 93
18 /||//|| (/|| VcJos: 94
19 /| |cck (/|| VcJos: 94
20 |ccus /.o. (/|| VcJos: 94
21 /| /.o. |||un|r.t|cr (/|| VcJos: 95
vi Table of Contents
22 bu||t|r ||.s| (|. S. /. .rJ V VcJos Or|v: 95
23 ||.s| \..r|rc (|. S. /. .rJ V VcJos Or|v: 98
24 ||.s| S|utto. SpooJ
(|. S. /. .rJ V VcJos Or|v: 98
25 /utc || (|. S. /. .rJ V VcJos Or|v: 98
26 VcJo||rc ||.s| (|. S. /. .rJ V VcJos Or|v: 98
2 Vcr|tc.Off (/|| VcJos: 98
28 /utc Voto.Off (/|| VcJos: 99
29 So||¯|no. (/|| VcJos: 99
30 |oncto Or |u..t|cr (/|| VcJos: 99
31 |xp |o|.v VcJo (/|| VcJos: 99
32 Vb|80 b.tto.|os (/|| VcJos: 100
Basic Camera Settings: The Setup Menu .......... 101
´SV / Sotup Voru 101
|c.n.t Vonc.v ´..J 102
\c.|J ¯|no 103
|´| b.|c|tross 103
\|Joc VcJo 103
|.rcu.co 103
|Sb 104
|n.co ´cnnort 104
|c|Jo.s 105
|||o |c Soouorco 106
V|..c. |cck|p 106
|ust Off |o| ||ctc 106
b.tto.v |r|c 10
||.n...o \o.s|cr 108
/utc |n.co |ct.t|cr 108
Creating Retouched Copies:
The Retouch Menu ................................................... 109
|||c|t|rc 110
|oJ|vo ´c..oct|cr 111
¯.|n 111
Vcrcc|.cno 112
|||to. |ffocts 112
Sn.|| ||ctu.o 112
|n.co Ovo.|.v 114
Technical Notes........................................ 116
Optional Accessories ............................................... 116
|orsos 11
Opt|cr.| ||.s| |r|ts (SpooJ||c|ts: 119
Ot|o. /ccossc.|os 122
Caring for the Camera ............................................. 124
´..|rc |c. t|o ´.no.. .rJ b.tto.v ´.ut|crs 12
Troubleshooting ........................................................ 129
´.no.. |..c. Voss.cos .rJ ||sp|.vs 132
Appendix ..................................................................... 134
Specifications ............................................................. 142
Index .............................................................................. 147
vii Q & A Index
Q & A Index
||rJ .|.t vcu’.o |cck|rc |c. us|rc t||s “ouost|cr .rJ .rs.o.” |rJox
General Questions
Question Key phrase Page #
|c. Jc | uso t|o norus` |s|rc t|o norus 9–10
|c. Jc | cot nc.o |r|c.n.t|cr cr . noru` |o|p 3. 9
\|.t Jc t|oso |rJ|c.tc.s no.r` ´crt.c| p.ro|. v|o.firJo. 5. 6
\|.t Jcos t||s ...r|rc no.r` ´.no.. |..c. noss.cos .rJ J|sp|.vs 132–133
|c. n.rv nc.o s|cts c.r | t.ko .|t| t||s c..J` |unbo. c| oxpcsu.os .on.|r|rc 19
|c. nuc| c|..co Jcos t|o b.tto.v |.vo |o|t` b.tto.v |ovo| 19
\|.t Jcos “oxpcsu.o” no.r .rJ |c. Jcos |t .c.k`
|xpcsu.o 46
\|.t Jc | Jc .|t| t|o v|o.firJo. ovop|oco c.p` So|| t|no.. .oncto ccrt.c| 3. 38
\|.t cpt|cr.| fl.s| ur|ts (SpooJ||c|ts: c.r | uso` Opt|cr.| fl.s| ur|ts 119–121
\|.t |orsos c.r | uso` |orsos 11–118
\|.t .ccossc.|os ..o .v.||.b|o |c. nv c.no..` /ccossc.|os |c. t|o |80 123
\|.t nonc.v c..Js c.r | uso` /pp.cvoJ nonc.v c..Js 122
\|.t sc|t...o |s .v.||.b|o |c. nv c.no..` /ccossc.|os |c. t|o |80 123
\|c c.r | .sk tc .op.|. c. |rspoct nv c.no..` So.v|c|rc t|o c.no.. x. 126
|c. Jc | c|o.r t|o c.no.. c. |ors` ´|o.r|rc t|o c.no.. 124
Camera Setup
Question Key phrase Page #
|c. Jc | |ccus t|o v|o.firJo.` \|o.firJo. |ccus 1
|c. Jc | koop t|o ncr|tc. |.cn tu.r|rc cff` Vcr|tc. cff 98
|c. Jc | sot t|o c|cck`
\c.|J t|no 103 |c. Jc | sot t|o c|cck |c. J.v||c|t s.v|rcs t|no`
|c. Jc | c|.rco t|no .cros .|or | t..vo|`
|c. Jc | .J|ust ncr|tc. b.|c|tross` |´| b.|c|tross 103
|c. Jc | .ostc.o Jo|.u|t sott|rcs` ¯.cbuttcr .osot 44
|c. Jc | tu.r cff t|o ||c|t cr t|o |.crt c| t|o c.no..` /|.ss|st |||un|r.tc. 8
´.r | J|sp|.v . |..n|rc c.|J |r t|o v|o.firJo.` ´.|J J|sp|.v 89
|c. Jc | v|o. t|o ccrt.c| p.ro| |r t|o J..k` |´| |||un|r.tc. 3. 93
|c. Jc | koop t|o s|utto. spooJ .rJ .po.tu.o J|sp|.vs
|.cn tu.r|rc cff`
/utc noto. cff 99
|c. Jc | c|.rco t|o so|| t|no. Jo|.v` So|| t|no. 99
|c. Jc | c|.rco t|o .oncto Jo|.v` |oncto ccrt.c| 99
|c. Jc | koop t|o c.no.. |.cn boop|rc` boop 86
|c. Jc | v|o. .|| t|o |tons |r t|o norus` ´SV / sotup noru 101
´.r | J|sp|.v t|o norus |r . J|ffo.ort |.rcu.co` |.rcu.co 103
|c. Jc | koop t|o fi|o runbo. |.cn bo|rc .osot .|or
| |rso.t . ro. nonc.v c..J` |||o runbo. soouorco 106
|c. Jc | .osot fi|o runbo.|rc tc 1`
viii Q & A Index
Taking Photographs
Question Key phrase Page #
|s t|o.o .r o.sv ..v tc t.ko sr.ps|cts` /utc ncJo 19–23
|s t|o.o .r o.sv ..v tc t.ko nc.o c.o.t|vo s|cts` ||c|t.| \..||.cc..n ncJos 24–25
|c. Jc | b.|rc cut . pc.t..|t sub|oct` |c.t..|t ncJo 24. 25
|c. c.r | cot cccJ |.rJsc.po s|cts` |.rJsc.po ncJo 24. 25
|c. Jc | t.ko c|cso ups c| sn.|| cb|octs` ´|csoup ncJo 24. 25
|c. Jc | “|.oo.o” . ncv|rc sub|oct` Spc.ts ncJo 24. 25
|c. Jc | s|cct scoro.v .t r|c|t` ||c|t |.rJsc.po ncJo 24. 25
´.r | |rc|uJo r|c|t b.ckc.curJs |r nv pc.t..|ts` ||c|t pc.t..|t ncJo 24. 25
|c. Jc | t.ko . |ct c| p|ctcc..p|s ou|ck|v` S|cct|rc ncJo 36
´.r | s|cct . so||pc.t..|t` So|| t|no. 3
|s t|o.o . .oncto ccrt.c| |c. t||s c.no..` |oncto ccrt.c| 38–39
|c. Jc | .J|ust oxpcsu.o` |xpcsu.o. P. S. A. .rJ M ncJos 45–51
|c. Jc | |.oo.o c. b|u. ncv|rc cb|octs` VcJo S (s|utto.p.|c.|tv .utc: 48
|c. Jc | b|u. b.ckc.curJ Jot.||s` VcJo A (.po.tu.op.|c.|tv .utc: 49
´.r | n.ko p|ctcs b.|c|to. c. J..ko.` |xpcsu.o ccnpors.t|cr 54
|c. Jc | n.ko . t|no oxpcsu.o` |crc t|nooxpcsu.os 51
|c. Jc | uso t|o fl.s|`
||.s| p|ctcc..p|v. fl.s| ncJo 40–42 ´.r t|o fl.s| fi.o .utcn.t|c.||v .|or rooJoJ`
|c. Jc | koop t|o fl.s| |.cn fi.|rc`
|c. Jc | p.ovort .oJ ovo` |oJovo .oJuct|cr 41
´.r | t.ko p|ctu.os urJo. |c. ||c|t .|t|cut t|o fl.s|` |SO sors|t|v|tv 43
´.r | ccrt.c| |c. t|o c.no.. |ccusos` /utc|ccus 28–29
|c. Jc | |ccus cr . ncv|rc sub|oct` /utc|ccus ncJo 29
|c. Jc | c|ccso .|o.o t|o c.no.. |ccusos` |ccus ..o. 30
´.r | c|.rco t|o ccnpcs|t|cr .|to. |ccus|rc` |ccus |cck 31
|c. Jc | |np.cvo |n.co ou.||tv`
|n.co ou.||tv .rJ s|.o 33–35
|c. Jc | t.ko b|cco. p|ctcc..p|s`
|c. c.r | cot nc.o p|ctcs cr t|o nonc.v c..J`
´.r | t.ko p|ctcs .t . .oJucoJ s|.o |c. on.||`
ix Q & A Index
Viewing, Printing, and Retouching Photographs
Question Key phrase Page #
´.r | v|o. nv p|ctcc..p|s cr t|o c.no..` ´.no.. p|.vb.ck 61. 63
´.r | v|o. nc.o |r|c.n.t|cr .bcut p|ctcs` ||ctc |r|c 62–63
\|v p..ts c| nv p|ctcs b||rk`
||ctc |r|c. ||c|||c|ts 62–63
|c. Jc | cot .|J c| .r ur..rtoJ p|ctc` |o|ot|rc |rJ|v|Ju.| p|ctcs 26. 65
´.r | Jo|oto sovo..| p|ctcs .t crco` |o|oto 4
´.r | .ccn |r cr p|ctu.os tc n.ko su.o t|ov’.o |r |ccus` ||.vb.ck .ccn 64
´.r | p.ctoct p|ctcs |.cn .cc|Jort.| Jo|ot|cr` |.ctoct 65
|s t|o.o .r .utcn.t|c p|.vb.ck (“s||Jo s|c.”: cpt|cr` S||Jo s|c. 5–
´.r | v|o. nv p|ctcs cr ¯\` ¯o|ov|s|cr p|.vb.ck 66
´.r | sot . s||Jo s|c. tc nus|c` ||ctnct|cr 5–
|c. Jc | ccpv p|ctcs tc nv ccnputo.` ´crroct|rc tc . ccnputo. 6–68
|c. Jc | p.|rt p|ctcc..p|s` |.|rt|rc p|ctcc..p|s 69–3
´.r | p.|rt p|ctcs .|t|cut . ccnputo.` |.|rt|rc v|. |Sb 69–3
´.r | p.|rt t|o J.to cr nv p|ctcc..p|s` ¯|no st.np. ||O| 1. 3
|c. Jc | c.Jo. p.c|oss|cr.| p.|rts` |.|rt sot 3
|c. Jc | b.|rc cut Jot.||s |r s|.Jc.s` |||c|t|rc 110
´.r | cot .|J c| .oJ ovo` |oJovo cc..oct|cr 111
´.r | c.cp p|ctcc..p|s cr t|o c.no..` ¯.|n 111
´.r | c.o.to . ncrcc|.cno ccpv c| . p|ctcc..p|` Vcrcc|.cno 112
´.r | c.o.to . ccpv .|t| J|ffo.ort cc|c.s` |||to. offocts 112
´.r | n.ko . sn.|| ccpv c| . p|ctcc..p|` Sn.|| p|ctu.o 112–113
´.r | cvo.|.v t.c p|ctcs tc n.ko . s|rc|o |n.co` |n.co cvo.|.v 114–115
x Q & A Index

Life-Long Learning
/s p..t c| ||kcr’s “|||o|crc |o..r|rc” ccnn|tnort tc crcc|rc p.cJuct suppc.t .rJ oJuc.t|cr. ccr
t|ru.||vupJ.toJ |r|c.n.t|cr |s .v.||.b|o cr||ro .t t|o |c||c.|rc s|tos
• |c. uso.s |r t|o |S/ http://www.nikonusa.com/
• |c. uso.s |r |u.cpo .rJ /|.|c. http://www.europe-nikon.com/support
• |c. uso.s |r /s|.. Oco.r|.. .rJ t|o V|JJ|o |.st http://www.nikon-asia.com/
\|s|t t|oso s|tos tc koop uptcJ.to .|t| t|o |.tost p.cJuct |r|c.n.t|cr. t|ps. .rs.o.s tc |.oouort|v
.skoJ ouost|crs (|/Os:. .rJ coro..| .Jv|co cr J|c|t.| |n.c|rc .rJ p|ctcc..p|v /JJ|t|cr.| |r|c.n.
t|cr n.v bo .v.||.b|o |.cn t|o ||kcr .op.osort.t|vo |r vcu. ..o. Soo t|o |c||c.|rc ||| |c. ccrt.ct
|r|c.n.t|cr http://nikonimaging.com/
1 Introduction
¯|.rk vcu |c. vcu. pu.c|.so c| . ||kcr |80 s|rc|o|ors .oflox (S||: J|c|t.| c.no.. .|t| |r
to.c|.rco.b|o |orsos ¯||s n.ru.| |.s boor ..|ttor tc |o|p vcu or|cv t.k|rc p|ctu.os .|t|
vcu. ||kcr J|c|t.| c.no.. |o.J t||s n.ru.| t|c.cuc||v bo|c.o uso. .rJ koop |t |.rJv .|or
us|rc t|o p.cJuct
¯c n.ko |t o.s|o. tc firJ t|o |r|c.n.t|cr vcu rooJ. t|o |c||c.|rc svnbc|s .rJ ccrvort|crs
..o usoJ
¯||s |ccr n..ks c.ut|crs. |r|c.n.t|cr t|.t
s|cu|J bo .o.J bo|c.o uso tc p.ovort J.n
.co tc t|o c.no..
¯||s |ccr n..ks t|ps. .JJ|t|cr.| |r|c.n.
t|cr t|.t n.v bo |o|p|u| .|or us|rc t|o
c.no..
¯||s |ccr n..ks rctos. |r|c.n.t|cr t|.t
s|cu|J bo .o.J bo|c.o us|rc t|o c.no..
¯||s |ccr |rJ|c.tos t|.t nc.o |r|c.n.t|cr
|s .v.||.b|o o|so.|o.o |r t||s n.ru.| c. |r
t|o Quick Start Guide
¯||s |ccr n..ks sott|rcs t|.t c.r bo .J
|ustoJ us|rc c.no.. norus
¯||s |ccr n..ks sott|rcs t|.t c.r bo firo
turoJ |.cn t|o ´ustcn Sott|rcs noru
Lens
/r /|S |` ¯ccn||kkc. || || 18–135 nn |/35–56´ |ors ( 145: |s usoJ |r t||s n.ru.| |c. |||ust..
t|vo pu.pcsos
1 |cc.| |orct| sc.|o
2 |ccus .|rc
3 |cc.| |orct| |rJox
4 Vcurt|rc |rJox 11
5 |o.. c.p 11
6 ´|| ccrt.cts 11
/V ncJo s.|tc| 11. 32
8 ¯ccn .|rc 21
9 |ors c.p 1. 19
Introduction
6
5
9 7 8
2 1 3 4
2 Introduction: Getting to Know the Camera
¯.ko . |o. ncnorts tc |.n|||..|.o vcu.so|| .|t| c.no.. ccrt.c|s .rJ J|sp|.vs +cu n.v
firJ |t |o|p|u| tc bcckn..k t||s soct|cr .rJ .o|o. tc |t .s vcu .o.J t|.cuc| t|o .ost c| t|o
n.ru.|
Camera Body
1 bu||t|r fl.s| 23. 40
2

(fl.s| ncJo: buttcr 40
(fl.s| ccnpors.t|cr: 55
3 (b..ckot|rc: buttcr 56–5
4 |r|...oJ .oco|vo. 38
5 |ors ncurt|rc |rJox 11
6 |vo|ot |c. c.no.. st..p 8
7 ´crroctc. ccvo. 66. 6. 0
8 |Sb ccrroctc. 6
9 |osot s.|tc| 129
10 |´|| ccrroctc. |c. cpt|cr.| ||5 /´
.J.pto. 123
11 \|Joc ccrroctc. 66
12 |oncto cc.J ccrroctc. 123
13 |ccusncJo so|octc. 28. 32
14 |ors .o|o.so buttcr 11
15 |ors ncurt 11
16 V|..c. 106. 125
17 |opt|c|fio|J p.ov|o. buttcr 49
18 ´.|p 21
19 Subccnn.rJ J|.| 10. 91
20 |||´ buttcr 92
21 |vo|ot |c. c.no.. st..p 8
22 /|.ss|st |||un|r.tc. 28. 8
So||t|no. |.np 3. 38
|oJovo .oJuct|cr |.np 39
23 S|utto..o|o.so buttcr 22. 23
24 |c.o. s.|tc| 11. 19
|||un|r.tc. s.|tc| 3
25 (oxpcsu.o ccnpors.t|cr: buttcr 54
● (.osot buttcr: 44
26 (s|cct|rc ncJo: buttcr 36
S|rc|o/ccrt|rucus ncJo 36
So||t|no. ncJo 3
|oncto ccrt.c| ncJo 38
27 (/| ncJo: buttcr 29
● (.osot buttcr: 44
28 ´crt.c| p.ro| 5
29 /ccossc.v s|co ccvo. 119
30 /ccossc.v s|co (|c. cpt|cr.| fl.s| ur|t: 119
31 (|cc.| p|.ro n..k: 32
32 VcJo J|.| 4. 48. 49. 50
33 (noto.|rc ncJo: buttcr 52
(|c.n.t: buttcr 16
1
2
3
4
5
6
21
7
8
9
10
11
12
13 14 15
16
17
18
19
20
22
24
25
26
27
28
31
32
33
23
29
30
Getting to Know the Camera
3 Introduction: Getting to Know the Camera
* Multi selector
¯|o nu|t| so|octc. |s usoJ |c. noru r.v|c.t|cr .rJ tc ccrt.c| t|o J|sp|.v c| p|ctc |r|c.n.t|cr Ju.|rc
p|.vb.ck
View more photo info ||.vb.ck ( 61:
Move cursor up Voru r.v|c.t|cr ( 9:
View previous photo View next photo
Return to previous menu Display sub-menu
Cancel Make selection
View more photo info
Move cursor down
Help
|c. |o|p cr t|o cu..ort ncJo c. noru |ton. p.oss t|o buttcr .t t|o
bcttcn |o|t cc.ro. c| t|o ncr|tc. |o|p |s J|sp|.voJ .|||o t|o buttcr |s
p.ossoJ. tc sc.c|| t|o J|sp|.v. p.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc. up c. Jc.r |o|p |s
.v.||.b|o |r (.utc: .rJ ||c|t.| \..||.cc..n ncJos c. .|or . |ccr |s
J|sp|.voJ |r t|o bcttcn |o|t cc.ro. c| t|o ncr|tc.
1 \|o.firJo. ovop|oco 8
2 \|o.firJo. ovop|oco cup 6. 1. 21
3 ||cpto. .J|ustnort ccrt.c| 1
4 (/||//||: buttcr 31. 94
5 ||5 v|o.firJo. ovop|oco c.p 8
6 V.|r ccnn.rJ J|.| 10. 91
7 Vonc.v c..J s|ct ccvo. 15
8 |ccus so|octc. |cck 30
9 Vonc.v c..J .ccoss |.np 15. 23
10

buttcr 9
11 b.tto.vc|.nbo. ccvo. |.tc| 13
12 b.tto.vc|.nbo. ccvo. 13
13 Vu|t| so|octc.
¯
14 ¯.|pcJ scckot
15 (p|.vb.ck .ccn: buttcr 64
QUAL (|n.co ou.||tv/s|.o: buttcr 34. 35
16 (t|unbr.||: buttcr 63
ISO (|SO sors|t|v|tv: buttcr 43
17 (|o|p/p.ctoct: buttcr 9. 65
WB (.||to b.|.rco: buttcr 58
18 (noru: buttcr 9
19 (p|.vb.ck: buttcr 26. 61
20 Vcr|tc. 9. 26
21 (Jo|oto: buttcr 26. 65
(|c.n.t: buttcr 16
5
3
4
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
18
19
21
17
20
2 1
The LCD Illuminator
|c|J|rc t|o pc.o. s.|tc| |r t|o pcs|t|cr .ct|v.tos t|o oxpcsu.o noto.s .rJ t|o ccrt.c| p.ro| b.ck
||c|t (|´| |||un|r.tc.:. .||c.|rc t|o J|sp|.v tc bo .o.J |r t|o J..k /|to. t|o pc.o. s.|tc| |s .o|o.soJ.
t|o |||un|r.tc. .||| .on.|r .ct|vo .|||o t|o oxpcsu.o noto.s ..o .ct|vo c. urt|| t|o s|utto. |s .o|o.soJ
4 Introduction: Getting to Know the Camera
The Mode Dial
¯|o |80 cffo.s . c|c|co c| t|o |c||c.|rc o|ovor s|cct|rc ncJos
Advanced Modes (Exposure Modes)
So|oct t|oso ncJos |c. |u|| ccrt.c| cvo. c.no.. sott|rcs
P — Programmed auto ( 4: ´.no.. c|ccsos
s|utto. spooJ .rJ .po.tu.o. uso. ccrt.c|s ct|o.
sott|rcs
S — Shutter-priority auto ( 48: ´|ccso |.st
s|utto. spooJs tc |.oo.o .ct|cr. s|c. s|utto.
spooJs tc succost nct|cr bv b|u..|rc ncv|rc
cb|octs
A — Aperture-priority auto ( 49: /J|ust .po.
tu.o tc sc|tor b.ckc.curJ Jot.||s c. |rc.o.so
Jopt|c|fio|J tc b.|rc bct| n.|r sub|oct .rJ
b.ckc.curJ |rtc |ccus
M — Manual ( 50: V.tc| s|utto. spooJ .rJ
.po.tu.o tc vcu. c.o.t|vo |rtort
Point-and-Shoot Modes (Digital Vari-Programs)
So|oct|rc . ||c|t.| \..||.cc..n .utcn.t|c.||v cpt|n|.os sott|rcs tc su|t t|o so|octoJ
scoro. n.k|rc c.o.t|vo p|ctcc..p|v .s s|np|o .s .ct.t|rc t|o ncJo J|.|
— Auto ( 19: ´.no.. .J|usts sott|rcs
.utcn.t|c.||v tc p.cJuco cpt|n.| .osu|ts .|t|
“pc|rt.rJs|cct” s|np||c|tv |occnnorJoJ
|c. fi.stt|no uso.s c| J|c|t.| c.no..s
— Portrait ( 24. 25: S|cct pc.t..|ts .|t|
b.ckc.curJ |r sc|t |ccus
— Landscape ( 24. 25: |.oso.vo Jot.||s |r
|.rJsc.po s|cts
— Close up ( 24. 25: ¯.ko v|v|J c|csoups c|
flc.o.s. |rsocts. .rJ ct|o. sn.|| cb|octs
— Sports ( 24. 25: |.oo.o nct|cr |c. Jv
r.n|c spc.ts s|cts
— Night landscape ( 24. 25: ¯.ko |.rJsc.po
s|cts .t r|c|t
— Night portrait ( 24. 25: S|cct pc.t..|ts
.c.|rst . J|n|v||t b.ckJ.cp
5 Introduction: Getting to Know the Camera
Large-Capacity Memory Cards
\|or orcuc| nonc.v .on.|rs cr t|o nonc.v c..J tc .occ.J . t|cus.rJ
c. nc.o p|ctu.os .t cu..ort sott|rcs. t|o runbo. c| oxpcsu.os .on.|r|rc
.||| bo s|c.r |r t|cus.rJs. .curJoJ Jc.r tc t|o ro..ost |urJ.oJ (oc. ||
t|o.o |s .ccn |c. .pp.cx|n.to|v 1.260 oxpcsu.os. t|o oxpcsu.o ccurt J|s
p|.v .||| s|c. 12 |:
1
2
3
4
5
6 7
8
9
10
11
12
16
17 18
19
20
21
23
22 13
14
15
Control Panel
1 S|utto. spooJ 48. 50
|xpcsu.o ccnpors.t|cr v.|uo 54
||.s| ccnpors.t|cr v.|uo 55
|SO sors|t|v|tv 43
\||to b.|.rco firotur|rc. c.
cc|c. tonpo..tu.o 58. 59
|unbo. c| s|cts |r b..ckot|rc soouorco
56. 140
2 |SO sors|t|v|tv |rJ|c.tc. 43
|SO /|¯O |rJ|c.tc. 43
3 b.tto.v |rJ|c.tc. 19
4 ||.s| svrc ncJo 40. 41
5 |n.co ou.||tv 34
6 |n.co s|.o 35
7 \||to b.|.rco ncJo 58
8 |unbo. c| oxpcsu.os .on.|r|rc 19
|unbo. c| s|cts .on.|r|rc bo|c.o
nonc.v buffo. fi||s 36
|´ ncJo |rJ|c.tc. 68
|.osot .||to b.|.rco .occ.J|rc |rJ|c.tc. 60
9 “|” (.ppo..s .|or nonc.v .on.|rs |c. cvo.
1000 oxpcsu.os:
10 S|cct|rc ncJo 36
So||t|no./.oncto ccrt.c| ncJo 3. 38
11 /po.tu.o (|/runbo.: 49. 50
b..ckot|rc |rc.onort 56
|´ ccrroct|cr |rJ|c.tc. 68
12 |xpcsu.o ccnpors.t|cr |rJ|c.tc. 54
13 ||.s| ccnpors.t|cr |rJ|c.tc. 55
14 ||ox|b|o p.cc..n |rJ|c.tc. 4
15 |ccus ..o. 30. 8
/|..o. ncJo 30. 8
16 /| ncJo 29
17 b..ckot|rc p.cc.oss |rJ|c.tc. 56
18 Voto.|rc ncJo 52
19 Vu|t|p|o oxpcsu.o |rJ|c.tc. 84
20 b|.ck.rJ.||to |rJ|c.tc. 81
21 “boop” |rJ|c.tc. 86
22 “´|cck rct sot” |rJ|c.tc. 103. 132
23 b..ckot|rc |rJ|c.tc. 56
6 Introduction: Getting to Know the Camera
|| t|o b.tto.v |s tct.||v ox|.ustoJ c. rct |r
so.toJ. t|o J|sp|.v |r t|o v|o.firJo. .||| J|n
¯|o v|o.firJo. J|sp|.v .||| .otu.r tc rc.n.|
.|or . |u||vc|..coJ b.tto.v |s |rso.toJ
6
8
2
1
3
5
4
7
13 9 12 10 11 15 18
22 21 19
14 16 17
20
The Viewfinder Display
1 |..n|rc c.|J (J|sp|.voJ .|or On |s so|octoJ
|c. ´ustcn Sott|rc 8 (Grid display:: 89
2 8nn (031 |r: .o|o.orco c|.c|o |c. corto.
.o|c|toJ noto.|rc 52. 90
3 “|c nonc.v c..J” ...r|rc
1
15. 133
4 b.tto.v |rJ|c.tc.
1
19
5 b|.ck.rJ.||to |rJ|c.tc.
1
81
6 |ccus b..ckots (|ccus ..o.: 19. 21. 30
7 |c.n.||..no |ccus b..ckots
(|ccus ..o.: 21. 8
8 \|Jo|..no |ccus b..ckots (|ccus ..o.: 8
9 |ccus |rJ|c.tc. 22
10 ||.s| v.|uo (|\: |cck 94
11 /utcoxpcsu.o (/|: |cck 94
12 S|utto. spooJ 48. 50
13 /po.tu.o (|/runbo.: 48. 50
14 ||oct.cr|c .r.|cc oxpcsu.o J|sp|.v 50
|xpcsu.o ccnpors.t|cr 54
15 ||.s| ccnpors.t|cr |rJ|c.tc. 55
16 |xpcsu.o ccnpors.t|cr |rJ|c.tc. 54
17 |unbo. c| oxpcsu.os .on.|r|rc 19
|unbo. c| s|cts .on.|r|rc bo|c.o
nonc.v buffo. fi||s 36
|.osot .||to b.|.rco .occ.J|rc |rJ|c.tc. 60
|xpcsu.o ccnpors.t|cr v.|uo 54
||.s| ccnpors.t|cr v.|uo 55
|´ ccrroct|cr |rJ|c.tc. 68
18 ||.s|.o.Jv |rJ|c.tc. 23
19 /utc |SO sors|t|v|tv |rJ|c.tc. 43
20 b.tto.v |rJ|c.tc. 19
21 b..ckot|rc |rJ|c.tc. 56
22 “|” (.ppo..s .|or nonc.v .on.|rs |c.
cvo. 1000 oxpcsu.os: 5
1 ´.r bo ||JJor .|t| ´ustcn Sott|rc 9 ( 89:
The Control Panel and Viewfinder
¯|o .ospcrso t|nos .rJ b.|c|tross c| t|o ccrt.c| p.ro| .rJ v|o.firJo. n.v v..v .|t| tonpo..tu.o
O.|rc tc t|o c|...cto.|st|cs c| t||s tvpo c| J|sp|.v. vcu n.v rct|co firo ||ros ..J|.t|rc cut...J |.cn
t|o so|octoJ |ccus ..o. ¯||s |s rc.n.| .rJ Jcos rct |rJ|c.to . n.||urct|cr
7 Introduction: Getting to Know the Camera
Supplied Accessories
The MH-18a Quick Charger ( 12)
¯|o V|18. |s |c. uso .|t| t|o supp||oJ ||||3o b.tto.v
AC adapter plug
CHARGE lamp
AC inlet
Terminal cover
Negative terminal
Positive terminal
Signal contact
¯|o uso c| t||.Jp..tv .oc|..co.b|o
|||cr b.tto.|os rct bo..|rc t|o ||kcr
|c|cc..p||c so.| s|c.r .bcvo ccu|J
|rto.|o.o .|t| rc.n.| cpo..t|cr c|
t|o c.no.. c. .osu|t |r t|o b.tto.|os
cvo.|o.t|rc. |cr|t|rc. .uptu.|rc. c.
|o.k|rc
The EN-EL3e Rechargeable Li-ion Battery ( 12, 13)
¯|o ||||3o |s |c. uso .|t| t|o |80
Use Only Nikon Brand Electronic Accessories
||kcr c.no..s ..o Jos|croJ tc t|o ||c|ost st.rJ..Js .rJ |rc|uJo ccnp|ox o|oct.cr|c c|.cu|t.v Or|v
||kcr b..rJ o|oct.cr|c .ccossc.|os (|rc|uJ|rc |orsos. SpooJ||c|ts. b.tto.v c|..co.s. b.tto.|os. .rJ /´
.J.pto.s: co.t|fioJ bv ||kcr spoc|fic.||v |c. uso .|t| t||s ||kcr J|c|t.| c.no.. ..o orc|roo.oJ .rJ
p.cvor tc cpo..to .|t||r t|o cpo..t|cr.| .rJ s.|otv .oou|.onorts c| t||s o|oct.cr|c c|.cu|t.v
¯|| |S| O| |O||||O| |||´¯|O||´ /´´|SSO|||S ´O||| |/V/´| ¯|| ´/V||/ /|| V/+ \O|| +O|| |||O| \/||/|¯+
|c. nc.o |r|c.n.t|cr .bcut ||kcr b..rJ .ccossc.|os. ccrt.ct .r .ut|c.|.oJ ||kcr Jo.|o.
Wall plug (shape varies with
country of sale)
8 Introduction: Getting to Know the Camera
¯c .oncvo t|o ccvo.. |c|J t|o c.no.. fi.n|v .rJ pu|| t|o bcttcn c|
t|o ccvo. cort|v urt|| cut...Js .s s|c.r .t .|c|t
The DK-21 Viewfinder Eyepiece Cup
bo|c.o .tt.c||rc t|o ||5 v|o.firJo. ovop|oco c.p .rJ ct|o. v|o.
firJo. .ccossc.|os ( 122:. .oncvo t|o v|o.firJo. ovop|oco cup bv
p|.c|rc vcu. firco.s urJo.ro.t| t|o fl.rcos .t o|t|o. s|Jo .rJ s||J
|rc |t cff .s s|c.r .t .|c|t
The Camera Strap
/tt.c| t|o c.no.. st..p .s s|c.r bo|c.
The BM-7 LCD Monitor Cover
/ c|o.. p|.st|c ccvo. |s p.cv|JoJ .|t| t|o c.no.. tc koop t|o ncr|
tc. c|o.r .rJ p.ctoct |t .|or t|o c.no.. |s rct |r uso ¯c .tt.c| t|o
ccvo.. |rso.t t|o p.c|oct|cr cr t|o tcp c| t|o ccvo. |rtc t|o n.tc|
|rc |rJort.t|cr .bcvo t|o c.no.. ncr|tc. (ቢ: .rJ p.oss t|o bct
tcn c| t|o ccvo. urt|| |t c||cks |rtc p|.co (ባ:
9 Introduction: Using Camera Menus
Vcst s|cct|rc. p|.vb.ck. .rJ sotup cpt|crs c.r bo .ccossoJ |.cn
t|o c.no.. norus ¯c v|o. t|o norus. p.oss t|o buttcr
Menu Description
Playback /J|ust p|.vb.ck sott|rcs .rJ n.r.co p|ctcs ( 4:
Shooting /J|ust s|cct|rc sott|rcs ( 9:
Custom Settings |o.scr.||.o c.no.. sott|rcs ( 86:
Setup |c.n.t nonc.v c..Js .rJ po.|c.n b.s|c c.no.. sotup ( 101:
Retouch ´.o.to .otcuc|oJ ccp|os c| ox|st|rc p|ctcc..p|s ( 109:
¯|o nu|t| so|octc. .rJ OK buttcr ..o usoJ tc r.v|c.to t|o c.no.. norus
Move cursor up
Increase number


Move cursor down
Decrease number
Return to previous menu Display sub-menu
▲ ▼
|.oss OK tc so|oct ||c|||c|toJ cpt|cr
Slider shows position in current
menu
If “?” icon is displayed, help for
the current item can be viewed
by pressing button
Choose from playback, shoot-
ing, Custom Settings, setup, and
retouch menus (see below)
Current menu item is highlighted
Current setting for each option is
shown by icon
Using Camera Menus
10 Introduction: Using Camera Menus
¯c ncJ||v noru sott|rcs
1

Display menus.
2
Highlight icon for current menu.
3
Select menu.
4
Position cursor in selected menu.
5
Highlight menu item.
6
Display options.
7
Highlight option.
8

Make selection.
Voru |tons t|.t ..o J|sp|.voJ |r c..v ..o rct cu.
.ort|v .v.||.b|o
|.oss t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr |.||..v tc ox|t t|o norus .rJ .otu.r tc s|cct|rc ncJo (
19. 28: ¯|o ncr|tc. .||| tu.r cff
Using the Command Dials
¯|o n.|r ccnn.rJ J|.| c.r bo usoJ tc ncvo t|o cu.sc. up .rJ Jc.r. t|o
subccnn.rJ J|.| tc ncvo t|o cu.sc. |o|t .rJ .|c|t ¯|o subccnn.rJ
J|.| c.r rct bo usoJ tc n.ko . so|oct|cr
11 Introduction: First Steps
Attaching a Lens
´..o s|cu|J bo t.kor tc p.ovort Just |.cn orto.|rc t|o c.no.. .|or t|o |ors |s .oncvoJ
1
¯u.r t|o c.no.. cff
2
|oncvo t|o .o.. c.p |.cn t|o |ors
|oncvo t|o c.no.. bcJv c.p
3
|oop|rc t|o ncurt|rc |rJox cr t|o |ors .||croJ .|t| t|o
ncurt|rc |rJox cr t|o c.no.. bcJv. pcs|t|cr t|o |ors |r t|o
c.no..’s b.vcrot ncurt .rJ .ct.to t|o |ors |r t|o J|.oct|cr
s|c.r urt|| |t c||cks |rtc p|.co
|| t|o |ors |s oou|ppoJ .|t| .r /V c. V//V s.|tc|. so|oct /
(.utc|ccus: c. V// (.utc|ccus .|t| n.ru.| p.|c.|tv:
Detaching Lenses
bo su.o t|o c.no.. |s cff .|or .oncv|rc c. oxc|.rc|rc |orsos ¯c .oncvo t|o |ors. p.oss .rJ |c|J
t|o |ors.o|o.so buttcr .|||o tu.r|rc t|o |ors c|cck.|so /|to. .oncv|rc t|o |ors. .op|.co t|o c.no..
bcJv c.p .rJ .o.. |ors ccvo.
Aperture Ring
|| t|o |ors |s oou|ppoJ .|t| .r .po.tu.o .|rc ( 45. 11:. |cck .po.tu.o .t t|o n|r|nun sott|rc (||c|ost
|/runbo.: Soo t|o |ors n.ru.| |c. Jot.||s
First Steps
12 Introduction: First Steps
Charging and Inserting the Battery
¯|o supp||oJ ||||3o b.tto.v |s rct c|..coJ .t s||pnort ´|..co t|o b.tto.v us|rc t|o sup
p||oJ V|18. b.tto.v c|..co. .s Josc.|boJ bo|c.
1
´|..co t|o b.tto.v
1.1 |oncvo t|o to.n|r.| ccvo. |.cn t|o b.tto.v
Li-ion BATTERY PACK
1.2 ´crroct t|o pc.o. cc.J tc t|o c|..co. .rJ p|uc |t |r
1.3 ||.co t|o b.tto.v |r t|o c|..co. ¯|o ´|/|´| |.np .||| b||rk
.s t|o b.tto.v c|..cos /bcut t.c .rJ . ou..to. |cu.s ..o
.oou|.oJ |c. .r ox|.ustoJ b.tto.v tc |u||v c|..co
1.4 ´|..c|rc |s ccnp|oto .|or t|o ´|/|´| |.np stcps b||rk
|rc |oncvo t|o b.tto.v |.cn t|o c|..co. .rJ urp|uc t|o
c|..co.
EN-EL3e Rechargeable Li-ion Batteries
¯|o ||||3o s|..os |r|c.n.t|cr .|t| ccnp.t|b|o Jov|cos ¯|o c.no.. usos t||s |r|c.n.t|cr tc J|sp|.v
t|o b.tto.v c|..co st.to |r s|x |ovo|s |r t|o ccrt.c| p.ro| .rJ tc s|c. t|o b.tto.v c|..co st.to. .on.|r
|rc b.tto.v |||o. .rJ runbo. c| p|ctu.os t.kor s|rco t|o b.tto.v ..s |.st c|..coJ |r t|o sotup noru
Battery Info J|sp|.v ( 10:
13 Introduction: First Steps
2
|rso.t t|o b.tto.v
2.1 /|to. ccrfi.n|rc t|.t t|o c.no.. |s cff. cpor t|o b.tto.v
c|.nbo. ccvo.
2.2 |rso.t . |u||v c|..coJ b.tto.v .s s|c.r .t .|c|t ´|cso t|o
b.tto.v c|.nbo. ccvo.
The Battery and Charger
Read and follow the warnings and cautions on pages ii–iii and 127–128 of this manual, together with any
warnings and instructions provided by the battery manufacturer |so cr|v ||||3o b.tto.|os ¯|o |80
|s rct ccnp.t|b|o .|t| t|o VS|0 ´|2 b.tto.v |c|Jo. c. .|t| ||||3 c. ||||3. b.tto.|os |c. |100.
|0so.|os. c. |50 c.no..s
|c rct uso t|o b.tto.v .t .nb|ort tonpo..tu.os bo|c. 0 ´ (32 |: c. .bcvo 40 ´ (104 |: |u.|rc
c|..c|rc. t|o tonpo..tu.o s|cu|J bo |r t|o v|c|r|tv c| 5–35 ´ (41–95 |: |c. bost .osu|ts. c|..co t|o
b.tto.v .t tonpo..tu.os .bcvo 20 ´ (68 |: b.tto.v c.p.c|tv n.v J.cp || t|o b.tto.v |s usoJ .t . ton
po..tu.o bo|c. t|o tonpo..tu.o .t .||c| |t ..s c|..coJ || t|o b.tto.v |s c|..coJ .t . tonpo..tu.o bo
|c. 5 ´ (41 |:. t|o b.tto.v |||o |rJ|c.tc. |r t|o Battery Info J|sp|.v n.v s|c. . tonpc...v Joc.o.so
Removing the Battery
¯u.r t|o c.no.. cff bo|c.o .oncv|rc t|o b.tto.v ¯c .vc|J s|c.t|rc t|o b.tto.v. .op|.co t|o to.n|r.|
ccvo. .|or t|o b.tto.v |s rct |r uso
14 Introduction: First Steps
Basic Setup
¯|o fi.st t|no t|o c.no.. |s tu.roJ cr. t|o |.rcu.co so|oct|cr J|.|cc s|c.r |r Stop 1 .|||
bo J|sp|.voJ |r t|o ncr|tc. |c||c. t|o stops bo|c. tc c|ccso . |.rcu.co .rJ sot t|o t|no
.rJ J.to
1

Turn camera on.
2
Select language.
3

Display map of world time zones.
4
Select local time zone.
5

Display daylight saving time options.
6

Highlight On if daylight saving time is in
effect.
7

Display date menu.
8
Press multi selector left or right to select item,
up or down to change.
9

Set clock and return to shooting mode.
Monitor will turn off automatically.
¯c c|.rco t|o c.Jo. |r .||c| t|o vo... ncrt|.
.rJ J.v ..o J|sp|.voJ. so|oct World time > Date
format |.cn t|o sotup noru ( 103:
Using Camera Menus
¯|o |.rcu.co noru |s cr|v J|sp|.voJ .utcn.t|c.||v t|o fi.st t|no norus ..o J|sp|.voJ Soo “|s|rc
´.no.. Vorus” ( 9–10: |c. |r|c.n.t|cr cr rc.n.| noru cpo..t|cr
15 Introduction: First Steps
Inserting Memory Cards
¯|o c.no.. stc.os p|ctu.os cr Socu.o ||c|t.| (S|: nonc.v c..Js (.v.||.b|o sop...to|v:
1
|rso.t . nonc.v c..J
1.1 bo|c.o |rso.t|rc c. .oncv|rc nonc.v c..Js. turn the cam-
era off .rJ cpor t|o c..J s|ct ccvo.
1.2 S||Jo t|o nonc.v c..J |r .s s|c.r .t .|c|t urt|| |t c||cks |rtc
p|.co ¯|o nonc.v c..J .ccoss |.np .||| ||c|t |c. .bcut .
soccrJ ´|cso t|o nonc.v c..J s|ct ccvo.
Front
1.3 ¯u.r t|o c.no.. cr || t|o ccrt.c| p.ro| s|c.s t|o runbo.
c| oxpcsu.os .on.|r|rc. t|o c..J |s .o.Jv |c. uso
|| t|o noss.co s|c.r .t .|c|t |s J|sp|.voJ |r t|o ncr|tc..
|c.n.t t|o c..J .s Josc.|boJ |r “´.no.. |..c. Voss.cos
.rJ ||sp|.vs” ( 133:
The Access Lamp
|c rct .oncvo t|o b.tto.v c. J|sccrroct t|o pc.o. scu.co .|||o t|o nonc.v c..J .ccoss |.np |s ||t
|.||u.o tc cbso.vo t||s p.oc.ut|cr ccu|J .osu|t |r J.n.co tc t|o c..J
The Write Protect Switch
S| c..Js ..o oou|ppoJ .|t| . ..|to p.ctoct s.|tc| tc p.ovort
.cc|Jort.| |css c| J.t. \|or t||s s.|tc| |s |r t|o “|cck” pcs|t|cr.
t|o c.no.. .||| J|sp|.v . noss.co tc ...r t|.t p|ctcs c.r rct
bo .occ.JoJ c. Jo|otoJ .rJ t|o nonc.v c..J c.r rct bo |c.n.ttoJ
16 Introduction: First Steps
2
Vonc.v c..Js nust bo |c.n.ttoJ t|o fi.st t|no t|ov ..o usoJ |r
t|o |80 ¯c |c.n.t t|o nonc.v c..J. tu.r t|o c.no.. cr .rJ
p.oss t|o ( .rJ : buttcrs urt|| ccrt.c| p.ro| .rJ v|o.
firJo. J|sp|.vs fl.s| .s s|c.r .t .|c|t |.oss|rc bct| buttcrs
tccot|o. . soccrJ t|no .||| |c.n.t t|o nonc.v c..J |u.|rc
|c.n.tt|rc. t|o |otto.s .||| .ppo.. |r t|o |..noccurt
J|s p|.v |c rct tu.r t|o c.no.. cff c. .oncvo t|o b.tto.v urt||
|c.n.tt|rc |s ccnp|oto. t|o ncr|tc. |.s tu.roJ cff. .rJ t|o ccr
t.c| p.ro| s|c.s t|o runbo. c| oxpcsu.os .on.|r|rc
Formatting Memory Cards
|c.n.t c..Js |r t|o c.no.. |o.|c.n.rco n.v J.cp || t|ov ..o |c.
n.ttoJ |r . ccnputo.
|c.n.tt|rc nonc.v c..Js po.n.rort|v Jo|otos .|| p|ctcc..p|s .rJ
ct|o. J.t. t|ov n.v ccrt.|r bo su.o .|| J.t. vcu .|s| tc koop |.vo
boor ccp|oJ tc .rct|o. stc..co Jov|co bo|c.o |c.n.tt|rc t|o c..J
Camera Off Display
|| t|o c.no.. |s tu.roJ cff .|t| . b.tto.v .rJ nonc.v c..J |rso.toJ. t|o
runbo. c| oxpcsu.os .on.|r|rc .||| bo J|sp|.voJ |r t|o ccrt.c| p.ro| || rc
nonc.v c..J |s |rso.toJ. t|o ccrt.c| p.ro| .||| s|c. .rJ . |ccr
.||| bo J|sp|.voJ |r t|o v|o.firJo.
Removing Memory Cards
1 ´crfi.n t|.t t|o .ccoss |.np |s cff
2 ¯u.r t|o c.no.. cff .rJ cpor t|o nonc.v c..J s|ct ccvo.
3 |.oss t|o c..J |r tc o|oct (ቢ: ¯|o c..J c.r t|or bo .oncvoJ bv |.rJ
(ባ:
17 Introduction: First Steps
Adjusting Viewfinder Focus
||ctcc..p|s ..o |..noJ |r t|o v|o.firJo. bo|c.o s|cct|rc. n.ko su.o t|.t t|o J|sp|.v |r t|o
v|o.firJo. |s |r c|o.. |ccus
Viewfinder Focus
\|o.firJo. |ccus (J|cpto.: c.r bo .J|ustoJ |r t|o ..rco –2 – |1 n
1
´c..oct|vo |orsos (.v.||.b|o sop.
..to|v. 122: .||c. J|cpto.s c| –5 – |3 n
1

1
|oncvo t|o |ors c.p .rJ tu.r t|o c.no.. cr
2
|ct.to t|o J|cpto. .J|ustnort ccrt.c| urt|| t|o |ccus b..ck
ots ..o |r s|..p |ccus \|or cpo..t|rc t|o J|cpto. .J|ustnort
ccrt.c| .|t| vcu. ovo tc t|o v|o.firJo.. bo c..o|u| rct tc put
vcu. firco.s c. firco.r.||s |r vcu. ovo
Focus brackets
18 Tutorial
¯|o ¯utc.|.| cut||ros t|o b.s|cs c| t.k|rc .rJ v|o.|rc p|ctcc..p|s |r (.utc: .rJ ||c|t.|
\..||.cc..n ncJos ¯||s soct|cr .ssunos t|.t Jo|.u|t c.no.. sott|rcs ..o usoJ. |c. |r|c.
n.t|cr cr .ostc.|rc Jo|.u|t sott|rcs. soo p.co 134
Use a CPU Lens

(.utc: .rJ ||c|t.| \..||.cc..n ncJos ..o cr|v .v.||.b|o .|t| ´|| |orsos || t|oso ncJos ..o so
|octoJ .|or . rcr´|| |ors |s .tt.c|oJ. t|o s|utto. .o|o.so .||| bo J|s.b|oJ
Tutorial
Photography and Playback
Auto Meter Off
/t Jo|.u|t sott|rcs. t|o v|o.firJo. J|sp|.v .rJ t|o .po.tu.o .rJ s|utto.spooJ |rJ|c.tc.s |r t|o ccrt.c|
p.ro| .||| tu.r cff || rc cpo..t|crs ..o po.|c.noJ |c. .bcut s|x soccrJs (.utc noto. cff:. .oJuc|rc t|o
J..|r cr t|o b.tto.v |.oss t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr |.||..v tc .o.ct|v.to t|o J|sp|.v
Exposure meters on Exposure meters off Exposure meters on
6 s
¯|o |orct| c| t|no bo|c.o t|o oxpcsu.o noto.s tu.r cff .utcn.t|c.||v c.r bo .J|ustoJ us|rc ´ustcn
Sott|rc 28 (Auto meter off. 99:
19 Tutorial: “Point-and-Shoot” Photography ( Mode)
¯||s soct|cr Josc.|bos |c. tc t.ko p|ctcc..p|s |r (.utc: ncJo. .r .utcn.t|c “pc|rt
.rJs|cct” ncJo |r .||c| t|o n.|c.|tv c| sott|rcs ..o ccrt.c||oJ bv t|o c.no.. |r .ospcrso
tc s|cct|rc ccrJ|t|crs
1
¯u.r t|o c.no.. cr
1.1 |oncvo t|o |ors c.p .rJ tu.r t|o c.no.. cr ¯|o ccr
t.c| p.ro| .rJ v|o.firJo. J|sp|.vs .||| ||c|t ¯|o ncr|tc.
.on.|rs cff Ju.|rc s|cct|rc
1.2 ´|ock t|o b.tto.v |ovo| |r t|o v|o.firJo. c. ccrt.c| p.ro|
Control panel Viewfnder Description

b.tto.v |u||v c|..coJ
— b.tto.v p..t|.||v J|sc|..coJ
|c. b.tto.v |o.Jv |u||vc|..coJ sp..o b.tto.v

(b||rks:

(b||rks:
S|utto. .o|o.so J|s.b|oJ ´|.rco b.tto.v
b.tto.v |ovo| rct J|sp|.voJ .|or c.no.. |s pc.o.oJ bv cpt|cr.| /´ .J.pto.
1.3 ¯|o oxpcsu.o ccurt J|sp|.vs |r t|o ccrt.c| p.ro| .rJ v|o.
firJo. s|c. t|o runbo. c| p|ctcc..p|s t|.t c.r bo stc.oJ
cr t|o nonc.v c..J ´|ock t|o runbo. c| oxpcsu.os .o
n.|r|rc
|| t|o.o |s rct orcuc| nonc.v tc stc.o .JJ|t|cr.| p|ctc
c..p|s .t cu..ort sott|rcs. t|o J|sp|.v .||| fl.s| .s s|c.r .t
.|c|t |c |u.t|o. p|ctu.os c.r bo t.kor urt|| t|o nonc.v
c..J |.s boor .op|.coJ ( 15: c. p|ctcc..p|s |.vo boor
Jo|otoJ ( 26. 65. 4:
“Point-and-Shoot” Photography ( Mode)
20 Tutorial: “Point-and-Shoot” Photography ( Mode)
2
So|oct ncJo .rJ c|ccso .utc|ccus
2.1 |ct.to t|o ncJo J|.| tc
2.2 |ct.to t|o |ccusncJo so|octc. tc /| (.utc|ccus:
3
´|ock sott|rcs |r t|o ccrt.c| p.ro| ¯|o Jo|.u|t sott|rcs |c. ncJo ..o ||stoJ bo|c.
Option Default
ቢ ||.s| svrc ncJo /utc 40
ባ |n.co ou.||tv '||´ |c.n.| 34
ቤ |n.co s|.o |..co 35
ብ S|cct|rc ncJo S|rc|o |..no 36
ቦ /utc|ccus ncJo /utc so|oct 29
ቧ /|..o. ncJo /utc..o. /| 30



ቧ ቦ

21 Tutorial: “Point-and-Shoot” Photography ( Mode)
4
|..no . p|ctcc..p| |r t|o v|o.firJo. ¯|o ncr|tc. .on.|rs cff Ju.|rc s|cct|rc
4.1 |c|J t|o c.no.. .s s|c.r
Holding the Camera
|c|J t|o |.rJc.|p |r vcu. .|c|t |.rJ .rJ c..J|o t|o c.no.. bcJv
c. |ors .|t| vcu. |o|t |oop vcu. o|bc.s p.cppoJ ||c|t|v .c.|rst
vcu. tc.sc |c. suppc.t .rJ p|.co cro |cct |.|| . p.co .|o.J c| t|o
ct|o. tc koop vcu uppo. bcJv st.b|o
4.2 |..no . p|ctc |r t|o v|o.firJo. .|t| t|o n.|r sub|oct pc
s|t|croJ |r .rv c| t|o o|ovor |ccus ..o.s
Focus area
Using a Zoom Lens
|so t|o .ccn .|rc tc .ccn |r cr t|o sub|oct sc t|.t |t fi||s . |..c
o. ..o. c| t|o |..no. c. .ccn cut tc |rc.o.so t|o ..o. v|s|b|o |r
t|o fir.| p|ctcc..p| (so|oct |crco. |cc.| |orct|s cr t|o |ors |c
c.| |orct| sc.|o |rJox tc .ccn |r. s|c.to. |cc.| |orct|s tc .ccn
cut:
Zoom in
Zoom out
22 Tutorial: “Point-and-Shoot” Photography ( Mode)
The Shutter-Release Button
¯|o c.no.. |.s . t.cst.co s|utto..o|o.so buttcr ¯|o c.no.. |ccusos .|or t|o s|utto..o|o.so
buttcr |s p.ossoJ |.||..v ¯c t.ko t|o p|ctcc..p|. p.oss t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr t|o .ost c| t|o
..v Jc.r
5
|ccus
5.1 |.oss t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr |.||..v tc |ccus ¯|o c.n
o.. .||| so|oct t|o |ccus ..o. .utcn.t|c.||v || t|o sub|oct
|s J..k. t|o fl.s| n.v pcp up .rJ t|o /|.ss|st |||un|r.tc.
n.v ||c|t
5.2 \|or t|o |ccus cpo..t|cr |s ccnp|oto. t|o so|octoJ |ccus ..o.s .||| bo b.|oflv ||c|
||c|toJ. . boop .||| scurJ. .rJ t|o |r|ccus |rJ|c.tc. (●: .||| .ppo.. |r t|o v|o.
firJo. (t|o boop n.v rct scurJ || t|o sub|oct |s ncv|rc: \|||o t|o s|utto..o|o.so
buttcr |s p.ossoJ |.||..v. |ccus .||| |cck .rJ t|o runbo. c| oxpcsu.os t|.t c.r bo
stc.oJ |r t|o nonc.v buffo. .||| bo J|sp|.voJ |r t|o v|o.firJo.

Selected
focus area
In-focus
indicator
Shutter speed Aperture
Buffer
capacity
Viewfnder

Shutter speed Aperture
Control panel
In-focus indicator Description
● Sub|oct |r |ccus

(b||rks:
´.no.. ur.b|o tc |ccus cr sub|oct |r |ccus ..o. us|rc .utc|ccus
Focus Take photograph
23 Tutorial: “Point-and-Shoot” Photography ( Mode)
6
¯.ko t|o p|ctcc..p|
Sncct||v p.oss t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr t|o .ost c| t|o ..v
Jc.r tc .o|o.so t|o s|utto. .rJ .occ.J t|o p|ctcc..p| ¯|o .c
coss |.np roxt tc t|o nonc.v c..J s|ct ccvo. .||| ||c|t Do not
eject the memory card or remove or disconnect the power source
until the lamp has gone out and recording is complete.
Camera Off Display
|| t|o c.no.. |s tu.roJ cff .|t| . b.tto.v .rJ nonc.v c..J |rso.toJ. t|o
runbo. c| oxpcsu.os .on.|r|rc .||| bo J|sp|.voJ |r t|o ccrt.c| p.ro|
¯c s.vo b.tto.v pc.o. .|or t|o fl.s| |s rct |r uso. .otu.r |t tc |ts c|csoJ
pcs|t|cr bv p.oss|rc |t cort|v Jc.r...J t||| t|o |.tc| c||cks |rtc p|.co |c.
nc.o |r|c.n.t|cr cr us|rc t|o fl.s|. soo p.co 40
The Built-in Flash
|| .JJ|t|cr.| ||c|t|rc |s .oou|.oJ |c. cc..oct oxpcsu.o |r ncJo. t|o bu||t|r
fl.s| .||| pcp up .utcn.t|c.||v .|or t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr |s p.ossoJ
|.||..v ||.s| ..rco v..|os .|t| .po.tu.o .rJ |SO sors|t|v|tv ( 141:. .o
ncvo |ors |ccJs .|or us|rc t|o fl.s| || t|o fl.s| |s ..|soJ. p|ctcc..p|s
c.r cr|v bo t.kor .|or t|o fl.s|.o.Jv |rJ|c.tc. ( : |s J|sp|.voJ || t|o
fl.s|.o.Jv |rJ|c.tc. |s rct J|sp|.voJ. .oncvo vcu. firco. b.|oflv |.cn t|o
s|utto..o|o.so buttcr .rJ t.v .c.|r
7
¯u.r t|o c.no.. cff .|or s|cct|rc |s ccnp|oto
24 Tutorial: Creative Photography (Digital Vari-Programs)

Focus Area
/t Jo|.u|t sott|rcs. t|o c.no.. so|octs t|o |ccus ..o. .s |c||c.s
• . . . .rJ ncJos ¯|o c.no.. so|octs t|o |ccus ..o. .utcn.t|c.||v
• ncJo ¯|o c.no.. |ccusos cr t|o sub|oct |r t|o corto. |ccus ..o. Ot|o. |ccus ..o.s c.r bo so
|octoJ .|t| t|o nu|t| so|octc. ( 30:
• ncJo ¯|o c.no.. |ccusos ccrt|rucus|v .|||o t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr |s p.ossoJ |.||..v. t..ck
|rc t|o sub|oct |r t|o corto. |ccus ..o. || t|o sub|oct |o.vos t|o corto. |ccus ..o.. t|o c.no.. .|||
ccrt|ruo tc |ccus b.soJ cr |r|c.n.t|cr |.cn t|o ct|o. |ccus ..o.s ¯|o st..t|rc |ccus ..o. c.r bo
so|octoJ .|t| t|o nu|t| so|octc. ( 30:
The Built-in Flash
|| .JJ|t|cr.| ||c|t|rc |s .oou|.oJ |c. cc..oct oxpcsu.o |r . . c. ncJo. t|o bu||t|r fl.s| .||| pcp
.utcn.t|c.||v .|or t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr |s p.ossoJ |.||..v
|r .JJ|t|cr tc . t|o |80 cffo.s . c|c|co c| s|x ||c|t.| \..||.cc..n ncJos So|oct|rc .
p.cc..n .utcn.t|c.||v cpt|n|.os sott|rcs tc su|t t|o so|octoJ scoro. n.k|rc c.o.t|vo p|c
tcc..p|v .s o.sv .s .ct.t|rc t|o ncJo J|.|
Mode Description
Portrait |c. pc.t..|ts
Landscape |c. r.tu..| .rJ n.rn.Jo |.rJsc.pos
Close up |c. c|cso up s|cts c| flc.o.s. |rsocts. .rJ ct|o. sn.|| cb|octs
Sports |c. ncv|rc sub|octs
Night landscape |c. |c.||c|t c. r|c|t scoros

Night portrait |c. pc.t..|ts t.kor urJo. |c. ||c|t
¯c t.ko p|ctcc..p|s |r ||c|t.| \..||.cc..n ncJos
1
|ct.to t|o ncJo J|.| tc so|oct . ||c|t.| \..||.cc..n ncJo
2
|..no . p|ctcc..p|. |ccus. .rJ s|cct
Creative Photography (Digital Vari-Programs)
25 Tutorial: Creative Photography (Digital Vari-Programs)
Portrait
|so |c. pc.t..|ts .|t| sc|t. r.tu..||cck|rc sk|r tcros || t|o sub|oct |s |..
|.cn t|o b.ckc.curJ c. . to|op|ctc |ors |s usoJ. b.ckc.curJ Jot.||s .|||
bo sc|toroJ tc |orJ t|o ccnpcs|t|cr . sorso c| Jopt|

Landscape
|so |c. v|v|J |.rJsc.po s|cts ¯|o bu||t|r fl.s| .rJ /|.ss|st |||un|r.tc.
tu.r cff .utcn.t|c.||v

Close Up
|so |c. c|csoup s|cts c| flc.o.s. |rsocts. .rJ ct|o. sn.|| cb|octs ¯|o
c.no.. .utcn.t|c.||v |ccusos cr t|o sub|oct |r t|o corto. |ccus ..o.
|so c| . t.|pcJ |s .occnnorJoJ tc p.ovort b|u.

Sports
||c| s|utto. spooJs |.oo.o nct|cr |c. Jvr.n|c spc.ts s|cts |r .||c| t|o
n.|r sub|oct st.rJs cut c|o..|v ¯|o bu||t|r fl.s| .rJ /|.ss|st |||un|r.
tc. tu.r cff .utcn.t|c.||v

Night Landscape
S|c. s|utto. spooJs ..o usoJ tc p.cJuco sturr|rc r|c|t |.rJsc.pos ¯|o
bu||t|r fl.s| .rJ /|.ss|st |||un|r.tc. tu.r cff .utcn.t|c.||v. uso c| . t.|
pcJ |s .occnnorJoJ tc p.ovort b|u.

Night Portrait
|so |c. . r.tu..| b.|.rco bot.oor t|o n.|r sub|oct .rJ t|o b.ckc.curJ
|r pc.t..|ts t.kor urJo. |c. ||c|t
26 Tutorial: Basic Playback
||ctcc..p|s ..o .utcn.t|c.||v J|sp|.voJ |c. .bcut |cu. soccrJs .|
to. s|cct|rc || rc p|ctcc..p| |s J|sp|.voJ |r t|o ncr|tc.. t|o ncst
.ocort p|ctu.o c.r bo v|o.oJ bv p.oss|rc t|o buttcr /JJ|t|cr.|
p|ctu.os c.r bo J|sp|.voJ bv .ct.t|rc t|o n.|r ccnn.rJ J|.| c.
p.oss|rc t|o nu|t| so|octc. |o|t c. .|c|t
¯c orJ p|.vb.ck .rJ .otu.r tc s|cct|rc ncJo. p.oss t|o s|utto.
.o|o.so buttcr |.||..v
Deleting Unwanted Photographs
¯c Jo|oto t|o p|ctcc..p| cu..ort|v J|sp|.voJ |r t|o ncr|tc.. p.oss
t|o buttcr / ccrfi.n.t|cr J|.|cc .||| bo J|sp|.voJ |.oss t|o
buttcr .c.|r tc Jo|oto t|o |n.co .rJ .otu.r tc p|.vb.ck ¯c ox|t
.|t|cut Jo|ot|rc t|o p|ctu.o. p.oss t|o buttcr
Basic Playback
27
Reference
Reference
¯||s soct|cr bu||Js cr t|o ¯utc.|.| tc ccvo. nc.o .Jv.rcoJ s|cct|rc .rJ p|.vb.ck cpt|crs
More on Photography (All Modes): 28
S|cct . ncv|rc sub|oct c. |ccus n.ru.||v Focus: 28
/J|ust |n.co ou.||tv .rJ s|.o Image Quality and Size: 33
¯.ko p|ctcc..p|s |r cro .t . t|no. |r bu.sts. c.
us|rc t|o so||t|no. c. . .oncto ccrt.c|
Choosing a Shooting Mode: 36
|so t|o bu||t|r fl.s| Using the Built-in Flash: 40
|.|so |SO sors|t|v|tv .|or ||c|t|rc |s pcc. ISO Sensitivity: 43
|ostc.o Jo|.u|t sott|rcs Two-Button Reset: 44
P, S, A, and M Modes: 45
|ot t|o c.no.. c|ccso s|utto. spooJ .rJ .po.
tu.o
Mode P (Programmed Auto): 47
|.oo.o c. b|u. nct|cr Mode S (Shutter-Priority Auto): 48
´|ccso .|ot|o. tc b|u. b.ckc.curJ cb|octs Mode A (Aperture-Priority Auto): 49
´|ccso s|utto. spooJ .rJ .po.tu.o n.ru.||v Mode M (Manual): 50
´|ccso . noto.|rc not|cJ. |cck oxpcsu.o. .J|ust
oxpcsu.o .rJ fl.s| |ovo|
Exposure: 52
V.ko cc|c.s |cck r.tu..|
¯.ko p|ctcs urJo. urusu.| ||c|t|rc
White Balance: 58
Soo t|o Voru ´u|Jo |c. |r|c.n.t|cr cr ct|o. cpo..t|crs t|.t c.r cr|v bo po.|c.noJ |r P. S. A. .rJ M
ncJos. |rc|uJ|rc custcn|.|rc s|..por|rc. ccrt..st. cc|c. s.tu..t|cr. .rJ |uo (“Opt|n|.o |n.co”.
9: .rJ c.o.t|rc nu|t|p|o oxpcsu.os (“Vu|t|p|o |xpcsu.o”. 84:
More on Playback: 61
\|o. p|ctcc..p|s cr t|o c.no.. Viewing Photographs on the Camera: 61
Soo t|o Voru ´u|Jo |c. ct|o. p|.vb.ck cpt|crs ( 4:
Connecting to a TV, Computer, or Printer: 66
\|o. p|ctcc..p|s cr ¯\ Viewing Photographs on TV: 66
´cpv p|ctcc..p|s tc . ccnputo. Connecting to a Computer: 67
|.|rt p|ctcc..p|s Printing Photographs: 69
28 Reference: More on Photography (All Modes) / Focus
More on Photography (All Modes)
Focus
|ccus c.r bo .J|ustoJ .utcn.t|c.||v (soo “ /utc|ccus.” bo|c.: c. n.ru.||v ( 32: ¯|o uso.
c.r .|sc so|oct t|o |ccus ..o. |c. .utcn.t|c c. n.ru.| |ccus ( 30: c. uso |ccus |cck tc |ccus
tc .occnpcso p|ctcc..p|s .|to. |ccus|rc ( 31:
Autofocus
Controls used: Focus mode selector
\|or t|o |ccus ncJo so|octc. |s sot tc AF. t|o c.no.. |ccusos .u
tcn.t|c.||v .|or t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr |s p.ossoJ |.||..v |r
s|rc|o..o. /|. . boop .||| scurJ .|or t|o c.no.. |ccusos |c
boop .||| scurJ .|or AF-A |s so|octoJ |r (spc.ts: ncJo c. .|or
ccrt|rucusso.vc .utc|ccus |s usoJ (rcto t|.t ccrt|rucusso.vc
.utc|ccus n.v bo so|octoJ .utcn.t|c.||v .|or s|cct|rc ncv|rc
sub|octs |r AF-A .utc|ccus ncJo:
|| t|o |ors Jcos rct suppc.t .utc|ccus c. t|o c.no.. |s ur.b|o tc |ccus us|rc .utc|ccus. uso
n.ru.| |ccus ( 32:
A-M Selection/Autofocus with Manual Priority
|| t|o |ors |s oou|ppoJ .|t| /V so|oct|cr c. .r V//V s.|tc|. so|oct A
(.utc|ccus: c. M/A (.utc|ccus .|t| n.ru.| p.|c.|tv:
The AF-Assist Illuminator
|| t|o sub|oct |s pcc.|v ||t. t|o /|.ss|st |||un|r.tc. .||| ||c|t .utcn.t|c.||v tc
.ss|st t|o .utc|ccus cpo..t|cr .|or t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr |s p.ossoJ
|.||..v ¯|o /|.ss|st |||un|r.tc. .||| rct ||c|t |r . . c. ncJos c. ||
Off |.s boor so|octoJ |c. ´ustcn Sott|rc 4 (AF assist. 8: ¯|o |||un|r.
tc. |.s . ..rco c| .bcut 05–30 n (1 |t 8 |r–9 |t 10 |r:. .|or us|rc t|o
|||un|r.tc.. uso . |ors .|t| . |cc.| |orct| c| 24–200 nn .rJ .oncvo t|o
|ors |ccJ
1 — Beep ( 86)
¯||s cpt|cr c.r bo usoJ tc tu.r t|o boop spo.ko. cr c. cff
More on Photography (All Modes)
Focus
29 Reference: More on Photography (All Modes) / Focus
Getting Good Results with Autofocus
/utc|ccus Jcos rct po.|c.n .o|| urJo. t|o ccrJ|t|crs ||stoJ bo|c. || t|o c.no.. |s ur.b|o tc |ccus
us|rc .utc|ccus. uso n.ru.| |ccus ( 32: c. uso |ccus |cck ( 31: tc |ccus cr .rct|o. sub|oct .t t|o
s.no J|st.rco .rJ t|or .occnpcso t|o p|ctcc..p|
There is little or no contrast
between the subject and the
background
The focus area contains ob-
jects at different distances
from the camera
Example Sub|oct |s t|o s.no cc|c. .s t|o b.ck
c.curJ
Example Sub|oct |s |rs|Jo . c.co
The subject is dominated by
regular geometric patterns
The focus area contains areas
of sharply contrasting bright-
ness
Example / .c. c| .|rJc.s |r . skvsc..po. Example: Sub|oct |s |.|| |r t|o s|.Jo
The subject appears smaller
than the focus area
The subject many contains
fine details
Example |ccus ..o. ccrt.|rs bct| |c.oc.curJ
sub|oct .rJ J|st.rt bu||J|rcs
Example / fio|J c| flc.o.s c. ct|o. sub|octs t|.t
..o sn.|| c. |.ck v..|.t|cr |r b.|c|tross
Autofocus Mode
Controls used: button
¯|o |c||c.|rc .utc|ccus ncJos ..o .v.||.b|o .|or t|o |ccus ncJo so|octc. |s sot tc AF
Autofocus mode Description
AF-A
/utc so|oct
(Jo|.u|t sott|rc:
´.no.. .utcn.t|c.||v so|octs s|rc|oso.vc .utc|ccus .|or sub|oct |s st.
t|cr..v. ccrt|rucusso.vc .utc|ccus .|or sub|oct |s ncv|rc S|utto. c.r
cr|v bo .o|o.soJ || c.no.. |s .b|o tc |ccus
AF-S S|rc|oso.vc /|
|c. st.t|cr..v sub|octs |ccus |ccks .|or s|utto..o|o.so buttcr |s p.ossoJ
|.||..v S|utto. c.r cr|v bo .o|o.soJ .|or |r|ccus |rJ|c.tc. |s J|sp|.voJ
AF-C
´crt|rucusso.vc
/|
|c. ncv|rc sub|octs ´.no.. |ccusos ccrt|rucus|v .|||o s|utto..o|o.so
buttcr |s p.ossoJ |.||..v ||ctcc..p|s c.r bo t.kor ovor .|or |r|ccus
|rJ|c.tc. |s rct J|sp|.voJ
¯c c|ccso t|o .utc|ccus ncJo. p.oss t|o buttcr urt|| t|o Jos|.oJ
sott|rc |s J|sp|.voJ
AF-A
AF-S AF-C
30 Reference: More on Photography (All Modes) / Focus
Focus Area Selection
Controls used: Multi selector (monitor off)
¯|o |80 cffo.s . c|c|co c| o|ovor |ccus ..o.s t|.t tccot|o. ccvo. . .|Jo ..o. c| t|o |..no /t
t|o Jo|.u|t sott|rcs. t|o c.no.. c|ccsos t|o |ccus ..o. .utcn.t|c.||v c. |ccusos cr sub|oct
|r t|o corto. |ccus ..o. ¯|o |ccus ..o. c.r .|sc bo so|octoJ n.ru.||v tc ccnpcso p|ctc
c..p|s .|t| t|o n.|r sub|oct pcs|t|croJ .|ncst .rv.|o.o |r t|o |..no
1
/t Jo|.u|t sott|rcs. t|o |ccus ..o. |s so|octoJ .utcn.t|c.||v |r
. . . . .rJ ncJos ¯c or.b|o n.ru.| |ccus so|oc
t|cr |r t|oso ncJos. so|oct Single Area c. Dynamic Area |c.
´ustcn Sott|rc 2 (AF-Area Mode. 8:
2
S||Jo t|o |ccus so|octc. |cck tc t|o “●” pcs|t|cr ¯||s .||c.s t|o
nu|t| so|octc. tc bo usoJ tc so|oct t|o |ccus ..o.
3
|so t|o nu|t| so|octc. tc so|oct t|o |ccus ..o. |r t|o v|o.firJo.
c. ccrt.c| p.ro| .|||o t|o oxpcsu.o noto.s ..o .ct|vo ( 18:
¯|o |ccus so|octc. |cck c.r bo .otu.roJ tc t|o “L” (|cckoJ: pc
s|t|cr |c||c.|rc so|oct|cr tc p.ovort t|o so|octoJ |ccus ..o.
|.cn c|.rc|rc .|or t|o nu|t| so|octc. |s p.ossoJ
Custom Settings
´ustcn Sott|rc 2 (AF-Area Mode. 8: ccrt.c|s |c. t|o c.no.. so|octs t|o |ccus ..o. ´ustcn
Sott|rc 3 (Center AF Area. 8: ccrt.c|s t|o s|.o .rJ runbo. c| |ccus ..o.s .v.||.b|o ´ustcn Sot
t|rc 18 (AE-L/AF-L. 94: Joto.n|ros .||c.s t|o AE-L/AF-L buttcr tc bo usoJ tc so|oct t|o |ccus ..o.
´ustcn Sott|rc 20 (Focus Area.

94: ccrt.c|s .|ot|o. |ccus ..o. so|oct|cr “...ps ..curJ” ´ustcn
Sott|rc 21 (AF Area Illumination.

95: ccrt.c|s .|ot|o. t|o .ct|vo |ccus ..o. |s ||c|||c|toJ |r t|o
v|o.firJo.
31 Reference: More on Photography (All Modes) / Focus
Focus Lock
Controls used: AE-L/AF-L button (AF-A/AF-C)/Shutter-release button (AF-S)
|ccus |cck c.r bo usoJ tc c|.rco t|o ccnpcs|t|cr .|to. |ccus|rc. n.k|rc |t pcss|b|o tc |c
cus cr . sub|oct t|.t .||| rct bo |r . |ccus ..o. |r t|o fir.| ccnpcs|t|cr |t c.r .|sc bo usoJ
.|or t|o .utc|ccus svston |s ur.b|o tc |ccus ( 29:
1
|cs|t|cr t|o sub|oct |r t|o so|octoJ |ccus ..o. .rJ p.oss t|o
s|utto..o|o.so buttcr |.||..v tc |r|t|.to |ccus
2
´|ock t|.t t|o |r|ccus |rJ|c.tc. (●: .ppo..s |r t|o v|o.firJo.
AF-A and AF-C autofocus modes ( 29)
|.oss t|o AE-L/AF-L buttcr tc |cck bct| |ccus .rJ oxpcsu.o
|ccus .||| .on.|r |cckoJ .|||o t|o AE-L/AF-L buttcr |s p.ossoJ.
ovor || vcu |.to. .oncvo vcu. firco. |.cn t|o s|utto..o|o.so
buttcr
AF-S autofocus modes ( 29)
|ccus .||| |cck .utcn.t|c.||v .|or t|o |r|ccus |rJ|c.tc. .ppo..s. .rJ .on.|r |cckoJ
urt|| vcu .oncvo vcu. firco. |.cn t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr |ccus c.r .|sc bo
|cckoJ bv p.oss|rc t|o AE-L/AF-L buttcr (soo bo|c.:
/r AE-L |ccr .||| bo J|sp|.voJ |r t|o v|o.firJo.
3
|occnpcso t|o p|ctcc..p| .rJ s|cct
|ccus .||| .on.|r |cckoJ bot.oor s|cts .s |crc .s t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr |s kopt p.ossoJ
|.||..v. .||c.|rc sovo..| p|ctcc..p|s |r succoss|cr tc bo t.kor .t t|o s.no |ccus sott|rc
|ccus .||| .|sc .on.|r |cckoJ bot.oor s|cts .|||o t|o AE-L/AF-L buttcr |s p.ossoJ
|c rct c|.rco t|o J|st.rco bot.oor t|o c.no.. .rJ t|o sub|oct .|||o |ccus |cck |s |r o|
|oct || t|o sub|oct ncvos. |ccus .c.|r .t t|o ro. J|st.rco
Continuous Shooting Mode ( 36)
|so t|o AE-L/AF-L buttcr tc |cck |ccus |r ccrt|rucus s|cct|rc ncJo
18 — AE-L/AF-L ( 94)
¯||s cpt|cr ccrt.c|s t|o bo|.v|c. c| t|o AE-L/AF-L buttcr
32 Reference: More on Photography (All Modes) / Focus
The Electronic Range Finder
|| t|o |ors |.s . n.x|nun .po.tu.o c| |/56 c. |.sto.. t|o v|o.firJo. |ccus
|rJ|c.tc. c.r bo usoJ tc ccrfi.n .|ot|o. t|o pc.t|cr c| t|o sub|oct |r t|o
so|octoJ |ccus ..o. |s |r |ccus /|to. pcs|t|cr|rc t|o sub|oct |r t|o .ct|vo
|ccus ..o.. p.oss t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr |.||..v .rJ .ct.to t|o |ors |c
cus|rc .|rc urt|| t|o |r|ccus |rJ|c.tc. (●: |s J|sp|.voJ
Focal Plane Position
¯c Joto.n|ro t|o J|st.rco bot.oor vcu. sub|oct .rJ t|o c.no... no.su.o
|.cn t|o |cc.| p|.ro n..k cr t|o c.no.. bcJv ¯|o J|st.rco bot.oor t|o
|ors ncurt|rc fl.rco ( 11: .rJ t|o |cc.| p|.ro |s 465 nn (183 |r:
Manual Focus
Controls used: Focus mode selector/lens focusing ring
V.ru.| |ccus |s .v.||.b|o |c. |orsos t|.t Jc rct suppc.t .utc|ccus
(rcr/| ||kkc. |orsos: c. .|or .utc|ccus Jcos rct p.cJuco t|o
Jos|.oJ .osu|ts ( 29: ¯c |ccus n.ru.||v. sot t|o |ccusncJo so|oc
tc. tc M .rJ .J|ust t|o |ors |ccus|rc .|rc urt|| t|o |n.co J|sp|.voJ
cr t|o c|o.. n.tto fio|J |r t|o v|o.firJo. |s |r |ccus ||ctcc..p|s
c.r bo t.kor .t .rv t|no. ovor .|or t|o |n.co |s rct |r |ccus
\|or us|rc . |ors t|.t cffo.s /V so|oct|cr. so|oct V .|or |ccus|rc n.ru.||v \|t| |orsos
t|.t suppc.t V// (.utc|ccus .|t| n.ru.| p.|c.|tv:. |ccus c.r bo .J|ustoJ n.ru.||v .|t| t|o
|ors sot tc V c. V// Soo t|o Jccunort.t|cr p.cv|JoJ .|t| vcu. |ors |c. Jot.||s
33 Reference: More on Photography (All Modes) / Image Quality and Size
Image Quality and Size
¯ccot|o.. |n.co ou.||tv .rJ s|.o Joto.n|ro |c. nuc| sp.co o.c| p|ctcc..p| cccup|os cr
t|o nonc.v c..J |..co.. ||c|o. ou.||tv |n.cos c.r bo p.|rtoJ .t |..co. s|.os but .|sc .o
ou|.o nc.o nonc.v. no.r|rc t|.t |o.o. suc| |n.cos c.r bo stc.oJ cr t|o nonc.v c..J
´|.rcos tc |n.co ou.||tv .rJ s|.o ..o .ofloctoJ |r t|o runbo. c| oxpcsu.os .on.|r|rc .s
J|sp|.voJ |r t|o ccrt.c| p.ro| .rJ v|o.firJo. ( 19:
Small < Image size > Large
H
i
g
h

<

I
m
a
g
e

q
u
a
l
i
t
y

>

L
o
w
Image Quality and Size
JPEG Fine
JPEG Normal
JPEG Basic
L
a
r
g
e



l
e

s
i
z
e
S
m
a
l
l



l
e

s
i
z
e
S M L
Image Quality, Image Size, and File Size
Soo t|o /pporJ|x |c. |r|c.n.t|cr cr t|o runbo. c| p|ctu.os t|.t c.r bo stc.oJ cr . nonc.v c..J (
138:
34 Reference: More on Photography (All Modes) / Image Quality and Size
Image Quality
Controls used: button + main command dial (monitor off)
¯|o c.no.. suppc.ts t|o |c||c.|rc |n.co ou.||tv cpt|crs (||stoJ |r JoscorJ|rc c.Jo. bv |n
.co ou.||tv .rJ fi|o s|.o:
Option Description
NEF (RAW)
´cnp.ossoJ ... J.t. |.cn t|o |n.co sorsc. ..o s.voJ J|.oct|v tc nonc.v c..J
´|ccso |c. |n.cos t|.t .||| bo p.ccossoJ cr . ccnputo.
JPEG Fine
|n.cos ..o ccnp.ossoJ |oss t|.r JPEG Normal, p.cJuc|rc ||c|o.ou.||tv |n.cos
´cnp.oss|cr ..t|c .cuc||v 1 4
JPEG Normal
(Jo|.u|t:
bost c|c|co |r ncst s|tu.t|crs ´cnp.oss|cr ..t|c .cuc||v 1 8
JPEG Basic Sn.||o. fi|o s|.o su|toJ tc on.|| c. t|o \ob ´cnp.oss|cr ..t|c .cuc||v 1 16
NEF (RAW) +
JPEG Fine
¯.c |n.cos ..o .occ.JoJ cro ||| (|/\: |n.co .rJ cro firoou.||tv '||´ |n.co
NEF (RAW) +
JPEG Normal
¯.c |n.cos ..o .occ.JoJ cro ||| (|/\: |n.co .rJ cro rc.n.|ou.||tv '||´ |n
.co
NEF (RAW) +
JPEG Basic
¯.c |n.cos ..o .occ.JoJ cro ||| (|/\: |n.co .rJ cro b.s|cou.||tv '||´ |n.co
|n.co ou.||tv c.r bo sot bv p.oss|rc t|o QUAL buttcr .rJ .ct.t|rc
t|o n.|r ccnn.rJ J|.| urt|| t|o Jos|.oJ sott|rc |s J|sp|.voJ |r t|o
ccrt.c| p.ro| |n.co ou.||tv c.r .|sc bo .J|ustoJ |.cn t|o s|cct
|rc noru ( 81:
NEF (RAW)/NEF+JPEG
´.ptu.o |` (.v.||.b|o sop...to|v. 123: c. t|o supp||oJ ||ctu.o|.c|oct sc|t...o ..o .oou|.oJ tc v|o.
||| (|/\: |n.cos cr . ccnputo. \|or p|ctcc..p|s t.kor .t NEF (RAW) + JPEG Fine. NEF (RAW)
+ JPEG Normal. c. NEF (RAW) + JPEG Basic ..o v|o.oJ cr t|o c.no... cr|v t|o '||´ |n.co .||| bo
J|sp|.voJ \|or p|ctcc..p|s t.kor .t t|oso sott|rcs ..o Jo|otoJ. bct| ||| .rJ '||´ |n.cos .||| bo
Jo|otoJ
\||to b.|.rco b..ckot|rc ( 90: |s rct .v.||.b|o .|or .r ||| (|/\: | '||´ cpt|cr |s so|octoJ |c. |n
.co ou.||tv So|oct|rc .r ||| (|/\: | '||´ cpt|cr c.rco|s .||to b.|.rco b..ckot|rc
35 Reference: More on Photography (All Modes) / Image Quality and Size
Image Size
Controls used: button + sub-command dial (monitor off)
|n.co s|.o |s no.su.oJ |r p|xo|s ¯|o |c||c.|rc cpt|crs ..o .v.||.b|o
Image size Size (pixels) Approximate size when printed at 200 dpi
¯
Large (3872 × 2592/10.0 M)
(Jo|.u|t:
3.82 × 2.592 492 × 329 cn (1936 × 1296 |r:
Medium (2896 × 1944/5.6 M) 2.896 × 1.944 368 × 24 cn (1448 × 92 |r:
Small (1936 × 1296/2.5 M) 1.936 × 1.296 246 × 165 cn (968 × 648 |r:
¯ “Jp|” st.rJs |c. dcts po. irc|. . no.su.o c| p.|rto. .osc|ut|cr |n.cos p.|rtoJ .t ||c|o. .osc|ut|crs
.||| bo sn.||o.. |n.cos p.|rtoJ .t |c.o. .osc|ut|crs |..co.
|n.co s|.o c.r bo sot bv p.oss|rc t|o QUAL buttcr .rJ .ct.t|rc t|o subccnn.rJ J|.| urt||
t|o Jos|.oJ sott|rc |s J|sp|.voJ |r t|o ccrt.c| p.ro| |n.co ou.||tv c.r .|sc bo .J|ustoJ |.cn
t|o s|cct|rc noru ( 81:

File Names
||ctcc..p|s ..o stc.oJ .s |n.co fi|os .|t| r.nos c| t|o |c.n “|S´_rrrrxxx.” .|o.o rrrr |s . |cu.
J|c|t runbo. bot.oor 0001 .rJ 9999 .ss|croJ .utcn.t|c.||v |r .scorJ|rc c.Jo. bv t|o c.no... .rJ
xxx |s cro c| t|o |c||c.|rc t|.oo |otto. oxtors|crs “|||” |c. ||| |n.cos c. “'|´” |c. '||´ |n.cos ¯|o
||| .rJ '||´ fi|os .occ.JoJ .t . sott|rc c| “||||'||´” |.vo t|o s.no fi|o r.nos but J|ffo.ort oxtor
s|crs Sn.|| ccp|os c.o.toJ .|t| t|o sn.|| p|ctu.o cpt|cr |r t|o .otcuc| noru |.vo fi|o r.nos boc|r
r|rc .|t| “SS´_” .rJ orJ|rc .|t| t|o oxtors|cr “'|´” (oc. “SS´_0001'|´”:. .|||o |n.cos .occ.JoJ
.|t| t|o ct|o. cpt|crs |r t|o .otcuc| noru |.vo fi|o r.nos boc|rr|rc .|t| “´S´” (oc. “´S´_0001
'|´”: |n.cos .occ.JoJ .t . Optimize Image > Custom > Color Mode sott|rc c| II (AdobeRGB) (
80: |.vo r.nos t|.t boc|r .|t| .r urJo.scc.o (oc. “_|S´0001'|´”:
|cto t|.t t|o cpt|cr so|octoJ |c. |n.co s|.o Jcos rct .ffoct t|o s|.o c| ||| (|/\: |n.cos
\|or v|o.oJ cr . ccnputo.. ||| |n.cos ..o 3.82 × 2.592 p|xo|s |r s|.o
36 Reference: More on Photography (All Modes) / Choosing a Shooting Mode
Choosing a Shooting Mode
S|cct|rc ncJo Joto.n|ros |c. t|o c.no.. t.kos p|ctcc..p|s cro .t . t|no. |r . ccrt|ru
cus soouorco. .|t| . t|noJ s|utto..o|o.so Jo|.v. c. .|t| . .oncto ccrt.c|
Mode Description
S|rc|o |..no
´.no.. t.kos cro p|ctcc..p| o.c| t|no s|utto..o|o.so buttcr |s p.ossoJ
/ccoss |.np .||| ||c|t .|||o p|ctc |s .occ.JoJ. roxt s|ct c.r bo t.kor |nno
J|.to|v || orcuc| sp.co .on.|rs |r nonc.v buffo.
´crt|rucus
´.no.. .occ.Js p|ctcc..p|s .t up tc t|.oo |..nos po. soccrJ
1
.|||o s|ut
to..o|o.so buttcr |s p.ossoJ
So||t|no. |so |c. so||pc.t..|ts c. tc .oJuco b|u..|rc c.usoJ bv c.no.. s|.ko ( 3:
|o|.voJ .oncto Opt|cr.| V||3 .oncto ccrt.c| .oou|.oJ |so |c. so||pc.t..|ts ( 38:
Ou|ck.ospcrso
.oncto
Opt|cr.| V||3 .oncto ccrt.c| .oou|.oJ |so tc .oJuco b|u..|rc c.usoJ bv
c.no.. s|.ko ( 38:
1 /vo..co |..no ..to .|t| n.ru.| |ccus. n.ru.| c. s|utto.p.|c.|tv .utc oxpcsu.o. . s|utto. spooJ c|
'/.. s c. |.sto.. .rJ nonc.v .on.|r|rc |r nonc.v buffo.
¯c c|ccso . s|cct|rc ncJo. p.oss t|o buttcr urt|| t|o Jos|.oJ sott|rc |s J|sp|.voJ

Buffer Size
¯|o runbo. c| |n.cos t|.t c.r bo stc.oJ |r t|o nonc.v buffo. .t cu.
.ort sott|rcs |s s|c.r |r t|o oxpcsu.occurt J|sp|.vs |r t|o v|o.firJo. .rJ
ccrt.c| p.ro| .|||o t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr |s p.ossoJ ¯||s runbo. |s
upJ.toJ .s p|ctcc..p|s ..o t..rs|o..oJ tc t|o nonc.v c..J .rJ nc.o
nonc.v boccnos .v.||.b|o |r t|o buffo. || 0 |s J|sp|.voJ. t|o buffo. |s |u||
.rJ s|cct|rc .||| s|c. S|cct|rc c.r ccrt|ruo up tc . n.x|nun c| 100
s|cts Soo t|o /pporJ|x |c. nc.o |r|c.n.t|cr ( 138:
\|||o p|ctcc..p|s ..o bo|rc .occ.JoJ tc t|o nonc.v c..J. t|o .ccoss |.np roxt tc t|o nonc.v c..J
s|ct .||| ||c|t Do not remove the memory card or remove or disconnect the power source until the access
lamp has gone out || t|o c.no.. |s s.|tc|oJ cff .|||o J.t. .on.|r |r t|o buffo.. t|o pc.o. .||| rct tu.r
cff urt|| .|| |n.cos |r t|o buffo. |.vo boor .occ.JoJ
Choosing a Shooting Mode
Controls used: button
37 Reference: More on Photography (All Modes) / Choosing a Shooting Mode
Self-Timer Mode
¯|o so||t|no. c.r bo usoJ tc .oJuco c.no.. s|.ko c. |c. so||pc.t..|ts
1
Vcurt t|o c.no.. cr . t.|pcJ c. p|.co t|o c.no.. cr . st.b|o. |ovo| su.|.co
2
|.oss t|o buttcr urt|| |s J|sp|.voJ |r t|o ccrt.c| p.ro|
3
|..no t|o p|ctcc..p| bo|c.o t.k|rc . p|ctcc..p| .|t| t|o fl.s| |r P. S. A. c. M ncJos
( 45:. p.oss t|o buttcr tc ..|so t|o fl.s| .rJ ..|t |c. t|o |rJ|c.tc. tc bo J|sp|.voJ
|r t|o v|o.firJo. ( 40: ¯|o t|no. .||| stcp || t|o fl.s| |s ..|soJ .|to. t|o t|no. |.s
st..toJ
4
|r ncJos ct|o. t|.r M. .oncvo t|o v|o.firJo. ovop|oco cup
.rJ |rso.t t|o supp||oJ ||5 ovop|oco c.p .s s|c.r ¯||s p.o
vorts ||c|t orto.|rc v|. t|o v|o.firJo. |rto.|o.|rc .|t| oxpc
su.o
5
|.oss t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr |.||..v tc |ccus. .rJ t|or
p.oss t|o buttcr t|o .ost c| t|o ..v Jc.r tc st..t t|o so||t|n
o. ¯|o so||t|no. |.np .||| st..t tc b||rk .rJ . boop .||| boc|r
tc scurJ ¯.c soccrJs bo|c.o t|o p|ctcc..p| |s t.kor. t|o
so||t|no. |.np .||| stcp b||rk|rc .rJ t|o boop|rc .||| boccno
nc.o ..p|J /t Jo|.u|t sott|rcs. t|o s|utto. .||| bo .o|o.soJ tor
soccrJs .|to. t|o t|no. st..ts
¯|o t|no. .||| rct st..t || t|o c.no.. |s ur.b|o tc |ccus c. |r ct|o. s|tu.t|crs |r .||c| t|o
s|utto. c.r rct bo .o|o.soJ
¯|o so||t|no. c.r bo c.rco||oJ bv so|oct|rc .rct|o. s|cct|rc ncJo ¯u.r|rc t|o c.no.. cff
c.rco|s so||t|no. ncJo .rJ .ostc.os s|rc|o |..no c. ccrt|rucus s|cct|rc ncJo
Bulb
|r so||t|no. ncJo. . s|utto. spooJ c| |s oou|v.|ort tc .pp.cx|n.to|v '/·. s
1 — Beep ( 86)
¯||s cpt|cr ccrt.c|s t|o boop t|.t scurJs Ju.|rc t|o so||t|no. ccurtJc.r
29 — Self-timer ( 99)
So||t|no. Jo|.v c.r bo sot tc 2 s. 5 s. 10 s (t|o Jo|.u|t sott|rc:. c. 20 s
38 Reference: More on Photography (All Modes) / Choosing a Shooting Mode
Using a Remote Control
|so t|o cpt|cr.| V||3 .oncto ccrt.c| |c. so||pc.t..|ts ( 123: c. tc cpo..to t|o c.no..
.oncto|v
Before Using the Remote Control
bo|c.o us|rc t|o .oncto ccrt.c| |c. t|o fi.st t|no. .oncvo t|o c|o.. p|.st|c b.tto.v |rsu|.tc. s|oot
1
Vcurt t|o c.no.. cr . t.|pcJ c. p|.co t|o c.no.. cr . st.b|o. |ovo| su.|.co
2
|.oss t|o buttcr tc so|oct cro c| t|o |c||c.|rc ncJos
Mode
|o|.voJ .oncto
S|utto. .o|o.soJ .bcut 2 s .|to. .oncto s|ut
to..o|o.so buttcr |s p.ossoJ
Ou|ck.ospcrso
.oncto
S|utto. .o|o.soJ .|or .oncto s|utto..o|o.so
buttcr |s p.ossoJ
¯|o c.no.. .||| orto. st.rJbv ncJo /t Jo|.u|t sott|rcs. s|rc|o |..no c. ccrt|rucus
s|cct|rc ncJo .||| bo .ostc.oJ || rc cpo..t|crs ..o po.|c.noJ |c. .bcut . n|ruto
3
|..no t|o p|ctcc..p| || .utc|ccus |s |r offoct. t|o c.no.. s|utto..o|o.so buttcr c.r
bo usoJ tc sot |ccus. .|t|cuc| cr|v t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr cr t|o .oncto ccrt.c|
c.r bo usoJ tc .o|o.so t|o s|utto.
4
|r ncJos ct|o. t|.r M. .oncvo t|o v|o.firJo. ovop|oco cup
.rJ |rso.t t|o supp||oJ ||5 ovop|oco c.p .s s|c.r ¯||s p.o
vorts ||c|t orto.|rc v|. t|o v|o.firJo. |rto.|o.|rc .|t| oxpc
su.o
5
/|n t|o t..rsn|tto. cr t|o V||3 .t t|o |r|...oJ .oco|vo. cr t|o
c.no.. .rJ p.oss t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr cr t|o V||3 |r
Jo|.voJ .oncto ncJo. t|o so||t|no. |.np .||| ||c|t |c. .bcut
t.c soccrJs bo|c.o t|o s|utto. |s .o|o.soJ |r ou|ck.ospcrso
.oncto ncJo. t|o so||t|no. |.np .||| fl.s| .|to. t|o s|utto. |.s
boor .o|o.soJ || AF-A c. AF-S |s so|octoJ |r .utc|ccus ncJo
( 29:. t|o c.no.. .||| .otu.r tc st.rJbv ncJo .|t|cut .o|o.s|rc t|o s|utto. || ur.b|o
tc |ccus ¯|o c.no.. .||| .o|o.so t|o s|utto. .|t|cut |ccus|rc |r n.ru.| |ccus ncJo.
|| AF-C |s so|octoJ |r .utc|ccus ncJo. c. || t|o c.no.. |.s .|.o.Jv boor |ccusoJ us|rc
t|o c.no.. s|utto..o|o.so buttcr (soo stop 3:
|oncto ccrt.c| ncJo c.r bo c.rco||oJ bv so|oct|rc .rct|o. s|cct|rc ncJo S|rc|o|..no
c. ccrt|rucus s|cct|rc ncJo .||| bo .ostc.oJ || t|o c.no.. |s tu.roJ cff c. rc cpo..t|crs
..o .bcut cro n|ruto
39 Reference: More on Photography (All Modes) / Choosing a Shooting Mode
Using the Built-in Flash
|| t|o fl.s| |s .oou|.oJ. t|o c.no.. .||| cr|v .ospcrJ tc t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr cr t|o V||3 crco
t|o fl.s| |.s c|..coJ |r . . . .rJ ncJos. t|o fl.s| .||| boc|r c|..c|rc .|or Jo|.voJ .oncto
c. ou|ck.ospcrso .oncto ncJo |s so|octoJ. crco t|o fl.s| |s c|..coJ. |t .||| pcp up .utcn.t|c.||v ||
.oou|.oJ .|or t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr cr t|o V||3 |s p.ossoJ |r P. S. A. .rJ M ncJos. ..|s|rc t|o
fl.s| Ju.|rc t|o t.csoccrJ ccurtJc.r |r Jo|.voJ .oncto ncJo .||| c.rco| t|o t.csoccrJ t|no.
\.|t |c. t|o fl.s| tc c|..co .rJ t|or p.oss t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr cr t|o V||3 tc .ost..t t|o
t|no.
|r fl.s|svrc ncJos t|.t suppc.t .oJovo .oJuct|cr. t|o .oJovo .oJuct|cr |.np .||| ||c|t |c. .bcut
cro soccrJ bo|c.o t|o s|utto. |s .o|o.soJ |r Jo|.voJ .oncto ncJo. t|o so||t|no. |.np .||| b||rk |c.
t.c soccrJs .rJ t|or ||c|t |c. cro soccrJ bo|c.o t|o s|utto. |s .o|o.soJ
1 — Beep ( 86)
¯||s cpt|cr ccrt.c|s t|o boops t|.t scurJ .|or t|o .oncto ccrt.c| |s usoJ

30 — Remote on Duration ( 99)
´|ccso |orct| c| t|no t|o c.no.. .||| .on.|r |r st.rJbv bo|c.o .oncto ccrt.c| ncJo |s c.rco||oJ
40 Reference: More on Photography (All Modes) / Using the Built-in Flash
Using the Built-in Flash
¯|o c.no.. suppc.ts . v..|otv c| fl.s| ncJos |c. p|ctcc..p||rc pcc.|v ||t c. b.ck||t sub
|octs
Using the Built-in Flash: , , , and Modes
1
|ct.to t|o ncJo J|.| tc so|oct t|o Jos|.oJ ncJo
2
|.oss t|o buttcr .rJ .ct.to urt|| t|o Jos|.oJ fl.s| ncJo |s J|sp|.voJ |r t|o ccrt.c|
p.ro| ( 41:
3
¯.ko p|ctu.os ¯|o fl.s| .||| pcp up .s .oou|.oJ .|or t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr |s
p.ossoJ |.||..v. .rJ fi.o .|or . p|ctcc..p| |s t.kor
Using the Built-in Flash: P, S, A, and M Modes
1
|ct.to t|o ncJo J|.| tc so|oct t|o Jos|.oJ ncJo
2
|.oss t|o buttcr tc ..|so t|o fl.s|
3
|.oss t|o buttcr .rJ .ct.to urt|| t|o Jos|.oJ fl.s| ncJo |s J|sp|.voJ |r t|o ccrt.c|
p.ro| ( 41:
4
So|oct . noto.|rc not|cJ .rJ sot oxpcsu.o
5
¯.ko p|ctu.os ¯|o fl.s| .||| fi.o .|orovo. . p|ctu.o |s t.kor
Lowering the Built-in Flash
¯c s.vo pc.o. .|or t|o fl.s| |s rct |r uso. p.oss |t cort|v Jc.r
...J urt|| t|o |.tc| c||cks |rtc p|.co
41 Reference: More on Photography (All Modes) / Using the Built-in Flash
Flash Mode
¯|o cu..ort fl.s| ncJo |s J|sp|.voJ |r t|o ccrt.c| p.ro| .s s|c.r bo|c.
|s J|sp|.voJ .|or t|o fl.s| |s cff
¯|o fl.s| ncJos .v.||.b|o JoporJ cr t|o ncJo cu..ort|v so|octoJ .|t| t|o ncJo J|.|
¯ SLOW |s J|sp|.voJ .|to. n.|r ccnn.rJ J|.| |s .o|o.soJ
. .
S. M P, A
Auto
Auto+
red-eye
reduction
Off
Rear-curtain
sync
Fill flash
Red-eye
reduction
Fill flash
Slow sync+
red-eye
reduction
Red-eye
reduction
Slow sync
Rear-
curtain+
slow sync
*
Off
Auto+Slow sync
Auto+
Slow sync+
red-eye
reduction
: Red-eye reduction
|so |c. pc.t..|ts |oJovo .oJuct|cr |.np ||c|ts bo|c.o fl.s| fi.os. .oJuc|rc “.oJovo”
AUTO: Auto fash
\|or ||c|t|rc |s pcc. c. sub|oct |s b.ck ||t. fl.s| pcps up .utcn.t|c.||v .|or
s|utto..o|o.so buttcr |s p.ossoJ |.||..v .rJ fi.os .s .oou|.oJ || t||s |ccr |s rct
J|sp|.voJ. fl.s| .||| cr|v pcp up .|or buttcr |s p.ossoJ
SLOW: Slow sync
S|utto. spooJ s|c.s .utcn.t|c.||v tc c.ptu.o b.ckc.curJ ||c|t|rc .t r|c|t c.
urJo. |c. ||c|t |so tc |rc|uJo b.ckc.curJ ||c|t|rc |r pc.t..|ts
REAR: Rear-curtain sync
||.s| fi.os |ust bo|c.o s|utto. c|csos (soo rcto cr |c||c.|rc p.co: || t||s |ccr |s
rct J|sp|.voJ. fl.s| .||| fi.o |nnoJ|.to|v .|to. s|utto. cpors
: Of
||.s| Jcos rct fi.o ovor .|or ||c|t|rc |s pcc. c. sub|oct |s b.ck||t
42 Reference: More on Photography (All Modes) / Using the Built-in Flash
22 — Built-in Flash ( 95)
´|ccso |c. t|o bu||t|r fl.s| fi.os
26 — Modeling Flash ( 98)
|.ov|o. t|o offocts c| t|o fl.s|
The Built-in Flash
|so .|t| ´|| |orsos .|t| |cc.| |orct|s c| 18–300 nn c. rcr´|| |orsos .|t| |cc.| |orct|s c|
18–200 nn ( 118. rcto t|.t .utc fl.s| |ovo| ccrt.c| |s .v.||.b|o .|t| ´|| |orsos cr|v: |oncvo |ors
|ccJs tc p.ovort s|.Jc.s |orsos t|.t b|cck t|o sub|oct’s v|o. c| t|o .oJovo .oJuct|cr |.np n.v
|rto.|o.o .|t| .oJovo .oJuct|cr ¯|o fl.s| |.s . n|r|nun ..rco c| 60 cn (2 |t: .rJ c.r rct bo usoJ
|r t|o n.c.c ..rco c| n.c.c .ccn |orsos
|| t|o fl.s| fi.os |r ccrt|rucus s|cct|rc ncJo ( 36:. cr|v cro p|ctu.o .||| bo t.kor o.c| t|no t|o
s|utto..o|o.so buttcr |s p.ossoJ
¯|o s|utto. .o|o.so n.v bo b.|oflv J|s.b|oJ tc p.ctoct t|o fl.s| .|to. |t |.s boor usoJ |c. sovo..| ccr
socut|vo s|cts ¯|o fl.s| c.r bo usoJ .c.|r .|to. . s|c.t p.uso
Soo t|o /pporJ|x |c. nc.o .bcut t|o bu||t|r fl.s|. |rc|uJ|rc fl.s| ccrt.c|. s|utto. svrc spooJs. .rJ
..rco |c. |r|c.n.t|cr cr cpt|cr.| fl.s| ur|ts (SpooJ||c|ts:. soo “Opt|cr.| ||.s| |r|ts (SpooJ||c|ts:” (
119: Soo “|\ |cck” |c. |r|c.n.t|cr us|rc |\ |cck ( 92:
Rear-Curtain Sync
|c.n.||v t|o fl.s| fi.os .s t|o s|utto. cpors (“|.crt cu.t.|r svrc”. soo bo|c. .t |o|t: |r .o..cu.t.|r
svrc. t|o fl.s| fi.os |ust bo|c.o t|o s|utto. c|csos. c.o.t|rc t|o offoct c| . st.o.n c| ||c|t bo||rJ ncv|rc
sub|octs
Front-curtain sync Rear curtain sync
43 Reference: More on Photography (All Modes) / ISO Sensitivity
ISO Sensitivity
“|SO sors|t|v|tv” |s t|o J|c|t.| oou|v.|ort c| fi|n spooJ ¯|o ||c|o. t|o |SO sors|t|v|tv. t|o |oss
||c|t rooJoJ tc n.ko .r oxpcsu.o. .||c.|rc ||c|o. s|utto. spooJs c. sn.||o. .po.tu.os
|SO sors|t|v|tv c.r bo sot bot.oor v.|uos .cuc||v oou|v.|ort tc |SO 100 .rJ |SO 1600 |r
stops oou|v.|ort tc '/· |\ \.|uos cvo. 1600 ..o J|sp|.voJ .s H 0.3 (|SO 2000 oou|v.|ort:. H
0.7 (|SO 2500 oou|v.|ort:. .rJ H 1.0 (|SO 3200 oou|v.|ort: (.utc: .rJ ||c|t.| \..||.c
c..n ncJos .|sc cffo. .r Auto sott|rc t|.t .||c.s t|o c.no.. tc sot |SO sors|t|v|tv .utc
n.t|c.||v |r .ospcrso tc ||c|t|rc ccrJ|t|crs ¯|o Jo|.u|t sott|rc |c. (.utc: .rJ ||c|t.|
\..||.cc..n ncJos |s Auto. t|o Jo|.u|t sott|rc |c. P. S. A. .rJ M ncJos 100
|SO sors|t|v|tv c.r bo so|octoJ bv p.oss|rc t|o ISO buttcr .rJ .ct.t|rc t|o n.|r ccnn.rJ
J|.| urt|| t|o Jos|.oJ sott|rc |s J|sp|.voJ |r t|o ccrt.c| p.ro| |SO sors|t|v|tv c.r .|sc bo
.J|ustoJ |.cn t|o s|cct|rc noru ( 83:
High ISO NR ( 83)
¯|o ||c|o. t|o |SO sors|t|v|tv. t|o nc.o ||ko|v p|ctu.os ..o tc bo sub|oct tc “rc|so” |r t|o |c.n c| ..r
Jcn|vsp.coJ. b.|c|t|vcc|c.oJ p|xo|s ||ctcs t.kor .t |SO sors|t|v|t|os cvo. |SO 1600 .||| ||ko|v ccrt.|r
.pp.oc|.b|o .ncurts c| rc|so ¯|o High ISO NR cpt|cr |r t|o s|cct|rc noru c.r bo usoJ tc .oJuco
rc|so .t |SO sors|t|v|t|os c| 400 c. nc.o
7 — ISO Auto ( 88)
¯||s cpt|cr c.r bo usoJ tc or.b|o .utcn.t|c |SO sors|t|v|tv ccrt.c| |r P. S. A. .rJ M ncJos Sors|t|v|t|os
c| H 0.3. H 0.7. .rJ H 1.0 ..o rct .v.||.b|o .|or ISO auto |s cr
ISO Sensitivity
Controls used: button + main command dial (monitor off)
44 Reference: More on Photography (All Modes) / Two-Button Reset
Two-Button Reset
¯|o c.no.. sott|rcs ||stoJ bo|c. c.r bo .ostc.oJ tc Jo|.u|t v.|uos
bv |c|J|rc t|o .rJ buttcrs Jc.r tccot|o. |c. nc.o t|.r
t.c soccrJs (t|oso buttcrs ..o n..koJ bv . c.oor Jct: ¯|o ccr
t.c| p.ro| tu.rs cff b.|oflv .|||o sott|rcs ..o .osot ´ustcn Sott|rcs
..o rct .ffoctoJ
Default Settings
Soo t|o /pporJ|x |c. . ||st c| Jo|.u|t sott|rcs ( 134–13:
Two-Button Reset
Controls used: button + button
Option Default
S|cct|rc ncJo
( 36–39:
S|rc|o |..no
|n.co ou.||tv ( 34. 81: '||´ |c.n.|
|n.co s|.o ( 35. 81: |..co
|SO sors|t|v|tv ( 43. 83:
. ||c|t.| \..||.cc..n /utc
P. S. A. M 100
\||to b.|.rco
( 58–60. 82:
¯
/utc
/utc|ccus ncJo ( 29: /|/
|ccus ..o. ( 30:

´orto.
Voto.|rc ( 52: V.t.|x
/| |cck |c|J ( 53: Off
¯ ||rotur|rc .osot tc 0. Choose color temp. .o
sot tc 5000 |
† |ccus ..o. rct J|sp|.voJ || Auto-area AF |s so
|octoJ |c. ´ustcn Sott|rc 2 (AF-area mode:
Option Default
||ox|b|o p.cc..n ( 4: Off
|xpcsu.o
ccnpors.t|cr ( 54:
±0
b..ckot|rc
( 56–5:
±0

||.s| oxpcsu.o
ccnpors.t|cr ( 55:
±0
|\ |cck ( 92–93: Off
||.s| svrc ncJo ( 40–42:
. .
/utc |.crtcu.t.|r
svrc
/utc s|c. svrc
P. S. A. M |.crtcu.t.|r svrc
Vu|t|p|o oxpcsu.o
( 84–85:
Off
‡ |unbo. c| s|cts .osot tc .o.c b..ckot|rc |rc.o
nort .osot tc 1 |\ (oxpcsu.o/fl.s| b..ckot|rc:
c. 1 (.||to b.|.rco b..ckot|rc:
45 Reference: P, S, A, and M Modes
Lens Aperture Ring
When using a CPU lens equipped with an aperture ring ( 11:. |cck t|o .po.tu.o .|rc .t t|o n|r|nun .po.
tu.o (||c|ost |/runbo.: ¯vpo ´ |orsos ..o rct oou|ppoJ .|t| .r .po.tu.o .|rc
Non-CPU lenses c.r cr|v bo usoJ |r oxpcsu.o ncJo V. .|or .po.tu.o c.r bo .J|ustoJ n.ru.||v us|rc
t|o |ors .po.tu.o .|rc (|r ct|o. ncJos. t|o s|utto..o|o.so .||| bo J|s.b|oJ: ¯|o c.no.. oxpcsu.o no
to.. |SO /utc. .rJ v..|otv c| ct|o. |o.tu.os c.r rct bo usoJ ( 11:
Custom Settings
|so ´ustcn Sott|rc (ISO auto. 88: tc or.b|o .utc |SO sors|t|v|tv ccrt.c| |r |. S. /. .rJ V ncJos
´ustcn Sott|rc 10 (EV step. 89: Joto.n|ros t|o s|.o c| t|o |rc.onorts usoJ |c. oxpcsu.o ccrt.c|
´ustcn Sott|rc 15 (Command Dials. 91: Joto.n|ros t|o .c|os p|.voJ bv t|o n.|r .rJ subccn
n.rJ J|.|s |r sott|rc s|utto. spooJ .rJ .po.tu.o
P. S. A. .rJ M ncJos cffo. ccrt.c| cvo. . v..|otv c| .Jv.rcoJ sott|rcs. |rc|uJ|rc oxpcsu.o (


52:. .||to b.|.rco. .rJ |n.co cpt|n|..t|cr |.c| c| t|oso ncJos cffo.s . J|ffo.ort Joc.oo
c| ccrt.c| cvo. s|utto. spooJ .rJ .po.tu.o
Mode Description
P
|.cc..nnoJ .utc
( 4:
´.no.. sots s|utto. spooJ .rJ .po.tu.o |c. cpt|n.| oxpcsu.o |occn
norJoJ |c. sr.ps|cts .rJ |r ct|o. s|tu.t|crs |r .||c| t|o.o |s ||tt|o
t|no tc .J|ust c.no.. sott|rcs
S
S|utto.p.|c.|tv .utc
( 48:
|so. c|ccsos s|utto. spooJ. c.no.. so|octs .po.tu.o |c. bost .osu|ts
|so tc |.oo.o c. b|u. nct|cr
A
/po.tu.op.|c.|tv .utc
( 49:
|so. c|ccsos .po.tu.o. c.no.. so|octs s|utto. spooJ |c. bost .osu|ts
|so tc b|u. b.ckc.curJ c. b.|rc bct| |c.oc.curJ .rJ b.ckc.curJ |rtc
|ccus
M V.ru.| ( 50:
|so. ccrt.c|s bct| s|utto. spooJ .rJ .po.tu.o Sot s|utto. spooJ tc
“bu|b” c. “” |c. |crc t|nooxpcsu.os
P, S, A, and M Modes
46 Reference: P, S, A, and M Modes
Exposure
¯|o oxpcsu.o (b.|c|tross: c| p|ctcc..p|s |s Joto.n|roJ bv t|o .ncurt c| ||c|t t|.t |.||s cr t|o |n.co
sorsc. (´´|: .|||o t|o s|utto. |s cpor ¯.c |.ctc.s t|.t Joto.n|ro oxpcsu.o ..o s|utto. spooJ .rJ
.po.tu.o
/po.tu.o .o|o.s tc t|o s|.o c| t|o cpor|rc t|.cuc| .||c| t|o ||c|t p.ssos ¯|o |..co. t|o .po.tu.o. t|o
c.o.to. t|o .ncurt c| ||c|t t|.t p.ssos t|.cuc| t|o cpor|rc .rJ t|o b.|c|to. t|o oxpcsu.o Sn.||o.
.po.tu.os no.r |oss ||c|t .rJ J..ko. oxpcsu.os ¯|o c.no.. J|sp|.vs s|c. .po.tu.o |r “|/runbo.s”
t|o |..co. t|o |/runbo.. t|o sn.||o. t|o .po.tu.o
S|utto. spooJ Joto.n|ros |c. |crc t|o s|utto. |s cpor ¯|o s|c.o. t|o s|utto. spooJ. t|o |crco. t|o
|n.co sorsc. |s oxpcsoJ tc ||c|t .rJ t|o b.|c|to. t|o oxpcsu.o |.sto. s|utto. spooJs no.r t|.t t|o
|n.co sorsc. |s oxpcsoJ tc ||c|t |c. |oss t|no. p.cJuc|rc J..ko. oxpcsu.os
¯|o .o|.t|crs||p bot.oor s|utto. spooJ .rJ .po.tu.o c.r bo ||koroJ tc fi|||rc . cup |.cn . t.p |r
t||s .r.|ccv. t|o .ncurt c| ..to. rooJoJ tc fi|| t|o cup |s t|o .ncurt c| ||c|t rooJoJ |c. cpt|n.|
oxpcsu.o || t|o cup cvo.flc.s. t|o p|ctu.o .||| bo cvo.oxpcsoJ || t|o cup Jcosr’t fi||. t|o p|ctu.o .|||
bo urJo.oxpcsoJ ¯|o .ncurt t|o t.p |s cporoJ |s t|o .po.tu.o. .rJ t|o |orct| c| t|no t|o t.p |s
cporoJ t|o s|utto. spooJ Opor up t|o t.p .rJ t|o cup .||| fi|| |r |oss t|no. t|c|tor t|o t.p .rJ nc.o
t|no .||| bo rooJoJ tc fi|| t|o cup
'ust .s . cup c.r bo fi||oJ |r J|ffo.ort t|nos us|rc J|ffo.ort t.p sott|rcs. J|ffo.ort ccnb|r.t|crs c|
s|utto. spooJ .rJ .po.tu.o c.r bo usoJ tc p.cJuco t|o s.no oxpcsu.o ¯|o .osu|ts. |c.ovo.. .||| bo
vo.v J|ffo.ort |.st s|utto. spooJs .rJ |..co. .po.tu.os |.oo.o ncv|rc cb|octs .rJ sc|tor b.ckc.curJ
Jot.||s. .|||o s|c. s|utto. spooJs .rJ sn.|| .po.tu.os b|u. ncv|rc cb|octs .rJ b.|rc cut b.ckc.curJ
Jot.||s
Fast shutter speed (/ s) Slow shutter speed (1 s)
Small aperture (f/36) Large aperture (f/3)
(Remember, the larger the f/-number, the
smaller the aperture.)
47 Reference: P, S, A, and M Modes / Mode P (Programmed Auto)
Flexible Program
|r ncJo P. J|ffo.ort ccnb|r.t|crs c| s|utto. spooJ .rJ .po.tu.o c.r bo so
|octoJ bv .ct.t|rc t|o n.|r ccnn.rJ J|.| (“flox|b|o p.cc..n”: |ct.to t|o
n.|r ccnn.rJ J|.| tc t|o .|c|t |c. |..co .po.tu.os (sn.|| |/runbo.s: t|.t
b|u. b.ckc.curJ Jot.||s c. |.st s|utto. spooJs t|.t “|.oo.o” nct|cr |ct.to
t|o n.|r ccnn.rJ J|.| tc t|o |o|t |c. sn.|| .po.tu.os (|..co |/runbo.s:
t|.t |rc.o.so Jopt| c| fio|J c. s|c. s|utto. spooJs t|.t b|u. nct|cr /||
ccnb|r.t|crs p.cJuco t|o s.no oxpcsu.o \|||o flox|b|o p.cc..n |s |r o|
|oct. . |rJ|c.tc. .ppo..s |r t|o ccrt.c| p.ro| ¯c .ostc.o Jo|.u|t s|utto.
spooJ .rJ .po.tu.o sott|rcs. .ct.to t|o n.|r ccnn.rJ J|.| urt|| t|o |rJ|
c.tc. |s rc |crco. J|sp|.voJ. c|ccso .rct|o. ncJo. c. tu.r t|o c.no.. cff
|r t||s ncJo. t|o c.no.. .utcn.t|c.||v .J|usts s|utto. spooJ .rJ .po.tu.o |c. cpt|n.| ox
pcsu.o |r ncst s|tu.t|crs ¯||s ncJo |s .occnnorJoJ |c. sr.ps|cts .rJ ct|o. s|tu.t|crs |r
.||c| vcu ..rt tc |o.vo t|o c.no.. |r c|..co c| s|utto. spooJ .rJ .po.tu.o
¯c t.ko p|ctcc..p|s |r p.cc..nnoJ .utc
1
|ct.to t|o ncJo J|.| tc P
2
|..no . p|ctcc..p|. |ccus. .rJ s|cct
Mode P (Programmed Auto)
¯|o oxpcsu.o p.cc..n |c. ncJo P |s c|vor |r t|o /pporJ|x ( 139:
/ s, f/8 / s, f/2.8
(Large aperture)
48 Reference: P, S, A, and M Modes / Mode S (Shutter-Priority Auto)
|r s|utto.p.|c.|tv .utc. vcu c|ccso t|o s|utto. spooJ |.cn v.|uos bot.oor 30 s .rJ '/·... s
.|||o t|o c.no.. .utcn.t|c.||v so|octs t|o .po.tu.o t|.t .||| p.cJuco t|o cpt|n.| oxpc
su.o |so s|c. s|utto. spooJs tc succost nct|cr bv b|u..|rc ncv|rc sub|octs. ||c| s|utto.
spooJs tc “|.oo.o” nct|cr
¯c t.ko p|ctcc..p|s |r s|utto.p.|c.|tv .utc
1
|ct.to t|o ncJo J|.| tc S
2
|ct.to t|o n.|r ccnn.rJ J|.| tc c|ccso t|o Jos|.oJ s|utto. spooJ
3
|..no . p|ctcc..p|. |ccus. .rJ s|cct
Flashing Shutter-Speed Display
Soo “´.no.. |..c. Voss.cos .rJ ||sp|.vs” ( 132: |c. |r|c.n.t|cr cr .|.t tc Jc || fl.s||rc “ ” c.
“ ” |rJ|c.tc.s .ppo.. |r t|o s|utto.spooJ J|sp|.vs
Mode S (Shutter-Priority Auto)
49 Reference: P, S, A, and M Modes / Mode A (Aperture-Priority Auto)
|r .po.tu.op.|c.|tv .utc. vcu c|ccso t|o .po.tu.o |.cn v.|uos bot.oor t|o n|r|nun .rJ
n.x|nun |c. t|o |ors .|||o t|o c.no.. .utcn.t|c.||v so|octs t|o s|utto. spooJ t|.t .|||
p.cJuco t|o cpt|n.| oxpcsu.o Sn.|| .po.tu.os (||c| |/runbo.s: |rc.o.so Jopt| c| fio|J.
b.|rc|rc bct| t|o n.|r sub|oct .rJ b.ckc.curJ |rtc |ccus |..co .po.tu.os (|c. |/run
bo.s: sc|tor b.ckc.curJ Jot.||s
¯c t.ko p|ctcc..p|s |r .po.tu.op.|c.|tv .utc
1
|ct.to t|o ncJo J|.| tc A
2
|ct.to t|o subccnn.rJ J|.| tc c|ccso t|o Jos|.oJ .po.tu.o
3
|..no . p|ctcc..p|. |ccus. .rJ s|cct
Mode A (Aperture-Priority Auto)
Depth of Field
“|opt| c| fio|J” |s t|o J|st.rco tc .||c| cb|octs bo||rJ .rJ |r |.crt c| t|o |ccus pc|rt .ppo.. tc bo |r
|ccus |..co .po.tu.os (|c. |/runbo.s: .oJuco Jopt| c| fio|J. b|u..|rc cb|octs bo||rJ .rJ |r |.crt c|
t|o n.|r sub|oct Sn.|| .po.tu.os (||c| |/runbo.s: |rc.o.so Jopt| c| fio|J. b.|rc|rc cut Jot.||s |r t|o
b.ckc.curJ .rJ |c.oc.curJ (rcto t|.t Jopt| c| fio|J |s .|sc |rfluorcoJ bv ct|o. |.ctc.s. suc| .s |cc.|
|orct| .rJ |ccus J|st.rco: S|c.t fio|J Jopt|s ..o coro..||v usoJ |r pc.t..|ts tc b|u. b.ckc.curJ Jo
t.||s. |crc fio|J Jopt|s |r |.rJsc.po p|ctcc..p|s tc b.|rc t|o |c.oc.curJ .rJ b.ckc.curJ |rtc |ccus
¯c p.ov|o. Jopt| c| fio|J. p.oss .rJ |c|J t|o Jopt|c|fio|J p.ov|o. but
tcr ¯|o |ors .||| bo stcppoJ Jc.r tc t|o cu..ort .po.tu.o v.|uo. .||c.|rc
Jopt| c| fio|J tc bo p.ov|o.oJ |r t|o v|o.firJo.
50 Reference: P, S, A, and M Modes / Mode M (Manual)
|r n.ru.| oxpcsu.o ncJo. vcu ccrt.c| bct| s|utto. spooJ .rJ .po.tu.o S|utto. spooJ c.r
bo sot tc v.|uos bot.oor 30 s .rJ '/·... s. c. t|o s|utto. c.r bo |o|J cpor |c. |rJofir|to|v
|c. |crco. oxpcsu.os ( : /po.tu.o c.r bo sot tc v.|uos bot.oor t|o n|r|nun .rJ
n.x|nun v.|uos |c. t|o |ors
¯c t.ko p|ctcc..p|s |r n.ru.| oxpcsu.o ncJo
1
|ct.to t|o ncJo J|.| tc M
2
|ct.to t|o n.|r ccnn.rJ J|.| tc c|ccso . s|utto. spooJ. .rJ t|o subccnn.rJ J|.| tc
sot .po.tu.o ´|ock oxpcsu.o |r t|o o|oct.cr|c .r.|cc oxpcsu.o J|sp|.vs (soo bo|c.:
3
|..no . p|ctcc..p|. |ccus. .rJ s|cct
Electronic Analog Exposure Display
|| . ´|| |ors |s .tt.c|oJ .rJ . s|utto. spooJ ct|o. t|.r |s so|octoJ. t|o o|oct.cr|c .r.|cc ox
pcsu.o J|sp|.vs |r t|o ccrt.c| p.ro| .rJ v|o.firJo. s|c. .|ot|o. t|o p|ctcc..p| .cu|J bo urJo. c.
cvo.oxpcsoJ .t cu..ort sott|rcs |oporJ|rc cr t|o cpt|cr c|csor |c. ´ustcn Sott|rc 10 (EV step.
89:. t|o .ncurt c| urJo. c. cvo.oxpcsu.o |s s|c.r |r |rc.onorts c| '/· |\ c. '⁄. |\ || t|o ||n|ts c|
t|o oxpcsu.o noto.|rc svston ..o oxcooJoJ. t|o J|sp|.vs .||| fl.s|
EV Step set to “1/3 step” EV Step set to “1/2 step”
Opt|n.| oxpcsu.o
|rJo.oxpcsoJ bv '/· |\ |rJo.oxpcsoJ bv '/. |\
Ovo.oxpcsoJ bv nc.o t|.r 2 |\ Ovo.oxpcsoJ bv nc.o t|.r 3 |\
Mode M (Manual)
/ s, f/4.5
51 Reference: P, S, A, and M Modes / Mode M (Manual)
Long Time-Exposures
S|utto. spooJs c| “bu|b” .rJ “” c.r bo usoJ |c. |crc t|nooxpcsu.o p|ctcc..p|s c| ncv|rc
||c|ts. t|o st..s. r|c|t scoro.v. c. fi.o.c.ks ¯c p.ovort b|u..|rc c.usoJ bv c.no.. s|.ko. uso
. t.|pcJ .rJ .r cpt|cr.| .oncto ccrt.c| ( 123: c. .oncto cc.J ( 123:
Shutter speed Description
S|utto. .on.|rs cpor .|||o t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr |s |o|J Jc.r
Opt|cr.| V||3 .oncto ccrt.c| .oou|.oJ ( 123: So|oct ncJo V. c|ccso . s|utto.
spooJ c| “bu|b.” .rJ t|or so|oct Jo|.voJ .oncto c. ou|ck.ospcrso .oncto ncJo
( 38: S|utto. cpors .|or t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr cr t|o .oncto ccrt.c| |s
p.ossoJ .rJ urt|| t|o buttcr |s p.ossoJ . soccrJ t|no c. .on.|rs cpor |c. t||.tv
n|rutos
¯c p.ovort |css c| pc.o. bo|c.o t|o oxpcsu.o |s ccnp|oto. uso . |u||v c|..coJ b.tto.v c. .r
cpt|cr.| /´ .J.pto. |cto t|.t rc|so n.v bo p.osort |r |crc oxpcsu.os. bo|c.o s|cct|rc.
c|ccso On |c. t|o Long exp. NR cpt|cr |r t|o s|cct|rc noru ( 83:
35 s, f/25
52 Reference: P, S, A, and M Modes / Exposure
Exposure
Metering
Controls used: button + main command dial
¯|o noto.|rc not|cJ Joto.n|ros |c. t|o c.no.. sots oxpcsu.o ¯|o |c||c.|rc cpt|crs
..o .v.||.b|o
Method Description
3| ´c|c. V.t.|x ||
|occnnorJoJ |r ncst s|tu.t|crs ´.no.. noto.s . .|Jo ..o. c| t|o |..no
.rJ sots oxpcsu.o .ccc.J|rc tc J|st.|but|cr c| b.|c|tross. cc|c.. J|st.rco.
.rJ ccnpcs|t|cr |c. r.tu..| .osu|ts
´orto..o|c|toJ
´.no.. noto.s ort|.o |..no but .ss|crs c.o.tost .o|c|t tc corto. ..o.
´|.ss|c noto. |c. pc.t..|ts. .occnnorJoJ .|or us|rc fi|to.s .|t| .r oxpc
su.o |.ctc. (fi|to. |.ctc.: cvo. 1 × ( 122:
Spct
´.no.. noto.s c|.c|o 35 nn (014 |r: |r J|.noto. (.pp.cx|n.to|v 25 ° c|
|..no: ´|.c|o |s corto.oJ cr cu..ort |ccus ..o.. n.k|rc |t pcss|b|o tc noto.
cffcorto. sub|octs (|| rcr´|| |ors |s usoJ c. || Auto-area AF |s so|octoJ
|c. ´ustcn Sott|rc 2 ( 8:. c.no.. .||| noto. corto. |ccus ..o.: |rsu.os
t|.t sub|oct .||| bo cc..oct|v oxpcsoJ. ovor .|or b.ckc.curJ |s nuc|
b.|c|to. c. J..ko.
¯c c|ccso . noto.|rc not|cJ. p.oss t|o buttcr .rJ .ct.to t|o n.|r ccnn.rJ J|.| urt||
t|o Jos|.oJ ncJo |s J|sp|.voJ

12—Center Weight ( 90)
¯||s cpt|cr ccrt.c|s t|o s|.o c| t|o ..o. .ss|croJ t|o c.o.tost .o|c|t |r corto..o|c|toJ noto.|rc
¯|o Jo|.u|t |s 8nn (031|r:
3D Color Matrix II Metering
|r n.t.|x noto.|rc. oxpcsu.o |s sot us|rc . 420socnort |´b sorsc. |so . tvpo ´ c. | |ors |c. .osu|ts
t|.t |rc|uJo ..rco |r|c.n.t|cr (3| cc|c. n.t.|x noto.|rc ||. 11: \|t| ct|o. ´|| |orsos. 3| ..rco
|r|c.n.t|cr |s rct |rc|uJoJ (cc|c. n.t.|x noto.|rc ||:
Exposure
53 Reference: P, S, A, and M Modes / Exposure
Autoexposure Lock
Controls used: AE-L/AF-L button
|so .utc oxpcsu.o |cck tc .occnpcso p|ctcc..p|s .|to. noto.|rc oxpcsu.o
1
So|oct ncJo P. S. c. A .rJ c|ccso corto..o|c|toJ c. spct noto.|rc (oxpcsu.o |cck |.s
rc offoct |r ncJo M. .|||o .rJ ||c|t.| \..||.cc..n ncJos ..o rct .occnnorJoJ .s
corto..o|c|toJ .rJ spct noto.|rc ..o rct .v.||.b|o |r t|oso ncJos: || us|rc corto.
.o|c|toJ noto.|rc. so|oct t|o corto. |ccus ..o. .|t| t|o nu|t| so|octc. ( 30:
2
|cs|t|cr t|o sub|oct |r t|o so|octoJ |ccus ..o. .rJ p.oss t|o
s|utto..o|o.so buttcr |.||..v \|t| t|o s|utto..o|o.so but
tcr p.ossoJ |.||..v .rJ t|o sub|oct pcs|t|croJ |r t|o |ccus
..o.. p.oss t|o AE-L/AF-L buttcr tc |cck oxpcsu.o
\|||o oxpcsu.o |cck |s |r offoct. .r AE-L |rJ|c.tc. .||| .ppo.. |r
t|o v|o.firJo.
3
|oop|rc t|o AE-L/AF-L buttcr p.ossoJ. .occnpcso t|o p|ctc
c..p| .rJ s|cct

Adjusting Shutter Speed and Aperture
\|||o oxpcsu.o |cck |s |r offoct. t|o |c||c.|rc sott|rcs c.r bo .J|ustoJ .|t|cut .|to.|rc t|o noto.oJ
v.|uo |c. oxpcsu.o
Mode Setting
|.cc..nnoJ .utc S|utto. spooJ .rJ .po.tu.o (flox|b|o p.cc..n. 4:
S|utto.p.|c.|tv .utc S|utto. spooJ
/po.tu.op.|c.|tv .utc /po.tu.o
¯|o ro. v.|uos c.r bo ccrfi.noJ |r t|o v|o.firJo. .rJ ccrt.c| p.ro| |cto t|.t t|o noto.|rc not|cJ
c.r rct bo c|.rcoJ .|||o oxpcsu.o |cck |s |r offoct (c|.rcos tc noto.|rc t.ko offoct .|or t|o |cck
|s .o|o.soJ:

18 — AE-L/AF-L ( 94)
¯||s cpt|cr ccrt.c|s t|o bo|.v|c. c| t|o AE-L/AF-L buttcr

19 — AE Lock ( 94)
¯||s cpt|cr ccrt.c|s .|ot|o. t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr |ccks oxpcsu.o
54 Reference: P, S, A, and M Modes / Exposure
Exposure Compensation
Controls used: button + main command dial
|xpcsu.o ccnpors.t|cr |s usoJ tc .|to. oxpcsu.o |.cn t|o v.|uo succostoJ bv t|o c.no...
n.k|rc p|ctu.os b.|c|to. c. J..ko. |t |s ncst offoct|vo .|or usoJ .|t| corto..o|c|toJ c.
spct noto.|rc ( 52:
|xpcsu.o ccnpors.t|cr |s .v.||.b|o |r ncJos P. S. .rJ A (|r ncJo M. cr|v t|o oxpcsu.o
|r|c.n.t|cr s|c.r |r t|o o|oct.cr|c .r.|cc oxpcsu.o J|sp|.v |s .ffoctoJ. s|utto. spooJ .rJ
.po.tu.o Jc rct c|.rco:
|.oss t|o buttcr .rJ .ct.to t|o n.|r ccnn.rJ J|.| urt|| t|o
Jos|.oJ v.|uo |s J|sp|.voJ |r t|o ccrt.c| p.ro| |xpcsu.o ccnpor
s.t|cr c.r bo sot tc v.|uos bot.oor – 5 |\ (urJo.oxpcsu.o: .rJ
| 5 |\ (cvo.oxpcsu.o: |r |rc.onorts c| '/· |\ |r coro..|. c|ccso
pcs|t|vo v.|uos tc n.ko t|o sub|oct b.|c|to.. roc.t|vo v.|uos tc
n.ko |t J..ko.
/t v.|uos ct|o. t|.r ± 0. . |ccr .||| bo J|sp|.voJ .|to. vcu .o|o.so
t|o buttcr ¯|o cu..ort v.|uo |c. oxpcsu.o ccnpors.t|cr .|||
bo J|sp|.voJ |r t|o v|o.firJo. .|or t|o buttcr |s p.ossoJ

10 — EV Step ( 89)
|so t||s cpt|cr tc sot t|o |rc.onorts |c. oxpcsu.o ccnpors.t|cr tc |\

11 — Exposure Comp. ( 89)
|| Jos|.oJ. oxpcsu.o ccnpors.t|cr c.r bo sot .|t|cut p.oss|rc t|o buttcr
– 0.3 EV
+ 2.0 EV
|c.n.| oxpcsu.o c.r bo .ostc.oJ bv sott|rc oxpcsu.o ccnpors.t|cr tc ± 0 |xpcsu.o ccn
pors.t|cr |s rct .osot .|or t|o c.no.. |s tu.roJ cff
No exposure compensation –1 EV +1 EV
55 Reference: P, S, A, and M Modes / Exposure
Using Flash Exposure Compensation with Optional Speedlights
||.s| oxpcsu.o ccnpors.t|cr |s .|sc .v.||.b|o .|t| .r cpt|cr.| Sb800 c. Sb600 SpooJ||c|ts
10 — EV Step ( 89)
|so t||s cpt|cr tc sot t|o |rc.onorts |c. fl.s| ccnpors.t|cr tc |\
Flash Exposure Compensation
Controls used: button + sub command dial
||.s| oxpcsu.o ccnpors.t|cr |s usoJ tc .|to. fl.s| cutput |.cn t|o |ovo| succostoJ bv t|o
c.no... c|.rc|rc t|o b.|c|tross c| t|o n.|r sub|oct .o|.t|vo tc t|o b.ckc.curJ ||.s| cut
put c.r bo |rc.o.soJ tc n.ko t|o n.|r sub|oct .ppo.. b.|c|to.. c. .oJucoJ tc p.ovort ur
..rtoJ ||c|||c|ts c. .ofloct|crs
|.oss t|o (
:
buttcr .rJ .ct.to t|o subccnn.rJ J|.| urt|| t|o
Jos|.oJ v.|uo |s J|sp|.voJ |r t|o ccrt.c| p.ro| ||.s| ccnpors.t|cr
c.r bo sot tc v.|uos bot.oor – 3 |\ (J..ko.: .rJ | 1 |\ (b.|c|to.: |r
|rc.onorts c| '/· |\ |r coro..|. c|ccso pcs|t|vo v.|uos tc n.ko t|o
sub|oct b.|c|to.. roc.t|vo v.|uos tc n.ko |t J..ko.
/t v.|uos ct|o. t|.r ± 0. . |ccr .||| bo J|sp|.voJ .|to. vcu .o
|o.so t|o (
:
buttcr ¯|o cu..ort v.|uo |c. fl.s| ccnpors.t|cr
.||| bo J|sp|.voJ |r t|o v|o.firJo. .|or t|o buttcr |s p.ossoJ
+0.7 EV
−0.3 EV
|c.n.| fl.s| cutput c.r bo .ostc.oJ bv sott|rc fl.s| ccnpors.t|cr tc ± 00 ||.s| oxpcsu.o
ccnpors.t|cr |s rct .osot .|or t|o c.no.. |s tu.roJ cff
56 Reference: P, S, A, and M Modes / Exposure
Bracketing
Controls used: button + command dials
b..ckot|rc .utcn.t|c.||v v..|os so|octoJ sott|rcs s||c|t|v .|t| o.c| s|ct. “b..ckot|rc” t|o
cu..ort v.|uo ¯|o sott|rc .ffoctoJ |s c|csor .|t| ´ustcn Sott|rc 13 (Auto BKT set. 90:.
bo|c.. |t |s .ssunoJ t|.t AE & flash |s so|octoJ tc v..v oxpcsu.o .rJ fl.s| |ovo| Ot|o. cp
t|crs c.r bo usoJ tc v..v oxpcsu.o c. fl.s| |ovo| sop...to|v c. tc b..ckot .||to b.|.rco
1
|.oss t|o buttcr .rJ .ct.to t|o n.|r ccnn.rJ J|.| tc c|ccso t|o runbo. c| s|cts
|r t|o b..ckot|rc soouorco (t.c c. t|.oo:
Progress indicator
No. of shots
2
|.oss t|o buttcr .rJ .ct.to t|o subccnn.rJ J|.| tc c|ccso t|o b..ckot|rc |rc.o
nort |.cn v.|uos bot.oor 03 |\ .rJ 20 |\
Bracketing
increment
Understanding the Bracketing Display
Number of shots Progress indicator Description
3 s|cts urncJ|fioJ. roc.t|vo. pcs|t|vo
2 s|cts urncJ|fioJ. pcs|t|vo
2 s|cts urncJ|fioJ. roc.t|vo
Bracketing Programs
Soo t|o /pporJ|x |c. . ||st c| b..ckot|rc p.cc..ns ( 140:
10 — EV Step (

89)
|so t||s cpt|cr tc sot t|o |rc.onorts |c. oxpcsu.o .rJ fl.s| b..ckot|rc tc |\
14 — Auto BKT Order (

91)
¯||s cpt|cr c.r bo usoJ tc c|.rco t|o b..ckot|rc c.Jo.
57 Reference: P, S, A, and M Modes / Exposure
Exposure Bracketing
¯|o c.no.. ncJ|fios oxpcsu.o bv v..v|rc s|utto. spooJ .rJ .po.tu.o (p.cc..nnoJ .utc:. .po.tu.o
(s|utto.p.|c.|tv .utc:. c. s|utto. spooJ (.po.tu.op.|c.|tv .utc. n.ru.| oxpcsu.o ncJo: \|or On |s
so|octoJ |c. ´ustcn Sott|rc (ISO Auto. 88:. t|o c.no.. .||| .utcn.t|c.||v v..v |SO sors|t|v|tv |c.
cpt|nun oxpcsu.o .|or t|o ||n|ts c| t|o c.no.. oxpcsu.o svston ..o oxcooJoJ |r oxpcsu.o b..ck
ot|rc. s|utto. spooJ .||| cr|v bo c|.rcoJ .|to. t|o c.no.. |.s .J|ustoJ |SO sors|t|v|tv
Exposure and Flash Bracketing
|r ccrt|rucus ncJo. s|cct|rc .||| p.uso .|to. t|o runbo. c| s|cts spoc|fioJ |r t|o b..ckot|rc p.c
c..n So|oct|rc c. ||c|t.| \..||.cc..n ncJos .||| c.rco| b..ckot|rc. b..ckot|rc .||| .osuno .|or
ncJo P. S. A. c. M |s so|octoJ |xpcsu.o .rJ fl.s| b..ckot|rc ..o c.rco||oJ .|or WB bracketing |s
so|octoJ |c. ´ustcn Sott|rc 13 (Auto BKT set. 90:
Resuming Exposure or Flash Bracketing
|| t|o nonc.v c..J fi||s bo|c.o .|| s|cts |r t|o soouorco |.vo boor t.kor. s|cct|rc c.r bo .osunoJ
|.cn t|o roxt s|ct |r t|o soouorco .|to. t|o nonc.v c..J |.s boor .op|.coJ c. s|cts |.vo boor Jo
|otoJ tc n.ko .ccn cr t|o nonc.v c..J || t|o c.no.. |s tu.roJ cff bo|c.o .|| s|cts |r t|o soouorco
|.vo boor t.kor. b..ckot|rc .||| .osuno |.cn t|o roxt s|ct |r t|o soouorco .|or t|o c.no.. |s
tu.roJ cr
3
´cnpcso . p|ctcc..p|. |ccus. .rJ s|cct ¯|o c.no.. .||| v..v
oxpcsu.o .rJ fl.s| |ovo| .|t| o.c| s|ct /t Jo|.u|t sott|rcs.
t|o fi.st s|ct .||| bo t.kor .t t|o cu..ort v.|uos |c. oxpcsu.o
.rJ fl.s| ccnpors.t|cr .rJ t|o |c||c.|rc s|cts .t ncJ|fioJ
v.|uos || t|o b..ckot|rc soouorco ccrs|sts c| t|.oo s|cts. t|o
b..ckot|rc |rc.onort .||| bo subt..ctoJ |.cn t|o cu..ort v.|
uos |r t|o soccrJ s|ct .rJ .JJoJ |r t|o t||.J s|ct. “b..ckot|rc”
t|o cu..ort v.|uos ¯|o ncJ|fioJ v.|uos c.r bo ||c|o. c. |c.o.
t|.r t|o n.x|nun .rJ n|r|nun v.|uos |c. oxpcsu.o .rJ
fl.s| ccnpors.t|cr ¯|o ncJ|fioJ s|utto. spooJ .rJ .po.tu.o
..o J|sp|.voJ |r t|o ccrt.c| p.ro| .rJ v|o.firJo.
\|||o b..ckot|rc |s |r offoct. . b..ckot|rc p.cc.oss |rJ|c.tc.
.||| bo J|sp|.voJ |r t|o ccrt.c| p.ro| ¯|o socnort .||| J|s
.ppo.. |.cn t|o |rJ|c.tc. .|or t|o urncJ|fioJ s|ct |s t.kor.
t|o |rJ|c.tc. .|or t|o s|ct .|t| t|o roc.t|vo |rc.onort
|s t.kor. .rJ t|o |rJ|c.tc. .|or t|o s|ct .|t| t|o pcs|t|vo
|rc.onort |s t.kor
¯c c.rco| b..ckot|rc. p.oss t|o buttcr .rJ .ct.to t|o n.|r ccnn.rJ J|.| urt|| t|o run
bo. c| s|cts |r t|o b..ckot|rc soouorco |s .o.c .rJ |s rc |crco. J|sp|.voJ |r t|o ccrt.c|
p.ro| ¯|o p.cc..n |.st |r offoct .||| bo .ostc.oJ t|o roxt t|no b..ckot|rc |s .ct|v.toJ
58 Reference: P, S, A, and M Modes / White Balance
White Balance
\||to b.|.rco orsu.os t|.t cc|c.s ..o ur.ffoctoJ bv t|o cc|c. c| t|o ||c|t scu.co /utc .||to
b.|.rco |s .occnnorJoJ |c. ncst ||c|t scu.cos. || rocoss..v. ct|o. v.|uos c.r bo so|octoJ
.ccc.J|rc tc t|o tvpo c| scu.co ¯|o |c||c.|rc cpt|crs ..o .v.||.b|o
Option Description
Auto
´.no.. sots .||to b.|.rco .utcn.t|c.||v |occnnorJoJ |c. ncst s|tu
.t|crs
Incandescent |so urJo. |rc.rJoscort ||c|t|rc
Fluorescent |so urJo. fluc.oscort ||c|t|rc
Direct Sunlight |so .|t| sub|octs ||t bv J|.oct sur||c|t
Flash |so .|t| bu||t|r fl.s| c. cpt|cr.| ||kcr fl.s| ur|ts
Cloudy |so |r J.v||c|t urJo. cvo.c.st sk|os
Shade |so |r J.v||c|t .|t| sub|octs |r t|o s|.Jo
Choose color temp. ´|ccso cc|c. tonpo..tu.o |.cn ||st c| v.|uos ( 59:
White balance
preset
|so c..v c. .||to cb|oct c. ox|st|rc p|ctcc..p| .s .o|o.orco |c. .||to
b.|.rco ( 59:
¯c so|oct . v.|uo |c. .||to b.|.rco. p.oss t|o WB buttcr .rJ .ct.to t|o n.|r ccnn.rJ
J|.| urt|| t|o Jos|.oJ sott|rc |s J|sp|.voJ |r t|o ccrt.c| p.ro| \||to b.|.rco c.r .|sc bo
.J|ustoJ |.cn t|o s|cct|rc noru ( 82:
Fine-Tuning White Balance
Controls used: WB button + sub-command dial (monitor off)
/t sott|rcs ct|o. t|.r (Choose color temp.: .rJ PRE (White balance preset:. .||to
b.|.rco c.r bo “firo turoJ” bv ± 3 |r |rc.onorts c| cro ´|ccso |c.o. v.|uos tc n.ko p|c
tcc..p|s .ppo.. s||c|t|v nc.o vo||c. c. .oJ. ||c|o. v.|uos tc |orJ |n.cos . b|u|s| t|rco
|.oss t|o WB buttcr .rJ .ct.to t|o subccnn.rJ J|.| urt|| t|o Jos|.oJ sott|rc |s J|sp|.voJ
|r t|o ccrt.c| p.ro|
White Balance
Controls used: WB button + main command dial (monitor off)
|u.|rc s|cct|rc. sott|rcs ct|o. t|.r ±0 ..o J|sp|.voJ |r t|o ccrt.c|
p.ro| .s s|c.r .t .|c|t
59 Reference: P, S, A, and M Modes / White Balance
Choosing a Color Temperature
Controls used: WB button + sub-command dial
(monitor off)
/t . sott|rc c| (Choose color temp.:. cc|c. tonpo..tu.o c.r bo
so|octoJ bv p.oss|rc t|o WB buttcr .rJ .ct.t|rc t|o subccnn.rJ
J|.| urt|| t|o Jos|.oJ v.|uo |s J|sp|.voJ |r t|o ccrt.c| p.ro| ´c|c.
tonpo..tu.o c.r .|sc bo so|octoJ |r t|o s|cct|rc noru ( 82:
Choose color temp.
¯.ko . tost s|ct tc Joto.n|ro || t|o so|octoJ cc|c. tonpo..tu.o |s .pp.cp.|.to tc t|o ||c|t scu.co |cto
t|.t t|o Jos|.oJ .osu|ts n.v rct .c||ovoJ .|t| t|o fl.s| c. .|t| fluc.oscort ||c|t|rc. c|ccso (Flash:
c. (Fluorescent: |rsto.J
Color Temperature
¯|o po.co|voJ cc|c. c| . ||c|t scu.co v..|os .|t| t|o v|o.o. .rJ ct|o. ccrJ|t|crs ´c|c. tonpo..tu.o |s
.r cb|oct|vo no.su.o c| t|o cc|c. c| . ||c|t scu.co. JofiroJ .|t| .o|o.orco tc t|o tonpo..tu.o tc .||c|
.r cb|oct .cu|J |.vo tc bo |o.toJ tc ..J|.to ||c|t |r t|o s.no ..vo|orct|s \|||o ||c|t scu.cos .|t|
. cc|c. tonpo..tu.o |r t|o ro|c|bc.|ccJ c| 5.000–5.500 | .ppo.. .||to. ||c|t scu.cos .|t| . |c.o.
cc|c. tonpo..tu.o. suc| .s |rc.rJoscort ||c|t bu|bs. .ppo.. s||c|t|v vo||c. c. .oJ ||c|t scu.cos .|t|
. ||c|o. cc|c. tonpo..tu.o .ppo.. t|rcoJ .|t| b|uo ¯|o cc|c. tonpo..tu.os |c. o.c| c| t|o .||to b.|
.rco sott|rcs suppc.toJ bv t|o c.no.. n.v bo |curJ |r t|o /pporJ|x ( 140:
13 — Auto BKT Set ( 90)
¯||s cpt|cr tc c.o.to . so.|os c| p|ctcc..p|s “b..ckot|rc” t|o cu..ort .||to b.|.rco v.|uo
Preset White Balance
|.osot .||to b.|.rco c.r bo usoJ .|or t|o Jos|.oJ .osu|ts c.r rct bo .c||ovoJ .t ct|o. sot
t|rcs c. tc n.tc| .||to b.|.rco tc t|o v.|uo usoJ |r .r p.ov|cus p|ctcc..p| ¯.c not|cJs
..o .v.||.b|o |c. sott|rc p.osot .||to b.|.rco
Method Description
||.oct no.su.onort
|out..| c..v c. .||to cb|oct |s p|.coJ urJo. ||c|t|rc t|.t .||| bo usoJ |r
fir.| p|ctcc..p| .rJ .||to b.|.rco |s no.su.oJ bv c.no.. ( 60:
´cpv |.cn ox|st|rc
p|ctcc..p|
\||to b.|.rco |s ccp|oJ |.cn p|ctc cr nonc.v c..J ( 82:
60 Reference: P, S, A, and M Modes / White Balance
Measuring a Value for Preset White Balance
1
||.co . rout..| c..v c. .||to cb|oct urJo. t|o ||c|t|rc t|.t .||| bo usoJ |r t|o fir.| p|c
tcc..p| / st.rJ..J c..v c..J c.r bo usoJ .s . .o|o.orco |r stuJ|c sott|rcs |c rct uso
oxpcsu.o ccnpors.t|cr
2
|.oss t|o WB buttcr .rJ .ct.to t|o n.|r ccnn.rJ J|.| urt|| |s J|sp|.voJ |r t|o
ccrt.c| p.ro|
3
|o|o.so t|o WB buttcr b.|oflv .rJ t|or p.oss t|o buttcr urt|| J|sp|.vs st..t tc fl.s| .s
s|c.r .t .|c|t ¯c ox|t .|t|cut no.su.|rc . ro. v.|uo |c. .||to b.|.rco. p.oss t|o WB
buttcr
4
|..no t|o .o|o.orco cb|oct sc t|.t |t fi||s t|o v|o.firJo. .rJ
p.oss t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr .|| t|o ..v Jc.r ¯|o c.n
o.. .||| no.su.o . v.|uo |c. .||to b.|.rco .rJ uso t||s v.|uo
.|or p.osot .||to b.|.rco |s so|octoJ |c p|ctcc..p| .||| bo
.occ.JoJ
¯c ox|t .|t|cut no.su.|rc . ro. v.|uo |c. .||to b.|.rco. p.oss t|o WB buttcr
5
|| t|o c.no.. ..s .b|o tc no.su.o . v.|uo |c. .||to b.|.rco. t|o
J|sp|.vs .||| fl.s| .s s|c.r .t .|c|t |c. .bcut s|x soccrJs bo|c.o
t|o c.no.. .otu.rs tc s|cct|rc ncJo (tc .otu.r tc s|cct|rc
ncJo bo|c.o t|o J|sp|.v stcps fl.s||rc. p.oss t|o s|utto..o
|o.so buttcr |.||..v: \||to b.|.rco .||| .utcn.t|c.||v bo sot
tc t|o no.su.oJ v.|uo
|| t|o J|sp|.vs fl.s| .s s|c.r .t .|c|t. t|o c.no.. ..s ur.b|o tc
no.su.o .||to b.|.rco |.oss t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr |.||
..v tc .otu.r tc Stop 4 .rJ no.su.o .||to b.|.rco .c.|r
61 Reference: More on Playback / Viewing Photographs on the Camera
Viewing Photographs on the Camera
Auto Image Rotation ( 108)/Rotate Tall ( 75)
¯|oso cpt|crs ccrt.c| .|ot|o. p|ctcc..p|s t.kor |r “t.||” c.|ort.t|cr ..o .ct.toJ |c. J|sp|.v |r t|o
ncr|tc. Ju.|rc p|.vb.ck
6 — Image Review ( 88)
´|ccso .|ot|o. tc J|sp|.v p|ctcc..p|s .s t|ov ..o t.kor
27 — Monitor Off ( 98)
´|ccso |c. |crc t|o ncr|tc. .on.|rs cr bo|c.o tu.r|rc cff .utcn.t|c.||v tc s.vo pc.o.
¯c p|.v p|ctcc..p|s b.ck. p.oss t|o buttcr ¯|o ncst
.ocort p|ctcc..p| .||| bo J|sp|.voJ |r t|o ncr|tc. ||c
tcc..p|s t.kor |r “t.||” (pc.t..|t: c.|ort.t|cr ..o J|sp|.voJ
|r t.|| c.|ort.t|cr .s s|c.r .t .|c|t
More on Playback
Viewing Photographs on the Camera
¯|o |c||c.|rc cpo..t|crs c.r bo po.|c.noJ |r |u|||..no p|.vb.ck
To Use Description
\|o. .JJ|t|cr.|
p|ctcc..p|s
c.
|.oss nu|t| so|octc. tc .|c|t c. .ct.to n.|r ccnn.rJ J|.| .|c|t
tc v|o. p|ctcc..p|s |r c.Jo. .occ.JoJ |.oss nu|t| so|octc. |o|t
c. .ct.to n.|r ccnn.rJ J|.| |o|t tc v|o. p|ctcc..p|s |r .o
vo.so c.Jo.
\|o. p|ctc |r|c.
n.t|cr
c.
|.oss nu|t| so|octc. up c. Jc.r c. .ct.to subccnn.rJ J|.| tc
v|o. |r|c.n.t|cr .bcut cu..ort p|ctcc..p| ( 62:
¯ccn |r cr p|ctc ¯ccn |r cr cu..ort p|ctcc..p| ( 64:
|o|oto p|ctc |o|oto cu..ort p|ctcc..p| ( 65:
|.ctoct p|ctc |.ctoct cu..ort p|ctcc..p| ( 65:
\|o. t|unbr.||s \|o. nu|t|p|o p|ctcc..p|s ( 63:
|x|t tc s|cct|rc
ncJo
S|utto. buttcr
c.
¯c tu.r ncr|tc. cff .rJ .otu.r tc s|cct|rc ncJo. p.oss s|utto.
.o|o.so buttcr |.||..v c. p.oss t|o buttcr
\|o. norus \|o. norus ( 4:
|otcuc| p|ctc ´.o.to .otcuc|oJ ccpv c| cu..ort p|ctcc..p| ( 109:
62 Reference: More on Playback / Viewing Photographs on the Camera
Photo Information
||ctc |r|c.n.t|cr |s supo.|npcsoJ cr |n.cos J|sp|.voJ |r |u|||..no p|.vb.ck |.oss t|o
nu|t| so|octc. up c. Jc.r c. .ct.to t|o subccnn.rJ J|.| tc cvc|o t|.cuc| t|o |c||c.|rc |r
|c.n.t|cr b.s|c |r|c.n.t|cr ↔ S|cct|rc |.t. |.co 1 ↔ S|cct|rc |.t. |.co 2 ↔ |otcuc|
||stc.v (.otcuc|oJ ccp|os cr|v: ↔ ||c|||c|ts ↔ |´b ||stcc..n ↔ b.s|c |r|c.n.t|cr
³



Retouch History
1
1 |.ctoct st.tus 65
2 |otcuc| |rJ|c.tc. 109
3 |otcuc| ||stc.v ||sts c|.rcos n.Jo tc |n.co us|rc cpt|crs
|r .otcuc| noru ( 109:. st..t|rc .|t| ncst .ocort c|.rco 109
4 |..no runbo./tct.| runbo. c| |n.cos
1 ||sp|.voJ || |n.co ..s c.o.toJ us|rc cpt|crs |r .otcuc| noru
³






µ
¸

¹

1 |.ctoct st.tus 65
2 |otcuc| |rJ|c.tc. 109
3 |n.co cpt|n|..t|cr
1
9
4 |SO sors|t|v|tv
2
43
5 \||to b.|.rco/.||to
b.|.rco firotur|rc 58
6 |n.co s|.o/
|n.co ou.||tv 34. 35
7 ¯cro ccnpors.t|cr 80
8 S|..por|rc 80
9 ´c|c. ncJo/|uo 80
10 S.tu..t|cr 80
11 |n.co ccnnort
3
104
12 |..no runbo./tct.|
runbo. c| |n.cos
Shooting Data, Page 2
1 |||to. r.no |s J|sp|.voJ || p|ctc ..s t.kor .|t| fi|to. cpt|cr so
|octoJ |c. Optimize image > Black-and-white > Custom
2 ||sp|.voJ |r .oJ || |SO sors|t|v|tv ..s ncJ|fioJ |.cn so|octoJ v.|uo
bv .utc |SO
3 Or|v fi.st 13 |otto.s ..o J|sp|.voJ
³ ·
ᕩ ᕨ ᕧ ᕦ
ᕥ ᕤ

1 |.ctoct st.tus 65
2 |otcuc| |rJ|c.tc. 109
3 |..no runbo./tct.|
runbo. c| |n.cos
4 |c|Jo. r.no 5
5 |n.co ou.||tv 34
6 |.to c| .occ.J|rc 14. 103
7 ¯|no c| .occ.J|rc 14. 103
8 |||o r.no 35
9 |n.co s|.o 35
Basic Information
¸
³







µ

1 |.ctoct st.tus 65
2 |otcuc| |rJ|c.tc. 109
3 ´.no.. r.no
4 Voto.|rc 52
5 S|utto. spooJ 48. 50
6 /po.tu.o 49. 50
7 VcJo 45
8 |xpcsu.o ccnpors.t|cr 54
9 |cc.| |orct| 1
10 ||.s| ncJo 40
11 |..no runbo./tct.|
runbo. c| |n.cos
Shooting Data, Page 1
63 Reference: More on Playback / Viewing Photographs on the Camera
Viewing Multiple Images: Thumbnail Playback
¯c J|sp|.v |n.cos |r “ccrt.ct s|oots” c| |cu. c. r|ro |n.cos.
p.oss t|o buttcr |r |u|||..no p|.vb.ck ¯|o |c||c.|rc
cpo..t|crs c.r bo po.|c.noJ .|||o t|unbr.||s ..o J|s
p|.voJ
To Use Description
||sp|.v nc.o |n
.cos po. p.co
|rc.o.so runbo. c| |n.cos J|sp|.voJ |.cn cro (|u|||..no p|.v
b.ck: tc |cu. c. |.cn |cu. tc r|ro
||sp|.v |o.o. |n
.cos po. p.co
|oc.o.so runbo. c| |n.cos J|sp|.voJ |.cn r|ro tc |cu. c. |.cn
|cu. tc cro (|u|||..no p|.vb.ck:
||c|||c|t
p|ctcc..p|s
|so nu|t| so|octc. tc ||c|||c|t p|ctcc..p|s. c. .ct.to n.|r
ccnn.rJ J|.| tc ncvo cu.sc. up c. Jc.r. subccnn.rJ J|.|
tc ncvo cu.sc. |o|t c. .|c|t
\|o. ||c|||c|toJ
p|ctu.o |u|| |..no
\|o. p|ctu.o ||c|||c|toJ |r t|unbr.|| ||st |u|| |..no
|o|oto p|ctc |o|oto ||c|||c|toJ p|ctcc..p| ( 65:
|.ctoct p|ctc |.ctoct ||c|||c|toJ p|ctcc..p| ( 65:
|x|t tc s|cct|rc
ncJo
S|utto. buttcr
c.
¯c tu.r ncr|tc. cff .rJ .otu.r tc s|cct|rc ncJo. p.oss s|utto.
.o|o.so buttcr |.||..v c. p.oss t|o buttcr
\|o. norus \|o. norus ( 4:
Highlights
Highlights ..o t|o b.|c|tost pc.t|crs c| t|o |n.co |ot.||s
n.v bo |cst (“..s|oJ cut”: |r ..o.s c| ||c|||c|ts t|.t ..o cvo.
oxpcsoJ
1 |.ctoct st.tus 65
2 |otcuc| |rJ|c.tc. 109
3 |n.co ||c|||c|ts (..o.s c| |n.co t|.t ..o “..s|oJ cut”: ..o
|rJ|c.toJ bv fl.s||rc bc.Jo.
4 |..no runbo./tct.| runbo. c| |n.cos
³ ᕣ


1 |.ctoct st.tus 65
2 |otcuc| |rJ|c.tc. 109
3 ||stcc..n (.|| c|.rro|s:
4 |oJ c|.rro| ||stcc..n
5 ´.oor c|.rro| ||stcc..n
6 b|uo c|.rro| ||stcc..n
7 |..no runbo./tct.|
runbo. c| |n.cos
RGB Histogram
/ histogram |s . c..p| s|c.|rc t|o J|st.|but|cr c| tcros |r t|o
|n.co ¯|o |c.|.crt.| .x|s cc..ospcrJs tc p|xo| b.|c|tross.
.|t| J..k p|xo|s .t t|o |o|t .rJ b.|c|t p|xo|s .t t|o .|c|t ¯|o
vo.t|c.| .x|s s|c.s t|o runbo. c| p|xo|s c| o.c| b.|c|tross
|r t|o |n.co |cto t|.t c.no.. ||stcc..ns n.v J|ffo. |.cn
t|cso J|sp|.voJ |r |n.c|rc .pp||c.t|crs

³

ᕦ ᕣ


64 Reference: More on Playback / Viewing Photographs on the Camera
Taking a Closer Look: Playback Zoom
|.oss t|o buttcr tc .ccn |r cr . p|ctcc..p| |r |u|||..no p|.v
b.ck ¯|o |c||c.|rc cpo..t|crs c.r bo po.|c.noJ
To Use Description
¯ccn |r .rJ cut /
|.oss tc .ccn |r tc n.x|nun c| .p
p.cx|n.to|v 25 × (|..co |n.cos:. 19 × (no
J|un |n.cos: c. 13 × (sn.|| |n.cos: |.oss
tc .ccn cut \|||o p|ctc |s .ccnoJ
|r. p.oss nu|t| so|octc. up. Jc.r. |o|t. c.
.|c|t tc v|o. ..o.s c| |n.co rct v|s|b|o
\|o. ct|o. ..o.s c|
|n.co
|r ncr|tc. |oop nu|t| so|octc. p.ossoJ tc sc.c|| ..p|J|v tc ct|o.
..o.s c| |..no |.v|c.t|cr .|rJc. |s J|sp|.voJ .|or .ccn
..t|c |s .|to.oJ. ..o. cu..ort|v v|s|b|o |r ncr|tc. |s |rJ|c.toJ bv
vo||c. bc.Jo.
\|o. ct|o. |n.cos
|ct.to n.|r ccnn.rJ J|.| tc v|o. s.no |cc.t|cr |r ct|o. |n
.cos .t cu..ort .ccn ..t|c
´.rco| .ccn |otu.r tc |u|||..no p|.vb.ck
|o|oto p|ctc |o|oto cu..ort p|ctcc..p| ( 65:
|.ctoct p|ctc |.ctoct cu..ort p|ctcc..p| ( 65:
|x|t tc s|cct|rc
ncJo
S|utto. buttcr
c.
¯c tu.r ncr|tc. cff .rJ .otu.r tc s|cct|rc ncJo. p.oss s|utto.
.o|o.so buttcr |.||..v c. p.oss t|o buttcr
\|o. norus \|o. norus ( 4:
65 Reference: More on Playback / Viewing Photographs on the Camera
Protecting Photographs from Deletion
|r |u|||..no. .ccn. .rJ t|unbr.|| p|.vb.ck. t|o buttcr c.r bo usoJ tc p.ctoct p|ctc
c..p|s |.cn .cc|Jort.| Jo|ot|cr |.ctoctoJ fi|os c.r rct bo Jo|otoJ us|rc t|o buttcr c.
t|o Delete cpt|cr |r t|o p|.vb.ck noru. .rJ |.vo |OS “.o.Jcr|v” st.tus .|or v|o.oJ cr
. \|rJc.s ccnputo. |cto t|.t p.ctoctoJ fi|os will bo Jo|otoJ .|or t|o nonc.v c..J |s
|c.n.ttoJ ( 102:
|.oss t|o buttcr tc p.ctoct t|o p|ctcc..p| cu..ort|v
J|sp|.voJ |r |u|||..no c. .ccn p|.vb.ck c. ||c|||c|toJ |r
t|o t|unbr.|| ||st ¯|o p|ctcc..p| .||| bo n..koJ .|t| .
|ccr
¯c .oncvo p.ctoct|cr |.cn t|o p|ctcc..p| sc t|.t |t c.r bo Jo|otoJ. p.oss t|o but
tcr .|or t|o p|ctcc..p| |s J|sp|.voJ |r |u|||..no c. .ccn p|.vb.ck c. ||c|||c|toJ |r t|o
t|unbr.|| ||st ¯c .oncvo p.ctoct|cr |.cn .|| |n.cos |r t|o |c|Jo. c. |c|Jo.s cu..ort|v so
|octoJ |c. Playback Folder. p.oss t|o .rJ buttcrs tccot|o. |c. .bcut t.c soccrJs
Deleting Individual Photographs
|.oss t|o buttcr tc Jo|oto t|o p|ctcc..p| cu..ort|v J|sp|.voJ |r |u|||..no c. .ccn
p|.vb.ck c. ||c|||c|toJ |r t|o t|unbr.|| ||st Oro c| t|o |c||c.|rc ccrfi.n.t|cr J|.|ccs .|||
bo J|sp|.voJ. p.oss t|o buttcr .c.|r tc Jo|oto t|o p|ctcc..p| |.oss .rv ct|o. buttcr
tc ox|t .|t|cut Jo|ot|rc t|o p|ctcc..p|
Delete ( 74)
¯||s cpt|cr c.r bo usoJ tc Jo|oto nu|t|p|o p|ctcc..p|s
66 Reference: Connecting to a TV, Computer, or Printer / Viewing Photographs on TV
Viewing Photographs on TV
Connecting to a TV, Computer, or Printer
¯|o supp||oJ |´|2 .uJ|c/v|Joc (//\: c.b|o c.r bo usoJ tc ccrroct t|o c.no.. tc . to|ov|
s|cr c. \´| |c. p|.vb.ck c. .occ.J|rc b.ckc.curJ nus|c |rc|uJoJ .|t| ||ctnct|cr s||Jo
s|c.s ( 5: .||| bo p|.voJ b.ck cvo. t|o to|ov|s|cr spo.ko.s
1
´|ccso t|o .pp.cp.|.to v|Joc ncJo ( 103:
2
Turn the camera off /|..vs tu.r t|o c.no.. cff bo|c.o ccr
roct|rc c. J|sccrroct|rc t|o //\ c.b|o
3
´crroct t|o //\ c.b|o .s s|c.r
Connect to
camera
Connect to
video device
Video (yellow)
Audio (white)
4
¯uro t|o to|ov|s|cr tc t|o v|Joc c|.rro|
5
¯u.r t|o c.no.. cr |u.|rc p|.vb.ck. |n.cos .||| bo J|sp|.voJ
cr t|o to|ov|s|cr c. .occ.JoJ tc v|Joc t.po. t|o c.no.. ncr|
tc. .||| .on.|r cff
Use an AC Adapter
|so c| .r ||5 /´ .J.pto. (.v.||.b|o sop...to|v: |s .occnnorJoJ |c. oxtorJoJ p|.vb.ck \|or
t|o ||5 |s ccrroctoJ. t|o c.no.. ncr|tc.cff Jo|.v .||| bo fixoJ .t tor n|rutos .rJ t|o oxpc
su.o noto.s .||| .on.|r cr |rJofir|to|v
Video connector
67 Reference: Connecting to a TV, Computer, or Printer / Connecting to a Computer
¯|o c.no.. c.r bo ccrroctoJ tc . ccnputo. us|rc t|o supp||oJ |´|4 |Sb c.b|o ¯|o sup
p||oJ ||ctu.o|.c|oct sc|t...o c.r t|or bo usoJ tc ccpv p|ctcc..p|s tc t|o ccnputo.. .|o.o
t|ov c.r bo c.c.r|.oJ. .otcuc|oJ. .rJ p.|rtoJ
Before Connecting the Camera
|rst.|| ||ctu.o|.c|oct c. .rv ct|o. sc|t...o vcu n.v rooJ .|to. fi.st .o.J|rc t|o n.ru.|s .rJ
.ov|o.|rc t|o svston .oou|.onorts ¯c orsu.o t|.t J.t. t..rs|o. |s rct |rto..uptoJ. bo su.o
t|o c.no.. b.tto.v |s |u||v c|..coJ || |r Jcubt. c|..co t|o b.tto.v bo|c.o ccrroct|rc t|o
c.no.. c. uso .r ||5 /´ .J.pto. (.v.||.b|o sop...to|v:
bo|c.o ccrroct|rc t|o c.no... so|oct t|o USB |ton |r t|o c.no..
sotup noru .rJ c|ccso . |Sb cpt|cr .s Josc.|boJ bo|c.
Computer operating system USB
\|rJc.s `| |cno |J|t|cr
\|rJc.s `| |.c|oss|cr.| ´|ccso PTP c. Mass Storage
V.c OS `
\|rJc.s 2000 |.c|oss|cr.| ´|ccso Mass Storage
¯
¯ |c |O¯ so|oct PTP || PTP |s so|octoJ .|or t|o c.no.. |s ccrroctoJ. t|o
\|rJc.s |..J...o .|...J .||| bo J|sp|.voJ ´||ck Cancel tc ox|t t|o .|.
..J. .rJ t|or J|sccrroct t|o c.no.. .rJ so|oct Mass Storage
Connecting the USB Cable
1
¯u.r t|o ccnputo. cr .rJ ..|t |c. |t tc st..t up
2
¯u.r t|o c.no.. cff
3
´crroct t|o supp||oJ |´|4 |Sb c.b|o .s s|c.r |c rct uso |c.co c. .ttonpt tc |rso.t
t|o ccrroctc.s .t .r .rc|o ´crroct t|o c.no.. J|.oct|v tc t|o ccnputo.. Jc rct ccr
roct t|o c.b|o v|. . |Sb |ub c. kovbc..J
USB connector
Connecting to a Computer
68 Reference: Connecting to a TV, Computer, or Printer / Connecting to a Computer
4
¯u.r t|o c.no.. cr || Mass Storage |s so|octoJ |c. USB. t|o
ccrt.c| p.ro| .rJ v|o.firJo. .||| J|sp|.v t|o |rJ|c.tc.s s|c.r
.t .|c|t (.|or PTP |s so|octoJ. t|o rc.n.| s|cct|rc |rJ|c.tc.s
..o J|sp|.voJ:
5
¯..rs|o. p|ctcc..p|s tc t|o ccnputo. .s Josc.|boJ |r t|o ||ctu.o|.c|oct .o|o.orco
n.ru.| (cr ´|:
6
|| PTP |s so|octoJ |c. USB. t|o c.no.. c.r bo tu.roJ cff .rJ t|o |Sb c.b|o J|sccr
roctoJ crco t..rs|o. |s ccnp|oto || Mass Storage |s so|octoJ. t|o c.no.. nust fi.st bo
.oncvoJ |.cn t|o svston .s Josc.|boJ bo|c.
Windows XP Home Edition/Windows XP Professional
´||ck t|o “S.|o|v |oncvo |..J...o” |ccr |r t|o t.skb.. ( : .rJ
so|oct Safely remove USB Mass Storage Device
Windows 2000 Professional
´||ck t|o “|rp|uc c. ||oct |..J...o” |ccr |r t|o t.skb.. ( : .rJ
so|oct Stop USB Mass Storage Device
Mac OS X
|..c t|o c.no.. vc|uno (“|||O| |80”: |rtc t|o ¯..s|
During Transfer
|c rct tu.r t|o c.no.. cff c. J|sccrroct t|o |Sb c.b|o .|||o t..rs|o. |s |r p.cc.oss
Camera Control Pro
´.no.. ´crt.c| |.c (.v.||.b|o sop...to|v.

123: c.r bo usoJ tc cpo..to
t|o c.no.. |.cn . ccnputo. bo|c.o ccrroct|rc t|o c.no... sot t|o c.n
o.. USB cpt|cr ( 104: tc PTP \|or ´.no.. ´crt.c| |.c |s .urr|rc. t|o
c.no.. .||| s|c. |r p|.co c| t|o runbo. c| oxpcsu.os .on.|r|rc
69 Reference: Connecting to a TV, Computer, or Printer / Printing Photographs
Printing Via Direct USB Connection
|| .r o..c. cccu.s Ju.|rc p.|rt|rc. t|o c.no.. .||| J|sp|.v t|o J|.|cc s|c.r .t
.|c|t /|to. c|ock|rc t|o p.|rto.. p.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc. up c. Jc.r tc ||c|
||c|t Continue .rJ p.oss OK tc .osuno p.|rt|rc So|oct Cancel tc ox|t .|t|cut
p.|rt|rc t|o .on.|r|rc p.cos
||ctcc..p|s c.r bo p.|rtoJ bv .rv c| t|o |c||c.|rc not|cJs
• ´crroct t|o c.no.. tc . p.|rto. .rJ p.|rt '||´ p|ctcc..p|s J|.oct|v |.cn t|o c.no.. (soo
bo|c.:
• |rso.t t|o c.no.. nonc.v c..J |r . p.|rto. oou|ppoJ .|t| . c..J s|ct (soo t|o p.|rto. n.r
u.| |c. Jot.||s: || t|o p.|rto. suppc.ts ||O| ( 134:. p|ctcc..p|s c.r bo so|octoJ |c.
p.|rt|rc us|rc Print Set ( 3:
• ¯.ko t|o c.no.. nonc.v c..J tc . Jovo|cpo. c. J|c|t.| p.|rto. corto. || t|o corto. sup
pc.ts ||O|. p|ctcc..p|s c.r bo so|octoJ |c. p.|rt|rc us|rc Print Set
• ¯..rs|o. p|ctu.os ( 6: .rJ p.|rt t|on |.cn . ccnputo. us|rc ||ctu.o|.c|oct c. ´.ptu.o
|` (.v.||.b|o sop...to|v.

123: |cto t|.t t||s |s t|o cr|v not|cJ .v.||.b|o |c. p.|rt|rc
|/\ (|||: p|ctu.os
Printing Via Direct USB Connection
'||´ p|ctcc..p|s c.r bo p.|rtoJ J|.oct|v |.cn . c.no.. ccrroctoJ tc . ||ctb.|Jco p.|rto.
( 134: \|or t.k|rc p|ctcc..p|s |c. p.|rt|rc v|. J|.oct |Sb ccrroct|cr |r P. S. A. .rJ M
ncJos. c|ccso Ia (sRGB) c. IIIa (sRGB) |c. t|o Custom > Color mode cpt|cr |r t|o Opti-
mize image noru ( 80:
Select PTP in camera USB menu and connect camera to printer ( 70)
Select photographs for printing
using Print Set
Take photographs
Print photographs
one at a time ( 71)
Print multiple
photographs ( 72)
Create index prints
( 72)
Disconnect USB cable
|/\ (|||: p|ctcc..p|s c.r rct bo p.|rtoJ bv J|.oct |Sb ccrroct|cr ¯|ov ..o J|sp|.voJ |r t|o |.|rt
So|oct noru but c.r rct bo so|octoJ |c. p.|rt|rc
Printing Photographs
70 Reference: Connecting to a TV, Computer, or Printer / Printing Photographs
Connecting the Printer
bo|c.o p.|rt|rc. c|ock t|.t t|o c.no.. b.tto.v |s |u||v c|..coJ || |r Jcubt. c|..co t|o b.t
to.v c. uso .r ||5 /´ .J.pto. (.v.||.b|o sop...to|v:
1
Sot t|o c.no.. USB cpt|cr tc PTP ( 104:
2
¯u.r t|o p.|rto. cr
3
¯u.r t|o c.no.. cff
4
´crroct t|o supp||oJ |´|4 |Sb c.b|o .s s|c.r |c rct uso |c.co c. .ttonpt tc |rso.t
t|o ccrroctc.s .t .r .rc|o ´crroct t|o c.no.. J|.oct|v tc t|o p.|rto.. Jc rct ccrroct
t|o c.b|o v|. . |Sb |ub c. kovbc..J
5
¯u.r t|o c.no.. cr / .o|ccno sc.oor .||| bo J|sp|.voJ. |c|
|c.oJ bv t|o ||ctb.|Jco p|.vb.ck J|sp|.v |.ccooJ tc “ |.|rt|rc
||ctu.os Oro .t . ¯|no” ( 1: c. “ |.|rt|rc Vu|t|p|o ||ctu.os” (
2:

|.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc. |o|t c. .|c|t tc v|o. .JJ|t|cr.| p|ctcc..p|s. c. p.oss t|o but
tcr tc .ccn |r cr t|o cu..ort p|ctc ( 64: ¯c v|o. s|x p|ctcc..p|s .t . t|no. p.oss
t|o buttcr |so t|o nu|t| so|octc. tc ||c|||c|t p|ctcc..p|s. c. p.oss tc J|sp|.v
t|o ||c|||c|toJ p|ctcc..p| |u|| |..no
USB connector
71 Reference: Connecting to a TV, Computer, or Printer / Printing Photographs
Page Size, Border, and Time Stamp
´|ccso p.|rto. Jo|.u|t tc p.|rt .t cu..ort p.|rto. sott|rcs Or|v cpt|crs suppc.toJ bv t|o cu..ort
p.|rto. c.r bo so|octoJ
Printing Pictures One at a Time
¯c p.|rt t|o p|ctu.o cu..ort|v so|octoJ |r t|o ||ctb.|Jco p|.vb.ck
J|sp|.v. p.oss OK ¯|o noru s|c.r .t .|c|t .||| bo J|sp|.voJ |.oss
t|o nu|t| so|octc. up c. Jc.r tc ||c|||c|t .r cpt|cr .rJ p.oss tc
t|o .|c|t tc so|oct
Option Description
Start
Printing
|.|rt cu..ort p|ctu.o ¯c c.rco| .rJ .otu.r tc ||ctb.|Jco p|.vb.ck J|sp|.v bo|c.o p.|rt
|rc |s ccnp|oto. p.oss OK ||ctb.|Jco p|.vb.ck J|sp|.v |s s|c.r .|or p.|rt|rc |s ccn
p|oto
Page Size
Voru s|c.r .t .|c|t .||| bo J|sp|.voJ |.oss nu|t| so|oc
tc. up c. Jc.r tc c|ccso p.co s|.o |.cn Printer Default
(Jo|.u|t p.co s|.o |c. cu..ort p.|rto.:. 3.5 x 5 in.. 5 x 7 in..
100 x 150 mm. 4 x 6 in.. 8 x 10 in.. Letter. A3. c. A4.
t|or p.oss OK tc so|oct .rJ .otu.r tc p.|rt noru
No. of Copies
Voru s|c.r .t .|c|t .||| bo J|sp|.voJ |.oss nu|t| so|octc.
up c. Jc.r tc c|ccso runbo. c| ccp|os (n.x|nun 99:.
t|or p.oss OK tc so|oct .rJ .otu.r tc p.|rt noru
Border
Voru s|c.r .t .|c|t .||| bo J|sp|.voJ |.oss nu|t| so|oc
tc. up c. Jc.r tc c|ccso p.|rt stv|o |.cn Printer Default
(Jo|.u|t |c. cu..ort p.|rto.:. Print with Border (p.|rt
p|ctc .|t| .||to bc.Jo.:. c. No Border. t|or p.oss OK tc
so|oct .rJ .otu.r tc p.|rt noru
Time stamp
Voru s|c.r .t .|c|t .||| bo J|sp|.voJ |.oss nu|t| so|octc.
up c. Jc.r tc c|ccso Printer Default (Jo|.u|t |c. cu..ort
p.|rto.:. Print Time Stamp (p.|rt t|no .rJ J.to c| .occ.J
|rc cr p|ctc:. c. No Time Stamp. t|or p.oss OK tc so|oct
.rJ .otu.r tc p.|rt noru
Cropping
Voru s|c.r .t .|c|t .||| bo J|sp|.voJ ¯c ox|t .|t|cut
c.cpp|rc p|ctu.o. ||c|||c|t No cropping .rJ p.oss OK
¯c c.cp p|ctu.o. ||c|||c|t Crop .rJ p.oss nu|t| so|octc.
.|c|t
|| Crop |s so|octoJ. J|.|cc s|c.r .t .|c|t .||| bo J|sp|.voJ
|so .rJ buttcrs tc c|ccso s|.o c| c.cp .rJ uso
nu|t| so|octc. tc c|ccso pcs|t|cr c| c.cp |.oss OK tc .o
tu.r tc p.|rt noru
72 Reference: Connecting to a TV, Computer, or Printer / Printing Photographs
Printing Multiple Pictures
¯c p.|rt nu|t|p|o p|ctu.os c. c.o.to .r |rJox p.|rt ||st|rc .|| '||´
p|ctcc..p|s .s sn.|| t|unbr.|| |n.cos. p.oss t|o buttcr |r t|o
||ctb.|Jco p|.vb.ck J|sp|.v ¯|o noru s|c.r .t .|c|t .||| bo J|s
p|.voJ |.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc. up c. Jc.r tc ||c|||c|t .r cpt|cr
.rJ p.oss tc t|o .|c|t tc so|oct
Option Description
Print Select |.|rt so|octoJ p|ctu.os (soo bo|c.:
Print (DPOF) |.|rt cu..ort ||O| p.|rt c.Jo. ( 3:
Index Print
´.o.to |rJox p.|rt c| .|| '||´ p|ctcs. tc n.x|nun c| 256
´crfi.n.t|cr J|.|cc s|c.r .t .|c|t .||| bo J|sp|.voJ. p.oss
OK tc J|sp|.v noru c| p.|rt cpt|crs ´|ccso p.co s|.o.
bc.Jo.. .rJ t|no st.np cpt|crs .s Josc.|boJ cr p.ocoJ
|rc p.co (...r|rc .||| bo J|sp|.voJ || so|octoJ p.co s|.o |s
tcc sn.||: ¯c st..t p.|rt|rc. ||c|||c|t Start Printing .rJ
p.oss OK ||ctb.|Jco noru .||| bo J|sp|.voJ .|or p.|rt|rc
|s ccnp|oto
Printing Selected Photographs
´|ccs|rc Print Select J|sp|.vs t|o noru s|c.r |r Stop 1
1

Scroll through pictures. To display current
picture full screen, press button.
2
Select current picture and set number of
prints to 1. Selected pictures marked by
icon.
3
Specify number of prints (up to 99). To deselect
picture, press multi selector down when num-
ber of prints is 1. Repeat Steps 1 – 3 to select
additional pictures.
4

Display print options. Choose page size, bor-
der, and time stamp options as described on
page 71. To start printing, highlight Start
Printing and press OK. PictBridge menu will be
displayed when printing is complete.
73 Reference: Connecting to a TV, Computer, or Printer / Printing Photographs
Creating a DPOF Print Order: Print Set
¯|o Print Set cpt|cr |r t|o p|.vb.ck noru |s usoJ tc c.o.to J|c|t.| “p.|rt c.Jo.s” |c.
||ctb.|Jcoccnp.t|b|o p.|rto.s .rJ Jov|cos t|.t suppc.t ||O| So|oct|rc Print Set |.cn
t|o p|.vb.ck noru J|sp|.vs t|o noru s|c.r |r Stop 1
1
Highlight Select / Set.
2
Display selection dialog.
3
Select pictures and specify number of prints as described in Steps 2 – 3 on previous page.
Note that RAW (NEF) photos can not be selected for printing.
4

Display options. Highlight option and press
multi selector right:
• Data imprint: Print shutter speed and aperture
on all pictures in print order.
• Imprint date: Print date of recording on all pic-
tures in print order.
To complete print order and exit, highlight
Done and press OK.
¯c p.|rt t|o cu..ort p.|rt c.Jo. .|or t|o c.no.. |s ccrroctoJ tc . ||ctb.|Jco p.|rto.. so
|oct Print (DPOF) |r t|o ||ctb.|Jco noru .rJ |c||c. t|o stops |r “ |.|rt|rc So|octoJ ||ctc
c..p|s” tc ncJ||v .rJ p.|rt t|o cu..ort c.Jo. ( 2: ||O| J.to .rJ J.t. |np.|rt cpt|crs
..o rct suppc.toJ .|or p.|rt|rc v|. J|.oct |Sb ccrroct|cr. tc p.|rt t|o J.to c| .occ.J|rc cr
p|ctcc..p|s |r t|o cu..ort p.|rt c.Jo.. uso t|o ||ctb.|Jco Time Stamp cpt|cr
Print Set
¯|o Print Set cpt|cr c.r rct bo usoJ || t|o.o |s rct orcuc| sp.co cr t|o nonc.v c..J tc stc.o t|o
p.|rt c.Jo.
|.|rt c.Jo.s n.v rct p.|rt cc..oct|v || |n.cos ..o Jo|otoJ us|rc . ccnputo. .|to. t|o p.|rt c.Jo. |s c.o
.toJ
74 Menu Guide / Playback Options: The Playback Menu
Playback Options: The Playback Menu
Option Description
Delete |o|oto .|| c. so|octoJ p|ctcs 4
Playback folder ´|ccso |c|Jo. |c. p|.vb.ck 5
Rotate tall |ct.to “t.||” (pc.t..|tc.|ort.t|cr: p|ctcs Ju.|rc p|.vb.ck 5
Slide show
||.v p|ctcs b.ck |r .utcn.t|c s||Jo s|c.s. o|t|o. .|t| b.ckc.curJ nus|c .rJ
p.rr|rc. .ccn. .rJ t..rs|t|cr offocts (||ctnct|cr: c. .|t|cut (st.rJ..J:
5
Hide image ||Jo so|octoJ p|ctcs 8
Print set So|oct p|ctcs |c. p.|rt|rc 8
Delete
¯|o Jo|oto noru ccrt.|rs t|o |c||c.|rc cpt|crs
Option Description
Selected |o|oto so|octoJ p|ctcc..p|s (soo bo|c.:
All |o|oto .|| p|ctcc..p|s
Selecting Multiple Pictures
¯c so|oct nu|t|p|o p|ctu.os |c. Jo|ot|cr. s||Jo s|c.s. c. t|o Hide image cpt|cr
1
Highlight picture. To view highlighted pic-
ture full frame, press button.
2
Select highlighted picture.
Selection shown by icon.
3
Repeat steps 1–2 to select additional pic-
tures. To deselect picture, highlight and
press multi selector down.
4
Complete operation.
¯|o p|.vb.ck noru ccrt.|rs t|o |c||c.|rc cpt|crs (cpt|crs J|sp|.voJ
n.v J|ffo. || My menu |s so|octoJ |c. t|o CSM/Setup menu cpt|cr
|r t|o sotup noru. 101: Soo “|s|rc ´.no.. Vorus” ( 9: |c. nc.o
|r|c.n.t|cr cr us|rc t|o norus
Menu Guide
Playback Options: The Playback Menu
75 Menu Guide / Playback Options: The Playback Menu
Playback Folder
´|ccso . |c|Jo. |c. p|.vb.ck
Option Description
Current
(Jo|.u|t:
Or|v p|ctcs |r t|o |c|Jo. cu..ort|v so|octoJ |c. Folders |r t|o s|cct
|rc noru ..o J|sp|.voJ Ju.|rc p|.vb.ck ¯||s cpt|cr |s so|octoJ
.utcn.t|c.||v .|or . p|ctc |s t.kor || . nonc.v c..J |s |rso.toJ
.rJ t||s cpt|cr so|octoJ bo|c.o p|ctcs |.vo boor t.kor. . noss.co
st.t|rc t|.t t|o |c|Jo. ccrt.|rs rc |n.cos .||| bo J|sp|.voJ Ju.|rc
p|.vb.ck So|oct All tc boc|r p|.vb.ck
All ||.v b.ck p|ctcs |r .|| |c|Jo.s cr t|o nonc.v c..J
Rotate Tall
So|oct On tc .ct.to “t.||” (pc.t..|tc.|ort.t|cr: p|ctcs |c. J|sp|.v |r t|o
ncr|tc. ||ctcc..p|s t.kor .|t| Off so|octoJ |c. Auto image rota-
tion ( 108: .||| bo J|sp|.voJ |r “.|Jo” (|.rJsc.po: c.|ort.t|cr
Slide Show
||.v p|ctu.os b.ck cro .|to. t|o ct|o. |r .r .utcn.toJ “s||Jo s|c.” /
Pictmotion cpt|cr |s .v.||.b|o .|t| t..rs|t|crs. p.rr|rc .rJ .ccn o|
|octs .rJ b.ckc.curJ nus|c (b.ckc.curJ nus|c .||| cr|v bo .uJ|b|o ||
t|o c.no.. |s ccrroctoJ tc . to|ov|s|cr sot. 66:
¯|o .occnnorJoJ stops |rvc|voJ |r c.o.t|rc . s||Jo s|c. ..o s|c.r
bo|c.
1
Select photos
||c|||c|t Select pictures .rJ p.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc. .|c|t ||c|||c|t cro c| t|o |c|
|c.|rc cpt|crs .rJ p.oss OK tc so|oct t|o ||c|||c|toJ cpt|cr .rJ .otu.r tc t|o s||Jo
s|c. noru
•All pictures S||Jo s|c. .||| |rc|uJo .|| t|o p|ctcs |r t|o cu..ort p|.vb.ck |c|Jo. ( 5:
•Select pictures So|oct up tc fi|tv p|ctcs |c. t|o s||Jo s|c. ( 4: Or|v p|ctcs |r t|o cu.
.ort p|.vb.ck |c|Jo. ( 5: ..o .v.||.b|o |c. so|oct|cr. ||JJor p|ctcs .rJ |n.cos t|.t
c.r rct bo J|sp|.voJ bv t|o c.no.. c.r rct bo so|octoJ
76 Menu Guide / Playback Options: The Playback Menu
2
Choose a style
||c|||c|t Change settings .rJ p.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc. .|c|t. t|or ||c|||c|t Style .rJ
p.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc. .|c|t ||c|||c|t cro c| t|o |c||c.|rc cpt|crs .rJ p.oss OK tc
so|oct t|o ||c|||c|toJ cpt|cr .rJ .otu.r tc t|o s||Jo s|c. noru
•Standard ||ctu.os ..o p|.voJ b.ck .t . so|octoJ |rto.v.|. .|t|cut b.ckc.curJ nus|c.
t..rs|t|crs. c. ct|o. offocts
•Pictmotion So|oct . p.tto.r t|.t |rc|uJos b.ckc.curJ nus|c .|t| n.tc||rc t..rs|t|crs
.rJ p.rr|rc .rJ .ccn offocts |cto t|.t b.ckc.curJ nus|c .||| cr|v bo .uJ|b|o || t|o
c.no.. |s ccrroctoJ tc . to|ov|s|cr ( 66:
3
Choose a frame interval or playback pattern
||c|||c|t Change settings .rJ p.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc. .|c|t. t|or c|ccso . |..no
|rto.v.| c. p|.vb.ck p.tto.r .s Josc.|boJ bo|c.
“Standard” selected in Step 2
¯c c|.rco t|o |rto.v.| bot.oor s||Jos |.cn t|o Jo|.u|t sott|rc c| t.c soccrJs. ||c|||c|t Frame
interval .rJ p.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc. .|c|t ||c|||c|t cro c| t|o |c||c.|rc cpt|crs .rJ p.oss OK
tc so|oct t|o ||c|||c|toJ cpt|cr .rJ .otu.r tc t|o s||Jo s|c. noru
“Pictmotion” selected in Step 2
¯c c|.rco t|o b.ckc.curJ t..ck |.cn t|o Jo|.u|t sott|rc c| Pachelbel’s Canon. ||c|||c|t
Background music .rJ p.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc. .|c|t ||c|||c|t cro c| t|o |c||c.|rc cpt|crs
.rJ p.oss OK tc so|oct t|o ||c|||c|toJ cpt|cr .rJ .otu.r tc t|o s||Jo s|c. noru
|.rr|rc .rJ .ccn offocts .rJ t..rs|t|crs ..o n.tc|oJ tc t|o so|octoJ b.ckc.curJ t..ck
77 Menu Guide / Playback Options: The Playback Menu
4
Start the show
¯c st..t t|o s||Jo s|c.. ||c|||c|t Start .rJ p.oss OK ¯|o |c||c.|rc
cpo..t|crs c.r bo po.|c.noJ Ju.|rc . s||Jo s|c.
To Use Description
´c |c....J c.
b.ck cro |..no
/
|.oss nu|t| so|octc. c. .ct.to n.|r ccnn.rJ J|.| |o|t tc .otu.r
tc t|o p.ov|cus |..no. .|c|t tc sk|p tc t|o roxt |..no ¯||s cp
t|cr |s rct .v.||.b|o || Pictmotion |s so|octoJ |r Stop 2
\|o. p|ctc |r|c /
´|.rco t|o p|ctc |r|c J|sp|.voJ ¯||s cpt|cr |s rct .v.||.b|o ||
Pictmotion |s so|octoJ |r Stop 2
|.uso s||Jo
s|c.
|.uso t|o s||Jo s|c.
|x|t tc p|.vb.ck
noru
|rJ t|o s||Jo s|c. .rJ .otu.r tc t|o p|.vb.ck noru
|x|t tc p|.vb.ck
ncJo
|rJ t|o s||Jo s|c. .rJ .otu.r tc |u|||..no ( 61: c. t|unbr.||
p|.vb.ck ( 63:
|x|t tc s|cct|rc
ncJo
S|utto.
.o|o.so
|.oss t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr |.||..v tc tu.r t|o ncr|tc. cff
.rJ .otu.r tc s|cct|rc ncJo ||ctcs c.r bo t.kor |nnoJ|
.to|v
¯|o J|.|cc s|c.r .t .|c|t |s J|sp|.voJ .|or t|o s|c. orJs c.
.|or t|o buttcr |s p.ossoJ tc p.uso p|.vb.ck So|oct Restart
tc .ost..t t|o s|c. c. Exit tc .otu.r tc t|o p|.vb.ck noru
78 Menu Guide / Playback Options: The Playback Menu
Hide Image
||Jo c. .ovo.| so|octoJ p|ctcc..p|s ||JJor |n.cos ..o v|s|b|o cr|v
|r t|o Hide Image noru. .rJ c.r cr|v bo Jo|otoJ bv |c.n.tt|rc t|o
nonc.v c..J
Option Description
Select/set ||Jo c. .ovo.| so|octoJ p|ctcc..p|s ( 4:
Deselect all? |ovo.| .|| p|ctcc..p|s
File Attributes for Hidden Images
||JJor |n.cos |.vo “||JJor” .rJ “.o.Jcr|v” st.tus .|or v|o.oJ cr . \|rJc.s ccnputo. |r t|o
c.so c| “||| | '||´” |n.cos. t||s n..k|rc .pp||os tc bct| ||| (|/\: .rJ '||´ |n.cos
Print Set
´|ccso Select / set tc so|oct p|ctcc..p|s |c. p.|rt|rc cr . ||ctb.|Jco
p.|rto. c. ||O|ccnp.t|b|o Jov|co ( 3: ´|ccso Deselect all? tc
.oncvo .|| p|ctcs |.cn t|o cu..ort p.|rt c.Jo.
Protected and Hidden Images
|ovo.||rc .r |n.co t|.t |s bct| ||JJor .rJ p.ctoctoJ .||| s|nu|t.rocus|v .oncvo p.ctoct|cr |.cn
t|o |n.co
79 Menu Guide / Shooting Options: The Shooting Menu
Shooting Options: The Shooting Menu
¯|o s|cct|rc noru ccrt.|rs t|o |c||c.|rc cpt|crs (cpt|crs J|sp|.voJ
n.v J|ffo. || My menu |s so|octoJ |c. t|o CSM/Setup cpt|cr |r t|o
sotup noru. 101: Soo “|s|rc ´.no.. Vorus” ( 9: |c. nc.o |r|c.
n.t|cr cr us|rc t|o norus
Option Description
Optimize image
¯
Opt|n|.o |n.cos .ccc.J|rc tc scoro 9–81
Image quality

´|ccso |n.co ou.||tv 81
Image size

´|ccso |n.co s|.o 81
White balance
¯. †
/J|ust cc|c.s .ccc.J|rc tc t|o ||c|t scu.co 82
ISO sensitivity

|.|so sors|t|v|tv .|or ||c|t|rc |s pcc. 83
Long exp. NR |oJuco rc|so .t s|c. s|utto. spooJs 83
High ISO NR |oJuco rc|so .t ||c| |SO sors|t|v|t|os 83
Multiple exposure
¯. †
|occ.J nu|t|p|o oxpcsu.os |r . s|rc|o |..no 84–85
¯ /v.||.b|o |r P. S. A. .rJ M ncJos cr|v
† |osot tc Jo|.u|ts .|or . t.cbuttcr .osot |s po.|c.noJ ( 44:
Optimize Image (P, S, A, and M Modes)
Opt|n|.o ccrt..st. s|..por|rc. .rJ ct|o. sott|rcs .ccc.J|rc tc |c. p|ctcc..p|s .||| bo
usoJ c. t|o tvpo c| scoro
Option Description
N
Normal (Jo|.u|t: |occnnorJoJ |c. ncst s|tu.t|crs
SO
Softer
Sc|tors cut||ros. p.cJuc|rc r.tu..| .osu|ts su|t.b|o |c. pc.t..|ts c. .otcuc||rc
cr . ccnputo.
VI
Vivid
|r|.rcos s.tu..t|cr. ccrt..st. .rJ s|..pross tc p.cJuco v|v|J |n.cos .|t|
v|b..rt .oJs. c.oors. .rJ b|uos
VI
More vivid
V.x|n|.os s.tu..t|cr. ccrt..st. .rJ s|..pross tc p.cJuco c.|sp |n.cos .|t|
s|..p cut||ros
PO
Portrait
|c.o.s ccrt..st .|||o |orJ|rc r.tu..| toxtu.o .rJ .curJoJ |oo| tc sk|r c| pc.
t..|t sub|octs
Custom ´ustcn|.o |n.co cpt|n|..t|cr sott|rcs ( 80:
BW
Black-and-white ¯.ko p|ctcs |r b|.ck.rJ.||to ( 81:
At Settings Other than “Custom”
/t sott|rcs ct|o. t|.r Custom
• ||ctcc..p|s ..o cpt|n|.oJ |c. cu..ort s|cct|rc ccrJ|t|crs |osu|ts .||| v..v .|t| oxpcsu.o .rJ t|o
pcs|t|cr c| t|o sub|oct |r t|o |..no
• ¯|o s|´b cc|c. sp.co |s usoJ ¯c uso t|o /Jcbo |´b cc|c. sp.co. so|oct Custom .rJ c|ccso II
(Adobe RGB) |c. Color Mode
• |so . tvpo ´ c. | |ors |c. bost .osu|ts
Shooting Options: The Shooting Menu
80 Menu Guide / Shooting Options: The Shooting Menu
Customizing Image Enhancement Options: Custom
So|oct Custom tc n.ko sop...to .J|ustnorts tc t|o |c||c.|rc cpt|crs /|to. .J|ust|rc sot
t|rcs. ||c|||c|t Done .rJ p.oss
• Image sharpening ´|ccso |c. nuc| cut||ros ..o s|..poroJ Ju.|rc
s|cct|rc ´|ccso ||c| sott|rcs |c. s|..p cut||ros. |c. sott|rcs |c.
sc|to. cut||ros
Default setting /utc
“Auto”
|osu|ts |c. .utc |n.co s|..por|rc. tcro ccnpors.t|cr. .rJ s.tu..t|cr v..v .|t| oxpcsu.o .rJ t|o
pcs|t|cr c| t|o sub|oct |r t|o |..no |so . tvpo ´ c. | |ors |c. bost .osu|ts
Color Mode
VcJos |. .rJ |||. ..o .occnnorJoJ |c. p|ctcs t|.t .||| bo p.|rtoJ .|t|cut ncJ|fic.t|cr c. v|o.oJ |r
.pp||c.t|crs t|.t Jc rct suppc.t cc|c. n.r.conort || t|o .pp||c.t|cr suppc.ts cc|c. n.r.conort.
c|ccso t|o /Jcbo |´b cc|c. sp.co .|or cpor|rc p|ctcs t.kor |r ncJo || ´.ptu.o |` (.v.||.b|o sop.
..to|v. 123: .rJ ||ctu.o|.c|oct J|sp|.v cc|c.s cc..oct|v ovor || t|o cc..oct cc|c. sp.co |s rct so|octoJ
• Hue adjustment |uo c.r bo .J|ustoJ bot.oor –9 ˚ tc |9 ˚ |r |rc.onorts
c| 3 ˚ (t|o Joc.oos .o|o. tc t|o “cc|c. .|oo|” c|tor usoJ tc oxp.oss |uo:
|cs|t|vo v.|uos n.ko .oJs nc.o c..rco. c.oors nc.o b|uo. .rJ b|uos
nc.o pu.p|o |oc.t|vo v.|uos n.ko .oJs nc.o pu.p|o. b|uos nc.o
c.oor. .rJ c.oors nc.o vo||c.
Default setting ±0
• Tone compensation ´crt.c| ccrt..st |c.o. sott|rcs p.ovort |css c|
Jot.|| |r ||c|||c|ts urJo. |..s| ||c|t|rc c. |r J|.oct sur||c|t ||c|o.
sott|rcs p.oso.vo Jot.|| |r n|stv |.rJsc.pos .rJ ct|o. |c.ccrt..st
sub|octs ´|ccso Custom tc so|oct . uso.JofiroJ tcro cu.vo c.o.toJ
us|rc ´.no.. ´crt.c| |.c (.v.||.b|o sop...to|v. 123: Soo t|o ´.n
o.. ´crt.c| |.c n.ru.| |c. Jot.||s
Default setting /utc
• Color mode ´crt.c| cc|c. .op.cJuct|cr ||ctcs t.kor |r ncJos |. .rJ
|||. ..o .J.ptoJ tc t|o s|´b cc|c. sp.co .rJ ..o su|toJ |c. p.|rt|rc c.
uso “.s |s.” .|t| rc |u.t|o. ncJ|fic.t|cr ´|ccso |. |c. pc.t..|t s|cts
.rJ |||. |c. r.tu.o c. |.rJsc.po s|cts VcJo || |s .J.ptoJ tc t|o /Jcbo
|´b cc|c. sp.co. .||c| suppc.ts . .|Jo. c.nut c| cc|c.s t|.r s|´b
VcJo || |s t|o p.o|o..oJ c|c|co |c. p|ctcs t|.t .||| bo oxtors|vo|v p.c
cossoJ c. .otcuc|oJ
Default setting |. (s|b´:
• Saturation ´crt.c| t|o v|v|Jross c| cc|c.s ´|ccso Moderate |c. |oss
s.tu..toJ cc|c.s. Enhanced |c. nc.o v|v|J cc|c.s
Default setting /utc
81 Menu Guide / Shooting Options: The Shooting Menu
Taking Pictures in Black-and-White: Black-and-White
So|oct|rc Black-and-white |c. Optimize image J|sp|.vs t|o noru
s|c.r .t .|c|t ´|ccso Normal tc t.ko st.rJ..J b|.ck.rJ.||to p|c
tu.os. c. Custom tc .J|ust s|..por|rc .rJ tcro ccnpors.t|cr bo|c.o
s|cct|rc .s Josc.|boJ |r cr p.co 80 Custom .|sc suppc.ts t|o |c||c.
|rc cc|c. fi|to. offocts
Filter efect Description
Of |c cc|c. fi|to. offoct
Yellow
|r|.rcos ccrt..st ´.r bo usoJ tc tcro Jc.r t|o b.|c|tross c| t|o skv |r |.rJ
sc.po p|ctcc..p|s O..rco p.cJucos nc.o ccrt..st t|.r vo||c.. .oJ nc.o ccrt..st
t|.r c..rco
Orange
Red
Green Sc|tors sk|r tcros ´.r bo usoJ |c. pc.t..|ts
b|.ck.rJ.||to |rJ|c.tc.s .ppo.. |r t|o ccrt.c| p.ro| .rJ v|o.firJo. .|or Black-and-
white |s so|octoJ |c. Optimize image ( 5–:
Image Quality (All Modes)
Sovor cpt|crs ..o .v.||.b|o |c. |n.co ou.||tv Soo “|o|o.orco |n.co
Ou.||tv .rJ S|.o” ( 33:
Image Size (All Modes)
|n.co s|.o c.r bo so|octoJ |.cn Large. Medium. .rJ Small Soo “|o|
o.orco |n.co Ou.||tv .rJ S|.o” ( 33:
82 Menu Guide / Shooting Options: The Shooting Menu
Copying White Balance from a Photograph
/ .||to b.|.rco v.|uo ccp|oJ |.cn .r ox|st|rc p|ctcc..p| c.r bo usoJ |c. p.osot .||to
b.|.rco So|oct White balance > White balance preset |r t|o s|cct|rc noru ¯|o noru
s|c.r |r Stop 1 .||| bo J|sp|.voJ
1

Highlight Use photo.
*
2
Display current source photo.
¯ ¯c uso |.st no.su.oJ v.|uo ( 60:. ||c|||c|t Measure .rJ p.oss nu|t| so|octc. .|c|t
3

Highlight Select image.

4
Display folder list.
† ¯c uso t|o p.ov|cus scu.co p|ctc. ||c|||c|t This image .rJ p.oss nu|t| so|octc. .|c|t
5

Highlight folder.
6

Display images in selected folder.
7

Highlight photograph.

8

Set preset white balance to value for high-
lighted photograph and return to shooting
menu.
‡ |n.cos J|sp|.voJ n.v |rc|uJo t|cso c.o.toJ .|t| ct|o. c.no..s. but cr|v p|ctcc..p|s c.o.toJ
.|t| |80 c.r bo usoJ .s scu.co |c. p.osot .||to b.|.rco
|cto t|.t || . ro. v.|uo |s no.su.oJ |c. .||to b.|.rco. .||to b.|.rco .||| bo sot tc t|o no.
su.oJ v.|uo ovor || Use photo |s cu..ort|v so|octoJ |r t|o p.osot .||to b.|.rco noru
White Balance (P, S, A, and M Modes)
||ro cpt|crs ..o .v.||.b|o |c. .||to b.|.rco Soo “|o|o.orco \||to b.|
.rco” ( 58:
83 Menu Guide / Shooting Options: The Shooting Menu
Option Description
Of (Jo|.u|t: |c|so .oJuct|cr cff
On
||ctcc..p|s t.kor .t s|utto. spooJs c| .bcut 8 s c. s|c.o.
..o p.ccossoJ tc .oJuco rc|so. s|c.|rc bu.st s|cct|rc .rJ
.oJuc|rc t|o runbo. c| |n.cos t|.t c.r bo stc.oJ |r t|o
nonc.v buffo. |u.|rc p.ccoss|rc. t|o J|sp|.vs s|c.r .t
.|c|t .ppo.. |r t|o ccrt.c| p.ro| .rJ v|o.firJo. |c |u.t|o.
p|ctcs c.r bo t.kor urt|| p.ccoss|rc |s ccnp|oto |c|so
.oJuct|cr .||| rct bo po.|c.noJ || t|o c.no.. |s tu.roJ cff
Ju.|rc p.ccoss|rc |cto t|.t || p|ctcs ..o p|.voJ b.ck Ju.
|rc p.ccoss|rc. t|o |n.co J|sp|.voJ |r t|o ncr|tc. n.v rct
s|c. t|o offocts c| rc|so .oJuct|cr
High ISO NR (All Modes)
||ctcc..p|s t.kor .t ||c| sors|t|v|t|os c.r bo p.ccossoJ tc .oJuco
“rc|so” ´|ccso |.cn t|o |c||c.|rc cpt|crs
Option Description
Normal
(Jo|.u|t:
|c|so .oJuct|cr t.kos offoct .t sors|t|v|t|os cvo. |SO 400 ´|ccso
Low |c. |oss rc|so .oJuct|cr. High |c. nc.o rc|so .oJuct|cr Low
High
Of
|c|so .oJuct|cr tu.rs cff ur|oss sors|t|v|tv oxcooJs |SO 800 V|r
|n.| rc|so .oJuct|cr |s po.|c.noJ .t sors|t|v|t|os cvo. |SO 800
ISO Sensitivity (All Modes)
/J|ust |SO sors|t|v|tv Soo “|o|o.orco |SO Sors|t|v|tv” ( 43:
Long Exp. NR (All Modes)
||ctcc..p|s t.kor .t s|utto. spooJs c| 8 s c. s|c.o. c.r bo p.ccossoJ
tc .oJuco “rc|so” |r t|o |c.n c| ..rJcn|vsp.coJ. b.|c|t|vcc|c.oJ p|x
o|s ´|ccso |.cn t|o |c||c.|rc cpt|crs
84 Menu Guide / Shooting Options: The Shooting Menu
Multiple Exposure (P, S, A, and M Modes)
|c||c. t|o stops bo|c. tc .occ.J . so.|os c| t.c c. t|.oo oxpcsu.os |r
. s|rc|o p|ctcc..p| |cto t|.t .t Jo|.u|t sott|rcs. s|cct|rc .||| orJ
.utcn.t|c.||v || rc cpo..t|crs ..o po.|c.noJ |c. 30 s |c. .r |rto.v.|
bot.oor oxpcsu.os c| nc.o t|.r 30 s. c|ccso 30 min |c. ´ustcn Sot
t|rc 28 (Auto meter-off. 99: c. uso .r cpt|cr.| ||5 /´ .J.pto.
1
So|oct|rc Multiple exposure |r t|o s|cct|rc noru J|sp|.vs t|o
noru s|c.r .t .|c|t ||c|||c|t Number of shots .rJ p.oss t|o
nu|t| so|octc. .|c|t
2
|.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc. up c. Jc.r tc c|ccso t|o runbo. c| ox
pcsu.os t|.t .||| bo ccnb|roJ tc |c.n . s|rc|o p|ctcc..p| |.oss
OK tc .otu.r tc t|o nu|t|p|o oxpcsu.o noru
3
||c|||c|t Auto gain .rJ p.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc. tc t|o .|c|t
4
||c|||c|t cro c| t|o |c||c.|rc cpt|crs .rJ p.oss OK
Option Description
On
(Jo|.u|t:
´.|r .J|ustoJ tc cc..oct oxpcsu.o .ccc.J|rc tc t|o run
bo. c| oxpcsu.os .occ.JoJ (c.|r |c. o.c| oxpcsu.o |s sot
tc '/. |c. t.c oxpcsu.os. '/· |c. t|.oo oxpcsu.os:
Of
´.|r rct .J|ustoJ tc cc..oct oxpcsu.o |occnnorJoJ ||
b.ckc.curJ |s J..k
Exchanging Memory Cards
|c rct .oncvo c. .op|.co t|o nonc.v c..J .|||o .occ.J|rc . nu|t|p|o oxpcsu.o
Photo Info
¯|o J.to c| .occ.J|rc. noto.|rc. oxpcsu.o. ncJo. |cc.| |orct|. c.no.. c.|ort.t|cr. .rJ ct|o. |r|c.n.
t|cr ||stoJ |r t|o p|.vb.ck p|ctc |r|c.n.t|cr J|sp|.v |s |c. t|o fi.st s|ct |r t|o nu|t|p|o oxpcsu.o
85 Menu Guide / Shooting Options: The Shooting Menu
5
||c|||c|t Done .rJ p.oss OK
/ |ccr .||| bo J|sp|.voJ |r t|o ccrt.c| p.ro| ¯c ox|t .|t|cut .o
cc.J|rc . nu|t|p|o oxpcsu.o. so|oct Multiple exposure |.cn t|o
s|cct|rc noru. ||c|||c|t Reset. .rJ p.oss OK
6
|..no . p|ctcc..p|. |ccus. .rJ s|cct ¯|o |ccr .||| st..t tc
b||rk
Cancelling a Multiple Exposure
¯c orJ s|cct|rc bo|c.o t|o nu|t|p|o oxpcsu.o |s ccnp|oto. so|oct Mul-
tiple exposure |.cn t|o s|cct|rc noru. ||c|||c|t Cancel. .rJ p.oss
OK S|cct|rc .||| .|sc orJ ||
• ¯|o oxpcsu.o noto.s tu.r cff Ju.|rc s|cct|rc ( 18:
• ¯|o uso. po.|c.ns . t.cbuttcr .osot
• ¯|o c.no.. |s tu.roJ cff
• ¯|o b.tto.v |s ox|.ustoJ
• ¯|o nu|t|p|o oxpcsu.o |s Jo|otoJ
• / ncJo ct|o. t|.r P. S. A. c. M |s so|octoJ
|| s|cct|rc orJs bo|c.o t|o spoc|fioJ runbo. c| oxpcsu.os |.vo boor t.kor. . nu|t|p|o oxpc
su.o .||| bo c.o.toJ |.cn t|o oxpcsu.os t|.t |.vo boor .occ.JoJ tc t|.t pc|rt || Auto gain |s
cr. c.|r .||| bo .J|ustoJ tc .ofloct t|o runbo. c| oxpcsu.os .ctu.||v .occ.JoJ
7
¯.ko t|o .on.|r|rc oxpcsu.os ¯|o |ccr .||| J|s.ppo.. |.cn t|o
ccrt.c| p.ro| .|or s|cct|rc |s ccnp|oto |opo.t stops 1 – tc
t.ko .JJ|t|cr.| nu| t|p|o oxpcsu.os
Bracketing and Other Settings
b..ckot|rc |s c.rco||oJ .|or nu|t|p|o oxpcsu.o |s so|octoJ .rJ c.r rct bo .ostc.oJ urt|| s|cct|rc |.s
orJoJ \|||o nu|t|p|o oxpcsu.o ncJo |s |r offoct. nonc.v c..Js c.r rct bo |c.n.ttoJ .rJ rc s|cct
|rc noru cpt|crs c.r bo c|.rcoJ. .|t| t|o oxcopt|crs c| Multiple exposure .rJ White balance.
86 Menu Guide / Custom Settings
Custom Settings
1: Beep (All Modes)
/t t|o Jo|.u|t sott|rc c| On. . boop .||| scurJ .|or t|o c.no.. |c
cusos |r s|rc|oso.vc /| (AF-S c. .|or s|cct|rc st.t|cr..v sub|octs |r
AF-A .utc|ccus ncJo:. .|||o t|o .o|o.so t|no. |s ccurt|rc Jc.r |r so||
t|no. .rJ Jo|.voJ .oncto ncJos ( 3. 38:. c. .|or . p|ctcc..p| |s
t.kor |r ou|ck.ospcrso .oncto ncJo ( 38: ¯|o boop .||| rct scurJ
.|or Off |s so|octoJ ¯|o cu..ort sott|rc |s s|c.r |r t|o ccrt.c| p.ro|
|s J|sp|.voJ .|or t|o boop |s cr. .|or |t |s cff ( 5:
´ustcn Sott|rcs ..o usoJ tc custcn|.o c.no.. sott|rcs tc su|t |rJ|v|J
u.| p.o|o.orcos ¯|o |c||c.|rc cpt|crs ..o .v.||.b|o .|or Simple (t|o
Jo|.u|t cpt|cr: |s so|octoJ |c. CSM/Setup menu |r t|o sotup noru
( 101:
Option
R Reset 86
1 Beep 86
2 AF-area mode 8
3 Center AF area 8
4 AF-assist 8
5 No memory card? 88
Option
6 Image review 88
7 ISO auto 88
8 Grid display 89
9 Viewfnder warning 89
10 EV step 89
¯c J|sp|.v t|o |c||c.|rc cpt|crs. so|oct Full |c. CSM/Setup menu
Option
11 Exposure comp. 89
12 Center-weighted 90
13 Auto BKT set 90–91
14 Auto BKT order 91
15 Command dials 91
16 FUNC button 92–93
17 Illumination 93
18 AE-L/AF-L 94
19 AE lock 94
20 Focus area 94
21 AF area illumination 95
Option
22 Built-in fash 95–9
23 Flash warning 98
24 Flash shutter speed 98
25 Auto FP 98
26 Modeling fash 98
27 Monitor-of 98
28 Auto meter-of 99
29 Self-timer 99
30 Remote on duration 99
31 Exp. delay mode 99
32 MB-D80 batteries 100
R: Reset
So|oct Reset tc .ostc.o .|| ´ustcn Sott|rcs tc t|o|. Jo|.u|t v.|uos. |r
c|uJ|rc sott|rcs rct .ffoctoJ bv . t.cbuttcr .osot ( 44: Soo t|o
/pporJ|x ( 134: |c. . ccnp|oto ||st c| Jo|.u|t sott|rcs
Custom Settings
87 Menu Guide / Custom Settings
2: AF-Area Mode (All Modes)
¯||s cpt|cr Joto.n|ros |c. t|o |ccus ..o. |s so|octoJ |r .utc|ccus
ncJo ( 28: ´|ccso |.cn
Option Description
Single area
|so. so|octs |ccus ..o. us|rc nu|t| so|octc.. c.no.. |ccusos cr sub|oct |r so|octoJ
|ccus ..o. cr|v |so .|t| st.t|cr..v sub|octs |o|.u|t sott|rc |c. P. S. A. M. .rJ
ncJos
Dynamic area
|so. so|octs |ccus ..o. n.ru.||v. but || sub|oct |o.vos so|octoJ |ccus ..o. ovor b.|o|
|v. c.no.. .||| |ccus b.soJ cr |r|c.n.t|cr |.cn ct|o. |ccus ..o.s |so .|t| o...t|
c.||v ncv|rc sub|octs |o|.u|t sott|rc |c. ncJo
Auto-area AF ´.no.. so|octs |ccus ..o. .utcn.t|c.||v |o|.u|t |c.
. . . .
.rJ ncJos
¯|o cu..ort sott|rc |s s|c.r bv .r |ccr |r t|o ccrt.c| p.ro| ( 5:
3: Center AF Area (All Modes)
¯||s cpt|cr Joto.n|ros t|o s|.o c| t|o corto. |ccus ..o.
Option Description Viewfnder display
Normal zone
(Jo|.u|t:
|ccus cr . spoc|fic sub|oct |r . sn.|| ..o.
.|t|cut ct|o. ro..bv cb|octs |rto.|o.|rc .|t|
|ccus
Wide zone
|ccus cr ncv|rc sub|octs .rJ ct|o. cb|octs
t|.t ..o J|ffi cu|t tc t..ck |ct .v.||.b|o .|or
Auto-area AF |s so|octoJ |c. ´ustcn Sott|rc 2
(AF-area mode:
Soo “|ccus” |c. nc.o |r|c.n.t|cr cr |ccus sott|rcs ( 28:
4: AF-Assist (All Modes Except

,

, and )
|| On (t|o Jo|.u|t sott|rc: |s so|octoJ .rJ t|o sub|oct |s pcc.|v ||t. t|o
/|.ss|st |||un|r.tc. .||| ||c|t tc .ss|st t|o |ccus cpo..t|cr |r s|rc|oso.
vc /| (AF-S c. s|rc|oso.vc /| so|octoJ |r AF-A .utc|ccus ncJo: .|or
Single area c. Auto-area AF |s so|octoJ |c. ´ustcn Sott|rc 2 (AF-
area mode: c. .|or ´ustcn Sott|rc 2 |s sot tc Dynamic area .rJ
t|o corto. |ccus ..o. |s so|octoJ ´|ccso Off tc J|s.b|o t|o /|.ss|st
|||un|r.tc. |cto t|.t .|or t|o |||un|r.tc. |s cff. t|o c.no.. n.v rct
bo .b|o tc |ccus cr pcc.|v||t sub|octs us|rc .utc|ccus
88 Menu Guide / Custom Settings
5: No Memory Card? (All Modes)
|| Release locked (t|o Jo|.u|t sott|rc: |s so|octoJ. t|o s|utto..o|o.so
|s J|s.b|oJ .|or rc nonc.v c..J |s |rso.toJ ´|ccso Enable release
tc or.b|o t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr .|or rc nonc.v c..J |s |rso.toJ
||ctcc..p|s .||| bo J|sp|.voJ |r t|o ncr|tc. but .||| rct bo s.voJ
6: Image Review (All Modes)
|| On (t|o Jo|.u|t sott|rc: |s so|octoJ. p|ctcc..p|s .||| .utcn.t|c.||v
bo J|sp|.voJ |r t|o ncr|tc. |c. .bcut |c. soccrJs .|to. s|cct|rc || Off
|s so|octoJ. p|ctcc..p|s c.r bo J|sp|.voJ |r t|o ncr|tc. bv p.oss|rc
t|o buttcr
7: ISO Auto (P, S, A, and M Modes Only)
|| Off (t|o Jo|.u|t sott|rc: |s so|octoJ. |SO sors|t|v|tv .||| .on.|r fixoJ .t
t|o v.|uo so|octoJ .|t| t|o ISO buttcr ( 43: c. us|rc t|o ISO sensitiv-
ity cpt|cr |r t|o s|cct|rc noru ( 83:
|| On |s so|octoJ. |SO sors|t|v|tv .||| .utcn.t|c.||v bo .J|ustoJ || cpt|n.| oxpcsu.o c.r rct bo
.c||ovoJ .t t|o so|octoJ v.|uo (fl.s| |ovo| |s .J|ustoJ .pp.cp.|.to|v: ¯|o n.x|nun v.|uo |c.
.utc |SO sors|t|v|tv c.r bo so|octoJ us|rc t|o Max. sensitivity cpt|cr |r ncJos P .rJ A.
sors|t|v|tv .||| cr|v bo .J|ustoJ || urJo.oxpcsu.o .cu|J .osu|t .t t|o s|utto. spooJ so|octoJ
|c. Min. shutter speed
\|or On |s so|octoJ. t|o ccrt.c| p.ro| .rJ v|o.firJo. s|c. ISO-AUTO
\|or sors|t|v|tv |s .|to.oJ |.cn t|o v.|uo so|octoJ bv t|o uso.. t|oso
|rJ|c.tc.s b||rk .rJ t|o .|to.oJ v.|uo |s s|c.r |r t|o v|o.firJo. (t|o
|rJ|c.tc.s Jc rct b||rk || . fl.s| |s usoJ
ISO Auto
/utc |SO ccrt.c| |s rct .v.||.b|o .|or . v.|uo cvo. |SO 1600 |s so|octoJ |c. |SO sors|t|v|tv |SO sor
s|t|v|tv c.r rct bo sot tc v.|uos cvo. 1600 .|or On |s so|octoJ |c. ISO auto |c.oc.curJ sub|octs
n.v bo urJo.oxpcsoJ |r p|ctcs t.kor .|t| t|o fl.s| .t s|c. s|utto. spooJs. |r J.v||c|t. c. .c.|rst .
b.|c|t b.ckc.curJ ´|ccso . fl.s| ncJo ct|o. t|.r s|c. svrc c. so|oct ncJo A c. M .rJ c|ccso .
|..co. .po.tu.o
|c|so |s nc.o ||ko|v .t ||c|o. sors|t|v|t|os |so t|o High ISO NR cpt|cr |r t|o s|cct|rc noru tc
.oJuco rc|so ( 83:
89 Menu Guide / Custom Settings
11: Exposure Comp. (P, S, A, and M Modes Only)
|| Off (t|o Jo|.u|t cpt|cr: |s so|octoJ. oxpcsu.o ccnpors.t|cr |s sot bv
p.oss|rc t|o buttcr .rJ .ct.t|rc t|o n.|r ccnn.rJ J|.| ( 54:
So|oct On tc sot oxpcsu.o ccnpors.t|cr us|rc cr|v . ccnn.rJ J|.|
¯|o J|.| usoJ JoporJs cr t|o cpt|cr so|octoJ |c. ´ustcn Sott|rc 15
(Command dials. 91:
Custom Setting 15 (Command dials): Of Custom Setting 15 (Command dials): On
M
o
d
e
P Subccnn.rJ J|.| Subccnn.rJ J|.|
S Subccnn.rJ J|.| V.|r ccnn.rJ J|.|
A V.|r ccnn.rJ J|.| Subccnn.rJ J|.|
M |xpcsu.o ccnpors.t|cr sot bv p.oss|rc buttcr .rJ .ct.t|rc n.|r ccnn.rJ J|.|
|| On |s so|octoJ. t|o 0 .t t|o corto. c| t|o oxpcsu.o J|sp|.v .||| b||rk ovor .|or oxpcsu.o
ccnpors.t|cr |s sot tc ±0 ¯||s cpt|cr |s rct .v.||.b|o |r ncJo M
8: Grid Display (All Modes)
So|oct On tc J|sp|.v c.|J ||ros |r t|o v|o.firJo. tc .ss|st |r |..n|rc p|c
tcc..p|s ( 6: ¯|o Jo|.u|t cpt|cr |s Off
9: Viewfinder Warning (All Modes)
So|oct On (t|o Jo|.u|t cpt|cr: tc J|sp|.v t|o |c||c.|rc ...r|rcs |r t|o
v|o.firJo. ( 6:
Warning Description
B/W
||sp|.voJ .|or Black-and-white |s so|octoJ |c. Optimize im-
age |r t|o s|cct|rc noru ( 81:
||sp|.voJ .|or t|o b.tto.v |s |c.
||sp|.voJ .|or rc nonc.v c..J |s |rso.toJ
|c ...r|rcs ..o J|sp|.voJ .|or Off |s so|octoJ
10: EV Step (All Modes)
´|ccso .|ot|o. .J|ustnorts tc s|utto. spooJ. .po.tu.o. .rJ b..ckot
|rc ..o n.Jo |r |rc.onorts oou|v.|ort tc '/· |\ (1/3 step. t|o Jo|.u|t
cpt|cr: c. '/. |\ (1/2 step:
90 Menu Guide / Custom Settings
12: Center-Weighted (P, S, A, and M Modes Only)
¯||s cpt|cr ccrt.c|s t|o s|.o c| t|o ..o. |r t|o corto. c| t|o v|o.firJo.
.ss|croJ t|o c.o.tost .o|c|t |r corto..o|c|toJ noto.|rc ¯|o Jo|.u|t
cpt|cr |s Φ 8 mm
13: Auto BKT Set (P, S, A, and M Modes Only)
¯|o |c||c.|rc cpt|crs ..o .v.||.b|o
Option Description
AE & fash
(Jo|.u|t:
´.no.. v..|os fl.s| |ovo| .rJ oxpcsu.o .|t| o.c| s|ct
AE only ´.no.. v..|os oxpcsu.o .|t| o.c| s|ct
Flash only
´.no.. v..|os fl.s| |ovo| .|t| o.c| s|ct (|¯¯| .rJ. .|t| t|o cp
t|cr.| Sb800 SpooJ||c|t. .utc .po.tu.o ncJos cr|v. 119. 120:
WB bracketing
|.c| t|no t|o s|utto. |s .o|o.soJ. t|o c.no.. c.o.tos nu|t|p|o |n.cos “b..ckot|rc” t|o
cu..ort .||to b.|.rco sott|rc Or|v cro s|ct |s .oou|.oJ tc ccnp|oto t|o b..ckot|rc so
ouorco \||to b.|.rco b..ckot|rc |s .occnnorJoJ .|or s|cct|rc urJo. n|xoJ ||c|t
|rc c. oxpo.|nort|rc .|t| J|ffo.ort .||to b.|.rco sott|rcs |ct .v.||.b|o .t . .||to
b.|.rco c| (Choose color temp.: c. .t |n.co ou.||t|os c| NEF (RAW), NEF+JPEG
Fine. NEF+JPEG Normal. c. NEF+JPEG Basic
|c. |r|c.n.t|cr cr .occ.J|rc p|ctcc..p|s .t sott|rcs c| AE & flash. AE only. .rJ Flash
only. soo “b..ckot|rc” ( 56: ¯c t.ko p|ctcc..p|s us|rc .||to b.|.rco b..ckot|rc
1
||c|||c|t WB bracketing .rJ p.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc. .|c|t
2
|.oss t|o buttcr .rJ .ct.to t|o n.|r ccnn.rJ J|.| tc c|ccso t|o runbo. c| |n.cos
|r t|o b..ckot|rc soouorco
3
|.oss t|o buttcr .rJ .ct.to t|o subccnn.rJ J|.| tc c|ccso t|o .||to b.|.rco .J
|ustnort |.c| |rc.onort |s .cuc||v oou|v.|ort tc 10 n|.oJ
91 Menu Guide / Custom Settings
4
´cnpcso . p|ctcc..p|. |ccus. .rJ s|cct |.c| s|ct .||| bo p.c
cossoJ tc c.o.to t|o runbo. c| ccp|os spoc|fioJ |r t|o b..ckot|rc
p.cc..n. .rJ o.c| ccpv .||| |.vo . J|ffo.ort .||to b.|.rco VcJ|
fic.t|crs tc .||to b.|.rco ..o .JJoJ tc t|o .||to b.|.rco .J|ust
nort n.Jo .|t| .||to b.|.rco firotur|rc
|| t|o runbo. c| |n.cos |r t|o b..ckot|rc p.cc..n oxcooJs t|o runbo. c| oxpcsu.os
.on.|r|rc. ( : .||| bo J|sp|.voJ .rJ t|o runbo. c| oxpcsu.os .on.|r|rc .|||
b||rk S|cct|rc c.r boc|r || . ro. nonc.v c..J |s |rso.toJ
¯c c.rco| b..ckot|rc. p.oss t|o buttcr .rJ .ct.to t|o n.|r ccn
n.rJ J|.| urt|| t|o runbo. c| s|cts |r t|o b..ckot|rc soouorco |s .o.c
.rJ |s rc |crco. J|sp|.voJ |r t|o ccrt.c| p.ro| ¯|o p.cc..n
|.st |r offoct .||| bo .ostc.oJ t|o roxt t|no b..ckot|rc |s .ct|v.toJ
b..ckot|rc c.r .|sc bo c.rco||oJ bv po.|c.n|rc . t.cbuttcr .osot (
44:. .|t|cuc| |r t||s c.so t|o b..ckot|rc p.cc..n .||| rct bo .ostc.oJ
t|o roxt t|no b..ckot|rc |s .ct|v.toJ
White Balance Bracketing
So|oct|rc NEF (RAW). NEF+JPEG Fine. NEF+JPEG Normal. c. NEF+JPEG Basic |c. |n.co ou.||tv
( 34: c. (Choose color temp.: |c. .||to b.|.rco ( 58: c.rco|s .||to b.|.rco b..ckot|rc
Bracketing Programs
Soo t|o /pporJ|x |c. . ||st c| .||to b.|.rco b..ckot|rc p.cc..ns
14: Auto BKT Order (P, S, A, and M Modes Only)
´|ccso t|o c.Jo. |r .||c| b..ckot|rc |s po.|c.noJ
Option Description
Default order
(Jo|.u|t:
|rncJ|fioJ > roc.t|vo > pcs|t|vo ( 56:
Under > MTR > over |oc.t|vo > urncJ|fioJ > pcs|t|vo ( 56. 140:
15: Command Dials (P, S, A, and M Modes Only)
´|ccso t|o ccnn.rJ J|.|s usoJ tc sot s|utto. spooJ .rJ .po.tu.o
Option Description
Default (Jo|.u|t:
¯|o n.|r ccnn.rJ J|.| ccrt.c|s s|utto. spooJ. t|o sub
ccnn.rJ J|.| .po.tu.o
Reversed
¯|o n.|r ccnn.rJ J|.| ccrt.c|s .po.tu.o. t|o subccn
n.rJ J|.| s|utto. spooJ
92 Menu Guide / Custom Settings
16: FUNC Button (All Modes)
´|ccso t|o |urct|cr po.|c.noJ bv t|o |||´ buttcr
Option Description
ISO display
(Jo|.u|t:
¯|o ncJ|fioJ v.|uo |c. |SO sors|t|v|tv |s J|sp|.voJ .|||o t|o |||´ buttcr |s p.ossoJ
Framing grid
|.oss t|o |||´ buttcr .rJ .ct.to t|o n.|r ccnn.rJ J|.| tc tu.r t|o c.|J J|sp|.v |r
t|o v|o.firJo. cr .rJ cff ( 89:
AF-area mode
|.oss t|o |||´ buttcr .rJ .ct.to t|o n.|r ccnn.rJ J|.| tc so|oct /| ..o. ncJo
( 8:
Center AF area
|.oss t|o |||´ buttcr .rJ .ct.to t|o n.|r ccnn.rJ J|.| tc c|ccso bot.oor rc.
n.| .rJ .|Jo corto. /| ..o.s ( 8:
FV lock
|| t|o bu||t|r fl.s| c. .r cpt|cr.| Sb800. Sb600. c. Sb|200 fl.s| ur|t |s usoJ. fl.s|
v.|uo |ccks .|or t|o |||´ buttcr |s p.ossoJ ( 93: |.oss .c.|r tc c.rco| |\ |cck
Flash of bu||t|r fl.s| .rJ cpt|cr.| SpooJ||c|ts tu.r cff .|||o t|o |||´ buttcr |s p.ossoJ
Matrix metering
V.t.|x noto.|rc |s .ct|v.toJ .|||o t|o |||´ buttcr |s p.ossoJ (P. S. A. .rJ M ncJos
cr|v:
Center-weighted
´orto..o|c|toJ noto.|rc |s .ct|v.toJ .|||o t|o |||´ buttcr |s p.ossoJ (P. S. A. .rJ
M ncJos cr|v:
Spot metering
Spct noto.|rc |s .ct|v.toJ .|||o t|o |||´ buttcr |s p.ossoJ (P. S. A. .rJ M ncJos
cr|v:
FV Lock
¯||s |o.tu.o |s usoJ tc |cck fl.s| cutput. p.ovort|rc t|o fl.s| |ovo| |.cn c|.rc|rc bot.oor
s|cts c. .|||o .occnpcs|rc p|ctcc..p|s ||.s| cutput |s .J|ustoJ .utcn.t|c.||v |c. .rv
c|.rcos |r |SO sors|t|v|tv c. .po. tu.o
FV Lock
bct| t|o |||´ .rJ t|o AE-L/AF-L buttcr c.r bo usoJ |c. |\ |cck |\ |cck us|rc t|o |||´ buttcr |s Jo
sc.|boJ bo|c.. tc uso t|o AE-L/AF-L buttcr. c|ccso FV lock |c. ´ustcn Sott|rc 18 (AE-L/AF-L. 94:
1
So|oct FV lock |c. ´us tcn Sott|rc 16 (FUNC button:
2
|.|so t|o fl.s| |r . . . .rJ ncJos. t|o fl.s| .||| pcp up .u
tcn.t|c.||v .s .oou|.oJ .|or t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr |s p.ossoJ
|.||..v |r P. S. A. .rJ M ncJos. p.oss t|o buttcr tc ..|so t|o
fl.s|
93 Menu Guide / Custom Settings
3
|cs|t|cr t|o sub|oct |r t|o corto. c| t|o |..no .rJ p.oss t|o s|ut
to..o|o.so buttcr |.||..v tc |ccus ´|ock t|.t t|o fl.s|.o.Jv |r
J|c.tc. ( : |s J|sp|.voJ |r t|o v|o.firJo.
4
|.oss t|o |||´ buttcr ¯|o fl.s| .||| on|t . ncr|tc. p.ofl.s| tc
Joto.n|ro t|o .pp.cp.|.to fl.s| |ovo| ||.s| cutput .||| bo |cckoJ
.t t||s |ov o| .rJ . fl.s|v.|uo |cck |ccr .||| .ppo.. |r t|o v|o.
firJo.
5
|occnpcso t|o p|ctcc..p|
6
|.oss t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr t|o .ost c| t|o ..v Jc.r tc s|cct
|| Jos|.oJ. .JJ|t|cr.| p|c tu.os c.r bo t.kor .|t|cut .o|o.s|rc |\
|cck
7
|.oss t|o |||´ buttcr tc .o|o.so |\ |cck .rJ ccrfi.n t|.t t|o
|ccr |s rc |crco. J|sp|.voJ |r v|o.firJo.
17: Illumination (All Modes)
|| Off (t|o Jo|.u|t cpt|cr: |s so|octoJ. t|o ccrt.c| p.ro| b.ck||c|t (|´|
|||un|r.tc.: .||| tu.r cr cr|v .|or t|o pc.o. s.|tc| |s .ct.toJ tc ||
On |s so|octoJ. t|o b.ck||c|t .||| .on.|r cr .|||o t|o oxpcsu.o noto.s
..o .ct|vo (rcto t|.t t||s .||| |rc.o.so t|o J..|r cr t|o b.tto.v:
Using FV Lock with Optional Speedlights
|\ |cck |s .|sc .v.||.b|o .|t| Sb800. Sb600. .rJ Sb|200 SpooJ||c|ts (.v.||.b|o sop. ..to|v: Sot t|o
SpooJ||c|t tc ¯¯| ncJo (t|o Sb800 c.r .|sc bo usoJ |r // .rJ / ncJos. soo t|o SpooJ||c|t n.ru.|
|c. Jot.||s: \|||o |\ |cck |s |r offoct. fl.s| cutput .||| .utcn.t| c.||v bo .J|ustoJ |c. c|.rcos |r SpooJ
||c|t .ccn |o.J pcs|t|cr
\|or Commander mode |s so|octoJ |c. ´ustcn Sott|rc 22 (Built-in flash. 96:. |\ |cck c.r bo
usoJ .|t| .oncto Sb800. Sb600. c. Sb|200 fl.s| ur|ts || (.: .rv c| t|o bu||t|r fl.s|. fl.s| c.cup /. c.
fl.s| c.cup b |s |r ¯¯| ncJo. c. (b: . fl.s| c.cup |s ccn pcsoJ ort|.o|v c| Sb800 SpooJ||c|ts |r ¯¯| c.
// ncJo
Using FV Lock with the Built-in Flash
\|or t|o bu||t|r fl.s| |s usoJ .|cro. |\ |cck |s cr|v .v.||.b|o || TTL (t|o Jo|.u|t sott|rc: |s so|octoJ |c.
´ustcn Sott|rc 22 (Built-in flash. 95:
94 Menu Guide / Custom Settings
Option Description
AE/AF lock
(Jo|.u|t:
bct| |ccus .rJ oxpcsu.o |cck .|||o t|o AE-L/AF-L buttcr |s p.ossoJ
AE lock only |xpcsu.o |ccks .|||o t|o AE-L/AF-L buttcr |s p.ossoJ |ccus |s ur.ffoctoJ
AF lock |ccus |ccks .|||o t|o AE-L/AF-L buttcr |s p.ossoJ |xpcsu.o |s ur.ffoctoJ
AE lock hold
|xpcsu.o |ccks .|or t|o AE-L/AF-L buttcr |s p.ossoJ .rJ .on.|rs |cckoJ urt|| t|o
buttcr |s p.ossoJ .c.|r c. t|o oxpcsu.o noto.s tu.r cff
AF-ON
¯|o AE-L/AF-L buttcr |r|t|.tos .utc|ccus ¯|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr c.r rct bo usoJ
tc |ccus
FV lock
|| t|o bu||t|r fl.s| c. .r cpt|cr.| Sb800. Sb600. c. Sb|200 fl.s| ur|t |s usoJ. fl.s|
v.|uo |ccks .|or t|o AE-L/AF-L buttcr |s p.ossoJ ( 92: |.oss .c.|r tc c.rco| |\
|cck
Focus area
selection
|.oss t|o AE-L/AF-L buttcr .rJ .ct.to t|o subccnn.rJ J|.| tc so|oct t|o |ccus ..o.
( 30:
AE-L/AF-L/AF area
|.oss t|o AE-L/AF-L buttcr tc |cck |ccus .rJ oxpcsu.o. p.oss .rJ .ct.to t|o subccn
n.rJ J|.| tc so|oct t|o |ccus ..o.
AE-L/AF area
|.oss t|o AE-L/AF-L buttcr tc |cck oxpcsu.o. p.oss .rJ .ct.to t|o subccnn.rJ J|.|
tc so|oct t|o |ccus ..o.
AF-L/AF area
|.oss t|o AE-L/AF-L buttcr tc |cck |ccus. p.oss .rJ .ct.to t|o subccnn.rJ J|.| tc
so|oct t|o |ccus ..o.
AF-ON/AF area
|.oss t|o AE-L/AF-L buttcr tc |r|t|.to .utc|ccus. p.oss .rJ .ct.to t|o subccnn.rJ
J|.| tc so|oct t|o |ccus ..o.
19: AE Lock (All Modes)
|| Off (t|o Jo|.u|t cpt|cr: |s so|octoJ. p.oss|rc t|o s|utto..o|o.so but
tcr |.||..v Jcos rct |cck oxpcsu.o || On |s so|octoJ. oxpcsu.o .||| |cck
.|or t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr |s p.ossoJ |.||..v
18: AE-L/AF-L (All Modes)
´|ccso t|o |urct|cr po.|c.noJ bv t|o AE-L/AF-L buttcr
20: Focus Area (All Modes)
/t t|o Jo|.u|t sott|rc c| No wrap. t|o |ccus..o. J|sp|.v |s bcurJoJ bv
t|o cuto. |ccus ..o.s sc t|.t. |c. ox.np|o. p.oss|rc t|o nu|t| so|octc.
up .|or t|o |ccus ..o. |s so|octoJ |.s rc offoct So|oct Wrap tc .||c.
|ccus..o. so|oct|cr tc “...p ..curJ” |.cn tcp tc bcttcn. bcttcn tc
tcp. .|c|t tc |o|t. .rJ |o|t tc .|c|t
95 Menu Guide / Custom Settings
Repeating fash ¯|o fl.s| fi.os .opo.toJ|v .|||o t|o s|utto. |s cpor. p.c
Juc|rc . st.cbo||c|t offoct So|oct|rc t||s cpt|cr J|sp|.vs t|o noru
s|c.r .t .|c|t |.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc. |o|t c. .|c|t tc ||c|||c|t t|o
|c||c.|rc cpt|crs. up c. Jc.r tc c|.rco
Option Description
Output ´|ccso fl.s| cutput (oxp.ossoJ .s . |..ct|cr c| |u|| pc.o.:
Times
´|ccso t|o runbo. c| t|nos t|o fl.s| fi.os .t t|o so|octoJ cutput
¯|o cpt|crs .v.||.b|o JoporJ cr t|o cpt|cr so|octoJ |c. Output
Freq. ¯|o runbo. c| t|nos t|o fl.s| fi.os po. soccrJ
21: AF Area Illumination (All Modes)
/t t|o Jo|.u|t sott|rc c| Auto. t|o .ct|vo |ccus ..o. |s ||c|||c|toJ |r
t|o v|o.firJo. .s rooJ tc ost.b||s| ccrt..st .|t| t|o b.ckc.curJ ||
Off |s so|octoJ. t|o |ccus ..o. |s rct ||c|||c|toJ || On |s so|octoJ. t|o
|ccus ..o. .||| .|..vs bo ||c|||c|toJ. .|t|cuc| |t n.v bo J|ffi cu|t tc soo
.c.|rst t|o b.ckc.curJ
22: Built-in Flash (P, S, A, and M Modes Only)
´|ccso . fl.s| ccrt.c| ncJo |c. t|o bu||t|r fl.s|
TTL (Jo|.u|t: ||.s| cutput |s .J|ustoJ .utcn.t|c.||v |r .ospcrso tc
s|cct|rc ccrJ|t|crs
“Times”
¯|o runbo. c| t|nos t|o fl.s| c.r fi.o |r succoss|cr |s Joto.n|roJ bv fl.s| cutput |cto t|.t JoporJ
|rc cr s|utto. spooJ .rJ t|o cpt|cr so|octoJ |c. Freq.. t|o .ctu.| runbo. c| fl.s|os on|ttoJ n.v bo
|oss t|.r so|octoJ
Options available for “Times”
O
u
t
p
u
t
1/4 2
1/8 2–5
1/16 2–10
1/32 2–10. 15
1/64 2–10. 15. 20. 25
1/128 2–10. 15. 20. 25. 30. 35
Manual ¯|o fl.s| fi.os .t t|o |ovo| so|octoJ |r t|o noru s|c.r .t .|c|t
/t |u|| pc.o.. t|o bu||t|r fl.s| |.s . ´u|Jo |unbo. c| 13/42 (n/|t. |SO
100. 20 ˚´/68 ˚|: |c ncr|tc. p.ofl.s| |s on|ttoJ
96 Menu Guide / Custom Settings
Commander mode |so t|o bu||t|r fl.s| .s . n.sto. fl.s| ccrt.c|||rc cro
c. nc.o .oncto cpt|cr.| Sb800. Sb600. c. Sb|200 fl.s| ur|ts |r up tc
t.c c.cups (/ .rJ b: us|rc .Jv.rcoJ .|.o|oss ||c|t|rc So|oct|rc t||s
cpt|cr J|sp|.vs t|o noru s|c.r .t .|c|t |.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc. up c.
Jc.r tc ||c|||c|t t|o |c||c.|rc cpt|crs. up c. Jc.r tc c|.rco
• Built-in fash ´|ccso . fl.s| ccrt.c| ncJo |c. t|o bu||t |r fl.s|
TTL
|¯¯| ncJo ´|ccso . fl.s| ccnpors.t|cr (Comp.: v.|uo bot.oor |30 .rJ –30 |\ |r stops c|
'/· |\ /t sott|rcs ct|o. t|.r ±0. .||| bo J|sp|.voJ |r t|o ccrt.c| p.ro| .rJ v|o.firJo.
M
´|ccso |.cn cutput |ovo|s bot.oor 1/1 (|u|| pc.o.: .rJ 1/128 ('/·.s c| |u|| pc.o.: fl.s|os
|r t|o ccrt.c| p.ro| .rJ v|o.firJo.
- -
bu||t|r fl.s| Jcos rct fi.o. but /|.ss|st |||un|r.tc. ||c|ts Jcos rct .ppo.. |r ccrt.c| p.ro|
fl.s| ncJo J|sp|.v |cto t|.t t|o bu||t|r fl.s| nust bo ..|soJ tc on|t ncr|tc. p.ofl.s|os
• Group A/Group B ´|ccso . fl.s| ccrt.c| ncJo |c. .|| fl.s| ur|ts |r ´.cup / c. b
TTL |¯¯| ncJo ´|ccso . Comp. v.|uo bot.oor |30 .rJ –30 |\ |r stops c| '/· |\
AA
/utc .po.tu.o ´|ccso . fl.s| ccnpors.t|cr (Comp.: v.|uo bot.oor |30 .rJ –30 |\ |r stops
c| '/· |\ Sb600 .rJ Sb|200 fl.s| ur|ts .||| rct fi.o .|or t||s cpt|cr |s so|octoJ
M ´|ccso |.cn cutput |ovo|s bot.oor 1/1 (|u|| pc.o.: .rJ 1/128 ('/·.s c| |u|| pc.o.:
- - ¯|o fl.s| ur|ts |r t|o so|octoJ c.cup Jc rct fi.o
• Channel ´|ccso |.cn c|.rro|s 1–4 /|| fl.s| ur|ts |r bct| c.cups nust bo sot tc t|o s.no
c|.rro|
¯c t.ko p|ctcc..p|s |r ccnn.rJo. ncJo
1
´|ccso t|o fl.s| ccrt.c| ncJo .rJ cutput |ovo| |c. t|o bu||t|r
fl.s| |cto t|.t cutput |ovo| c.r rct bo .J|ustoJ .|or - - |s so
|octoJ |c. fl.s| ccrt.c| ncJo
2
´|ccso t|o fl.s| ccrt.c| ncJo .rJ cutput |ovo| |c. t|o fl.s| ur|ts
|r c.cup /
3
´|ccso t|o fl.s| ccrt.c| ncJo .rJ cutput |ovo| |c. t|o fl.s| ur|ts
|r c.cup b
4
So|oct t|o c|.rro|
97 Menu Guide / Custom Settings
5
|.oss OK
6
´cnpcso t|o s|ct .rJ ....rco t|o fl.s| ur|ts .s s|c.r bo|c. |cto t|.t t|o n.x|
nun J|st.rco .t .||c| t|o .oncto fl.s| ur|ts c.r bo p|.coJ n.v v..v .|t| s|cct|rc
ccrJ|t|crs
´.no..
(bu||t|r fl.s|:
30 c. |oss
30 c. |oss
60–30
60–30
10 n/33 |t c. |oss
5 n/16 |t c. |oss
5 n/16 |t c. |oss
Wireless remote sensors
on flash units should
face camera.
7
¯u.r .|| t|o .oncto fl.s| ur|ts cr .rJ sot t|on tc t|o c|.rro| so|octoJ |r Stop 4 Soo
t|o SpooJ||c|t |rst.uct|cr n.ru.|s |c. Jot.||s
8
|.oss t|o buttcr tc ..|so t|o bu||t|r fl.s| |cto t|.t ovor ||
- - |s so|octoJ |c. Built-in flash > Mode. t|o bu||t|r fl.s| nust bo
..|soJ sc t|.t ncr|tc. p.ofl.s|os .||| bo on|ttoJ
9
|ccus .rJ s|cct .|to. ccrfi.n|rc t|.t t|o fl.s|.o.Jv ||c|ts cr t|o c.no.. .rJ .|| .o
ncto fl.s| ur|ts ..o ||t
Commander Mode
|cs|t|cr t|o sorsc. .|rJc.s cr t|o .oncto fl.s| ur|ts tc p|ck up t|o ncr|tc. p.ofl.s|os |.cn t|o bu||t
|r fl.s| (p..t|cu|.. c..o |s .oou|.oJ .|or rct us|rc . t.|pcJ: bo su.o t|.t J|.oct ||c|t c. st.crc .ofloc
t|crs |.cn t|o .oncto fl.s| ur|ts Jc rct orto. t|o c.no.. |ors (|r ¯¯| ncJo: c. t|o p|ctcco||s cr t|o
.oncto fl.s| ur|ts (// ncJo:. .s t||s n.v |rto.|o.o .|t| oxpcsu.o ¯c p.ovort t|n|rc fl.s|os on|ttoJ
bv t|o bu||t|r fl.s| |.cn .ppo..|rc |r p|ctcc..p|s t.kor .t s|c.t ..rco. c|ccso |c. |SO sors|t|v|t|os
.rJ sn.|| .po.tu.os (|..co |/runbo.s: c. uso .r cpt|cr.| S´3|| |r|...oJ p.ro| |c. t|o bu||t|r fl.s| /r
S´3|| |s .oou|.oJ |c. bost .osu|ts .|t| .o..cu.t.|r svrc. .||c| p.cJucos b.|c|to. t|n|rc fl.s|os /|to.
pcs|t|cr|rc t|o .oncto fl.s| ur|ts. t.ko . tost s|ct .rJ v|o. t|o .osu|ts |r t|o c.no.. ncr|tc.
/|t|cuc| t|o.o |s rc ||n|t cr t|o runbo. c| .oncto fl.s| ur|ts t|.t n.v bo usoJ. t|o p..ct|c.| n.x|
nun |s t|.oo \|t| nc.o t|.r t||s runbo.. t|o ||c|t on|ttoJ bv t|o .oncto fl.s| ur|ts .||| |rto.|o.o
.|t| po.|c.n.rco
||.s| ccnpors.t|cr ( 55: |s .JJoJ tc t|o fl.s| cutput |c. .|| fl.s| ur|ts. |rc|uJ|rc t|o bu||t|r fl.s|
98 Menu Guide / Custom Settings
23: Flash Warning (P, S, A, and M Modes Only)
|| On (t|o Jo|.u|t sott|rc: |s so|octoJ .rJ ||c|t|rc |s pcc.. t|o fl.s|
.o.Jv ||c|t ( : .||| fl|cko. |r t|o v|o.firJo. .|or t|o s|utto..o|o.so
buttcr |s p.ossoJ |.||..v tc ...r t|.t t|o bu||t|r fl.s| |s .oou|.oJ |c
...r|rc .||| bo J|sp|.voJ || Off |s so|octoJ
24: Flash Shutter Speed (P, S, A, and M Modes Only)
´|ccso t|o s|c.ost s|utto. spooJ .t .||c| t|o fl.s| .||| bo usoJ |r
ncJos P .rJ A (t|o Jo|.u|t sott|rc |s 1/60 s: |oc..J|oss c| t|o sott|rc
c|csor. t|o fl.s| .||| fi.o .t s|utto. spooJs .s s|c. .s 30 s .|or sot tc
s|c. svrc ( 41:
25: Auto FP (P, S, A, and M Modes Only)
So|oct On tc .ct|v.to /utc || ||c|SpooJ Svrc .|or us|rc t|o cp
t|cr.| Sb800. Sb600. c. Sb|200 fl.s| ur|ts .t s|utto. spooJs |.sto.
t|.r '/... s (boc.uso t|o .ctu.| s|utto. spooJ n.v bo s||c|t|v s|c.o.
t|.r J|sp|.voJ |r | .rJ / ncJos. /utc || n.v rct .|..vs bo .ct|v.toJ
.t . s|utto. spooJ c| '/... s: ´|ccso tc or.b|o fi|| fl.s| .|or t.k|rc
pc.t..|ts urJo. b.|c|t ||c|t c. .|or t.k|rc p|ctcc..p|s .t |..co .po.
tu.os /utc || ||c|SpooJ Svrc |s rct .v.||.b|o .|or us|rc t|o bu||t|r
fl.s| ¯|o Jo|.u|t sott|rc |s Off
26: Modeling Flash (P, S, A, and M Modes Only)
|| On |s so|octoJ. t|o bu||t|r fl.s| .rJ cpt|cr.| Sb800. Sb600. .rJ Sb
|200 fl.s| ur|ts .||| on|t . ncJo||rc fl.s| .|or t|o c.no.. Jopt|c|
fio|J p.ov|o. buttcr |s p.ossoJ ( 49: ¯|o Jo|.u|t sott|rc |s Off
27: Monitor-Off (All Modes)
´|ccso |c. |crc t|o ncr|tc. .on.|rs cr .|or rc cpo..t|crs ..o po.
|c.noJ (t|o Jo|.u|t sott|rc |s 20 s: ´|ccso . s|c.to. ncr|tc.cff Jo|.v
|c. |crco. b.tto.v |||o |oc..J|oss c| t|o sott|rc c|csor. t|o ncr|tc.
.on.|rs cr |c. |cu. soccrJs Ju.|rc |n.co .ov|o. ( 88: .rJ |c. tor
n|rutos .|or t|o c.no.. |s pc.o.oJ bv .r cpt|cr.| ||5 /´ .J.pto.
99 Menu Guide / Custom Settings
28: Auto Meter-Off (All Modes)
´|ccso |c. |crc t|o c.no.. ccrt|ruos tc noto. oxpcsu.o .|or rc
cpo..t|crs ..o po.|c.noJ (t|o Jo|.u|t sott|rc |s 6 s: ´|ccso . s|c.to.
noto.cff Jo|.v |c. |crco. b.tto.v |||o |oc..J|oss c| t|o sott|rc c|csor.
t|o oxpcsu.o noto.s .on.|r cr |c. tor n|rutos .|or t|o c.no.. |s
pc.o.oJ bv .r cpt|cr.| ||5 /´ .J.pto.
29: Self-Timer (All Modes)
´|ccso t|o |orct| c| t|o s|utto..o|o.so Jo|.v |r so||t|no. ncJo (
3: ¯|o Jo|.u|t sott|rc |s 10 s
30: Remote On Duration (All Modes)
´|ccso |c. |crc t|o c.no.. .||| ..|t |c. . s|cr.| |.cn t|o .oncto
bo|c.o c.rco|||rc Jo|.voJ c. ou|ck.ospcrso .oncto ncJos ( 38:
´|ccso s|c.to. t|nos |c. |crco. b.tto.v |||o ¯|o Jo|.u|t sott|rc |s cro
n|ruto
31: Exp. Delay Mode (All Modes)
So|oct On tc Jo|.v s|utto. .o|o.so urt|| .bcut 04 s .|to. t|o s|utto.
.o|o.so buttcr |s p.ossoJ. .oJuc|rc c.no.. s|.ko |r s|tu.t|crs |r .||c|
t|o |o.st c.no.. ncvonort ccu|J .osu|t |r b|u..oJ p|ctcc..p|s (|c.
ox.np|o. n|c.csccpo p|ctcc..p|v: ¯|o Jo|.u|t cpt|cr |s Off
100 Menu Guide / Custom Settings
Using AA Batteries
||||3o b.tto.|os ..o .occnnorJoJ |c. bost po.|c.n.rco |o.o. p|ctu.os c.r bo t.kor .|t| // b.t
to.|os t|.r .|t| ||||3o b.tto.|os ¯|o c.p.c|tv c| // b.tto.|os J.cps s|..p|v .t tonpo..tu.os bo|c.
20 ˚´ (68 ˚|: .rJ v..|os .|t| n.ko .rJ stc..co ccrJ|t|crs. |r scno c.sos. b.tto.|os n.v co.so tc |urc
t|cr bo|c.o t|o|. oxp|.v J.to Scno // b.tto.|os c.r rct bo usoJ. Juo tc t|o|. po.|c.n.rco c|...cto.|s
t|cs .rJ ||n|toJ c.p.c|tv. .|k.||ro .rJ r|cko|n.rc.roso b.tto.|os s|cu|J cr|v bo usoJ .|or rc ct|o.
.|to.r.t|vo |s .v.||.b|o ¯|o c.no.. s|c.s t|o |ovo| c| // b.tto.|os .s |c||c.s
Control panel Viewfnder Description
– b.tto.|os |u||v c|..coJ
|c. b.tto.v |o.Jv |.os| b.tto.|os
(b||rks: (b||rks:
S|utto. .o|o.so J|s.b|oJ |rso.t |.os| b.tto.|os
32: MB-D80 Batteries (All Modes)
¯c orsu.o t|.t t|o c.no.. |urct|crs .s oxpoctoJ .|or // b.tto.|os ..o
usoJ |r t|o cpt|cr.| Vb|80 b.tto.v p.ck. n.tc| t|o cpt|cr so|octoJ |r
t||s noru tc t|o tvpo c| b.tto.|os |rso.toJ |r t|o b.tto.v p.ck ¯|o.o |s
rc rooJ tc .J|ust t||s cpt|cr .|or us|rc ||||3o b.tto.|os
Option Description
LR6 (AA alkaline)
(Jo|.u|t:
So|oct .|or us|rc ||6 .|k.||ro // b.tto.|os
HR6 (AA Ni-MH) So|oct .|or us|rc ||6 ||V| // b.tto.|os
FR6 (AA lithium) So|oct .|or us|rc ||6 ||t||un // b.tto.|os
ZR6 (AA Ni-Mn) So|oct .|or us|rc ¯|6 r|cko|n.rc.roso // b.tto.|os
101 Menu Guide / Basic Camera Settings: The Setup Menu
Basic Camera Settings: The Setup Menu
¯|o sotup noru ccrt.|rs t|o cpt|crs ||stoJ bo|c. (cpt|crs J|sp|.voJ
n.v J|ffo. || My Menu |s so|octoJ |c. CSM/Setup menu: Soo “|s|rc
´.no.. Vorus” ( 9: |c. nc.o |r|c.n.t|cr cr us|rc t|o norus
¯|o |c||c.|rc cpt|crs ..o .v.||.b|o .|or
Simple (t|o Jo|.u|t cpt|cr: |s so|octoJ |c.
CSM/Setup menu
Option
CSM/Setup menu 101–102
Format memory card 102
World time 103
LCD brightness 103
Video mode 103
Language 103
USB 104
¯c J|sp|.v t|o |c||c.|rc cpt|crs. so|oct Full
|c. CSM/Setup menu
Option
Image comment 104
Folders 105
File no. sequence 106
Mirror lock-up
¯
106
Dust of ref photo 106–10
Battery info 10
Firmware version 108
Auto image rotation 108
¯ |ct .v.||.b|o .t b.tto.v |ovo|s c| c. bo|c.
c. .|or c.no.. |s pc.o.oJ bv cpt|cr.| Vb
|80 b.tto.v p.ck .|t| // b.tto.|os
CSM / Setup Menu
´|ccso t|o cpt|crs J|sp|.voJ |r t|o norus
Option Description
Simple
(Jo|.u|t:
||sp|.v cr|v b.s|c cpt|crs |r t|o ´ustcn Sott|rcs ( 86: .rJ
sotup norus (soo .bcvo: Ot|o. norus ||st .|| cpt|crs
Full ||sp|.v .|| cpt|crs |r .|| norus
My menu
||sp|.v cr|v so|octoJ cpt|crs |r t|o p|.vb.ck. s|cct|rc. ´ustcn
Sott|rcs. sotup. .rJ .otcuc| norus
¯c c|ccso noru |tons |c. J|sp|.v .|t| My menu
1
||c|||c|t My menu .rJ p.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc. .|c|t / ||st c|
noru r.nos .||| bo J|sp|.voJ
2
||c|||c|t . noru r.no .rJ p.oss OK ¯|o |tons |r t|o so|octoJ
noru .||| bo ||stoJ .s s|c.r .t .|c|t (t|o |||ust..t|cr s|c.s t|o
|tons ||stoJ .|or t|o p|.vb.ck noru |s so|octoJ: ¯|o CSM / Set-
up menu |ton |r t|o sotup noru c.r rct bo so|octoJ
Basic Camera Settings: The Setup Menu
102 Menu Guide / Basic Camera Settings: The Setup Menu
3
|.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc. up c. Jc.r tc ||c|||c|t |tons .rJ t|or
p.oss tc t|o .|c|t tc so|oct c. Joso|oct So|octoJ |tons ..o |rJ|
c.toJ bv . c|ock n..k
4
||c|||c|t Done .rJ p.oss OK tc .otu.r tc t|o ||st c| noru r.nos
s|c.r |r Stop 1 |opo.t stops 2–3 tc oJ|t .JJ|t|cr.| norus
5
||c|||c|t Done |r t|o ||st c| noru r.nos .rJ p.oss OK tc .otu.r
sotup noru
Format Memory Card
So|oct Yes tc |c.n.t t|o nonc.v c..J |cto t|.t t||s po.n.rort|v Jo
|otos .|| p|ctcc..p|s .rJ .rv ct|o. J.t. t|o c..J n.v ccrt.|r bo su.o
t|.t .rv v.|uoJ fi|os |.vo boor ccp|oJ tc . ccnputo. bo|c.o |c.n.t
t|rc
Formatting Memory Cards
|c rct tu.r t|o c.no.. cff c. .oncvo t|o nonc.v c..J .|||o |c.n.tt|rc |s |r
p.cc.oss
Two-Button Format
Vonc.v c..Js c.r .|sc bo |c.n.ttoJ .|t| t|o ( .rJ : buttcrs ( 44:
103 Menu Guide / Basic Camera Settings: The Setup Menu
Language
´|ccso t|o |.rcu.co |c. c.no.. norus .rJ noss.cos |.cn
World Time
Sot t|o c.no.. c|cck tc t|o cu..ort J.to .rJ t|no
Option Description
Time zone
´|ccso t|o t|no .cro ¯|o c.no.. c|cck .||| .utcn.t|c.||v bo
.osot tc t|o t|no |r t|o so|octoJ .cro
Date
Sot t|o c.no.. c|cck ( 14: |osot t|o c|cck .ocu|..|v |c. .c
cu..to t|no koop|rc
Date
format
´|ccso t|o c.Jo. |r .||c| t|o ncrt|. J.v. .rJ vo.. ..o J|s
p|.voJ
Daylight
saving time
¯u.r J.v||c|t s.v|rc t|no cr c. cff ¯|o c.no.. c|cck |s .utc
n.t|c.||v .Jv.rcoJ c. sot b.ck cro |cu.
LCD Brightness
/J|ust ncr|tc. b.|c|tross bot.oor –2 (J..kost: .rJ |2 (b.|c|tost:
De Deutsch ´o.n.r
En English |rc||s|
Es Español Sp.r|s|
Fi Suomi ||rr|s|
Fr Français |.orc|
It Italiano |t.||.r
Nl Nederlands |utc|
Pl Polski |c||s|
Pt Português |c.tucuoso
Ru Русский |uss|.r
Sv Svenska S.oJ|s|
¯..J|t|cr.| ´||roso
S|np||fioJ ´||roso
'.p.roso
|c.o.r
The Clock Battery
¯|o c.no.. c|cck |s pc.o.oJ bv .r |rJoporJort. .oc|..co.b|o pc.o. scu.co. .||c| |s c|..coJ .s
rocoss..v .|or t|o n.|r b.tto.v |s |rst.||oJ c. t|o c.no.. |s pc.o.oJ bv .r cpt|cr.| ||5 /´ .J.pto.
¯.c J.vs c| c|..c|rc .||| pc.o. t|o c|cck |c. .bcut cro ncrt| || fl.s|os |r t|o ccrt.c| p.ro|.
t|o c|cck b.tto.v |s ox|.ustoJ .rJ t|o c|cck |.s boor .osot tc . t|no st..t|rc .t 20060101000000
Sot t|o c|cck tc t|o cc..oct J.to .rJ t|no
Video Mode
´|ccso NTSC .|or ccrroct|rc t|o c.no.. tc .r |¯S´ to|ov|s|cr c.
\´| ´|ccso PAL .|or ccrroct|rc t|o c.no.. tc . |/| v|Joc Jov|co
104 Menu Guide / Basic Camera Settings: The Setup Menu
USB
´|ccso . |Sb cpt|cr |c. ccrroct|cr tc . ccnputo. c. ||ctb.|Jco p.|rt
o. ´|ccso PTP .|or ccrroct|rc tc . ||ctb.|Jco p.|rto. c. us|rc ´.n
o.. ´crt.c| |.c (.v.||.b|o sop...to|v: Soo “´crroct|rc tc . ´cnputo.”
|c. |r|c.n.t|cr cr so|oct|rc . |Sb cpt|cr |c. uso .|t| ||ctu.o|.c|oct
( 6:
Image Comment
/JJ . ccnnort tc p|ctcc..p|s .s t|ov ..o t.kor ´cnnorts c.r bo
v|o.oJ |r ´.ptu.o |` (.v.||.b|o sop...to|v. 123: c. ||ctu.o|.c|oct
• Done S.vo c|.rcos .rJ .otu.r tc t|o sotup noru
• Input comment ¯|o |c||c.|rc J|.|cc .||| bo J|sp|.voJ |rput . ccn
nort .s Josc.|boJ bo|c.
Image Comment
Keyboard area |so nu|t| so|octc. tc ||c|||c|t |otto.s. p.oss tc
so|oct
Name area ´cnnort .ppo..s |o.o ¯c ncvo cu.sc.. p.oss but
tcr .rJ uso nu|t| so|octc.
´cnnorts c.r bo up tc t||.tvs|x c|...cto.s |crc /rv .JJ|t|cr.| c|...cto.s .||| bo Jo
|otoJ ¯c Jo|oto t|o c|...cto. .t t|o cu..ort cu.sc. pcs|t|cr. p.oss |.oss OK tc s.vo
c|.rcos .rJ .otu.r tc t|o |n.co ccnnort noru. c. p.oss tc ox|t .|t|cut c|.rc|rc
t|o ccnnort
• Attach comment / ccnnort |s .JJoJ tc .|| p|ctcc..p|s t.kor .|||o t||s cpt|cr |s c|ockoJ
||c|||c|t t||s cpt|cr .rJ p.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc. tc t|o .|c|t tc tccc|o t|o c|ock n..k cr
c. cff
105 Menu Guide / Basic Camera Settings: The Setup Menu
Folders
´.o.to. .or.no. c. Jo|oto |c|Jo.s c. c|ccso t|o |c|Jo. |r .||c| ro.
p|ctcc..p|s .||| bo stc.oJ
• Select folder ´|ccso t|o |c|Jo. |r .||c| subsoouort p|ctcc..p|s .|||
bo stc.oJ
Folder Names
Or t|o nonc.v c..J. |c|Jo. r.nos ..o p.ocoJoJ bv . t|.ooJ|c|t |c|Jo. runbo. .ss|croJ .utcn.t|
c.||v bv t|o c.no.. (oc. 100|´|80: |.c| |c|Jo. c.r ccrt.|r up tc 999 p|ctcc..p|s |u.|rc s|cct
|rc. p|ctu.os ..o stc.oJ |r t|o ||c|ostrunbo.oJ |c|Jo. .|t| t|o so|octoJ r.no || . p|ctcc..p| |s
t.kor .|or t|o cu..ort |c|Jo. || |u|| c. ccrt.|rs . p|ctcc..p| runbo.oJ 9999. t|o c.no.. .||| c.o.to
. ro. |c|Jo. bv .JJ|rc cro tc t|o cu..ort |c|Jo. runbo. (oc. 101|´|80: ¯|o c.no.. t.o.ts |c|Jo.s
.|t| t|o s.no r.no but J|ffo.ort |c|Jo. runbo.s .s t|o s.no |c|Jo. |c. ox.np|o. || t|o |c|Jo. |||O|
|s so|octoJ |c. So|oct |c|Jo.. p|ctcc..p|s |r .|| |c|Jo.s r.noJ |||O| (100|||O|. 101|||O|. 102|||O|.
otc: .||| bo v|s|b|o .|or ´u..ort |s so|octoJ |c. ||.vb.ck |c|Jo. ( 5: |or.n|rc c|.rcos .|| |c|Jo.s
.|t| t|o s.no r.no but |o.vos t|o |c|Jo. runbo.s |rt.ct
• New ´.o.to . ro. |c|Jo. .rJ r.no |t .s Josc.|boJ |r “|.n|rc |c|Jo.s.” bo|c.
• Rename So|oct . |c|Jo. |.cn . ||st .rJ .or.no |t .s Josc.|boJ |r “|.n|rc |c|Jo.s.” bo|c.
• Delete |o|oto .|| onptv |c|Jo.s cr t|o nonc.v c..J
Naming Folders
Keyboard area |so nu|t| so|octc. tc ||c|||c|t |otto.s. p.oss tc
so|oct
Name area |c|Jo. r.no .ppo..s |o.o ¯c ncvo cu.sc.. p.oss
buttcr .rJ uso nu|t| so|octc.
|c|Jo. r.nos c.r bo up tc fivo c|...cto.s |crc /rv .JJ|t|cr.| c|...cto.s .||| bo Jo|otoJ
¯c Jo|oto t|o c|...cto. .t t|o cu..ort cu.sc. pcs|t|cr. p.oss |.oss OK tc s.vo c|.rcos
.rJ .otu.r tc t|o sotup noru. c. p.oss tc ox|t .|t|cut c.o.t|rc . ro. |c|Jo. c. c|.rc
|rc t|o |c|Jo. r.no
NCD80
(default folder)
Current folder
Other folders
(in alphabetical order)
106 Menu Guide / Basic Camera Settings: The Setup Menu
File No. Sequence
´|ccso |c. t|o c.no.. r.nos fi|os
• Of (Jo|.u|t: |||o runbo.|rc |s .osot tc 0001 .|or . ro. |c|Jo. |s c.o.t
oJ. t|o nonc.v c..J |s |c.n.ttoJ. c. . ro. nonc.v c..J |s |rso.toJ
• On |||o runbo.|rc ccrt|ruos |.cn t|o |.st runbo. usoJ .|to. . ro.
|c|Jo. |s c.o.toJ. t|o nonc.v c..J |s |c.n.ttoJ. c. . ro. nonc.v c..J
|s |rso.toJ || . p|ctcc..p| |s t.kor .|or t|o cu..ort |c|Jo. ccrt.|rs . p|ctcc..p| run
bo.oJ 9999. . ro. |c|Jo. .||| bo c.o.toJ .rJ fi|o runbo.|rc .||| boc|r .c.|r |.cn 0001
• Reset /s |c. On. oxcopt t|.t fi|o runbo.|rc |s .osot tc 0001 .|t| t|o roxt p|ctcc..p| t.kor
(|| t|o cu..ort |c|Jo. .|.o.Jv ccrt.|rs p|ctcc..p|s. . ro. |c|Jo. .||| bo c.o.toJ:
File Numbering
|| t|o cu..ort |c|Jo. |s runbo.oJ 999 .rJ ccrt.|rs 999 p|ctcc..p|s c. . p|ctcc..p| runbo.oJ 9999.
t|o s|utto. .o|o.so .||| bo J|s.b|oJ || File no. sequence |s cr. tu.r |t cff .rJ |c.n.t t|o nonc.v c..J
c. |rso.t .rct|o. nonc.v c..J |r t|o c.no..
Mirror Lock-Up
|cck t|o n|..c. |r t|o up pcs|t|cr .|or |rspoct|rc c. c|o.r|rc t|o |c.
p.ss fi|to. t|.t p.ctocts t|o c.no.. |n.co sorsc. ( 125:
Dust Off Ref Photo
/cou|.o .o|o.orco J.t. |c. t|o |n.co |ust Off cpt|cr |r ´.ptu.o |`
(.v.||.b|o sop...to|v. |c. nc.o |r|c.n.t|cr. soo t|o ´.ptu.o |` n.r
u.|:
1
||c|||c|t On .rJ p.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc. .|c|t ¯|o noss.co
s|c.r .t .|c|t .||| bo J|sp|.voJ. .rJ “.||” .||| bo J|sp|.voJ |r t|o
ccrt.c| p.ro| .rJ v|o.firJo.
107 Menu Guide / Basic Camera Settings: The Setup Menu
2
\|t| t|o |ors tor cort|noto.s (|cu. |rc|os: |.cn . .o||||t. |o.tu.o|oss .||to cb|oct.
|..no t|o cb|oct sc t|.t |t fi||s t|o v|o.firJo. .rJ t|or p.oss t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr
|.||..v |r .utc|ccus ncJo. |ccus .||| .utcn.t|c.||v bo sot tc |rfir|tv. |r n.ru.| |ccus
ncJo. sot |ccus tc |rfir|tv n.ru.||v
3
|.oss t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr t|o .ost c| t|o ..v Jc.r tc .cou|.o |n.co |ust Off
.o|o.orco J.t. ¯|o ncr|tc. tu.rs cff .|or t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr |s p.ossoJ
|| t|o .o|o.orco cb|oct |s tcc b.|c|t c. tcc J..k. t|o c.no.. n.v bo
ur.b|o tc .cou|.o |n.co |ust Off .o|o.orco J.t. .rJ t|o noss.co
s|c.r .t .|c|t .||| bo J|sp|.voJ ´|ccso .rct|o. .o|o.orco cb|oct
.rJ .opo.t t|o p.ccoss |.cn Stop 1
Image Dust Off
|ust cff .o| p|ctc |s .v.||.b|o .|t| ´|| |orsos cr|v / |ors .|t| . |cc.| |orct| c| .t |o.st 50 nn |s
.occnnorJoJ || us|rc . .ccn |ors. .ccn .|| t|o ..v |r
¯|o s.no .o|o.orco |n.co c.r bo usoJ |c. p|ctcc..p|s t.kor .|t| J|ffo.ort
|orsos c. .t J|ffo.ort .po.tu.os |o|o.orco |n.cos c.r rct bo v|o.oJ us|rc
ccnputo. |n.c|rc sc|t...o / c.|J p.tto.r |s J|sp|.voJ .|or .o|o.orco |n
.cos ..o v|o.oJ cr t|o c.no..
Battery Info
\|o. |r|c.n.t|cr cr t|o ||||3o .oc|..co.b|o |||cr b.tto.v cu..ort|v
|rso.toJ |r t|o c.no.. (|| t|o c.no.. |s pc.o.oJ bv .r cpt|cr.| Vb
|80 b.tto.v p.ck ccrt.|r|rc ||||3o b.tto.|os. |r|c.n.t|cr |c. o.c|
b.tto.v .||| bo ||stoJ sop...to|v b.tto.v |r|c c.r rct bo J|sp|.voJ .|or
Vb|80 |s usoJ .|t| // b.tto.|os:
Option Description
Bat. meter ¯|o cu..ort b.tto.v |ovo| .s . po.cort.co c| |u|| c|..co
Pic. meter
¯|o runbo. c| t|nos t|o s|utto. |.s boor .o|o.soJ s|rco t|o b.tto.v ..s |.st c|..coJ
|cto t|.t t|o c.no.. n.v scnot|nos .o|o.so t|o s|utto. .|t|cut .occ.J|rc . p|ctc
c..p| (oc. .|or no.su.|rc . v.|uo |c. p.osot .||to b.|.rco:
Charge life
/ fivo|ovo| J|sp|.v s|c.|rc b.tto.v .co. |.cn 0 (ro.: tc 4 (J|sp|.voJ .|or t|o b.tto.v
|.s .o.c|oJ t|o orJ c| |ts c|..c|rc |||o .rJ .oou|.os .op|.conort: |cto t|.t c|..c|rc
|||o n.v bo tonpc...||v .oJucoJ || t|o b.tto.v |.s boor c|..coJ .t |c. tonpo..tu.os.
t|o J|sp|.v .||| .otu.r tc rc.n.| || t|o b.tto.v |s c|..coJ .c.|r .t .ccn tonpo..tu.o
108 Menu Guide / Basic Camera Settings: The Setup Menu
Firmware Version
\|o. t|o cu..ort c.no.. fi.n...o vo.s|cr
Landscape (wide)
orientation
Camera rotated 90 °
clockwise
Camera rotated 90 °
counter-clockwise
Auto Image Rotation
||ctcc..p|s t.kor .|||o On (t|o Jo|.u|t cpt|cr: |s so|octoJ ccrt.|r
|r|c.n.t|cr cr c.no.. c.|ort.t|cr. .||c.|rc t|on tc bo .ct.toJ .utc
n.t|c.||v Ju.|rc p|.vb.ck ( 61: c. .|or v|o.oJ |r ´.ptu.o |` (.v.||
.b|o sop...to|v. 123: c. ||ctu.o|.c|oct
¯
¯|o |c||c.|rc c.|ort.t|crs
..o .occ.JoJ
¯ |r ccrt|rucus ncJo ( 36:. c.|ort.t|cr .occ.JoJ |c. fi.st s|ct .pp||os tc .|| |n.cos |r s.no bu.st.
ovor || c.no.. c.|ort.t|cr |s c|.rcoJ Ju.|rc s|cct|rc
´.no.. c.|ort.t|cr |s rct .occ.JoJ .|or Off |s so|octoJ ´|ccso t||s cpt|cr .|or t.k|rc
p|ctcc..p|s .|t| t|o |ors pc|rt|rc up c. Jc.r
109 Menu Guide / Creating Retouched Copies: The Retouch Menu
Creating Retouched Copies: The Retouch Menu
¯|o cpt|crs |r t|o .otcuc| noru ..o usoJ tc c.o.to t.|nnoJ. .os|.oJ. c.
.otcuc|oJ ccp|os c| t|o p|ctcc..p|s cr t|o nonc.v c..J ¯|o |c||c.
|rc cpt|crs ..o .v.||.b|o (cpt|crs J|sp|.voJ n.v J|ffo. || My menu |s
so|octoJ |c. t|o CSM/Setup cpt|cr |r t|o sotup noru. 101: Soo “|s
|rc ´.no.. Vorus” ( 9: |c. nc.o |r|c.n.t|cr cr us|rc t|o norus
Option Description
D-lighting
¯
b.|c|tor J..k c. b.ck||t sub|octs 110
Red-eye correction
¯
´c..oct “.oJovo” c.usoJ bv t|o fl.s| 111
Trim ´.o.to c.cppoJ ccp|os c| ox|st|rc p|ctcc..p|s 111
Monochrome
¯
´cpv p|ctu.os |r b|.ck.rJ.||to. sop|.. c. cv.rctvpo 112
Filter efects
¯
´.o.to ccp|os .|t| cc|c. fi|to. offocts 112
Small picture ´.o.to sn.|| ccp|os c| ox|st|rc p|ctcc..p|s 112–113
Image overlay ´cnb|ro t.c |/\ p|ctcc..p|s |rtc . s|rc|o |n.co 114–115
¯ |ct .v.||.b|o .|t| p|ctcc..p|s t.kor .|t| Black-and-white so|octoJ |c. Optimize image
|xcopt |r t|o c.so c| Image overlay. t|o p|ctcc..p|s tc bo ccp|oJ c.r bo so|octoJ |r |u||
|..no p|.vb.ck c. |.cn t|o .otcuc| noru ¯c ccpv p|ctcs Ju.|rc |u|||..no p|.vb.ck
1
Display photo in full-frame playback ( 61).
2
Display retouch menu.
3
Highlight menu item.
*
4
Display retouch options.

¯ Image overlay |s rct .v.||.b|o Ju.|rc |u|||..no p|.vb.ck
† || subnoru |s J|sp|.voJ. .opo.t Stops 2–3 tc so|oct cpt|crs |.cn subnoru ¯c ox|t tc |u|||..no
p|.vb.ck .|t|cut c.o.t|rc ncJ|fioJ ccpv. p.oss buttcr
Retouching Copies
\|t| t|o oxcopt|cr c| |n.cos c.o.toJ us|rc Small picture. t|o cpt|crs |r t|o .otcuc| noru c.r bo
.pp||oJ tc ox|st|rc ccp|os. .|t|cuc| t||s n.v .osu|t |r |css c| ou.||tv |.c| .otcuc| cpt|cr c.r |c.ovo.
cr|v bo .pp||oJ crco
Image Quality
Small picture c.o.tos '||´ ||ro ccp|os (1 4 ccnp.oss|cr ..t|c: Image overlay c.o.tos ccp|os .t t|o
cu..ort |n.co ou.||tv sott|rc Ot|o. cpt|crs ccpv |/\ p|ctcs .s '||´ ||ro ou.||tv |n.cos. s.vo .|o.o
ct|o..|so rctoJ. ccp|os c.o.toJ |.cn |/\ p|ctcs ..o 3.82 × 2.592 p|xo|s |r s|.o
Creating Retouched Copies: The Retouch Menu
110 Menu Guide / Creating Retouched Copies: The Retouch Menu
¯c ccpv p|ctcs |.cn t|o .otcuc| noru
1
Highlight menu item.
2
Display selection screen.
3
Highlight photo.
*
4
Display retouch options.

¯ ||ctcs c.r .|sc bo ||c|||c|toJ us|rc ccnn.rJ J|.|s n.|r ccnn.rJ J|.| ncvos cu.sc. |c.|.crt.||v.
subccnn.rJ J|.| ncvos cu.sc. vo.t|c.||v ¯c v|o. so|octoJ p|ctu.o |u|| |..no. p.oss .rJ |c|J
buttcr
† ¯c ox|t tc p|.vb.ck ncJo .|t|cut c.o.t|rc ncJ|fioJ ccpv. p.oss buttcr
D-Lighting
|||c|t|rc b.|c|tors s|.Jc.s. n.k|rc |t |Jo.| |c. J..k c. b.ck||t p|ctcc..p|s
After Before
|.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc. up c. Jc.r tc c|ccso t|o .ncurt c| cc..oct|cr
po.|c.noJ ¯|o offoct c.r bo p.ov|o.oJ |r t|o oJ|t J|sp|.v |.oss OK
tc ccpv t|o p|ctcc..p| .rJ .otu.r tc t|o .otcuc| noru c. |u|||..no
p|.vb.ck
111 Menu Guide / Creating Retouched Copies: The Retouch Menu
Red-Eye Correction
So|oct|rc t||s cpt|cr J|sp|.vs . p.ov|o. |n.co .s s|c.r bo|c. ´crfi.n t|o offocts c| .oJ
ovo cc..oct|cr .rJ c.o.to . cc..octoJ ccpv .s Josc.|boJ |r t|o |c||c.|rc t.b|o |cto t|.t
.oJovo cc..oct|cr n.v rct .|..vs p.cJuco t|o oxpoctoJ .osu|ts .rJ n.v |r vo.v ...o c|.
cunst.rcos bo .pp||oJ tc pc.t|crs c| t|o |n.co t|.t ..o rct .ffoctoJ bv .oJ ovo. c|ock t|o
p.ov|o. t|c.cuc||v bo|c.o p.ccooJ|rc |oJovo cc..oct|cr |s .v.||.b|o cr|v .|t| p|ctc
c..p|s t.kor us|rc t|o fl.s|
To Use Description
¯ccn |r .rJ cut
\|o. ct|o. ..o.s
c| |n.co
/
|.oss tc .ccn |r. tc .ccn cut \|||o
p|ctc |s .ccnoJ |r. p.oss nu|t| so|octc. up.
Jc.r. |o|t. c. .|c|t tc v|o. ..o.s c| |n.co
rct v|s|b|o |r ncr|tc. |oop nu|t| so|octc.
p.ossoJ tc sc.c|| ..p|J|v tc ct|o. ..o.s c|
|..no |.v|c.t|cr .|rJc. |s J|sp|.voJ .|||o
/ buttcr c. nu|t| so|octc. |s p.ossoJ. ..o. cu..ort|v v|s|b|o |r
ncr|tc. |s |rJ|c.toJ bv vo||c. bc.Jo.
´.o.to ccpv
|| t|o c.no.. Jotocts .oJ ovo |r t|o so|octoJ p|ctcc..p|. . ccpv .|||
bo c.o.toJ t|.t |.s boor p.ccossoJ tc .oJuco |ts offocts |c ccpv
.||| bo c.o.toJ || t|o c.no.. |s ur.b|o tc Jotoct .oJ ovo
Trim
´|ccs|rc t||s cpt|cr J|sp|.vs t|o so|octoJ |n.co |u|| |..no .s s|c.r bo|c. ¯c c.o.to .
c.cppoJ ccpv c| t|o so|octoJ |n.co
To Use Description
¯ccn |r .rJ cut
\|o. ct|o. ..o.s
c| |n.co
/
|.oss tc .ccn |r. tc .ccn cut \|||o
p|ctc |s .ccnoJ |r. p.oss nu|t| so|octc. up.
Jc.r. |o|t. c. .|c|t tc v|o. ..o.s c| |n.co rct
v|s|b|o |r ncr|tc.
´.o.to ccpv
S.vo t|o ..o. cu..ort|v v|s|b|o |r t|o ncr|tc. .s . sop...to fi|o .rJ
.otu.r tc t|o .otcuc| noru c. |u|||..no p|.vb.ck
Trim: Image Quality and Size
´cp|os c.o.toJ |.cn ||| (|/\: c. ||| (|/\:|'||´ p|ctcs (NEF (RAW). NEF (RAW) + JPEG Fine.
NEF (RAW) + JPEG Normal. .rJ NEF (RAW) + JPEG Basic: |.vo .r |n.co ou.||tv c| '||´ ||ro.
c.cppoJ ccp|os c.o.toJ |.cn '||´ p|ctcs (JPEG Fine. JPEG Normal. .rJ JPEG Basic: |.vo t|o
s.no |n.co ou.||tv .s t|o c.|c|r.| |oporJ|rc cr t|o s|.o c| t|o c.cp. t|o ccpv n.v bo 2.560 × 1.920.
1.920 × 1.440. 1.280 × 960. 960 × 20. c. 640 × 480 p|xo|s |r s|.o
112 Menu Guide / Creating Retouched Copies: The Retouch Menu
So|oct|rc Sepia c. Cyanotype J|sp|.vs . p.ov|o. c| t|o so|octoJ |n
.co. p.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc. up tc |rc.o.so cc|c. s.tu..t|cr. Jc.r tc
Joc.o.so |.oss OK tc c.o.to . ncrcc|.cno ccpv .rJ .otu.r tc t|o
.otcuc| noru c. |u|||..no p|.vb.ck
Filter Effects
´|ccso |.cn t|o |c||c.|rc cpt|crs /|to. .J|ust|rc fi|to. offocts .s Jo
sc.|boJ bo|c.. p.oss OK tc ccpv t|o p|ctcc..p| .rJ .otu.r tc t|o .o
tcuc| noru c. |u|||..no p|.vb.ck
Option Description
Sky light
´.o.tos t|o offoct c| . skv ||c|t fi|to.. n.k|rc t|o p|ctu.o |oss
b|uo ¯|o offoct c.r bo p.ov|o.oJ |r t|o ncr|tc. .s s|c.r .t
.|c|t
Warm flter
´.o.tos . ccpv .|t| ...n tcro fi|to. offocts. c|v|rc t|o ccpv
“...n” .oJ c.st ¯|o offoct c.r bo p.ov|o.oJ |r t|o ncr|tc.
Color
balance
|.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc. up tc |rc.o.so t|o .ncurt c| c.oor.
.|c|t tc |rc.o.so t|o .ncurt c| .oJ. |o|t tc |rc.o.so t|o .ncurt
c| b|uo. c. Jc.r tc |rc.o.so t|o .ncurt c| n.cort. ¯|o offoct
|s J|sp|.voJ |r t|o ncr|tc. tccot|o. .|t| .oJ. c.oor. .rJ b|uo
||stcc..ns c|v|rc t|o J|st.|but|cr c| tcros |r t|o ccpv ( 63:
Small Picture
´.o.to . sn.|| ccpv c| t|o so|octoJ p|ctu.o ¯|o |c||c.|rc s|.os ..o .v.||.b|o
Option Description
640 × 480 Su|toJ tc to|ov|s|cr p|.vb.ck
320 × 240 Su|toJ tc J|sp|.v cr \ob p.cos
160 × 120 Su|t.b|o |c. on.||
¯|o sn.|| p|ctu.o cpt|cr c.r bo usoJ Ju.|rc |u|||..no p|.vb.ck .s Josc.|boJ cr p.co 109
¯|o p.ccoJu.o |c. so|oct|rc p|ctu.os .|to. c|ccs|rc Small picture |.cn t|o .otcuc| noru.
|c.ovo.. J|ffo.s |.cn t|.t Josc.|boJ .t t|o boc|rr|rc c| t||s soct|cr |rsto.J c| so|oct|rc .
s|rc|o p|ctcc..p| .rJ t|or c|ccs|rc . p|ctu.o s|.o. t|o uso. so|octs . p|ctu.o s|.o fi.st .rJ
t|or so|octs cro c. nc.o p|ctcc..p|s tc ccpv .t t|o so|octoJ s|.o .s Josc.|boJ cr t|o |c|
|c.|rc p.co
Monochrome
´|ccso |.cn Black-and-white. Sepia. .rJ Cyanotype (b|uo .rJ
.||to ncrcc|.cno:
113 Menu Guide / Creating Retouched Copies: The Retouch Menu
So|oct|rc Small picture |.cn t|o .otcuc| noru J|sp|.vs t|o noru s|c.r |r Stop 1 |c||c.
t|o stops bo|c. tc c.o.to sn.|| ccp|os c| nu|t|p|o p|ctu.os
1
Highlight Choose size.
2
Display options.
3
Highlight desired picture size.
4
Make selection and return to previous menu.
5
Highlight Select picture.
6
Display selection screen.
7
Select pictures ( 74). Selected pictures are
marked with icon.
8
Confirmation dialog displayed.
9
Highlight Yes.
*
10
Copy photos and return to retouch menu.
¯ ¯c .otu.r tc Stop .|t|cut c.o.t|rc ccp|os. ||c|||c|t No .rJ p.oss OK |.oss MENU tc ox|t tc .otcuc|
noru .|t|cut c.o.t|rc ccp|os
Viewing Small Pictures
Sn.|| p|ctu.os ..o |rJ|c.toJ bv . c..v bc.Jo. Ju.|rc |u|||..no p|.vb.ck ||.vb.ck .ccn |s rct .v.||
.b|o .|or sn.|| p|ctu.os ..o J|sp|.voJ
114 Menu Guide / Creating Retouched Copies: The Retouch Menu
Image Overlay
|n.co cvo.|.v ccnb|ros t.c ox|st|rc |/\ p|ctcc..p|s tc c.o.to . s|rc|o p|ctu.o t|.t |s
s.voJ sop...to|v |.cn t|o c.|c|r.|s ¯|o ro. p|ctu.o |s s.voJ .t cu..ort |n.co ou.||tv .rJ
s|.o sott|rcs. bo|c.o c.o.t|rc .r cvo.|.v. sot |n.co ou.||tv .rJ s|.o ( 33. .|| cpt|crs ..o .v.||
.b|o: ¯c c.o.to . |/\ |n.co. c|ccso .r |n.co ou.||tv c| NEF (RAW)
1
||c|||c|t Image overlay |r t|o .otcuc| noru .rJ p.oss t|o nu|t|
so|octc. .|c|t ¯|o p.ov|o. J|.|cc s|c.r .t .|c|t .||| bo J|sp|.voJ
.|t| Image 1 ||c|||c|toJ
2
|.oss OK / p|ctu.o so|oct|cr J|.|cc .||| bo J|sp|.voJ
3
|.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc. |o|t c. .|c|t tc ||c|||c|t t|o fi.st p|ctc
c..p| |r t|o cvo.|.v ¯c v|o. t|o ||c|||c|toJ p|ctcc..p| |u||
|..no. p.oss .rJ |c|J t|o buttcr
4
|.oss OK tc so|oct t|o ||c|||c|toJ |n.co .rJ .otu.r tc t|o p.ov|o.
J|sp|.v ¯|o so|octoJ |n.co .||| .ppo.. .s Image 1
5
Opt|n|.o oxpcsu.o |c. t|o cvo.|.v bv p.oss|rc t|o nu|t| so|octc.
up c. Jc.r tc so|oct t|o c.|r |c. |n.co 1 |.cn bot.oor 01 .rJ
20 ¯|o Jo|.u|t v.|uo |s 10. so|oct|rc 05 cuts c.|r |r |.||. .|||o
so|oct|rc 20 Jcub|os c.|r ¯|o offocts c| c.|r ..o v|s|b|o |r t|o
Preview cc|unr
6
|.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc. |o|t c. .|c|t tc ||c|||c|t Image 2 |opo.t
Stops 2–5 tc so|oct t|o soccrJ p|ctc .rJ .J|ust c.|r
115 Menu Guide / Creating Retouched Copies: The Retouch Menu
7
|.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc. |o|t c. .|c|t tc ||c|||c|t t|o Preview cc|
unr |.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc. up c. Jc.r tc ||c|||c|t cro c| t|o
|c||c.|rc cpt|crs .rJ p.oss OK
• Overlay |.ov|o. t|o cvo.|.v .s s|c.r .t .|c|t |.oss OK tc s.vo
t|o ro. |n.co ¯c .otu.r tc Stop 6 .rJ so|oct ro. p|ctcs c.
.J|ust c.|r. p.oss
• Save S.vo t|o cvo.|.v .|t|cut v|o.|rc . p.ov|o.
/|to. .r cvo.|.v |s c.o.toJ. t|o c.no.. .||| orto. |u|||..no p|.vb.ck (
61: .|t| t|o ro. p|ctu.o J|sp|.voJ |r t|o ncr|tc.
Image Overlay
Or|v |/\ p|ctcc..p|s c.o.toJ .|t| t|o |80 c.r bo so|octoJ |c. |n.co cvo.|.v Ot|o. |n.cos ..o rct
J|sp|.voJ cr t|o so|oct|cr sc.oor ||JJor |n.cos ..o .|sc rct J|sp|.voJ cr t|o so|oct|cr sc.oor .rJ
c.r rct bo so|octoJ
¯|o cvo.|.v |.s t|o s.no p|ctc |r|c (|rc|uJ|rc J.to c| .occ.J|rc. noto.|rc. s|utto. spooJ. .po.tu.o.
oxpcsu.o ncJo. oxpcsu.o ccnpors.t|cr. |cc.| |orct|. .rJ |n.co c.|ort.t|cr: .rJ v.|uos |c. .||to
b.|.rco .rJ cpt|n|.o |n.co .s t|o p|ctcc..p| so|octoJ |c. Image 1
+
116 Technical Notes / Optional Accessories
Optional Accessories
Lenses
Flash units
(Speedlights)
Viewfinder
accessories
Filters
Batteries
Battery packs
Software
AC adapters
ML-L3 remote control
10-pin remote terminal
accessories
Technical Notes
Oro .Jv.rt.co c| J|c|t.| S|| c.no..s |s t|o .|Jo v..|otv c| .ccossc.|os t|ov suppc.t Soo
cu. .ob s|tos c. p.cJuct c.t.|ccs |c. uptcJ.to |r|c.n.t|cr cr .ccossc.|os |c. t|o |80
Use Only Nikon Brand Electronic Accessories
Or|v ||kcr b..rJ .ccossc.|os co.t|fioJ bv ||kcr spoc|fic.||v |c. uso .|t| vcu. ||kcr J|c|t.| c.no.. ..o
orc|roo.oJ .rJ p.cvor tc cpo..to .|t||r |ts cpo..t|cr.| .rJ s.|otv .oou|.onorts ¯|| |S| O| |O||||O|
/´´|SSO|||S ´O||| |/V/´| +O|| ´/V||/ /|| V/+ \O|| +O|| |||O| \/||/|¯+
Picture Angle and Focal Length
¯|o s|.o c| t|o ..o. oxpcsoJ bv . 35nn c.no.. |s
36 × 24 nn ¯|o s|.o c| t|o ..o. oxpcsoJ bv t|o |80. |r
ccrt..st. |s 236 × 158. no.r|rc t|.t t|o p|ctu.o .rc|o c|
. 35nn c.no.. |s .pp.cx|n.to|v 15 t|nos t|.t c| t|o
|80 ¯|o .pp.cx|n.to |cc.| |orct| c| |orsos |c. t|o |80
|r 35nn |c.n.t c.r bo c.|cu|.toJ bv nu|t|p|v|rc t|o
|cc.| |orct| c| t|o |ors bv .bcut 15
Lens f/-number
¯|o |/runbo. c|vor |r |ors r.nos |s t|o n.x|nun .po.tu.o c| t|o |ors
Picture size (D80)
Picture size (35-mm format)
Lens
(23.6 mm × 15.8 mm)
Picture diagonal
(36 mm × 24 mm)
Picture angle (35-mm format)
Picture angle (D80)
117 Technical Notes / Optional Accessories
Lenses
´|| |orsos (p..t|cu|..|v tvpo ´ .rJ | |orsos: ..o .occnnorJoJ |c. uso .|t| t|o |80 ´||
|orsos c.r bo |Jort|fioJ bv t|o p.osorco c| ´|| ccrt.cts. tvpo ´ .rJ | |orsos bv . |otto. cr
t|o |ors b...o| ¯vpo ´ |orsos ..o rct oou|ppoJ .|t| . |ors .po.tu.o .|rc
¯|o |c||c.|rc ´|| |orsos c.r bo usoJ .|t| t|o |80 |` ||kkc. ´|| |orsos c.r rct bo usoJ
Camera setting
Lens/accessory
Focus Mode Metering
AF
M (with electronic
range fnder)
M
Digital Vari Program,
P, S, A
M , ,
1
¯vpo ´ c. | /| ||kkc.
2
. /|S. /|| ||kkc. ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
|´V|c.c ||kkc. 85 nn |/28|
3
— ✔
4
✔ — ✔ ✔
/|S//|| ¯o|occrvo.to.
5

6

6
✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
Ot|o. /| ||kkc. (oxcopt |orsos |c. |3/|: ✔

✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
/|| ||kkc. — ✔
8
✔ ✔ ✔ —
1. Spot metering meters selected focus area.
2. Vibration Reduction (VR) supported with VR lenses.
3. Camera exposure metering and fash control may not function when
lens is shifted and/or tilted or aperture is not at maximum.
4. Electronic range fnder can not be used when shifting or tilting lens.
5. Compatible with the following lenses:
• AF-S VR Micro ED: 105mm f/2.8G IF (autofocus not supported)
• AF-S VR ED: 70–200mm f/2.8G IF, 200mm f/2G IF, 300mm f/2.8G IF,
200–400mm f/4G IF
• AF-S ED: 80–200mm f/2.8D IF, 300mm f/2.8D II IF, 300mm f/2.8D IF,
300mm f/4D IF
*
, 400mm f/2.8D II IF, 400mm f/2.8D IF, 500mm f/4D II
IF
*
, 500mm f/4D IF
*
, 600mm f/4D II IF
*
, 600mm f/4D IF
*
• AF-I ED: 300mm f/2.8D IF, 400mm f/2.8D IF, 500mm f/4D IF
*
, 600mm
f/4D IF
*
* Autofocus not available with TC-17E II/TC-20E II AF-S teleconverter.
6. With maximum efective aperture of f/5.6 or faster.
7. If AF 80–200 mm f/2.8S, 35–70 mm f/2.8S, new-model 28–85 mm
f/3.5–4.5S,or 28–85 mm f/3.5–4.5S is zoomed while focusing at mini-
mum range, image on matter screen in viewfnder may not be in focus
when in-focus indicator is displayed. Focus manually using image in
viewfnder as guide.
8. With maximum aperture of f/5.6 or faster.
Non-CPU Lenses
¯|o rcr´|| |orsos ||stoJ bo|c. n.v bo usoJ. but cr|v .|or t|o c.no.. |s |r ncJo V So|oct|rc
.rct|o. ncJo J|s.b|os t|o s|utto. .o|o.so /po.tu.o nust bo .J|ustoJ n.ru.||v v|. t|o |ors .po.tu.o
.|rc .rJ t|o c.no.. .utc|ccus svston. noto.|rc. o|oct.cr|c .r.|cc oxpcsu.o J|sp|.v. .rJ ¯¯| fl.s|
ccrt.c| c.r rct bo usoJ |xcopt .|o.o ct|o..|so rctoJ. t|o o|oct.cr|c ..rco firJo. c.r bo usoJ .|t|
|orsos t|.t |.vo . n.x|nun .po.tu.o c| |/56 c. |.sto.
• /|ncJ|fioJ. /|. /|S. c. So.|os | ||kkc.
• VoJ|c.| ||kkc. 120 nn |/4 (c.r cr|v bo usoJ .t
s|utto. spooJs s|c.o. t|.r 1/180 s:
• |oflox ||kkc. (o|oct.cr|c ..rco firJo. c.r rct bo
usoJ:
• |´ ||kkc. (o|oct.cr|c ..rco firJo. c.r rct bo
usoJ .|or s|||t|rc c. t||t|rc |ors:
• /|tvpo to|occrvo.to.
¯
• |b6 bo||c.s |ccus|rc .tt.c|nort (.tt.c| |r vo.
t|c.| c.|ort.t|cr. c.r bo usoJ |r |c.|.crt.| c.|or
t.t|cr crco .tt.c|oJ:
¯
• /utc oxtors|cr .|rcs (|| 11/. 12. 13. ||11:
¯
¯ ||oct.cr|c ..rco firJo. c.r bo usoJ || n.x|nun o|
|oct|vo .po.tu.o |s |/56 c. |.sto.
CPU lens Type G lens Type D lens
Aperture
ring
118 Technical Notes / Optional Accessories
Incompatible Non-CPU Lenses and Accessories
¯|o |c||c.|rc rcr´|| |orsos .rJ .ccossc.|os c.r |O¯ bo usoJ
• ¯´16/ /| ¯o|occrvo.to.
• |cr/| |orsos
• |orsos t|.t .oou|.o t|o /|1 |ccus|rc ur|t (400 nn
|/45. 600 nn |/56. 800 nn |/8. 1200 nn |/11:
• ||s|ovo (6 nn |/56. 8 nn |/8. O| 10 nn |/56:
• O|JncJo| 21 nn |/4
• |2 .|rcs
• || 180–600 nn |/8 (so.|.| runbo.s 14041–14180:
• || 360–1200 nn |/11 (so.|.| runbo.s 14031–1412:
• 200–600 nn |/95 (so.|.| runbo.s 280001–300490:
• |orsos |c. t|o |3/| (80 nn |/28. 200 nn |/35. ¯´16
¯o|occrvo.to.:
• |´ 28 nn |/4 (so.|.| runbo. 180900 c. o..||o.:
• |´ 35 nn |/28 (so.|.| runbo.s 851001–906200:
• O|JncJo| |´ 35 nn |/35
• O|JncJo| 1000 nn |/63 |oflox
• 1000 nn |/11 |oflox (so.|.| runbo.s 142361–143000:
• 2000 nn |/11 |oflox (so.|.| runbo.s 200111–200310:
AF-Assist Illumination/Red-Eye Reduction
/|.ss|st |||un|r.t|cr |s rct .v.||.b|o .|t| t|o |c||c.|rc |orsos
• /|S \| || 300 nn |/2´
• /| || 80–200 nn |/28|
• /|S \| || 0–200 nn |/28´
• /| \| || 80–400 nn |/45–56|
• /|S 80–200 nn |/28|
• /|S \| || 200–400 nn |/4´
/t ..rcos urJo. 1 n (3 |t 3 |r:. t|o |c||c.|rc |orsos n.v b|cck t|o /|.ss|st |||un|r.tc. .rJ |rto.|o.o
.|t| .utc|ccus .|or ||c|t|rc |s pcc.
• /|S \| V|c.c || 105 nn |/28´
• /|S |` || || 1–35 nn |/28|
• /|S |` 18–0 nn |/35–45´
• /| 24–85 nn |/28–4|
• /| 24–120 nn |/35–56|
• /| V|c.c || 0–180 nn |/45–56|
• /| V|c.c 200 nn |/4|
• /|S |` || || 1–55 nn |/28´
• /|S \| |` 18–200 nn |/35–56´
• /|S || || 24–85 nn |/35–45´
• /|S || 28–0 nn |/28|
• /|S |` || 12–24 nn |/4|
• /| || 18–35 nn |/35–45|
• /| 20–35 nn |/28|
• /|S \| || 24–120 nn |/35–56´
• /| || || 28–200 nn |/35–56´
|orsos t|.t b|cck t|o sub|oct’s v|o. c| t|o /|.ss|st |||un|r.tc. c.r |rto.|o.o .|t| .oJovo .oJuct|cr
The Built-in Flash
¯|o bu||t|r fl.s| c.r bo usoJ .|t| ´|| |orsos .|t| |cc.| |orct|s c| 18 – 300 nn ¯|o fl.s| n.v bo ur
.b|o tc ||c|t t|o ort|.o sub|oct .|t| t|o |c||c.|rc |orsos .t ..rcos |oss t|.r t|cso c|vor bo|c.
Lens Zoom position Min. range
/|S |` || 12–24 nn |/4´
20 nn 20 n / 6 |t |r
24 nn 10 n / 3 |t 3 |r
/|S || 1–35 nn |/28|
24 nn 20 n / 6 |t |r
28 nn. 35 nn 10 n / 3 |t 3 |r
/|S |` || || 1–55 nn |/28´
28 nn 15 n / 4 |t 11 |r
35 nn 10 n / 3 |t 3 |r
/| || 18–35 nn |/35–45| 24 nn 10 n / 3 |t 3 |r
/| 20–35 nn |/28|
20 nn 15 n / 4 |t 11 |r
24 nn 10 n / 3 |t 3 |r
/|S |` || 18–0 nn |/35–45´ 18 nn 10 n / 3 |t 3 |r
/|S |` || 18–135 nn |/35–56´ 18 nn 15 n / 4 |t 11 |r
/|S |` \| || 18–200 nn |/35–56´ 24 nn. 35 nn 10 n / 3 |t 3 |r
/|S || 28–0 nn |/28|
35 nn 15 n / 4 |t 11 |r
50 nn 10 n / 3 |t 3 |r
/|S \| || 24–120 nn |/35–56´ 24 nn 10 n / 3 |t 3 |r
/|S \| || 200–400 nn |/4´
200 nn 30 n / 9 |t 10 |r
250 nn. 300 nn 25 n / 8 |t 2 |r
¯|o bu||t|r fl.s| c.r .|sc bo usoJ .|t| ccnp.t|b|o rcr´|| |orsos .|t| . |cc.| |orct| c| 18–200 nn
/| || .rJ /|S || 200 nn |/2 |orsos c.r rct bo usoJ |ost.|ct|crs .pp|v .|t| t|o |c||c.|rc |orsos
• Ai-S 25–50 mm f/4, Ai 25–50 mm f/4, Ai-S 35–70 mm f/4: at 35 mm zoom position, use at ranges of 1 m (3 ft. 3 in.) or more
• Ai, Ai-modifed, and Ai-S ED 50–300 mm f/4.5, Ai-modifed 85–250 mm f/4: use at 135 mm or above
119 Technical Notes / Optional Accessories
Optional Flash Units (Speedlights)
¯|o .ccossc.v s|co .||c.s Sbso.|os SpooJ||c|ts . |rc|uJ|rc t|o
Sb800. 600. 80|`. 28|`. 28. 2. 23. 22S. .rJ 29S tc bo ncurtoJ
J|.oct|v cr t|o c.no.. .|t|cut . svrc c.b|o |t |s oou|ppoJ .|t|
. s.|otv |cck |c. SpooJ||c|ts .|t| . |cck|rc p|r. suc| .s t|o Sb
800 .rJ Sb600 bo|c.o .tt.c||rc .r cpt|cr.| fl.s| ur|t. .oncvo
t|o .ccossc.v s|co ccvo. ¯|o bu||t|r fl.s| .||| rct fi.o .|or .r
cpt|cr.| SpooJ||c|t |s .tt.c|oJ
\|or usoJ .|t| ccnp.t|b|o fl.s| ur|ts suc| .s t|o cpt|cr.| Sb800 .rJ Sb600 SpooJ||c|ts
c. Sb|200 .|.o|oss .oncto SpooJ||c|t. t|o |80 suppc.ts t|o .Jv.rcoJ ||kcr ´.o.t|vo
||c|t|rc Svston (´|S:. |rc|uJ|rc |¯¯| fl.s| ccrt.c| ( 141:. |\ |cck (|ccks fl.s| |ovo|. 92:.
.rJ /utc || ||c|SpooJ Svrc (svrc|.cr|.os t|o fl.s| .rJ s|utto. .t ||c| s|utto. spooJs:
\|t| t|o bu||t|r fl.s| |r ccnn.rJo. ncJo. t|o |80 c.r bo usoJ tc ccrt.c| .oncto Sb800.
Sb600. .rJ Sb|200 fl.s| ur|ts Soo t|o SpooJ||c|t n.ru.| |c. Jot.||s
SB-800 and SB-600 Speedlights
¯|oso ||c|po.|c.n.rco SpooJ||c|ts |.vo ´u|Jo |unbo.s c| 38/125 .rJ 30/98 .ospoc
t|vo|v (n/|t. 35nn .ccn |o.J pcs|t|cr. |SO 100. 20 ´/68 |: ¯|o fl.s| |o.J c.r bo .ct.toJ
t|.cuc| 90 .bcvo t|o |c.|.crt.|. 180 |o|t. .rJ 90 .|c|t |c. bcurcofl.s| c. c|csoup p|c
tcc..p|v ¯|o Sb800 c.r bo .ct.toJ bo|c. t|o |c.|.crt.| /utc pc.o. .ccn (24–105
nn .rJ 24–85 nn. .ospoct|vo|v: orsu.os t|.t t|o |||un|r.t|rc .rc|o |s .J|ustoJ |r .ccc.J
.|t| |ors |cc.| |orct| ¯|o bu||t|r .|Jo p.ro| c.r bo usoJ |c. .r .rc|o c| 14 nn (t|o Sb800
.|sc suppc.ts 1 nn: /r |||un|r.tc. |s |rc|uJoJ tc .ss|st |r .J|ust|rc sott|rcs |r t|o J..k
Use Only Nikon Flash Accessories
|so cr|v ||kcr SpooJ||c|ts |oc.t|vo vc|t.cos c. vc|t.cos cvo. 250 \ .pp||oJ tc t|o .ccossc.v s|co
ccu|J rct cr|v p.ovort rc.n.| cpo..t|cr. but J.n.co t|o svrc c|.cu|t.v c| t|o c.no.. c. fl.s| bo|c.o
us|rc . ||kcr SpooJ||c|t rct ||stoJ |r t||s soct|cr. ccrt.ct . ||kcr.ut|c.|.oJ so.v|co .op.osort.t|vo
|c. nc.o |r|c.n.t|cr
Guide Number
¯c c.|cu|.to t|o ..rco c| t|o fl.s| .t .r |SO sors|t|v|tv c| 100. J|v|Jo t|o ´u|Jo |unbo. bv t|o .po.tu.o
|c. ox.np|o. t|o bu||t|r fl.s| |.s . ´u|Jo |unbo. c| 13 n c. 42 |t (|SO 100. 20 ´/68 |:. |ts ..rco .t .r
.po.tu.o c| |/56 |s 13 56 c. .bcut 23 noto.s (c. |r |oot.42 56 .bcut 5 |t: \|t| ´u|Jo |unbo.s
c| 38 .rJ 30. t|o Sb800 .rJ Sb600 .ospoct|vo|v |.vo ..rcos c| .bcut 68 .rJ 54 noto.s (223 .rJ 15
|oot: .t |/56 (35nn .ccn |o.J pcs|t|cr:
The AS-15 Accessory Shoe Adapter
\|or t|o /S15 .ccossc.v s|co .J.pto. (.v.||.b|o sop...to|v: |s ncurtoJ cr t|o c.no.. .ccossc.v
s|co. fl.s| .ccossc.|os c.r bo ccrroctoJ v|. . svrc c.b|o
120 Technical Notes / Optional Accessories
SB-R200 Wireless Remote Speedlight
¯||s ||c|po.|c.n.rco .|.o|oss .oncto SpooJ||c|t |.s . ´u|Jo |unbo. c| 10/32 (n/|t. |SO
100. 20 ´/68 |: /|t|cuc| |t c.r rct bo ncurtoJ J|.oct|v cr t|o .ccossc.v s|co. t|o Sb
|200 so.vo.s .s . .oncto fl.s| .|or t|o bu||t|r fl.s| |s |r ccnn.rJo. ncJo |t c.r .|sc bo
ccrt.c||oJ us|rc .r cpt|cr.| Sb800 SpooJ||c|t c. S|800 .|.o|oss SpooJ||c|t ccnn.rJo.
¯|o Sb|200 c.r bo |.rJ|o|J. p|.coJ cr .r /S20 SpooJ||c|t st.rJ. c. ncurtoJ cr t|o
c.no.. |ors us|rc t|o S`1 .tt.c|nort |c. .oncto ccrt.c| .rJ c|csoup |¯¯| p|ctcc..p|v
¯|o |c||c.|rc |o.tu.os ..o .v.||.b|o .|t| ´|Sccnp.t|b|o fl.s| ur|ts
Speedlight
Flash mode/feature
Advanced Wireless Lighting
Commander Remote
SB-800 SB-600 SB-800 SU-800
1
SB-800 SB-600 SB-R200
i-TTL
2. 3
✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
AA Auto aperture
2

4
— ✔
5

6

5
— —
A Non-TTL auto ✔
4
— ✔
5
— ✔
5
— —
GN Range-priority manual ✔ — — — — — —
M Manual ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
RPT Repeating fash ✔ — ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ —
REAR Rear-curtain sync ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
Red-eye reduction ✔ ✔ ✔ — — — —
Flash Color Information Communication ✔ ✔ ✔ — — — —
Auto FP High-Speed Sync
6
✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
FV Lock ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
AF-assist for multi-area AF
2
✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ — — —
Auto zoom ✔ ✔ ✔ — — — —
Auto ISO ✔ ✔ — — — — —
1. Options shown are only available when SU-800 is used to control other
fash units.
2. CPU lens required.
3. Standard i-TTL for Digital SLR is used with spot metering or when se-
lected with Speedlight. Otherwise i-TTL Balanced Fill-Flash for Digital
SLR is used.
4. Use Speedlight controls to select fash mode. Non-TTL auto is selected
automatically when a non-CPU lens is attached.
5. Auto aperture is selected automatically if CPU lens is attached. Non-TTL
auto is selected automatically if non-CPU lens is attached.
6. Use Speedlight controls to select fash mode.
¯|o |c||c.|rc SpooJ||c|ts c.r bo usoJ |r rcr¯¯| .utc .rJ n.ru.| ncJos || t|ov ..o sot tc
¯¯|. t|o c.no.. s|utto..o|o.so buttcr .||| |cck .rJ rc p|ctcc..p|s c.r bo t.kor
Speedlight
Flash mode
SB-80DX, SB-28DX, SB-28,
SB-26, SB-25, SB-24
SB-50DX, SB-23, SB-29
1
SB-21B
1
, SB-29s
1
SB-30, SB-27
2
, SB-22S, SB-22,
SB-20, SB-16B, SB-15
A Non-TTL auto ✔ — ✔
M Manual ✔ ✔ ✔
RPT Repeating fash ✔ — —
REAR Rear-curtain sync ✔ ✔ ✔
1. Autofocus is available only with AF-Micro lenses (60 mm, 105 mm, or
70–180 mm).
2. When mounted on D80, fash mode is automatically set to TTL and shut-
ter release is disabled. Set Speedlight to A (non-TTL auto) mode.
121 Technical Notes / Optional Accessories
Notes on Optional Speedlights
Refer to the Speedlight manual for detailed instructions. If the Speedlight supports the Creative Light-
ing System, refer to the section on CLS-compatible digital SLR cameras. The D80 is not included in the
“digital SLR” category in the SB-80DX, SB-28DX, and SB-50DX manuals.
If an optional Speedlight is attached with the camera in a Digital Vari-Program mode, the flash will fire
whenever a photograph is taken. The following flash modes are available:
• P, , , , , , and modes: Fill flash and red-eye reduction. Fill flash is automatically selected
if the flash mode is set to off or auto when an optional Speedlight is attached. Auto with red-eye
reduction becomes red-eye reduction.
• mode: Auto slow sync becomes slow sync, auto slow sync with red-eye reduction becomes slow
sync with red-eye reduction, and off becomes slow sync.
If AUTO is selected for ISO sensitivity in Digital Vari-Program modes or On is selected for Custom Set-
ting 7 (ISO Auto) in P, S, A, or M mode, ISO sensitivity will be adjusted for optimal flash output when
an optional SB-800 or SB-600 Speedlight is attached. This may result in foreground subjects being un-
derexposed in photographs taken with the flash at slow shutter speeds, in daylight, or against a bright
background. Choose a flash mode other than slow sync or choose a larger aperture.
If Auto FP High Speed Sync is used, the shutter will synchronize with an external flash at speeds of ½00 s
or slower.
i-TTL flash control can be used at ISO sensitivities between 100 and 1600. Higher values may not
produce the desired results at some ranges or apertures. If the flash-ready indicator blinks for about
three seconds after a photograph is taken, the flash has fired at full power and the photograph may
be underexposed.
The optional SB-800 and SB-600 Speedlights and SU-800 wireless Speedlight commander provide ac-
tive AF assist illumination for the following focus areas:
• 24–34 mm AF lens • 35–105 mm AF lens
The SB-800 and SB-600 also provide red-eye reduction. With other Speedlights, the camera AF assist
illuminator is used for AF-assist illumination and red-eye reduction.
In the following modes, the maximum aperture (minimum f/-number) selectable by the camera is
limited according to ISO sensitivity ( 43):
Maximum aperture at ISO sensitivity of
Mode 100 125 160 200 250 320 400 500 640 800 1000 1250 1600
P, , , , , , 4 4.2 4.5 4.8 5 5.3 5.6 6 6.3 6.7 7.1 7.6 8
5.6 6 6.3 6.7 7.1 7.6 8 8.5 9 9.5 10 11 11
For each one-step increase in sensitivity (e.g., from 200 to 400), aperture is stopped down by half an f/-
stop. If the maximum aperture of the lens is smaller than given above, the maximum value for aperture
will be the maximum aperture of the lens.
When an SC-series 17, 28, or 29 sync cable is used for off-camera flash photography, correct exposure
may not be achieved in i-TTL mode. We recommend that you choose spot metering to select standard
i-TTL flash control. Take a test shot and view the results in the monitor.
In i-TTL mode, use the flash panel or bounce adapter provided with the Speedlight. Do not use other
panels such as diffusion panels, as this may produce incorrect exposure. Auto power zoom is available
only with SB-800 and SB-600 Speedlights.
122 Technical Notes / Optional Accessories
Other Accessories
Viewfnder
eyepiece
accessories
• Diopter adjustment viewfnder lenses |orsos ..o .v.||.b|o .|t| J|cpto.s c| –5. –4. –3. –2. 0.
|05. |1. |2. .rJ |3 n
–1
|so J|cpto. .J|ustnort |orsos cr|v || t|o Jos|.oJ |ccus c.r rct
bo .c||ovoJ .|t| t|o bu||t |r J|cpto. .J|ustnort ccrt.c| (–20 tc |10 n
–1
: ¯ost J|cpto.
.J|ustnort |orsos bo|c.o pu.c|.so tc orsu.o t|.t t|o Jos|.oJ |ccus c.r bo .c||ovoJ
• DK-21M magnifying eyepiece |rc.o.sos v|o.firJo. n.cr|fic.t|cr tc .pp.cx|n.to|v 110 ×
(50 nn |/14 |ors .t |rfir|tv. –10 n
–1
:
• DG-2 magnifer V.cr||v t|o scoro J|sp|.voJ |r t|o corto. c| t|o v|o.firJo. |c. c|csoup
p|ctcc..p|v. ccpv|rc. to|op|ctc |orsos. .rJ ct|o. t.sks t|.t .oou|.o .JJoJ p.oc|s|cr
|vop|oco .J.pto. .oou|.oJ (.v.||.b|o sop...to|v:
• Eyepiece adapter /tt.c| t|o |´2 n.cr|fio. tc t|o |80
• DR-6 right-angle viewing attachment ¯|o ||6 .tt.c|os .t . .|c|t .rc|o tc t|o v|o.firJo.
ovop|oco. .||c.|rc t|o |n.co |r t|o v|o.firJo. tc bo v|o.oJ |.cn .bcvo .|or t|o c.n
o.. |s |r pc.t..|t c.|ort.t|cr
Filters
• ||kcr fi|to.s c.r bo J|v|JoJ |rtc t|.oo tvpos sc.o.|r. s||p|r. .rJ .o..|rto.c|.rco |so
||kcr fi|to.s. ct|o. fi|to.s n.v |rto.|o.o .|t| .utc|ccus c. o|oct.cr|c ..rco firJ|rc
• ¯|o |80 c.r rct bo usoJ .|t| ||ro.. pc|..|.|rc fi|to.s |so t|o ´|| c|.cu|.. pc|..|.|rc
fi|to. |rsto.J
• ¯|o |´ .rJ |3´ fi|to.s ..o .occnnorJoJ |c. p.ctoct|rc t|o |ors
• Vc|.o n.v cccu. || . fi|to. |s usoJ .|or t|o sub|oct |s |..noJ .c.|rst . b.|c|t ||c|t c.
.|or . b.|c|t ||c|t scu.co |s |r t|o |..no
• ´orto..o|c|toJ noto.|rc |s .occnnorJoJ .|t| fi|to.s .|t| oxpcsu.o |.ctc.s (fi|to.
|.ctc.s: cvo. 1 × (+44. +48. +52. O56. |60. `0. `1. ´||. ||2S. ||4. ||4S. ||8. ||8S.
||400. /2. /12. b2. b8. b12:
Approved Memory Cards
¯|o |c||c.|rc S| nonc.v c..Js |.vo boor tostoJ .rJ .pp.cvoJ |c. uso |r t|o |80 /|| c..Js
c| t|o Jos|cr.toJ n.ko .rJ c.p.c|tv c.r bo usoJ. .oc..J|oss c| spooJ
SanDisk 64 Vb. 128 Vb. 256 Vb. 512 Vb. 1 ´b. 2 ´b
¯
. 4 ´b
¯†
Panasonic 64 Vb. 128 Vb. 256 Vb. 512 Vb. 1 ´b. 2 ´b
¯
Toshiba 64 Vb. 128 Vb. 256 Vb. 512 Vb. 1 ´b . 2 ´b
¯
* If card will be used with card reader or other device, check that device sup-
ports 2 GB cards.
† SDHC compliant. If card will be used with card reader
or other device, check that device supports SDHC.
Opo..t|cr |s rct cu...rtooJ .|t| ct|o. n.kos c| c..J ´crt.ct t|o n.ru|.ctu.o. |c. Jot.||s
cr t|o .bcvo c..Js
Memory Cards
• |c.n.t nonc.v c..Js |r t|o c.no.. bo|c.o fi.st uso
• ¯u.r t|o pc.o. cff bo|c.o |rso.t|rc c. .oncv|rc nonc.v c..Js |c rct .oncvo nonc.v c..Js |.cn
t|o c.no... tu.r t|o c.no.. cff. c. .oncvo c. J|sccrroct t|o pc.o. scu.co Ju.|rc |c.n.tt|rc c.
.|||o J.t. ..o bo|rc .occ.JoJ. Jo|otoJ. c. ccp|oJ tc . ccnputo. |.||u.o tc cbso.vo t|oso p.oc.u
t|crs ccu|J .osu|t |r |css c| J.t. c. |r J.n.co tc t|o c.no.. c. c..J
• |c rct tcuc| t|o c..J to.n|r.|s .|t| vcu. firco.s c. not.| cb|octs
• |c rct .pp|v |c.co tc t|o c..J c.s|rc |.||u.o tc cbso.vo t||s p.oc.ut|cr ccu|J J.n.co t|o c..J
• |c rct borJ. J.cp. c. sub|oct tc st.crc p|vs|c.| s|ccks
• |c rct oxpcso tc |o.t. ..to.. ||c| |ovo|s c| |un|J|tv. c. J|.oct sur||c|t
123 Technical Notes / Optional Accessories
Accessories for the D80
/t t|o t|no c| ..|t|rc. t|o |c||c.|rc .ccossc.|os .o.o .v.||.b|o |c. t|o |80 |p tc J.to |r|c.
n.t|cr |s .v.||.b|o .t ||kcr .obs|tos c. |.cn cu. |.tost p.cJuct c.t.|ccs
Power
sources
• EN-EL3e rechargeable Li-ion battery /JJ|t|cr.| ||||3o b.tto.|os ..o .v.||.b|o |.cn |cc.|
.ot.||o.s .rJ ||kcr so.v|co .op.osort.t|vos ||||3. .rJ ||||3 b.tto.|os c.r rct bo
usoJ
• MB-D80 Multi-Power battery pack ¯|o Vb|80 t.kos cro c. t.c
.oc|..co.b|o ||kcr ||||3o |||cr b.tto.|os c. s|x // .|k.||ro.
||V|. ||t||un. c. r|cko|n.rc.roso b.tto.|os |t |s oou|ppoJ
.|t| . s|utto..o|o.so buttcr. n.|r .rJ subccnn.rJ J|.|s.
.rJ .r /||//|| buttcr |c. o.so c| uso .|or t.k|rc p|ctc
c..p|s |r t.|| (pc.t..|t: c.|ort.t|cr \|or .tt.c||rc t|o Vb|80.
.oncvo t|o c.no.. b.tto.v ccvo. .s s|c.r .t .|c|t
• EH-5 AC adapter |so tc pc.o. t|o c.no.. |c. oxtorJoJ po.|cJs
35°
Remote
controls
and cords
• MC-DC1 remote cord |.ovorts b|u. c.usoJ bv c.no.. s|.ko .rJ
|o.tu.os . s|utto..o|o.so buttcr |cck |c. |crc t|nooxpcsu.os
\|or ccrroct|rc t|o V´|´1. cpor t|o .oncto cc.J ccrroc
tc. ccvo. .rJ |rso.t t|o cc.J .s s|c.r ¯c p.ovort ..to. |.cn
orto.|rc t|o c.no... koop t|o .oncto cc.J ccrroctc. ccvo.
c|csoJ .|or rct |r uso
• ML-L3 wireless remote control |so .s . .oncto s|utto. .o|o.so |c. so||pc.t..|ts c. tc p.ovort
b|u. c.usoJ bv c.no.. s|.ko ¯|o V||3 usos . 3 \ ´|2025 b.tto.v
ቢ ባ ቤ ብ ቦ
Body cap
• BF-1A Body Cap ¯|o b|1/ koops t|o n|..c.. v|o.firJo. sc.oor. .rJ |c.p.ss fi|to. |.oo c|
Just .|or . |ors |s rct |r p|.co
Software
• Capture NX / ccnp|oto p|ctc oJ|t|rc p.ck.co .|t| suppc.t |c. |/\ |n.cos |so t|o |.t
ost vo.s|cr
• Camera Control Pro ´crt.c| t|o c.no.. .oncto|v |.cn . ccnputo. .rJ s.vo p|ctcc..p|s
J|.oct|v tc t|o ccnputo. |..J J|sk |so t|o |.tost vo.s|cr
124 Technical Notes / Caring for the Camera
Caring for the Camera
Storage
\|or t|o c.no.. .||| rct bo usoJ |c. .r oxtorJoJ po.|cJ. tu.r t|o c.no.. cff. .op|.co t|o
ncr|tc. ccvo.. .oncvo t|o b.tto.v. .rJ stc.o t|o b.tto.v |r . ccc|. J.v ..o. .|t| t|o to.n|r.|
ccvo. |r p|.co ¯c p.ovort nc|J c. n||Jo.. stc.o t|o c.no.. |r . J.v. .o||vort||.toJ ..o.
|c rct stc.o t|o c.no.. .|t| r.p|t|. c. c.np|c. nct| b.||s c. |r |cc.t|crs t|.t
• ..o pcc.|v vort||.toJ c. sub|oct tc |un|J|t|os c| cvo. 60°
• ..o roxt tc oou|pnort t|.t p.cJucos st.crc o|oct.cn.crot|c fio|Js. suc| .s to|ov|s|crs c.
..J|cs
• ..o oxpcsoJ tc tonpo..tu.os .bcvo 50 ˚´/122 ˚| (|c. ox.np|o. ro.. . sp.co |o.to. c. |r .
c|csoJ vo||c|o |r . |ct J.v: c. bo|c. –10 ˚´ (14 ˚|:
Cleaning
Camera body
|so . b|c.o. tc .oncvo Just .rJ ||rt. t|or .|po cort|v .|t| . sc|t. J.v c|ct| /|to. us
|rc t|o c.no.. .t t|o bo.c| c. so.s|Jo. .|po cff s.rJ c. s.|t .|t| . c|ct| ||c|t|v J.np
oroJ |r J|st|||oJ ..to. .rJ J.v t|c.cuc||v Important Dust or other foreign matter inside
the camera may cause damage not covered under warranty
Lens, mirror,
and viewfnder
¯|oso o|onorts ..o n.Jo c| c|.ss .rJ ..o o.s||v J.n.coJ |oncvo Just .rJ ||rt .|t|
. b|c.o. || us|rc .r .o.csc| b|c.o.. koop t|o c.r vo.t|c.| tc p.ovort t|o J|sc|..co c|
||ou|J ¯c .oncvo firco.p.|rts .rJ ct|o. st.|rs. .pp|v . sn.|| .ncurt c| |ors c|o.ro. tc
. sc|t c|ct| .rJ c|o.r .|t| c..o
Monitor
|oncvo Just .rJ ||rt .|t| . b|c.o. \|or .oncv|rc firco.p.|rts .rJ ct|o. st.|rs.
.|po t|o su.|.co ||c|t|v .|t| . sc|t c|ct| c. c|.nc|s |o.t|o. |c rct .pp|v p.ossu.o. .s
t||s ccu|J .osu|t |r J.n.co c. n.||urct|cr
The Monitor
S|cu|J t|o ncr|tc. b.o.k. c..o s|cu|J bo t.kor tc .vc|J |r|u.v c.usoJ bv b.ckor c|.ss .rJ tc p.ovort
||ou|J c.vst.| |.cn t|o ncr|tc. |.cn orto.|rc vcu. ovos c. ncut|
The Control Panel
|r ...o c.sos. st.t|c o|oct.|c|tv n.v c.uso t|o ccrt.c| p.ro| tc b.|c|tor c. J..kor ¯||s Jcos rct |rJ|c.to
. n.||urct|cr. .rJ t|o J|sp|.v .||| sccr .otu.r tc rc.n.|
125 Technical Notes / Caring for the Camera
The Low-Pass Filter
¯|o |n.co sorsc. t|.t .cts .s t|o c.no..’s p|ctu.o o|onort |s fittoJ .|t| . |c.p.ss fi|to. tc
p.ovort nc|.o || vcu suspoct t|.t J|.t c. Just cr t|o fi|to. |s .ppo..|rc |r p|ctcc..p|s. vcu
c.r c|o.r t|o fi|to. .s Josc.|boJ bo|c. |cto. |c.ovo.. t|.t t|o fi|to. |s oxt.ono|v Jo||c.to
.rJ o.s||v J.n.coJ ||kcr .occnnorJs t|.t t|o fi|to. bo c|o.roJ cr|v bv ||kcr.ut|c.|.oJ
so.v|co po.scrro|
1
/ .o||.b|o pc.o. scu.co |s .oou|.oJ .|or |rspoct|rc c. c|o.r|rc t|o |c.p.ss fi|to. ||
t|o b.tto.v |ovo| |s c. bo|c. c. t|o c.no.. |s pc.o.oJ bv .r cpt|cr.| Vb|80
b.tto.v p.ck .|t| // b.tto.|os. tu.r t|o c.no.. cff .rJ |rso.t . |u||vc|..coJ ||||3o
b.tto.v c. ccrroct .r cpt|cr.| ||5 /´ .J.pto.
2
|oncvo t|o |ors .rJ tu.r t|o c.no.. cr |.oss t|o V|||
buttcr tc J|sp|.v t|o c.no.. norus .rJ so|oct V|..c. |cckup
|.cn t|o sotup noru (rcto t|.t t||s cpt|cr |s rct .v.||.b|o .t
b.tto.v |ovo|s c| c. bo|c.. .|||o .occ.J|rc . nu|t|p|o ox
pcsu.o. c. .|or us|rc .r cpt|cr.| Vb|80 b.tto.v p.ck .|t|
// b.tto.|os: ¯|o noru s|c.r .t .|c|t .||| bo J|sp|.voJ
3
||c|||c|t On .rJ p.oss OK ¯|o noss.co s|c.r .t .|c|t .|||
bo J|sp|.voJ |r t|o ncr|tc. .rJ . .c. c| J.s|os .||| .ppo.. |r
t|o ccrt.c| p.ro| .rJ v|o.firJo. ¯c .ostc.o rc.n.| cpo..t|cr
.|t|cut |rspoct|rc t|o |c.p.ss fi|to.. tu.r t|o c.no.. cff
4
|.oss t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr .|| t|o ..v Jc.r ¯|o n|..c.
.||| bo ..|soJ .rJ t|o s|utto. cu.t.|r .||| cpor. .ovo.||rc t|o
|c.p.ss fi|to. ¯|o J|sp|.v |r t|o v|o.firJo. .||| tu.r cff .rJ
t|o .c. c| J.s|os |r t|o ccrt.c| p.ro| .||| b||rk
5
|c|J|rc t|o c.no.. sc t|.t ||c|t |.||s cr t|o |c.p.ss fi|to..
ox.n|ro t|o fi|to. |c. Just c. ||rt || rc |c.o|cr cb|octs ..o p.os
ort. p.ccooJ tc Stop
6
|oncvo .rv Just .rJ ||rt |.cn t|o fi|to. .|t| . b|c.o. |c
rct uso . b|c.o.b.us|. .s t|o b.|st|os ccu|J J.n.co t|o fi|
to. ||.t t|.t c.r rct bo .oncvoJ .|t| . b|c.o. c.r cr|v bo
.oncvoJ bv ||kcr.ut|c.|.oJ so.v|co po.scrro| |rJo. rc
c|.cunst.rcos s|cu|J vcu tcuc| c. .|po t|o fi|to.
126 Technical Notes / Caring for the Camera
7
¯u.r t|o c.no.. cff ¯|o n|..c. .||| bo |c.o.oJ .rJ t|o s|utto. cu.t.|r .||| c|cso |o
p|.co t|o |ors c. bcJv c.p
Use a Reliable Power Source
¯|o s|utto. cu.t.|r |s Jo||c.to .rJ o.s||v J.n.coJ || t|o c.no.. pc.o.s cff .|||o t|o n|..c. |s ..|soJ.
t|o cu.t.|r .||| c|cso .utcn.t|c.||v ¯c p.ovort J.n.co tc t|o cu.t.|r. cbso.vo t|o |c||c.|rc p.oc.u
t|crs
• |c rct tu.r t|o c.no.. cff c. .oncvo c. J|sccrroct t|o pc.o. scu.co .|||o t|o n|..c. |s ..|soJ
• || t|o b.tto.v .urs |c. .|||o t|o n|..c. |s ..|soJ. . boop .||| scurJ .rJ t|o /|.ss|st |||un|r.tc. .|||
b||rk tc ...r t|.t t|o s|utto. cu.t.|r .||| c|cso .rJ t|o n|..c. .||| bo |c.o.oJ .|to. .bcut t.c n|r
utos |rJ c|o.r|rc c. |rspoct|cr |nnoJ|.to|v
Foreign Matter on the Low-Pass Filter
||kcr t.kos ovo.v pcss|b|o p.oc.ut|cr tc p.ovort |c.o|cr n.tto. |.cn ccn|rc |rtc ccrt.ct .|t| t|o
|c.p.ss fi|to. Ju.|rc p.cJuct|cr .rJ s||pp|rc ¯|o |80. |c.ovo.. |s Jos|croJ tc bo usoJ .|t| |rto.
c|.rco.b|o |orsos. .rJ |c.o|cr n.tto. n.v orto. t|o c.no.. .|or |orsos ..o .oncvoJ c. oxc|.rcoJ
Orco |rs|Jo t|o c.no... t||s |c.o|cr n.tto. n.v .J|o.o tc t|o |c.p.ss fi|to.. .|o.o |t n.v .ppo.. |r
p|ctcc..p|s t.kor urJo. co.t.|r ccrJ|t|crs ¯c p.ctoct t|o c.no.. .|or rc |ors |s |r p|.co. bo su.o
tc .op|.co t|o bcJv c.p p.cv|JoJ .|t| t|o c.no... bo|rc c..o|u| tc fi.st .oncvo .|| Just .rJ ct|o.
|c.o|cr n.tto. t|.t n.v bo .J|o.|rc tc t|o bcJv c.p
S|cu|J |c.o|cr n.tto. firJ |ts ..v crtc t|o |c.p.ss fi|to.. c|o.r t|o fi|to. .s Josc.|boJ .bcvo. c. |.vo
t|o fi|to. c|o.roJ bv .ut|c.|.oJ ||kcr so.v|co po.scrro| ||ctcc..p|s .ffoctoJ bv t|o p.osorco c|
|c.o|cr n.tto. cr t|o fi|to. c.r bo .otcuc|oJ us|rc ´.ptu.o |` (.v.||.b|o sop...to|v. 123: c. t|o
c|o.r |n.co cpt|crs .v.||.b|o |r scno t||.Jp..tv |n.c|rc .pp||c.t|crs
Servicing the Camera and Accessories
¯|o |80 |s . p.oc|s|cr Jov|co .rJ .oou|.os .ocu|.. so.v|c|rc ||kcr .occnnorJs t|.t t|o c.no.. bo
|rspoctoJ bv t|o c.|c|r.| .ot.||o. c. ||kcr so.v|co .op.osort.t|vo crco ovo.v cro tc t.c vo..s. .rJ t|.t
|t bo so.v|coJ crco ovo.v t|.oo tc fivo vo..s (rcto t|.t |oos .pp|v tc t|oso so.v|cos: |.oouort |rspoc
t|cr .rJ so.v|c|rc ..o p..t|cu|..|v .occnnorJoJ || t|o c.no.. |s usoJ p.c|oss|cr.||v /rv .ccossc.|os
.ocu|..|v usoJ .|t| t|o c.no... suc| .s |orsos c. cpt|cr.| SpooJ||c|ts. s|cu|J bo |rc|uJoJ .|or t|o
c.no.. |s |rspoctoJ c. so.v|coJ
127 Technical Notes / Caring for the Camera
Caring for the Camera and Battery: Cautions
Do not drop ¯|o p.cJuct n.v n.||urct|cr || sub|octoJ tc
st.crc s|ccks c. v|b..t|cr
Keep dry ¯||s p.cJuct |s rct ..to.p.cc|. .rJ n.v n.||urc
t|cr || |nno.soJ |r ..to. c. oxpcsoJ tc ||c| |ovo|s c| |u
n|J|tv |ust|rc c| t|o |rto.r.| noc|.r|sn c.r c.uso |..op.
..b|o J.n.co
Avoid sudden changes in temperature SuJJor c|.rcos |r ton
po..tu.o. suc| .s cccu. .|or orto.|rc c. |o.v|rc . |o.toJ
bu||J|rc cr . cc|J J.v. c.r c.uso ccrJors.t|cr |rs|Jo t|o
Jov|co ¯c p.ovort ccrJors.t|cr. p|.co t|o Jov|co |r . c...v
|rc c.so c. p|.st|c b.c bo|c.o oxpcs|rc |t tc suJJor c|.rcos
|r tonpo..tu.o
Keep away from strong magnetic felds |c rct uso c. stc.o t||s
Jov|co |r t|o v|c|r|tv c| oou|pnort t|.t coro..tos st.crc
o|oct.cn.crot|c ..J|.t|cr c. n.crot|c fio|Js St.crc st.t|c
c|..cos c. t|o n.crot|c fio|Js p.cJucoJ bv oou|pnort
suc| .s ..J|c t..rsn|tto.s ccu|J |rto.|o.o .|t| t|o ncr|
tc.. J.n.co J.t. stc.oJ cr t|o nonc.v c..J. c. .ffoct t|o
p.cJuct’s |rto.r.| c|.cu|t.v
Do not leave the lens pointed at the sun |c rct |o.vo t|o |ors
pc|rtoJ .t t|o sur c. ct|o. st.crc ||c|t scu.co |c. .r ox
torJoJ po.|cJ |rtorso ||c|t n.v c.uso t|o |n.co sorsc. tc
Joto.|c..to c. p.cJuco . .||to b|u. offoct |r p|ctcc..p|s
Blooming \o.t|c.| .||to st.o.ks n.v .ppo.. |r p|ctcc..p|s
c| t|o sur c. ct|o. st.crc ||c|t scu.cos ¯||s p|orcnorcr.
krc.r .s “b|ccn|rc.” c.r bo p.ovortoJ bv .oJuc|rc t|o
.ncurt c| ||c|t t|.t |.||s cr t|o |n.co sorsc.. o|t|o. bv
c|ccs|rc . s|c. s|utto. spooJ .rJ sn.|| .po.tu.o c. bv us
|rc .r || fi|to.
Do not touch the shutter curtain ¯|o s|utto. cu.t.|r |s oxt.ono|v
t||r .rJ o.s||v J.n.coJ |rJo. rc c|.cunst.rcos s|cu|J
vcu oxo.t p.ossu.o cr t|o cu.t.|r. pcko |t .|t| c|o.r|rc
tcc|s. c. sub|oct |t tc pc.o.|u| .|. cu..orts |.cn . b|c.o.
¯|oso .ct|crs ccu|J sc..tc|. Jo|c.n. c. to.. t|o cu.t.|r
Handle all moving parts with care |c rct .pp|v |c.co tc t|o b.t
to.vc|.nbo.. c..Js|ct. c. ccrroctc. ccvo.s ¯|oso p..ts
..o ospoc|.||v suscopt|b|o tc J.n.co
Turn the product of before removing or disconnecting the power
source |c rct urp|uc t|o p.cJuct c. .oncvo t|o b.tto.v
.|||o t|o p.cJuct |s cr c. .|||o |n.cos ..o bo|rc .occ.JoJ
c. Jo|otoJ |c.c|b|v cutt|rc pc.o. |r t|oso c|.cunst.rcos
ccu|J .osu|t |r |css c| J.t. c. |r J.n.co tc p.cJuct nonc.v
c. |rto.r.| c|.cu|t.v ¯c p.ovort .r .cc|Jort.| |rto..upt|cr
c| pc.o.. .vc|J c...v|rc t|o p.cJuct |.cn cro |cc.t|cr tc
.rct|o. .|||o t|o /´ .J.pto. |s ccrroctoJ
Lens contacts |oop t|o |ors ccrt.cts c|o.r
Cleaning \|or c|o.r|rc t|o c.no.. bcJv. uso . b|c.o. tc
cort|v .oncvo Just .rJ ||rt. t|or .|po cort|v .|t| . sc|t. J.v
c|ct| /|to. us|rc t|o c.no.. .t t|o bo.c| c. so.s|Jo. .|po
cff .rv s.rJ c. s.|t us|rc . c|ct| ||c|t|v J.nporoJ |r pu.o
..to. .rJ t|or J.v t|o c.no.. t|c.cuc||v |r ...o |rst.rcos.
st.t|c o|oct.|c|tv n.v c.uso t|o |´| J|sp|.vs tc ||c|t up c. cc
J..k ¯||s Jcos rct |rJ|c.to . n.||urct|cr. .rJ t|o J|sp|.v
.||| sccr .otu.r tc rc.n.|
¯|o |ors .rJ n|..c. ..o o.s||v J.n.coJ |ust .rJ ||rt s|cu|J
bo cort|v .oncvoJ .|t| . b|c.o. \|or us|rc .r .o.csc|
b|c.o.. koop t|o c.r vo.t|c.| tc p.ovort J|sc|..co c| ||ou|J
¯c .oncvo firco.p.|rts .rJ ct|o. st.|rs |.cn t|o |ors. .pp|v
. sn.|| .ncurt c| |ors c|o.ro. tc . sc|t c|ct| .rJ .|po t|o
|ors c..o|u||v
Soo “ ¯|o |c.|.ss |||to.” ( 125: |c. |r|c.n.t|cr cr c|o.r
|rc t|o |c.p.ss fi|to.
Storage ¯c p.ovort nc|J c. n||Jo.. stc.o t|o c.no.. |r . J.v.
.o||vort||.toJ ..o. || t|o p.cJuct .||| rct bo usoJ |c. .r
oxtorJoJ po.|cJ. .oncvo t|o b.tto.v tc p.ovort |o.k.co .rJ
stc.o t|o c.no.. |r . p|.st|c b.c ccrt.|r|rc . Jos|cc.rt |c
rct. |c.ovo.. stc.o t|o c.no.. c.so |r . p|.st|c b.c. .s t||s
n.v c.uso t|o n.to.|.| tc Joto.|c..to |cto t|.t Jos|cc.rt
c..Ju.||v |csos |ts c.p.c|tv tc .bsc.b nc|stu.o .rJ s|cu|J
bo .op|.coJ .t .ocu|.. |rto.v.|s
¯c p.ovort nc|J c. n||Jo.. t.ko t|o c.no.. cut c| stc..co
.t |o.st crco . ncrt| ¯u.r t|o c.no.. cr .rJ .o|o.so t|o
s|utto. . |o. t|nos bo|c.o putt|rc |t ...v
Stc.o t|o b.tto.v |r . ccc|. J.v p|.co |op|.co t|o to.n|r.|
ccvo. bo|c.o putt|rc t|o b.tto.v ...v
Notes on the monitor ¯|o ncr|tc. n.v ccrt.|r . |o. p|xo|s
t|.t ..o .|..vs ||t c. t|.t Jc rct ||c|t ¯||s |s ccnncr tc .||
¯|¯ |´| ncr|tc.s .rJ Jcos rct |rJ|c.to . n.||urct|cr |n
.cos .occ.JoJ .|t| t|o p.cJuct ..o ur.ffoctoJ
|n.cos |r t|o ncr|tc. n.v bo J|ffi cu|t tc soo |r . b.|c|t
||c|t
|c rct .pp|v p.ossu.o tc t|o ncr|tc.. .s t||s ccu|J c.uso
J.n.co c. n.||urct|cr |ust c. ||rt cr t|o ncr|tc. c.r bo
.oncvoJ .|t| . b|c.o. St.|rs c.r bo .oncvoJ bv .|p|rc
||c|t|v .|t| . sc|t c|ct| c. c|.nc|s |o.t|o. S|cu|J t|o ncr|
tc. b.o.k. c..o s|cu|J bo t.kor tc .vc|J |r|u.v |.cn b.ckor
c|.ss .rJ tc p.ovort ||ou|J c.vst.| |.cn t|o ncr|tc. tcuc|
|rc t|o sk|r c. orto.|rc t|o ovos .rJ ncut|
|op|.co t|o ncr|tc. ccvo. .|or t..rspc.t|rc t|o c.no.. c.
|o.v|rc |t ur.ttorJoJ
128 Technical Notes / Caring for the Camera
Batteries ||.t cr t|o b.tto.v to.n|r.|s c.r p.ovort t|o c.no..
|.cn |urct|cr|rc .rJ s|cu|J bo .oncvoJ .|t| . sc|t. J.v c|ct|
bo|c.o uso
b.tto.|os n.v |o.k c. oxp|cJo || |np.cpo.|v |.rJ|oJ Obso.vo
t|o |c||c.|rc p.oc.ut|crs .|or |.rJ||rc b.tto.|os
• ¯u.r t|o p.cJuct cff bo|c.o .op|.c|rc t|o b.tto.v
• ¯|o b.tto.v n.v boccno |ct .|or usoJ |c. oxtorJoJ po.|cJs
Obso.vo Juo c.ut|cr .|or |.rJ||rc t|o b.tto.v
• |so cr|v b.tto.|os .pp.cvoJ |c. uso |r t||s oou|pnort
• |c rct oxpcso t|o b.tto.v tc fl.no c. oxcoss|vo |o.t
• /|to. .oncv|rc t|o b.tto.v |.cn t|o c.no... bo su.o tc .op|.co
t|o to.n|r.| ccvo.
´|..co t|o b.tto.v bo|c.o uso \|or t.k|rc p|ctcc..p|s cr
|npc.t.rt ccc.s|crs. .o.Jv . sp..o ||||3o b.tto.v .rJ koop |t
|u||v c|..coJ |oporJ|rc cr vcu. |cc.t|cr. |t n.v bo J|ffi cu|t tc
pu.c|.so .op|.conort b.tto.|os cr s|c.t rct|co
Or cc|J J.vs. t|o c.p.c|tv c| b.tto.|os torJs tc Joc.o.so bo su.o
t|o b.tto.v |s |u||v c|..coJ bo|c.o t.k|rc p|ctcc..p|s cuts|Jo
|r cc|J .o.t|o. |oop . sp..o b.tto.v |r . ...n p|.co .rJ ox
c|.rco t|o t.c .s rocoss..v Orco ...noJ. . cc|J b.tto.v n.v
.occvo. scno c| |ts c|..co
´crt|ru|rc tc c|..co t|o b.tto.v .|to. |t |s |u||v c|..coJ c.r |n
p.|. b.tto.v po.|c.n.rco
|soJ b.tto.|os ..o . v.|u.b|o .oscu.co ||o.so .ocvc|o usoJ b.t
to.|os |r .ccc.J .|t| |cc.| .ocu|.t|crs
129 Technical Notes / Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting
If the camera fails to function as expected, check the list of common problems below before
consulting your retailer or Nikon representative. Refer to the page numbers in the right-
most column for more information.
Problem Solution
Camera takes time to turn on. Delete files or folders.
65, 74,
105
Viewfinder is out of focus.
Adjust viewfinder focus or use optional diopter adjust-
ment lenses.
17, 122
Viewfinder is dark. Insert a fully-charged battery. 12
Displays turn off without warning.
Choose longer delays for Custom Setting 27 (Monitor
off) or 28 (Auto meter off).
98, 99
Unusual characters displayed in con-
trol panel.
See “ A Note on Electronically-Controlled Cameras,” be-
low.

Displays in control panel or view-
finder are unresponsive and dim.
The response times and brightness of these displays
varies with temperature.

Fine lines are visible around active
focus area or display turns red when
focus area is highlighted.
These phenomena are normal for this type of viewfind-
er and do not indicate a malfunction.

Menu item is not displayed. Select Full for CSM / setup menu. 101
Menu item can not be selected.
Rotate mode dial to another setting or insert memory
card. Note that Battery info option is only available
when camera is powered by EN-EL3e battery.
107
Image size can not be changed. Image quality set to NEF (RAW). 34
Metering can not be changed.
Digital Vari-Program mode selected or autoexposure
lock in effect.
24, 94
Exposure compensation not avail-
able.
Choose mode P, S, or A. 45
Can not measure white balance. Subject is too dark or too bright. 60
Image can not be selected as source
for preset white balance.
Image was not created with D80. 82
White balance bracketing unavail-
able.
• NEF (RAW) or NEF + JPEG option selected for image
quality.
• (Choose color temp.) selected for white balance.
• Multiple exposure in progress.
34, 59,
84
A Note on Electronically-Controlled Cameras
In extremely rare instances, unusual characters may appear in the control
panel and the camera may stop functioning. In most cases, this phenom-
enon is caused by a strong external static charge. Turn the camera off, re-
move and replace the battery (note that the battery may be hot) or discon-
nect and reconnect the AC adapter, and turn the camera on again. If the
problem persists, turn the camera off and press the reset switch (see right;
note that this resets the clock). In the event of continued malfunction, con-
tact your retailer or a Nikon-authorized service representative.
Connector
cover
Reset
switch
130 Technical Notes / Troubleshooting
Problem Solution
|u|| ..rco c| s|utto. spooJs rct
.v.||.b|o
||.s| |r uso || On |s so|octoJ |c. ´ustcn Sott|rc 25
(Auto FP: ncJos P. S. A. .rJ M. cpt|cr.| Sb800. Sb
600. .rJ Sb|200 SpooJ||c|ts c.r bo usoJ .t .|| s|utto.
spooJs
98. 119
´.r rct so|oct |ccus ..o.
• |r|cck |ccus ..o. so|octc.
• Auto-area AF so|octoJ |c. ´ustcn Sott|rc 2 (AF-
area mode: c|ccso .rct|o. ncJo
• |.oss s|utto..o|o.so buttcr |.||..v tc tu.r ncr|tc.
cff c. .ct|v.to oxpcsu.o noto.s
30
8
18
|ccus Jcos rct |cck .|or s|utto.
.o|o.so buttcr |s p.ossoJ |.||..v
|so AE-L/AF-L buttcr tc |cck |ccus .|or AF-C .utc|c
cus ncJo |s so|octoJ c. .|or p|ctcc..p||rc ncv|rc
sub|octs |r AF-A ncJo
29. 94
|n.co |r v|o.firJo. |s rct |r |ccus
• |ct.to |ccus ncJo so|octc. tc AF
• ´.no.. ur.b|o tc |ccus us|rc .utc|ccus uso n.ru.|
|ccus c. |ccus |cck
31. 32
/|.ss|st |||un|r.tc. Jcos rct ||c|t
• VcJo J|.| .ct.toJ tc . . c. so|oct .rct|o.
ncJo
• /|.ss|st |.np Jcos rct ||c|t |c. ccrt|rucusso.vc
.utc|ccus Sot .utc|ccus ncJo tc AF-S
• ´ustcn Sott|rc 2 (AF-area mode: sot tc Auto-area
AF c. Dynamic area so|oct corto. |ccus ..o.
• ´|ccso On |c. ´ustcn Sott|rc 4 (AF assist:
• |||un|r.tc. |.s tu.roJ cff .utcn.t|c.||v |||un|r.tc.
n.v boccno |ct .|t| ccrt|ruoJ uso. ..|t |c. |.np
tc ccc| Jc.r
24
29
8
8

S|utto. .o|o.so |s J|s.b|oJ
• Vonc.v c..J |s |u||. |cckoJ. c. rct |rso.toJ
• ||.s| |s c|..c|rc
• ´.no.. |s rct |r |ccus
• ´|| |ors .|t| .po.tu.o .|rc .tt.c|oJ .|t|cut |cck|rc
.po.tu.o .t ||c|ost |/runbo.
• |cr´|| |ors |s .tt.c|oJ .ct.to c.no.. ncJo J|.| tc
M
• VcJo J|.| .ct.toJ tc S .|to. s|utto. spooJ c| bu|b so
|octoJ |r ncJo M c|ccso ro. s|utto. spooJ
15
23
22
11. 11
50
48
|c p|ctc t.kor .|or .oncto ccrt.c|
s|utto..o|o.so buttcr |s p.ossoJ
• |op|.co b.tto.v |r .oncto ccrt.c|
• ´|ccso .oncto ccrt.c| ncJo
• ||.s| |s c|..c|rc
• ¯|no so|octoJ |c. ´ustcn Sott|rc 30 (|oncto: |.s
p.ssoJ .oso|oct .oncto ccrt.c| ncJo
• b.|c|t ||c|t |s |rto.|o.|rc .|t| .oncto
123
38
23
99

Or|v cro s|ct t.kor o.c| t|no s|ut
to..o|o.so buttcr |s p.ossoJ |r ccr
t|rucus s|cct|rc ncJo
• P. S. A. .rJ M ncJos |c.o. fl.s|
• ||c|t.| \..||.cc..n ncJos tu.r fl.s| cff
23
40
´.no.. |s s|c. tc .occ.J p|ctcs ¯u.r |crc oxpcsu.o rc|so .oJuct|cr cff 83
|.to c| .occ.J|rc |s rct cc..oct Sot c.no.. c|cck 103
131 Technical Notes / Troubleshooting
Problem Solution
||r.| p|ctc |s |..co. t|.r ..o. s|c.r
|r v|o.firJo.
\|o.firJo. |c.|.crt.| .rJ vo.t|c.| |..no ccvo..co |s
.pp.cx|n.to|v 95 °

|.rJcn|vsp.coJ b.|c|t p|xo|s
(“rc|so”: .ppo..s |r p|ctcc..p|s
• |c.o. |SO sors|t|v|tv c. uso ||c| |SO rc|so .oJuct|cr
• S|utto. spooJ |s s|c.o. t|.r 8 s uso |crc oxpcsu.o
rc|so .oJuct|cr
43. 83
83
|oJJ|s| ..o.s .ppo.. |r p|ctcs
|oJJ|s| ..o.s n.v .ppo.. |r |crc t|nooxpcsu.os
¯u.r |crc oxpcsu.o rc|so .oJuct|cr On .|or s|cct
|rc .t s|utto. spooJs c| “bu|b” c. “”
83
||ctcs ..o b|ctc|oJ c. sno..oJ
• ´|o.r |ors
• ´|o.r |c.p.ss fi|to.
124
125
´c|c.s ..o urr.tu..|
• So|oct ncJo P. S. A. c. M .rJ .J|ust .||to b.|.rco tc
n.tc| ||c|t scu.co
• So|oct ncJo P. S. A. c. M .rJ .J|ust Optimize image
sott|rcs
45. 58
45. 9
||.s||rc ..o.s .ppo.. |r |n.cos
|.oss nu|t| so|octc. up c. Jc.r c. .ct.to subccn
n.rJ J|.| tc c|ccso p|ctc |r|c.n.t|cr J|sp|.voJ
62 S|cct|rc J.t. .ppo.. cr |n.cos
/ c..p| .ppo..s Ju.|rc p|.vb.ck
|/\ |n.co |s rct p|.voJ b.ck ||ctc ..s t.kor .t |n.co ou.||tv c| ||| | '||´ 34
• Scno p|ctcs ..o rct J|sp|.voJ
Ju.|rc p|.vb.ck
• Voss.co J|sp|.voJ st.t|rc t|.t rc
|n.cos ..o .v.||.b|o |c. p|.vb.ck
So|oct All |c. Playback folder |cto t|.t Current .|||
.utcn.t|c.||v bo so|octoJ .|or roxt p|ctc |s t.kor
5
“¯.||” (pc.t..|t: c.|ort.t|cr p|ctcs
..o J|sp|.voJ |r “.|Jo” (|.rJsc.po:
c.|ort.t|cr
• So|oct On |c. Rotate tall
• ||ctc ..s t.kor .|t| Off so|octoJ |c. Auto image
rotation
• ´.no.. c.|ort.t|cr ..s c|.rcoJ .|||o s|utto..o
|o.so buttcr ..s p.ossoJ |r ccrt|rucus s|cct|rc
ncJo
• ´.no.. ..s pc|rtoJ up c. Jc.r .|or p|ctc ..s
t.kor
5
108
108
108
´.r rct Jo|oto p|ctc ||ctc |s p.ctoctoJ .oncvo p.ctoct|cr 65
´.r rct c|.rco p.|rt c.Jo. Vonc.v c..J |s |u|| c. |cckoJ 15. 19
´.r rct so|oct p|ctc |c. p.|rt|rc
||ctc |s |r |/\ (|||: |c.n.t ¯..rs|o. tc ccnputo. .rJ
p.|rt us|rc supp||oJ sc|t...o c. ´.ptu.o |`
6. 123
´.r rct p.|rt p|ctu.os v|. J|.oct |Sb
ccrroct|cr
Sot USB tc PTP 6. 104
||ctc |s rct J|sp|.voJ cr ¯\ ´|ccso cc..oct v|Joc ncJo 103
´.r rct ccpv p|ctcs tc ccnputo. ´|ccso cc..oct |Sb cpt|cr 6. 104
´.r rct uso ´.no.. ´crt.c| |.c Sot USB tc PTP 6. 104
132 Technical Notes / Troubleshooting
Camera Error Messages and Displays
¯||s soct|cr ||sts t|o ...r|rc |rJ|c.tc.s .rJ o..c. noss.cos t|.t .ppo.. |r t|o v|o.firJo..
ccrt.c| p.ro|. .rJ ncr|tc.
Indicator
Problem Solution Control panel Viewfnder

(b||rks:
|ors .po.tu.o .|rc rct |cckoJ .t
n|r|nun .po.tu.o
|cck .|rc .t n|r|nun .po.tu.o
(||c|ost |/runbo.:
11
(b||rks:
• |c |ors .tt.c|oJ
• |cr´|| |ors .tt.c|oJ
• /tt.c| |ors (|` ||kkc. oxc|uJoJ:
• So|oct ncJo V
. 11
50
|c. b.tto.v |o.Jv |u||vc|..coJ sp..o b.tto.v 12. 123
(b||rks: (b||rks:
• b.tto.v |s ox|.ustoJ
• b.tto.v |r|c.n.t|cr rct .v.||
.b|o
• |oc|..co c. .op|.co .|t| |u||v
c|..coJ sp..o b.tto.v
• b.tto.v c.r rct bo usoJ |r c.n
o..
12. 123
13
(b||rks:
´.no.. c|cck rct sot Sot c.no.. c|cck 103
/
|c nonc.v c..J |rso.t nonc.v c..J 15
(b||rks: (b||rks:
|c nonc.v |c. |u.t|o. p|ctcs .t
cu..ort sott|rcs. c. c.no.. |.s
.ur cut c| fi|o c. |c|Jo. runbo.s
• |oJuco |n.co ou.||tv c. s|.o
• |o|oto p|ctcc..p|s
• |rso.t ro. nonc.v c..J
33
65. 4
15

(b||rks:
´.no.. ur.b|o tc |ccus us|rc
.utc|ccus
|occnpcso p|ctc c. |ccus n.ru
.||v
22. 32
Sub|oct tcc b.|c|t. p|ctc .||| bo
cvo.oxpcsoJ
• ´|ccso |c.o. |SO sors|t|v|tv
• |rc.o.so s|utto. spooJ
• ´|ccso sn.||o. .po.tu.o (|..co.
|/runbo.:
• |so cpt|cr.| |out..| |ors|tv
(||: fi|to.
43
48. 50
49. 50
122
Sub|oct tcc J..k. p|ctc .||| bo
urJo.oxpcsoJ
• ´|ccso ||c|o. |SO sors|t|v|tv
• |oc.o.so s|utto. spooJ
• ´|ccso |..co. .po.tu.o (sn.||o.
|/runbo.:
43
48. 50
49. 50
(b||rks:
• ||.s| .oou|.oJ |c. cc..oct oxpc
su.o
• b||rks |c. 3 s .|to. fl.s| fi.os
fl.s| |.s fi.oJ .t |u|| pc.o.
• |.|so bu||t|r fl.s|
• \|o. p|ctc. || urJo.oxpcsoJ.
.J|ust sott|rcs .rJ t.v .c.|r
23
26. 61
(b||rks:
(b||rks:
Opt|cr.| SpooJ||c|t t|.t Jcos
rct suppc.t |¯¯| sot tc ¯¯|
ncJo
´|.rco fl.s| ccrt.c| ncJo |c. cp
t|cr.| SpooJ||c|t
120. 141

(b||rks:
“bu|b” so|octoJ |r ncJo M .rJ
ncJo J|.| .ct.toJ tc S ´|.rco s|utto. spooJ c. so|oct
ncJo M
48. 50

(b||rks:
“” so|octoJ |r ncJo M .rJ
ncJo J|.| .ct.toJ tc S

(b||rks:
´.no.. n.||urct|cr
|.oss s|utto..o|o.so buttcr .c.|r
|| o..c. po.s|sts. ccrsu|t .|t| ||kcr
.ut|c.|.oJ so.v|co .op.osort.t|vo

133 Technical Notes / Troubleshooting
Indicator
Problem Solution Monitor Control panel Viewfnder
NO CARD
PRESENT

/ |c nonc.v c..J |rso.t nonc.v c..J
15
CARD IS
LOCKED

/ (b||rks:
Vonc.v c..J |s |cckoJ
(..|to p.ctoctoJ:
S||Jo c..J ..|top.ctoct
s.|tc| tc “..|to” pcs|t|cr
15
THIS CARD
CAN NOT BE
USED
(b||rks:
• |..c. .ccoss|rc nonc.v
c..J
• |r.b|o tc c.o.to ro.
|c|Jo.
• |so ||kcr.pp.cvoJ c..J
• ´..J n.v bo J.n.coJ
´crt.ct .ot.||o. c. ||kcr
.ut|c.|.oJ so.v|co .op.o
sort.t|vo
• |o|oto ur..rtoJ fi|os c. |r
so.t ro. nonc.v c..J
122

15. 65.
4
CARD IS NOT
FORMATTED
(b||rks:
Vonc.v c..J |.s rct boor
|c.n.ttoJ |c. uso |r |80
||c|||c|t Format .rJ p.oss
OK tc |c.n.t nonc.v c..J

Format
No
FOLDER
CONTAINS NO
IMAGES
• Vonc.v c..J |s onptv
• ´u..ort |c|Jo. |s onptv
• |rso.t .rct|o. c..J
• Sot Playback folder tc All
15
5
ALL IMAGES
HIDDEN
/|| p|ctcs |r cu..ort |c|Jo.
..o ||JJor
Sot Playback folder tc All
c. uso Hide image tc .ovo.|
p|ctcs
5.
FILE DOES
NOT CONTAIN
IMAGE DATA
|||o c.o.toJ c. ncJ|fioJ
us|rc ccnputo. c. ct|o.
n.ko c| c.no... c. fi|o |s
cc..upt
|o|oto fi|o c. .o|c.n.t non
c.v c..J
16. 65.
4.
102
CHECK
PRINTER Con-
tinue Cancel
|.|rto. |s cut c| |rk c. |rk |s
.urr|rc |c.
|op|.co |rk || o..c. cccu.s
.|t| |rk .on.|r|rc |r p.|rto..
c|ock p.|rto. st.tus

134 Technical Notes / Appendix
Appendix
¯|o /pporJ|x ccvo.s t|o |c||c.|rc tcp|cs
• Supported Standards 134
• Available Settings and Defaults 134
• Memory Card Capacity and Image Quality / Size 138
• Exposure Program (Mode P) 139
• Bracketing Programs 140
• White Balance and Color Temperature 140
• Flash Control 141
• Shutter Speeds Available with the Built-in Flash 141
• Aperture, Sensitivity, and Flash Range 141
Supported Standards
• DCF Version 2.0 ¯|o Dos|cr |u|o |c. C.no.. F||o Svstons (|´|: |s . st.rJ..J .|Jo|v usoJ |r
t|o J|c|t.| c.no.. |rJust.v tc orsu.o ccnp.t|b|||tv .ncrc J|ffo.ort n.kos c| c.no..
• DPOF D|c|t.| P.|rt O.Jo. Fc.n.t (||O|: |s .r |rJust.v.|Jo st.rJ..J t|.t .||c.s p|ctu.os tc
bo p.|rtoJ |.cn p.|rt c.Jo.s stc.oJ cr t|o nonc.v c..J
• Exif version 2.21 ¯|o |80 suppc.ts |x|| (Exc|.rco.b|o In.co F||o |c.n.t |c. ||c|t.| St|||
´.no..s: vo.s|cr 221. . st.rJ..J |r .||c| |r|c.n.t|cr stc.oJ .|t| p|ctcc..p|s |s usoJ |c.
cpt|n.| cc|c. .op.cJuct|cr .|or t|o |n.cos ..o cutput cr |x||ccnp||.rt p.|rto.s
• PictBridge / st.rJ..J Jovo|cpoJ t|.cuc| cccpo..t|cr .|t| t|o J|c|t.| c.no.. .rJ p.|rto.
|rJust.|os. .||c.|rc p|ctcc..p|s tc bo cutput J|.oct|v tc . p.|rto. .|t|cut fi.st t..rs|o..|rc
t|on tc . ccnputo.
Available Settings and Defaults
¯|o |c||c.|rc t.b|o ||sts t|o sott|rcs t|.t c.r bo .J|ustoJ |r o.c| ncJo
P S A M
S
h
o
o
t
i
n
g

m
e
n
u
Opt|n|.o |n.co ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
|n.co ou.||tv
1
✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
|n.co s|.o
1
✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
\||to b.|.rco
1
✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
|SO sors|t|v|tv
1
✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
|crc oxp || ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
||c| |SO || ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
Vu|t|p|o oxpcsu.o
1
✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
O
t
h
e
r

s
e
t
t
i
n
g
s
S|cct|rc ncJo
1
✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
/utc|ccus ncJo
1

2

2

2

2

2

2

2
✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
Voto.|rc
1
✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
||ox|b|o p.cc..n
1

/utcoxpcsu.o |cck
1
✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
|xpcsu.o ccnpors.t|cr
1
✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
b..ckot|rc
1
✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
||.s| ncJo
1

2

2

2. 3

2

2. 3

2. 3

2
✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
Voto.|rc
1
✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
1. Reset with two-button reset ( 44).
2. Reset with when mode dial is rotated to new setting.
3. Available with optional Speedlight only.
4. Reset with Custom Setting R (Reset).
135 Technical Notes / Appendix
P S A M
C
u
s
t
o
m

S
e
t
t
i
n
g
s
4
1 boop ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
2 /|..o. ncJo ✔
2

2

2

2

2

2

2
✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
3 ´orto. /| ..o. ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
4 bu||t|r /| .ss|st |||un|r.tc. ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
5 |c nonc.v c..J` ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
6 |n.co .ov|o. ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
|SO .utc ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
8 ´.|J J|sp|.v ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
9 \|o.firJo. ...r|rc ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
10 |\ stop ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
11 |xpcsu.o ccnp ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
12 ´orto..o|c|toJ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
13 /utc b|¯ sot ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
14 /utc b|¯ c.Jo. ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
15 ´cnn.rJ J|.|s ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
16 |||´ buttcr ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
1 |||un|r.t|cr ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
18 /||//|| ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
19 /| |cck ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
20 |ccus ..o. ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
21 /| ..o. |||un|r.t|cr ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
22 bu||t|r fl.s| ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
23 ||.s| ...r|rc ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
24 ||.s| s|utto. spooJ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
25 /utc || ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
26 VcJo||rc fl.s| ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
2 Vcr|tc. cff ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
28 /utc noto. cff ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
29 So|| t|no. ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
30 |oncto ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
31 |xpcsu.o Jo|.v ncJo ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
32 Vb|80b.tto.|os ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
136 Technical Notes / Appendix
¯|o |c||c.|rc Jo|.u|ts ..o .ostc.oJ .|or . t.cbuttcr .osot |s po.|c.noJ
P S A M
S
h
o
o
t
i
n
g

m
e
n
u
|n.co ou.||tv '||´ |c.n.|
|n.co s|.o | (382 × 2592:
\||to b.|.rco — /utc
||ro tur|rc — 0
´|ccso cc|c. tonp — 5.000 |
|SO sors|t|v|tv /|¯O 100
Vu|t|p|o oxpcsu.o — Off
O
t
h
e
r

s
e
t
t
i
n
g
s
S|cct|rc ncJo S|rc|o |..no
|ccus ..o. — ´orto. — ´orto.
|ccus |cck Off
/| |cck |c|J Off
/utc|ccus ncJo /|/
Voto.|rc — V.t.|x
||ox|b|o p.cc..n — Off —
|xpcsu.o
ccnpors.t|cr
— Off (00:
b..ckot|rc — Off (0 |..nos:
||.s| ncJo /utc — /utc — S|c.
1
|||| fl.s|
||.s| ccnpors.t|cr — Off (00:
|\ |cck — Off
1. Auto slow sync.
137 Technical Notes / Appendix
¯|o |c||c.|rc Jo|.u|ts ..o .ostc.oJ .|t| ´ustcn Sott|rc | (Reset:
P S A M
C
u
s
t
o
m

S
e
t
t
i
n
g
s
1 boop Or
2 /|..o. ncJo /utc..o. /| Single Dynamic Auto-area AF S|rc|o ..o.
3 ´orto. /| ..o. |c.n.| |..no
4 bu||t|r /| .ss|st |||un|r.tc. Or — Or — Or
5 |c nonc.v c..J` |o|o.so |cckoJ
6 |n.co .ov|o. Or
|SO .utc — Off
1
8 ´.|J J|sp|.v Off
9 \|o.firJo. ...r|rc Or
10 |\ stop 1/3 stop
11 |xpcsu.o ccnp — Off
12 ´orto..o|c|toJ — c8 nn
13 /utc b|¯ sot — /| ° fl.s|
14 /utc b|¯ c.Jo. — V¯| > |rJo. > cvo.
15 ´cnn.rJ J|.|s — Off
16 |||´ buttcr |SO J|sp|.v
1 |||un|r.t|cr Off
18 /||//|| /|//| |cck
19 /| |cck Off
20 |ccus ..o. |c ...p
21 /| ..o. |||un|r.t|cr /utc
22 bu||t|r fl.s| — ¯¯|
23 ||.s| ...r|rc — Or
24 ||.s| s|utto. spooJ — 1/60
25 /utc || — Off
26 VcJo||rc fl.s| — Off
2 Vcr|tc. cff 20 s
28 /utc noto. cff 6 s
29 So|| t|no. 10 s
30 |oncto 1 n|r
31 |xpcsu.o Jo|.v ncJo Off
32 Vb|80 b.tto.|os ||6 (//s|.o .|k.||ro:
1. Max. sensitivity set to 800, Min. shutter speed set to 1/30
138 Technical Notes / Appendix
Memory Card Capacity and Image Quality / Size
¯|o |c||c.|rc t.b|o s|c.s t|o .pp.cx|n.to runbo. c| p|ctu.os t|.t c.r bo stc.oJ cr . 1 ´b
|.r.scr|c |.c ||´| S|||| c..J .t J|ffo.ort |n.co ou.||tv .rJ s|.o sott|rcs
Image quality Image size File size (MB)
1
Number of images
1
Bufer capacity
1, 2
||| | '||´ ||ro
3
| 12 54 6
V 151 63 6
S 136 2 6
||| | '||´ |c.n.|
3
| 148 65 6
V 138 1 6
S 130 6 6
||| | '||´ b.s|c
3
| 136 2 6
V 130 6 6
S 12 8 6
||| (|/\: — 124 82 6
'||´ ||ro
| 48 133 23
V 2 233 100
S 12 503 100
'||´ |c.n.|
| 24 260 100
V 13 446 100
S 06 918 100
'||´ b.s|c
| 12 503 100
V 0 86 100
S 03 1500 100
1 /|| ficu.os ..o .pp.cx|n.to |||o s|.o v..|os .|t| scoro .occ.JoJ .rJ n.ko c| nonc.v c..J
2 V.x|nun runbo. c| |..nos t|.t c.r bo t.kor bo|c.o s|cct|rc stcps .t |SO 100 ´.p.c|tv c| nonc.v buffo.
J.cps || rc|so .oJuct|cr |s cr
3 |n.co s|.o .pp||os tc '||´ |n.cos cr|v S|.o c| ||| (|/\: |n.cos c.r rct bo c|.rcoJ |||o s|.o |s t|o tct.| |c.
ccnp.ossoJ ||| (|/\: .rJ '||´ |n.cos
139 Technical Notes / Appendix
Exposure Program (Mode P)
¯|o oxpcsu.o p.cc..n |c. ncJo | |s s|c.r |r t|o |c||c.|rc c..p|
| (|ors |cc.| |orct|: ≤ 55 nn
135 nn ≥ | > 55 nn
| > 135 nn
¯|o n.x|nun .rJ n|r|nun v.|uos |c. |\ v..v .|t| |SO sors|t|v|tv. t|o .bcvo c..p| .s
sunos .r |SO sors|t|v|tv c| |SO 200 oou|v.|ort \|or n.t.|x noto.|rc |s usoJ. v.|uos cvo.
16 '/· |\ ..o .oJucoJ tc 16 '/· |\
Shutter speed
A
p
e
r
t
u
r
e
140 Technical Notes / Appendix
Bracketing Programs
¯|o runbo. c| s|cts .rJ b..ckot|rc |rc.onort ..o s|c.r |r t|o ccrt.c| p.ro| .s |c||c.s
The Bracketing Progress Indicator and Number of Frames
Number of frames Progress indicator Description
3 |..nos urncJ|fioJ. roc.t|vo. pcs|t|vo
¯
2 |..nos urncJ|fioJ. roc.t|vo
¯
2 |..nos urncJ|fioJ. pcs|t|vo
¯ O.Jo. .|or Under > MTR > over |s so|octoJ |c. ´ustcn Sott|rc 14 (Auto BKT order: |s roc.t|vo.
urncJ|fioJ. pcs|t|vo (t|.oo |..nos: c. roc.t|vo. urncJ|fioJ (t.c |..nos:
Bracketing Increment
Autoexposure and fash bracketing
White balance bracketing Custom Setting 10 (EV Step) set to 1/3 EV Custom Setting 10 (EV Step) set to 1/2 EV
Display Increment Display Increment Display Increment
'/· |\ '/. |\ 1
²/· |\ 1 |\ 2
1 |\ 1 '/. |\ 3
1 '/· |\ 2 |\
1 ²/· |\
2 |\
White Balance and Color Temperature
/pp.cx|n.to cc|c. tonpo..tu.os |c. o.c| .||to b.|.rco sott|rc ..o c|vor bo|c. (v.|uos n.v
J|ffo. |.cn cc|c. tonpo..tu.os c|vor bv p|ctc cc|c. noto.s:
White balance
Fine tuning
None –3 –2 –1 +1 +2 +3
Auto 3.500 | – 8.000 | ||ro tur|rc .JJoJ tc v.|uo so|octoJ bv c.no..
Incandescent 3.000 | 3.300 | 3.200 | 3.100 | 2.900 | 2.800 | 2.00 |
Fluorescent
*
4.200 | .200 | 6.500 | 5.000 | 3.00 | 3.000 | 2.00 |
Dir. sunlight 5.200 | 5.600 | 5.400 | 5.300 | 5.000 | 4.900 | 4.800 |
Flash 5.400 | 6.000 | 5.800 | 5.600 | 5.200 | 5.000 | 4.800 |
Cloudy 6.000 | 6.600 | 6.400 | 6.200 | 5.800 | 5.600 | 5.400 |
Shade 8.000 | 9.200 | 8.800 | 8.400 | .500 | .100 | 6.00 |
Choose color temp. 2.500 | – 9.900 |
|ct .v.||.b|o
White balance preset —
¯ ´c|c. tonpo..tu.o ..rco .oflocts .|Jo v..|.t|cr .ncrc fluc.oscort ||c|t scu.cos. ..rc|rc |.cn |c.
tonpo..tu.o st.J|un ||c|t|rc tc ||c|tonpo..tu.o no.cu.vv.pc. |.nps
Number of frames Bracketing increment
Bracketing progress indicator
141 Technical Notes / Appendix
Flash Control ( 42, 120)
¯|o |c||c.|rc tvpos c| fl.s| ccrt.c| ..o suppc.toJ .|or . ´|| |ors |s suoJ |r ccnb|r.t|cr
.|t| t|o bu||t|r fl.s| c. cpt|cr.| Sb800 c. Sb600 SpooJ||c|ts
• i-TTL Balanced Fill-Flash for Digital SLR ||.s| cutput |s .J|ustoJ |c. . r.tu..| b.|.rco bot.oor
t|o n.|r sub|oct .rJ t|o b.ckc.curJ
• Standard i-TTL Fill-Flash for Digital SLR ||.s| cutput |s .J|ustoJ |c. t|o n.|r sub|oct. t|o b.|c|t
ross c| t|o b.ckc.curJ |s rct t.kor |rtc .cccurt |occnnorJoJ |c. s|cts |r .||c| t|o
n.|r sub|oct |s onp|.s|.oJ .t t|o oxporso c| b.ckc.curJ Jot.||s. c. .|or oxpcsu.o ccn
pors.t|cr |s usoJ
St.rJ..J |¯¯| fl.s| ccrt.c| |s usoJ .|t| spct noto.|rc c. .|or so|octoJ .|t| t|o cpt|cr.|
SpooJ||c|t |¯¯| b.|.rcoJ fi||fl.s| |c. J|c|t.| S|| |s usoJ |r .|| ct|o. c.sos
Shutter Speeds Available with the Built-in Flash
¯|o |c||c.|rc s|utto. spooJs ..o .v.||.b|o .|or t|o bu||t|r fl.s| |s usoJ
Mode Shutter speed Mode Shutter speed
. . P
¯
. A
¯
'/...–'/-. s '/...–1 s
'/...–'/·. s S. M '/...–'/·. s
¯ S|c.ost s|utto. spooJ .t .||c| fl.s| .||| bo usoJ c.r bo so|octoJ us|rc ´ustcn Sott|rc 24 (Flash
shutter speed: ||.s| .||| st||| fi.o .t s|utto. spooJs .s s|c. .s 30 s .|or sot tc s|c. svrc
Aperture, Sensitivity, and Flash Range
||.s| ..rco v..|os .|t| sors|t|v|tv (|SO oou|v.|orcv: .rJ .po.tu.o
Aperture at ISO equivalent of Range
100 125 160 200 250 320 400 500 640 800 1000 1200 1600 m ft.
14 16 18 2 22 25 28 32 35 4 45 5 56 10–92 3 |t 3 |r–30 |t 2|r
2 22 25 28 32 35 4 45 5 56 63 1 8 0–65 2 |t 4 |r–21 |t 4|r
28 32 35 4 45 5 56 63 1 8 9 10 11 06–46 2 |t–15 |t 1|r
4 45 5 56 63 1 8 9 10 11 13 14 16 06–32 2 |t–10 |t 6|r
56 63 1 8 9 10 11 13 14 16 18 20 22 06–23 2 |t– |t |r
9 10 11 13 14 16 18 20 22 25 29 32 06–16 2 |t–5 |t 3|r
11 13 14 16 18 20 22 25 29 32 — — — 06–11 2 |t–3 |t |r
16 18 20 22 25 29 32 — — — — — — 06–08 2 |t–2 |t |r
|r t|o |c||c.|rc ncJos. t|o n.x|nun .po.tu.o (n|r|nun |/runbo.: |s ||n|toJ .ccc.J|rc
tc |SO sors|t|v|tv .|or t|o bu||t|r fl.s| |s usoJ
Mode
Maximum aperture at ISO sensitivity of
100 125 160 200 250 320 400 500 640 800 1000 1250 1600
P. . . 4 42 45 48 5 53 56 6 63 6 1 6 8
56 6 63 6 1 6 8 85 9 95 10 11 11
|c. o.c| crostop |rc.o.so |r sors|t|v|tv (oc. |.cn 200 tc 400:. .po.tu.o |s stcppoJ Jc.r bv
|.|| .r |/stcp || t|o n.x|nun .po.tu.o c| t|o |ors |s sn.||o. t|.r c|vor .bcvo. t|o n.x|
nun v.|uo |c. .po.tu.o .||| bo t|o n.x|nun .po.tu.o c| t|o |ors
142 Technical Notes / Specifcations
Specifcations
Type S|rc|o|ors .oflox J|c|t.| c.no..
Efective pixels 102 n||||cr
CCD 236 × 158 nn. tct.| p|xo|s 105 n||||cr
Image size (pixels) • 3.82 × 2.592 (|..co: • 2.896 × 1.944 (VoJ|un: • 1.936 × 1.296 (Sn.||:
Lens mount ||kcr | ncurt .|t| /| ccup||rc .rJ /| ccrt.cts
Compatible lenses
*
Type G or D Nikkor /|| |urct|crs suppc.toJ
Micro Nikkor 85 mm f/2.8D /|| |urct|crs suppc.toJ oxcopt .utc|ccus .rJ scno oxpcsu.o ncJos
AI-P Nikkor /|| |urct|crs suppc.toJ oxcopt 3| cc|c. n.t.|x noto.|rc || .rJ .utc|ccus
Non-CPU ´.r bo usoJ |r ncJo M. but oxpcsu.o noto. Jcos rct |urct|cr. o|oct.cr|c ..rco firJo.
c.r bo usoJ || n.x|nun .po.tu.o |s |/56 c. |.sto.
Other AF Nikkor

/|| |urct|crs suppc.toJ oxcopt 3| cc|c. n.t.|x noto.|rc ||
¯ |`||kkc. |orsos c.r rct bo usoJ † |xc|uJ|rc |orsos |c. |3/|
Picture angle |ou|v.|ort |r 35 nn (135: |c.n.t |s .pp.cx 15 t|nos |ors |cc.| |orct|
Viewfnder
Diopter –20 tc |10 n
1
Eyepoint 195 nn (–10 n
1
:
Frame coverage /pp.cx 95° c| |ors (vo.t|c.| .rJ |c.|.crt.|:
Magnifcation /pp.cx 094 × (50 nn |ors .t |rfir|tv. –10 n
1
Focusing screen ¯vpob b.|to\|o. ´|o.. V.tto Sc.oor V..k || .|t| supo.|npcsoJ |ccus b..ckots .rJ Or
|on.rJ c.|J ||ros
Opt|c.| fixoJ ovo|ovo| port.p.|sn
Refex mirror Ou|ck .otu.r
Lens aperture |rst.rt .otu.r .|t| Jopt|c|fio|J p.ov|o.
Depth-of-feld preview \|or ´|| |ors |s .tt.c|oJ. Jopt|c|fio|J p.ov|o. buttcr stcps .po.tu.o Jc.r tc v.|uo
so|octoJ bv uso. (A .rJ M ncJos: c. bv c.no.. (ct|o. ncJos:
Self-timer ||oct.cr|c.||v ccrt.c||oJ t|no. .|t| 2. 5. 10 c. 20 s Ju..t|cr
Focus-area selection |ccus ..o. c.r bo so|octoJ |.cn 11 |ccus ..o.s
Lens servo • /utc|ccus (/|: |rst.rt s|rc|oso.vc /| (/|S:. ccrt|rucusso.vc /| (/|´:. .utc /|
S//|´ so|oct|cr (/|/:. p.oJ|ct|vo |ccus t..ck|rc .ct|v.toJ .utcn.t|c.||v .ccc.J|rc
tc sub|oct st.tus
• V.ru.| |ccus (V:
Storage
Media S| (Socu.o D|c|t.|: nonc.v c..Js. c.no.. suppc.ts S||´
File system ´cnp||.rt .|t| Dos|cr |u|o |c. C.no.. F||o Svston (|´|: 20 .rJ D|c|t.| P.|rt O.Jo.
Fc.n.t (||O|:
Compression • NEF (RAW) ccnp.ossoJ 12b|t • JPEG '||´ b.so||roccnp|.|rt
ISO sensitivity (Recom-
mended Exposure Index)
100 tc 1600 .|t| .JJ|t|cr.| sott|rcs c| up tc 1 |\ cvo. 1600 |r stops c| '/· |\
Autofocus
Detection range –10 tc |19 |\ (|SO 100 .t 20 ´/68 |:
AF-area mode S|rc|o..o. /|. Jvr.n|c..o. /|. .utc..o. /|
Focus lock |ccus c.r bo |cckoJ bv p.oss|rc t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr |.||..v (s|rc|oso.vc /|: c.
bv p.oss|rc t|o AE-L/AF-L buttcr
¯¯| p|.so Jotoct|cr bv ||kcr Vu|t|´/V 1000 .utc|ccus sorsc. ncJu|o
143 Technical Notes / Specifcations
Metering
Exposure
¯|.ooncJo t|.cuc|t|o|ors (¯¯|: oxpcsu.o noto.|rc
Matrix 3| cc|c. n.t.|x noto.|rc || (tvpo ´ .rJ | |orsos:. cc|c. n.t.|x noto.|rc || (ct|o. ´||
|orsos:. noto.|rc po.|c.noJ bv 420socnort |´b sorsc.
Spot Voto.s 35 nn c|.c|o (.bcut 25° c| |..no: corto.oJ cr .ct|vo |ccus ..o.
Range (ISO 100 equivalent,
f/1.4 lens, 20 °C/68 °F)
0 tc 20 |\ (3| cc|c. n.t.|x c. corto..o|c|toJ noto.|rc:
2 tc 20 |\ (spct noto.|rc:
Center-weighted \o|c|t c| 5° c|vor tc 6. 8. c. 10 nn c|.c|o |r corto. c| |..no
Exposure meter coupling ´|| ccup||rc
Mode ||c|t.| \..||.cc..n ( .utc. pc.t..|t. |.rJsc.po. n.c.c c|csoup. spc.ts.
r|c|t |.rJsc.po. r|c| pc.t..|t:. p.cc..nnoJ .utc (P: .|t| flox|b|o p.cc..n. s|utto.
p.|c.|tv .utc (S:. .po.tu.op.|c.|tv .utc (A:. n.ru.| (M:
Exposure compensation –5 tc |5 |\ |r |rc.onorts c| '/· c. '⁄. |\
Bracketing |xpcsu.o .rJ / c. fl.s| b..ckot|rc (2–3 oxpcsu.os |r |rc.onorts c| '⁄· c. '⁄. |\:
Exposure lock |xpcsu.o |cckoJ .t JotoctoJ v.|uo .|t| AE-L/AF-L buttcr
Shutter ||oct.cr|c.||vccrt.c||oJ vo.t|c.|t..vo| |cc.| p|.ro s|utto.
Speed 30 tc '⁄·... s |r stops c| '⁄· c. '⁄. |\. bu|b
White balance /utc (¯¯| .||to b.|.rco .|t| 420socnort |´b sorsc.:. s|x n.ru.| ncJos .|t| firo
tur|rc. cc|c. tonpo..tu.o sott|rc. p.osot .||to b.|.rco
Bracketing 2 tc 3 oxpcsu.os |r |rc.onorts c| 1
Built-in fash • . . .

/utc fl.s| .|t| .utc pcpup
• P. S. A. M V.ru.| pcpup .|t| buttcr .o|o.so
Guide number (m/ft) /pp.cx 13/42 .t |SO 100 .rJ 20 ´ (68 |:
Sync contact
Flash
`ccrt.ct cr|v. fl.s| svrc|.cr|..t|cr .t s|utto. spooJs c| up tc '⁄... s
Flash control
Auto aperture /v.||.b|o .|t| Sb800 .rJ ´|| |ors
Non-TTL auto /v.||.b|o .|t| suc| SpooJ||c|ts .s Sb800. 80|`. 28|`. 28. 2. .rJ 22s
TTL ¯¯| fl.s| ccrt.c| bv 420socnort |´b sorsc. |¯¯| b.|.rcoJ fi||fl.s| |c. J|c|t.| S|| .rJ
st.rJ..J |¯¯| fi||fl.s| |c. J|c|t.| S|| .v.||.b|o .|t| bu||t|r fl.s|. Sb800. .rJ Sb600
Range-priority manual /v.||.b|o .|t| Sb800
Flash-ready indicator ||c|ts .|or bu||t|r fl.s| c. Sbso.|os SpooJ||c|t suc| .s 800. 600. 80|`. 28|`. 50|`.
28. 2. c. 22s |s |u||v c|..coJ. b||rks |c. .bcut 3 s .|to. fl.s| |s fi.oJ .t |u|| cutput
Accessory shoe St.rJ..J |SO |cts|co ccrt.ct .|t| s.|otv |cck
Nikon Creative Lighting
System
\|t| Sb800. 600. .rJ |200. suppc.ts /Jv.rcoJ \|.o|oss ||c|t|rc (Sb600 .rJ |200 cr|v
suppc.t /\| .|or usoJ .s .oncto fl.s|:. /utc || ||c|SpooJ Svrc. ||.s| ´c|c. |r|c.
n.t|cr ´cnnur|c.t|cr. ncJo||rc ||.s|. .rJ |\ |cck
Flash mode • . .

/utc. .utc .|t| .oJovo .oJuct|cr. fi||fl.s| .rJ .oJovo .oJuct|cr .v.||.b|o
.|t| cpt|cr.| SpooJ||c|t


/utc. .utc s|c. svrc. .utc s|c. svrc .|t| .oJovo .oJuct|cr. s|c. svrc .rJ s|c.
svrc .|t| .oJovo .oJuct|cr .v.||.b|o .|t| cpt|cr.| SpooJ||c|t
• . .

||||fl.s| .rJ .oJovo .oJuct|cr .v.||.b|o .|t| cpt|cr.| SpooJ||c|t
• P. A |||| fl.s|. .o..cu.t.|r .|t| s|c. svrc. s|c. svrc. s|c. svrc .|t| .oJovo .oJuct|cr.
.oJovo .oJuct|cr
• S. M |||| fl.s|. .o..cu.t.|r svrc. .oJovo .oJuct|cr
Monitor 25 |r. 230.000Jct. |c.tonpo..tu.o pc|vs|||ccr ¯|¯ |´| .|t| b.|c|tross .J|ustnort
Video output ´.r bo so|octoJ |.cn |¯S´ .rJ |/|
External interface |Sb 20 ||spooJ
Tripod socket '⁄· |r (|SO:
144 Technical Notes / Specifcations
Firmware upgrades ||.n...o c.r bo upc..JoJ bv uso.
Supported languages ´||roso (S|np||fioJ .rJ ¯..J|t|cr.|:. |utc|. |rc||s|. ||rr|s|. |.orc|. ´o.n.r. |t.||.r.
'.p.roso. |c.o.r. |c||s|. |c.tucuoso. |uss|.r. Sp.r|s|. S.oJ|s|
Power source • Oro .oc|..co.b|o ||kcr ||||3o |||cr b.tto.v. c|..c|rc vc|t.co (V|18. ou|ck c|..
co.: 4 \ |´
• Vb|80 Vu|t||c.o. b.tto.v p.ck (.v.||.b|o sop...to|v: .|t| cro c. t.c .oc|..co.b|o
||kcr ||||3o |||cr b.tto.|os c. s|x ||6 .|k.||ro. ||6 ||V|. ||6 ||t||un. c. ¯|6 r|cko|
n.rc.roso // b.tto.|os
• ||5 /´ .J.pto. (.v.||.b|o sop...to|v:
Dimensions (W × D × H) /pp.cx 132 × 103 × nn (52 × 41 × 30 |r:
Weight /pp.cx 585 c (1 |b 5c.: .|t|cut b.tto.v. nonc.v c..J. bcJv c.p. c. |´| ncr|tc. ccvo.
Operating environment
Temperature 0 tc |40 ´ (|32 tc 104 |:
Humidity |oss t|.r 85° (rc ccrJors.t|cr:
Rated input /´ 100 tc 240 \. 50/60 |.
Rated output |´ 84 \ / 900 n/
Supported batteries ||||3o .oc|..co.b|o |||cr b.tto.|os
Charging time /pp.cx 135 n|rutos
Operating temperature 0 tc |40 ´ (|32 tc 104 |:
Dimensions (W × D × H) /pp.cx 90 × 35 × 58 nn (35 × 14 × 23 |r:
Length of cord /pp.cx 1.800 nn (5 |t 11 |r:
Weight /pp.cx 80 c (28 c.:. oxc|uJ|rc pc.o. c.b|o
Type |oc|..co.b|o ||t||un|cr b.tto.v
Rated capacity 4 \ / 1500 n/|
Dimensions (W × D × H) /pp.cx 395 × 56 × 21 nn (16 × 22 × 08 |r:
Weight /pp.cx 80 c (28 c.:. oxc|uJ|rc pc.o. c.b|o
|r|oss ct|o..|so st.toJ. .|| ficu.os ..o |c. . c.no.. .|t| . |u||vc|..coJ b.tto.v cpo..t|rc .t .r .nb|
ort tonpo..tu.o c| 20 ´ (68 |:
MH-18a Quick Charger
Specifications
||kcr .oso.vos t|o .|c|t tc c|.rco t|o spoc|fic.t|crs c| t|o |..J...o .rJ sc|t...o Josc.|boJ |r t||s
n.ru.| .t .rv t|no .rJ .|t|cut p.|c. rct|co ||kcr .||| rct bo |o|J ||.b|o |c. J.n.cos t|.t n.v .osu|t
|.cn .rv n|st.kos t|.t t||s n.ru.| n.v ccrt.|r
EN-EL3e Rechargeable Li-ion Battery
145 Technical Notes / Specifcations
Type ´tvpo /|S |` ¯ccn||kkc. |ors .|t| bu||t|r ´|| .rJ ||kcr ncurt
Supported cameras ||kcr |` |c.n.t J|c|t.| c.no..s
Focal length 18 – 135 nn
Max. aperture 1 35 – 56
Construction 15 o|onorts |r 13 c.cups (|rc|uJ|rc 1 || c|.ss o|onort .rJ 2 .sp|o.|c.| o|onorts:
Focal length scale 18. 24. 35. 50. 0. 105. 135
Distance information Supp||oJ tc c.no.. bcJv
Zoom ¯ccn .J|ustoJ bv .ct.t|rc .ccn .|rc
Focus /utc|ccus .|t| S||ort \.vo Vctc.. n.ru.| |ccus. n.ru.| |ccus suppc.toJ .|or /V
s.|tc| sot tc / c. V |ccus c.r bo .J|ustoJ bv .ct.t|rc |ors |ccus|rc .|rc .|to. |cck|rc
|ccus |r s|rc|oso.vc .utc|ccus |c rct uso |ccus|rc .|rc .|||o c.no.. |s |ccus|rc
Closest focus distance 045 n (15 |t: .t .|| .ccn pcs|t|crs
Aperture Sovor b|.Jo J|.p|..cn .|t| .utc .po.tu.o
Aperture range |/35 – 22 (.t 18 nn:. |/56 – 38 (.t 135 nn:
Metering V.x|nun .po.tu.o
Filter diameter 6 nn (|05 nn:
Dimensions (W × D × H) /pp.cx 35 nn J|.noto. × 865 nn/29 × 34 |r
Weight /pp.cx 385 c (136 c.:
Lens hood |b32 (.v.||.b|o sop...to|v. .tt.c|os .s s|c.r bo|c.:
ቢ ባ


18–135 mm f/3.5–5.6G ED-IF AF-S DX Zoom-Nikkor Lens (Available Separately)
¯|o |c||c.|rc .ccossc.|os c.r rct bo usoJ .|t| t|o 18–135 nn |/35–56´ |||| /|S |` to|occrvo.t
o.s (.|| tvpos:. || .utc oxtors|cr .|rcs (.|| tvpos:. | .|rcs (.|| tvpos:. b|4 .utc .|rcs. bo||c.s .tt.c|
norts (.|| tvpos:. .rJ S`1 .tt.c|nort .|rcs Ot|o. .ccossc.|os n.v .|sc bo |rccnp.t|b|o Soo t|o
.ccossc.v n.ru.| |c. Jot.||s
146 Technical Notes / Specifcations
Battery Life
¯|o runbo. c| s|cts t|.t c.r bo t.kor .|t| . |u||vc|..coJ ||||3o b.tto.v (1500 n/|: v..|os .|t|
t|o ccrJ|t|cr c| t|o b.tto.v. tonpo..tu.o. .rJ |c. t|o c.no.. |s usoJ ¯|o |c||c.|rc no.su.onorts
.o.o po.|c.noJ .t . tonpo..tu.o c| 20 ´ (68 |:
Example 1: 2,700 shots
/|S |` || || 18–135 nn |/35–56´ |ors. ccrt|rucus s|cct|rc ncJo. ccrt|rucusso.vc .utc|ccus.
|n.co ou.||tv sot tc '||´ b.s|c. |n.co s|.o sot tc M. s|utto. spooJ '⁄.. s. s|utto..o|o.so buttcr p.ossoJ
|.||..v |c. t|.oo soccrJs .rJ |ccus cvc|oJ |.cn |rfir|tv tc n|r|nun ..rco t|.oo t|nos. .|to. s|x s|cts.
ncr|tc. tu.roJ cr |c. fivo soccrJs .rJ t|or tu.roJ cff. cvc|o .opo.toJ crco oxpcsu.o noto.s |.vo
tu.roJ cff
Example 2: 600 shots
/|S |` || || 18–135 nn |/35–56´ |ors. s|rc|o|..no s|cct|rc ncJo. ccrt|rucusso.vc .utc|ccus.
|n.co ou.||tv sot tc '||´ |c.n.|. |n.co s|.o sot tc L. s|utto. spooJ 1⁄250 s. s|utto..o|o.so buttcr
p.ossoJ |.||..v |c. fivo soccrJs .rJ |ccus cvc|oJ |.cn |rfir|tv tc n|r|nun ..rco crco. ncr|tc.
tu.roJ cr |c. |cu. soccrJs .|to. o.c| s|ct. bu||t|r SpooJ||c|t fi.oJ .t |u|| pc.o. .|t| ovo.v ct|o. s|ct.
roxt s|ct t.kor .|to. oxpcsu.o noto.s |.vo tu.roJ cff
¯|o |c||c.|rc c.r .oJuco b.tto.v |||o
¯c orsu.o n.x|nun b.tto.v po.|c.n.rco
• |oop t|o b.tto.v ccrt.cts c|o.r Sc||oJ ccrt.cts c.r .oJuco b.tto.v po.|c.n.rco
• |so ||||3o b.tto.|os |nnoJ|.to|v .|to. c|..c|rc b.tto.|os .||| |cso t|o|. c|..co || |o|t urusoJ
• ´|ock b.tto.v st.tus .ocu|..|v us|rc t|o Battery info cpt|cr |r t|o sotup noru ( 10:
¯|o b.tto.v |ovo| J|sp|.voJ bv t|o c.no.. n.v v..v .|t| c|.rcos |r tonpo..tu.o
• |s|rc t|o ncr|tc.
• |oop|rc t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr p.ossoJ
|.||..v
• |opo.toJ .utc|ccus cpo..t|crs
• ¯.k|rc |/\ (|||: p|ctcc..p|s
• S|c. s|utto. spooJs
147 Technical Notes / Index
Index
Symbols
3| cc|c. n.t.|x noto.|rc ||
See Voto.|rc
420socnort |´b sorsc. See
Voto.|rc. \||to b.|.rco
(.utc ncJo:. 19–23
(c|csoup ncJo:. 24–25
(ccrt|rucus s|cct|rc
|rJ|c.tc.:. 36
(oxpcsu.o ccnpors.
t|cr:. 54
(fl.s| ccnpors.t|cr:. 55
(fl.s|.o.Jv |rJ|c.tc.:. 23
(|\ |cck:. 92–93
(|.rJsc.po ncJo:. 24–25
(r|c|t |.rJsc.po ncJo:.
24–25
(r|c|t pc.t..|t ncJo:.
24–25
(pc.t..|t ncJo:. 24–25
(.oncto ccrt.c| |rJ|c.tc.:.
38–39
(so|| t|no. |rJ|c.tc.:. 3
(spc.ts ncJo:. 24–25
A
A See /po.tu.op.|c.|tv .utc
/ccossc.|os See also b.tto.v.
|ors. ||.s|. cpt|cr.|
cpt|cr.|. 116–123
supp||oJ.
/Jcbo |´b See ´c|c. ncJo
/Jv.rcoJ \|.o|oss ||c|t
|rc. 120
AE-L/AF-L (´ustcn Sott|rcs
noru:. 94
AE lock (´ustcn Sott|rcs
noru:. 94
/|/ See |ccus. .utc|ccus.
ncJo
AF area illumination (´us
tcn Sott|rcs noru:. 95
AF-area mode (´ustcn Sot
t|rcs noru:. 8
/|.ss|st |||un|r.tc.. 28. 8
/|´ See |ccus. .utc|ccus.
ncJo
/|S See |ccus. .utc|ccus.
ncJo
/po.tu.o. 49–50. 141
n.x|nun. 49. 50. 116. 121
n|r|nun. 45. 49. 50. 132
/po.tu.op.|c.|tv .utc. 49
/uJ|c/v|Joc (/\: c.b|o. 66
/utc..o. /| See AF-area
mode
Auto BKT order (´ustcn
Sott|rcs noru:. 91
Auto BKT set (´ustcn Sot
t|rcs noru:. 90
/utcoxpcsu.o |cck. 53 See
also AE lock
/utc|ccus See |ccus
/utc (||.s| ncJo:. 41
Auto FP (´ustcn Sott|rcs
noru:. 98
Auto image rotation (sotup
noru:. 108
/utc noto. cff. 18. 99
Auto meter off (´ustcn
Sott|rcs noru:. 99
/utc ncJo. 19–23
B
b.ck||c|t. ccrt.c| p.ro|. 3. 93
b/S|´ See |n.co ou.||tv
b.tto.v. . 12–13. 19. 123. 12
See also Battery info. ´|cck.
b.tto.v. Vb|80
||||3o. . 12–13. 123
|rso.t|rc. 12–13
|||o. 146
stc..co. ||. 12
Battery info (sotup noru:.
10
Beep (´ustcn Sott|rcs
noru:. 86
(b..ckot|rc |rJ|c.tc.:.
56–5
b|.ck .rJ .||to. 81
b|u.. .oJuc|rc. 36. 51 See also
Exposure delay mode.
So|| t|no.. S|cct|rc ncJo.
Jo|.voJ .oncto. S|cct
|rc ncJo. ou|ck.ospcrso
.oncto
b..ckot|rc. 56–5. 140 See
also |xpcsu.o. b..ckot|rc.
||.s|. b..ckot|rc. \||to b.|
.rco. b..ckot|rc
b.|c|tross See |xpcsu.o.
||.s|. |ovo|. LCD brightness.
Vcr|tc.. b.|c|tross c|
buffo. s|.o. 36
Built-in AF-assist illumi-
nator (´ustcn Sott|rcs
noru:. 8
Built-in flash (´ustcn Sot
t|rcs noru:. 40. 95
bu|b See |crc t|nooxpc
su.os
bu.st See S|cct|rc ncJo.
ccrt|rucus
b/\ See b|.ck .rJ .||to
C
´.no.. ´crt.c| |.c. 68. 123
´.ptu.o |`. 106. 123
Center AF area (´ustcn
Sott|rcs noru:. 8
´orto..o|c|toJ See Cen-
ter-weighted. Voto.|rc
Center-weighted (´ustcn
Sott|rcs noru:. 90
´|cck. 103. 132
b.tto.v. 103
(“c|cck rct sot” |rJ|c.
tc.:. 103. 132
´|cso up. 24–25
´|S See ´.o.t|vo ||c|t|rc
Svston
´c|c. See ´c|c. ncJo. Filter
effects. |uo. S.tu..t|cr.
\||to b.|.rco
´c|c. ncJo. 80
´c|c. p.cfi|o See ´c|c. ncJo
´c|c. sp.co See ´c|c. ncJo
´c|c. tonpo..tu.o. 58. 59.
140 See also \||to b.|.rco
Command dials (´ustcn
Sott|rcs noru:. 91
´cnputo.. 6–68. 69
´crt|rucus. 36
´crt|rucusso.vc /| See
|ccus. .utc|ccus. ncJo
´crt..st. 9–80 See also
Optimize image. ¯cro
ccnpors.t|cr
´cp|os See Small picture
´|| |ors See |ors. ´||
´.o.t|vo ||c|t|rc Svston
(´|S:. 119. 121
´.cp. 1. 111 See also |.|rt
|rc. Trim
CSM/Setup menu (sotup
noru:. 101–102
´ustcn Sott|rcs. 86–100
D
|.to. 14. 103 See also ´|cck.
World time
|.v||c|t s.v|rc t|no. 103 See
also World time
|´| See |os|cr |u|o |c.
´.no.. |||o Svston
|´||. 9
|o|.u|t sott|rcs. 134–13 See
also Reset. ¯.cbuttcr .osot
|o|oto. 26. 65. 4 See also
Vonc.v c..J. |c.n.tt|rc.
|.ctoct|rc p|ctcc..p|s
.|| |n.cos. 4
so|octoJ |n.cos. 4
s|rc|o|..no p|.vb.ck.
26. 65
|o|.voJ .oncto. 36. 38
Delete (p|.vb.ck noru:. 4
|opt| c| fio|J. 49
p.ov|o.. 49 See also Mod-
eling flash
|os|cr |u|o |c. ´.no.. |||o
Svston. 134
||c|t.| |.|rt O.Jo. |c.n.t. 69.
3. 134
||c|t.| \..||.cc..n. 24–25
||cpto.. 1. 122 See also
\|o.firJo.
|||c|t|rc. 110
D-lighting (.otcuc| noru:.
110
||O| See ||c|t.| |.|rt O.Jo.
|c.n.t
Dust off ref photo (sotup
noru:. 106–10
|vr.n|c ..o. /| See AF-
area mode
E
||oct.cr|c ..rco firJo. See
|ccus. n.ru.|
EV step (´ustcn Sott|rcs
noru:. 89
|x|| vo.s|cr 221. 134
|xpcsu.o. 52–5. 89 See also
/po.tu.o. /po.tu.op.|c.|tv
.utc. /utcoxpcsu.o |cck.
|.cc..nnoJ .utc. S|utto.
p.|c.|tv .utc. S|utto. spooJ.
V.ru.| ncJo
b..ckot|rc. 56–5. 140
ccnpors.t|cr. 54. 55. 89
o|oct.cr|c .r.|cc oxpcsu.o
J|sp|.v. 50
noto.s. 3. 18. 99
p.cc..n. 139
Exposure comp. (´ustcn
Sott|rcs noru:. 89
Exposure delay mode (´us
tcn Sott|rcs noru:. 99
|vop|oco c.p. 3. 8. 3
F
|||o. 33. 35. . 106. 138
|c.n.t. 35. . 134
File no. sequence (sotup
noru:. 106
|||to. See also /ccossc.|os.
cpt|cr.|. Filter effects.
|out..| |ors|tv (||:
Filter effects (.otcuc|
noru:. 112
||.n...o See Firmware
version
148 Technical Notes / Index
Firmware version (sotup
noru:. 108
|||| See |n.co ou.||tv
||.s|
b..ckot|rc. 56–5
bu||t |r. 23. 40–42. 95
ccnpors.t|cr. 55
|ovo|. 42. 90. 92
ncr|tc. p.ofl.s|. 93. 95–9
cpt|cr.|. 119–121
..rco. 23. 119. 141
.o.Jv |rJ|c.tc.. 23. 93. 121
.oncto. 119
svrc spooJ. 42
||.s| ncJo. 40–42
Flash shutter speed (´us
tcn Sott|rcs noru:. 98
Flash warning (´ustcn Sot
t|rcs noru:. 98
||ox|b|o p.cc..n See |.c
c..nnoJ .utc
|ccus. 28–32 See also AF-
area mode
..o.. 30. 32. 8
corto.. 30. 8
.utc|ccus. 28–31
|cck. 31
ncJo. 29–30
n.ru.|. 32
t..ck|rc. 24
Focus area (´ustcn Sott|rcs
noru:. 94
|c|Jo.. 5. 102
p|.vb.ck. 5
.occ.J|rc. 105
Folders (sotup noru:. 105
Format (sotup noru:. 102
|..n|rc c.|J. 6 See also Grid
display
|.crtcu.t.|r svrc. 42
FUNC button (´ustcn Sot
t|rcs noru:. 92–93
|\ |cck. 92–93
G
Grid display (´ustcn Sot
t|rcs noru:. 89
H
Hide image (p|.vb.ck
noru:. 8
||J|rc |n.cos See Hide
image
High ISO NR (s|cct|rc
noru:. 83
||c|||c|ts. 63
||stcc..n. 63
|uo. 80
I
Illumination (´ustcn Sot
t|rcs noru:. 93
|||un|r.tc. See b.ck||c|t.
ccrt.c| p.ro|. /|.ss|st
|||un|r.tc.
Image comment (sotup
noru:. 104
Image overlay (.otcuc|
noru:. 114–115
|n.co ou.||tv. 34
||| (|/\:. 34. 35. 69.
114–115
Image quality (s|cct|rc
noru:. 81
Image review (´ustcn Sot
t|rcs noru:. 88
|n.co sorsc.. 34. 46. 106. 125
J|nors|crs c|. 142
|n.co s|.o. 35
Image size (s|cct|rc noru:.
81
ISO auto (´ustcn Sott|rcs
noru:. 88
|SO sors|t|v|tv. 43
.utc. 43. 88
ISO sensitivity (s|cct|rc
noru:. 83
|¯¯| fl.s| ccrt.c|. 96.
119–121. 141
J
'||´. 33. 35. 69. 138
K
| See ´c|c. tonpo..tu.o.
|unbo. c| oxpcsu.os
.on.|r|rc
L
| See |n.co s|.o
|.rJsc.pos See (|.rJ
sc.po ncJo:. (r|c|t
|.rJsc.po ncJo:
|.rcu.co. 14. 103
Language (sotup noru:. 103
LCD brightness (sotup
noru:. 103
|ors. 11. 21. 116–11
´||. 11
tvpo |. 11
tvpo ´. 11
rcr´||. 118
||c|t|rc See ||.s|. \||to
b.|.rco
Long exp. NR (s|cct|rc
noru:. 83
|crc t|nooxpcsu.os. 51. 123
|c.p.ss fi|to.. 125–126
c|o.r|rc. 125–126
M
V See |n.co s|.o
M See V.ru.| ncJo
V.ru.| ncJo. 45. 50–51
Vb|80. 100. 10. 123
MB-D80 batteries (´ustcn
Sott|rcs noru:. 100
V.ss stc..co See |Sb. V.ss
stc..co
V.t.|x See Voto.|rc
Vonc.v buffo.. 36. 83. 138
Vonc.v c..J. 15–16. 122. 138
.pp.cvoJ. 122
c.p.c|tv. 138
|c.n.tt|rc. 16. 102
|cck. 15
Vorus. 4–114 See also
CSM/Setup menu
us|rc. 9–10
Voto.|rc. 52
V|..c.. 16. 106. 124. 125–126
Mirror lock-up (sotup
noru:. 106
VcJo. 45–51 See also
/po.tu.op.|c.|tv .utc. /utc
ncJo. ||c|t.| \..||.cc..n.
|.cc..nnoJ .utc. V.ru.|
ncJo. S|utto.p.|c.|tv .utc
Modeling flash (´ustcn
Sott|rcs noru:. 98
Vcr|tc.. 8. 9. 61. 124
.utc cff. 98
b.|c|tross c|. 103
ccvo.. 8
Monitor off (´ustcn Sot
t|rcs noru:. 98
Vcrcc|.cno. 112 See also
b|.ck .rJ .||to
Monochrome (.otcuc|
noru:. 112
Vcv|rc sub|octs See
(spc.ts ncJo:. |ccus. .utc
|ccus. ncJo
Vu|t|p|o oxpcsu.o. 84–85
Multiple exposure (s|cct
|rc noru:. 84–85
N
|| See |||to.. |out..| |ors|tv
(||:
||| (|/\: See |n.co ou.||tv.
||| (|/\:
|out..| |ors|tv See |||to..
|out..| |ors|tv (||:
||c|t p|ctcc..p|v See
(r|c|t |.rJsc.po ncJo:.
(r|c|t pc.t..|t ncJo:
|c|so. 43. 51. 83. 88 See
also High ISO NR; Long
exp. NR
No memory card? (´ustcn
Sott|rcs noru:. 88
|cr´|| |ors See |ors.
rcr´||
|O|V/| See |n.co ou.||tv
|¯S´ See Video mode
|unbo. c| oxpcsu.os .on.|r
|rc. 5. 16. 19. 91
O
Off (||.s| ncJo:. 41
Optimize image (s|cct|rc
noru:. 9–81
Opt|crs See /ccossc.|os.
cpt|cr.|
P
P See |.cc..nnoJ .utc
||ctb.|Jco. 69. 1–3. 8. 134
||ctnct|cr. 5–
||ctu.o|.c|oct. 6. 69. 104
||ctu.o ¯..rs|o. |.ctccc| See
|Sb. |¯|
(flox|b|o p.cc..n |rJ|c.
tc.:. 4
||.vb.ck. 26. 61–3. 4–8
|u|| |..no. 26. 61
noru. 4–8
t|unbr.||. 63
.ccn. 64
Playback folder (p|.vb.ck
noru:. 5
|c.t..|ts See (pc.t..|t
ncJo:. (r|c|t pc.t..|t
ncJo:. Optimize image
||| See \||to b.|.rco.
p.osot
|.|rt|rc. 69–3 See also
||ctb.|Jco. Print set
Print set (p|.vb.ck noru:. 8
|.cc..nnoJ .utc. 4
|.ctoct|rc p|ctcc..p|s. 65
|¯| See |Sb. |¯|
Q
Ou.||tv See |n.co ou.||tv
Ou|ck.ospcrso .oncto. 36. 38
R
|/\ See |n.co ou.||tv. |||
(|/\:
|o..cu.t.|r svrc. 41
Red eye correction (.otcuc|
noru:. 111
|oJovo .oJuct|cr. 41
|oncto See /ccossc.|os.
cpt|cr.|. S|cct|rc ncJo.
Jo|.voJ .oncto. S|cct
|rc ncJo. ou|ck.ospcrso
.oncto
|oncto cc.J. 123
Remote (´ustcn Sott|rcs
noru:. 99
|osot See |o|.u|t sott|rcs.
Reset. ¯.cbuttcr .osot
Reset (´ustcn Sott|rcs
noru:. 86
|otcuc| noru. 109–115
Rotate tall (p|.vb.ck noru:.
5
149 Technical Notes / Index
|ct.t|rc p|ctcc..p|s. 5. 108
S
S See |n.co s|.o
S See S|utto.p.|c.|tv .utc
(s|rc|o|..no s|cct|rc
|rJ|c.tc.:. 36
S.tu..t|cr. 80
S| See Vonc.v c..J
Socu.o ||c|t.| See Vonc.v
c..J
So|| t|no.. 36. 99
Self timer (´ustcn Sott|rcs
noru:. 99
So||pc.t..|ts See So|| t|no.
Sors|t|v|tv See |SO sors|t|v|tv
Sop|. See Monochrome
Sotup noru. 101–108
S|..por|rc. 80
S|cct|rc noru. 9–85
S|cct|rc ncJo. 36–39
ccrt|rucus. 36
Jo|.voJ .oncto. 38
ou|ck.ospcrso .oncto. 38
so|| t|no.. 3
s|rc|o |..no. 36
S|utto.. 22. 48
spooJ. 48. 50–51 See also
|xpcsu.o
S|utto.p.|c.|tv .utc. 48
S|rc|o ..o. /| See AF-area
mode
S|rc|o |..no. 36
S|rc|oso.vc .utc|ccus See
|ccus. .utc|ccus. ncJo
S|.o See |n.co s|.o
S||Jo s|c. See Slide show
Slide show (p|.vb.ck noru:.
5–
S|c. svrc. 41
Small picture (.otcuc|
noru:. 112–113
SpooJ||c|t See ||.s|
Spct See Voto.|rc
s|´b See ´c|c. ncJo
T
¯o|ov|s|cr. 66
¯|no. 14. 103 See also ´|cck.
World time
¯|no oxpcsu.o See |crc t|no
oxpcsu.os
¯|unbr.|| See ||.vb.ck.
t|unbr.||
¯¯| See Built-in flash
¯cro ccnpors.t|cr. 80
Trim (.otcuc| noru:. 111
¯.cbuttcr .osot. 44
U
|Sb. 6–68. 0. 104
c.b|o. 6. 0
V.ss stc..co. 6–68. 0.
104
|¯|. 6–68. 0. 104
USB (sotup noru:. 104
V
\|Joc Jov|co. 66
Video mode (sotup noru:.
103
\|||O O|¯. 66
\|o.firJo.. 6. 8. 1. 22. 89.
122 See also Viewfinder
warning
.ccossc.|os. 122
|ccus. 1
|rJ|c.tc.s. 6
Viewfinder warning (´us
tcn Sott|rcs noru:. 89
\|o.|rc p|ctcc..p|s See
||.vb.ck
W
(.||to b.|.rco |rJ|c.tc.:.
58–60
\||to b.|.rco. 58–60. 82 See
also ´c|c. tonpo..tu.o
b..ckot|rc. 90
p.osot. 59–60. 82
White balance (s|cct|rc
noru:. 82
World time (sotup noru:.
103
PrihIed ih 1hailahd
6M8A6711-02
No reproducIioh ih ahy !orm o! Ihis mahual, ih whole or ih parI (excepI !or
brie! quoIaIioh ih criIical arIicles or reviews), may be made wiIhouI wriIIeh
auIhorizaIioh !rom NIKON CORPORA1ION.

Where to Find It
Find what you’re looking for from:

The Table of Contents
Find items by function or menu name.

See pages v–vi

The Q&A Index

See pages vii–ix

Know what you want to do but don’t know the function name? Find it from the “question and answer” index.

The Index
Search by key word.

See pages 147–149

Error Messages

See pages 132–133

If a warning is displayed in the control panel, viewfinder, or monitor, find the solution here.

Troubleshooting

See pages 129–131

Camera behaving unexpectedly? Find the solution here.

Digitutor “Digitutor,” a series of “watch and learn” manuals in movie form, is available at the following website: http://www.nikondigitutor.com/index_eng.html Help Use the camera‘s on-board help feature for help on menu items and other topics. See page 9 for details.

Introduction Tutorial
Photography and Playback More on Photography (All Modes) P, S, A, and M Modes

Reference
More on Playback Connecting to a Television, Computer, or Printer Playback Options: The Playback Menu Shooting Options: The Shooting Menu

Menu Guide

Custom Settings Basic Camera Settings: The Setup Menu Creating Retouched Copies: The Retouch Menu

Technical Notes

i

Continued operation could result in injury. Using the viewfinder diopter control When operating the viewfinder diopter control with your eye to the viewfinder. • Do not damage. take the equipment to a Nikon-authorized service center for inspection. care should be taken not to put your finger in your eye accidentally. Should the insulation be damaged and the wires become exposed. remove the battery and/or AC adapter and then take the product to a Nikon-authorized service center for inspection. • Do not handle the power cable or go near the charger during thunderstorms. • Replace the terminal cover when transporting the battery. attach the terminal cover and store in a cool. Keep these safety instructions where all those who use the product will read them. be sure it is unplugged. ii For Your Safety . modify. Do not disassemble Touching the product’s internal parts could result in injury. Do not place the strap around the neck of an infant or child Placing the camera strap around the neck of an infant or child could result in strangulation. or forcibly tug or bend the power cable.For Your Safety To prevent damage to your Nikon product or injury to yourself or to others. To prevent possible injury. • Do not attempt to insert the battery upside down or backwards. After removing the battery. WARNINGS Do not look at the sun through the viewfinder Viewing the sun or other strong light source through the viewfinder could cause permanent visual impairment. • Batteries are prone to leakage when fully discharged. Observe the following precautions when handling batteries for use in this product: • Use only batteries approved for use in this equipment. To avoid damage to the product. Do not use in the presence of flammable gas Do not use electronic equipment in the presence of flammable gas. Do not place it under heavy objects or expose it to heat or flame. • Do not immerse in or expose to water. In the event of malfunction. be sure to remove the battery when no charge remains. • Do not handle the plug or charger with wet hands. The consequences that could result from failure to observe the precautions listed in this section are indicated by the following symbol: This icon marks warnings. • Dust on or near the metal parts of the plug should be removed with a dry cloth. Failure to observe this precaution could result in fire or electric shock. Failure to observe this precaution could result in electric shock. unplug the AC adapter and remove the battery immediately. • Do not expose the battery to flame or to excessive heat. • Discontinue use immediately should you notice any changes in the battery. • Be sure the product is off before replacing the battery. the product should be repaired only by a qualified technician. Should the product break open as the result of a fall or other accident. Failure to observe this precaution could result in electric shock. as this could result in explosion or fire. Observe proper precautions when handling the quick charger • Keep dry. Turn off immediately in the event of malfunction Should you notice smoke or an unusual smell coming from the equipment or AC adapter (available separately). • Do not short or disassemble the battery. read the following safety precautions in their entirety before using this equipment. taking care to avoid burns. Keep out of reach of children Failure to observe this precaution could result in injury. Observe proper precautions when handling batteries Batteries may leak or explode if improperly handled. • The battery may be hot immediately after use or when the product has been used on battery power for an extended period. • When the battery is not in use. If you are using an AC adapter. Before removing the battery turn the camera off and allow the battery to cool. dry place. such as discoloration or deformation. take the power cable to a Nikon-authorized service representative for inspection. Continued use could result in fire. Do not transport or store the battery with metal objects such as necklaces or hairpins. Failure to observe this precaution could result in fire or electric shock. read all warnings before using this Nikon product.

New York 11747-3064. • While every effort has been made to ensure that the information in these manuals is accurate and complete. ROMs on an audio CD player could cause hearing loss or damage the equipment. Melville. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception.. use only the cables provided or sold by Nikon touching a person or object. pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC rules. Notices iii . Notices for Customers in the U. without Nikon’s prior written permission. • Nikon will not be held liable for any damages resulting from the use of this product. stored in a retrieval system. transcribed. Failure to observe this for the purpose to maintain compliance with product precaution could result in burns or fire. Avoid contact with liquid crystal Should the monitor break. This equipment generates.A. • Nikon reserves the right to change the specifications of the hardware and software described in these manuals at any time and without prior notice. if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions. the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures: • Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. 1300 Walt Whitman Road. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. Interface Cables Use the interface cables sold or provided by Nikon for your equipment.S. there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation.Use appropriate cables Observe caution when using the flash When connecting cables to the input and output Do not operate the flash with the flash window jacks. regulations. which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on. Playing CDthe subject.) from be played back on audio CD equipment. ATTENTION Cet appareil numérique de la classe B respecte toutes les exigences du Règlement sur le matériel brouilleur du Canada. we would appreciate it were you to bring any errors or omissions to the attention of the Nikon representative in your area (address provided separately). a chemical known to the State of California to cause birth defects or other reproductive harm. Notice for Customers in the State of California WARNING: Handling the cord on this product may expose you to lead. D80 CAUTIONS Modifications The FCC requires the user be notified that any changes or modifications made to this device that are not expressly approved by Nikon Corporation may void the user’s authority to operate the equipment. Wash hands after handling. Federal Communications Commission (FCC) Radio Frequency Interference Statement This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device. by any means.A. Particular care should CD-ROMs be observed when photographing infants. Using other interface cables may exceed the limits of Class B Part 15 of the FCC rules. Notices for Customers in Canada CAUTION This class B digital apparatus meets all requirements of the Canadian Interference Causing Equipment Regulations. Using the flash close to the subject’s eyes could cause temporary visual impairment. when the CD-ROMs containing software or manuals should not flash should be no less than one meter (39 in. or translated into any language in any form. • Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected. transmitted. may cause harmful interference to radio communications. • Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.: 631-547-4200 Nikon Inc. However. uses. • Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/television technician for help. Tel. U. care should be taken to avoid injury due to broken glass and to prevent the liquid crystal from the monitor touching the skin or entering the eyes or mouth. Notices • No part of the manuals included with this product may be reproduced. and can radiate radio frequency energy and.S.

Disposing of Data Storage Devices Please note that deleting images or formatting memory cards or other data storage devices does not completely erase the original image data. Acrobat. paintings. • For more information. and tickets. digital camera. etc. woodcuts. checks. • Items prohibited by law from being copied or reproduced Do not copy or reproduce paper money. licenses issued by public agencies and private groups. Do not dispose of as household waste. potentially resulting in the malicious use of personal image data. and Adobe Reader are registered trademarks of Adobe Systems Inc. government bonds. except when a minimum of necessary copies are to be provided for business use by a company. Microsoft and Windows are registered trademarks of Microsoft corporation. • Comply with copyright notices The copying or reproduction of copyrighted creative works such as books. such as passes and meal coupons. All other trade names mentioned in this manual or the other documentation provided with your Nikon product are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective holders. drawings. contact the retailer or the local authorities in charge of waste management.). • Cautions on certain copies and reproductions The government has issued cautions on copies or reproductions of securities issued by private companies (shares. Do not use this product for the purpose of making illegal copies or to infringe copyright laws. Be sure to also replace any pictures selected for preset white balance. The SD logo is a trademark of the SD Card Association. The SDHC logo is a trademark. maps. the copying or reproduction or unused postage stamps or post cards issued by the government is prohibited. Mac OS. Inc. Adobe.Symbol for Separate Collection in European Countries This symbol indicates that this product is to be collected separately. Also. Notice Concerning Prohibition of Copying or Reproduction Note that simply being in possession of material that has been digitally copied or reproduced by means of a scanner. and QuickTime are registered trademarks of Apple Computer. or local government bonds. even if such copies or reproductions are stamped “Sample. Deleted files can sometimes be recovered from discarded storage devices using commercially available software. or format the device and then completely refill it with images containing no private information (for example. PictBridge is a trademark. securities. or securities which are circulated in a foreign country is prohibited. Care should be taken to avoid injury when physically destroying data storage devices. Ensuring the privacy of such data is the user’s responsibility. gift certificates. prints.” The copying or reproduction of paper money. Unless the prior permission of the government has been obtained. coins. movies. or other device may be punishable by law. music. Trademark Information Macintosh. and photographs is governed by national and international copyright laws. do not copy or reproduce passports issued by the government. Before discarding a data storage device or transferring ownership to another person. coins. erase all data using commercial deletion software. pictures of empty sky). The following apply only to users in European countries: • This product is designated for separate collection at an appropriate collection point. iv Notices . commuter passes. or coupon tickets. bills. The copying or reproduction of stamps issued by the government and of certified documents stipulated by law is prohibited. ID cards.

.... 59 More on Playback ......... 48 Mode A (Aperture-Priority Auto) .................................................... 86 R: Reset ............................... A............................................ and M Modes) ........................................................................................................... 58 Choosing a Color Temperature.............. 86 1: Beep (All Modes) .......................................................... 84 Image Quality and Size ................................................................. 88 8: Grid Display (All Modes) .......... 11 Attaching a Lens ........ 87 5: No Memory Card? (All Modes) .. 89 9: Viewfinder Warning (All Modes)................ 91 15: Command Dials (P... ........................................ 92 17: Illumination (All Modes) ..... 28 Focus Area Selection ............................. 28 Focus ................ 75 Hide Image ........................................................................................45 Mode P (Programmed Auto)........................................... 67 Printing Photographs ............... S........................................Table of Contents For Your Safety ....... 30 Focus Lock .......................vii Introduction ................................ S............................................... ii Notices .................................................................. 58 Fine-Tuning White Balance.................................................. 89 10: EV Step (All Modes) ................. 89 11: Exposure Comp................... 45 ...............................................................27 ............. 37 Using a Remote Control ..................................................... and M Modes Only).................................................... 81 Image Size (All Modes) . 94 21: AF Area Illumination (All Modes) ................ 95 Using the Built-in Flash .................................................................. 62 Viewing Multiple Images: Thumbnail Playback .......................................... 90 13: Auto BKT Set (P............................................................................................................................74 Playback Options: The Playback Menu . 54 Flash Exposure Compensation ...... 74 Delete .......................... 69 Printing Via Direct USB Connection .............................................................27 More on Photography (All Modes) ......................................................... and M Modes ........................................18 “Point-and-Shoot” Photography ( Mode) ...................................... 63 Taking a Closer Look: Playback Zoom........................ 83 Long Exp.................. 69 Tutorial ................ 14 Inserting Memory Cards ... iii Q & A Index ...... 94 19: AE Lock (All Modes) ....................................................... 11 Charging and Inserting the Battery ........................ 65 Connecting to a TV...................... 28 Autofocus ......................................................................................... 75 Rotate Tall .................................................. 53 Exposure Compensation ........... A................. 94 20: Focus Area (All Modes).............................. NR (All Modes) .................................................. 44 P................................................... and M Modes Only) ..................... A...................................................... 87 3: Center AF Area (All Modes) ...... A...............................................................................................28 .... 36 Self-Timer Mode ............................................................................ A................................. 19 Creative Photography (Digital Vari-Programs) .... S.................... 64 Protecting Photographs from Deletion ............................................................................................................................................... S............. 81 White Balance (P....................................................................... 34 Image Size ............................................... 61 Table of Contents v .. 82 ISO Sensitivity (All Modes) ............................ (P........................................ or Printer ... 2 Using Camera Menus ................ 91 16: FUNC Button (All Modes) .................. 26 Menu Guide ............................................... 90 14: Auto BKT Order (P.... 79 Image Quality (All Modes) ............................ 93 18: AE-L/AF-L (All Modes) ............................................. 86 2: AF-Area Mode (All Modes) ........ A...................................................................... 33 Image Quality ......................... 67 Before Connecting the Camera... 67 Connecting the USB Cable ................ Computer........................................................................................................................... and M Modes Only) .. 52 Autoexposure Lock ......................................... S............................................................................ 43 Two-Button Reset ............................................................... and M Modes) ............ and ) ..... 88 7: ISO Auto (P..................18 .............. 50 Exposure .. 35 Choosing a Shooting Mode .............................. 66 . 83 High ISO NR (All Modes) ............ 78 Print Set ............................ and M Modes Only) .............. 83 Multiple Exposure (P................................................................................................. A.................................................................................................................... 74 Playback Folder ......................................... 38 Custom Settings ... A............................. 32 Shooting Options: The Shooting Menu .. 66 Connecting to a Computer .............................. 61 ................................... A..................................................... 49 Mode M (Manual) ....................... 65 Deleting Individual Photographs .................................................... 55 Bracketing ......74 ................................................................................................................................ and M Modes Only).............................................. 88 6: Image Review (All Modes) .................................................................................................................. A............ 24 Basic Playback ...............66 Viewing Photographs on TV ..................... 79 Optimize Image (P................. S.................................................................................... 56 White Balance .........................................................61 Viewing Photographs on the Camera ........................................................................... 59 Preset White Balance .. 1 .......................................................... 40 ISO Sensitivity .................. 75 Slide Show ...............................................................................................................9 First Steps ............................... S.................................. 47 Mode S (Shutter-Priority Auto) ............................................................................... 52 Metering ...................................................... 15 Adjusting Viewfinder Focus ............................................ 17 Photo Information ............. and M Modes)........ S............................................................................... 89 12: Center-Weighted (P.... 31 Manual Focus ........................ 12 Basic Setup ..................... 87 4: AF-Assist (All Modes Except .. S.................................................. 78 Reference ............. S. and M Modes Only)............................................................................................1 Getting to Know the Camera........................................

.......... 101 Format Memory Card ............................... 103 Language ....................................................................................... 104 Image Comment ............................................................... 110 Red-Eye Correction .......................................................................................................................................................................... 99 31: Exp............................. A.....134 Specifications ... and M Modes Only) ............ and M Modes Only) ................................... 132 Appendix ........................................................................................................................................................... 99 32: MB-D80 Batteries (All Modes) .....147 vi Table of Contents ............................................................. 95 23: Flash Warning (P............................... and M Modes Only) ...................................................................................................................... 116 Optional Accessories ... and M Modes Only) ..................................................................... 100 Firmware Version ...................................................101 CSM / Setup Menu ..................... A..... 99 29: Self-Timer (All Modes) ................... S... 103 Video Mode...........22: Built-in Flash (P..................................................... 103 LCD Brightness .................................................................... 103 USB ........... S. 114 Basic Camera Settings: The Setup Menu ................................... S............................ 99 30: Remote On Duration (All Modes) ................................................ Delay Mode (All Modes) ................ 104 Folders .......................................................................... A.......142 Index........................................ 127 Troubleshooting................................................................ 102 World Time .............................................................................. A.................... S........................................................................................ 112 Small Picture ................................... 112 Filter Effects ..............................................................................124 Caring for the Camera and Battery: Cautions ... 98 27: Monitor-Off (All Modes) ............................. 98 24: Flash Shutter Speed (P............ Sequence ..........................................116 Lenses ....................................................................................................................... 108 Auto Image Rotation ............. 119 Other Accessories ............ A................................................................................. 122 Caring for the Camera . 98 28: Auto Meter-Off (All Modes) .......................... 98 25: Auto FP (P.... 107 Technical Notes ................................ 106 Dust Off Ref Photo .............................................................................................................................. 105 File No................................ 111 Monochrome ........................... S.............................................109 D-Lighting ........................ 106 Battery Info ............................................................................... 112 Image Overlay .......129 Camera Error Messages and Displays ................... 98 26: Modeling Flash (P......... 108 Creating Retouched Copies: The Retouch Menu ........................... 117 Optional Flash Units (Speedlights) ................................................................................................... 111 Trim .............................. 106 Mirror Lock-Up ............ and M Modes Only) ..............................................................................

6 132–133 19 19 46 37. General Questions Question How do I use the menus? How do I get more information on a menu? What do these indicators mean? What does this warning mean? How many more shots can I take with this card? How much charge does the battery have left? What does “exposure” mean and how does it work? What do I do with the viewfinder eyepiece cap? What optional flash units (Speedlights) can I use? What lenses can I use? What accessories are available for my camera? What memory cards can I use? What software is available for my camera? Who can I ask to repair or inspect my camera? How do I clean the camera or lens? Key phrase Using the menus Help Control panel. viewfinder Camera Error messages and displays Number of exposures remaining Battery level Exposure Self timer. 9 5. 126 124 Camera Setup Question How do I focus the viewfinder? How do I keep the monitor from turning off? How do I set the clock? How do I set the clock for daylight savings time? How do I change time zones when I travel? How do I adjust monitor brightness? How do I restore default settings? How do I turn off the light on the front of the camera? Can I display a framing grid in the viewfinder? How do I view the control panel in the dark? How do I keep the shutter speed and aperture displays from turning off? How do I change the self timer delay? How do I change the remote delay? How do I keep the camera from beeping? How do I view all the items in the menus? Can I display the menus in a different language? How do I keep the file number from being reset when I insert a new memory card? How do I reset file numbering to 1? Key phrase Viewfinder focus Monitor off World time LCD brightness Two-button reset AF-assist illuminator Grid display LCD illuminator Auto meter off Self timer Remote control Beep CSM / setup menu Language File number sequence Page # 17 98 103 103 44 87 89 3. remote control Optional flash units Lenses Accessories for the D80 Approved memory cards Accessories for the D80 Servicing the camera Cleaning the camera Page # 9–10 3. 38 119–121 117–118 123 122 123 x.Q & A Index Find what you’re looking for using this “question and answer” index. 93 99 99 99 86 101 103 106 Q & A Index vii .

Taking Photographs Question Is there an easy way to take snapshots? Is there an easy way to take more creative shots? How do I bring out a portrait subject? How can I get good landscape shots? How do I take close ups of small objects? How do I “freeze” a moving subject? How do I shoot scenery at night? Can I include night backgrounds in my portraits? How do I take a lot of photographs quickly? Can I shoot a self-portrait? Is there a remote control for this camera? How do I adjust exposure? How do I freeze or blur moving objects? How do I blur background details? Can I make photos brighter or darker? How do I make a time exposure? How do I use the flash? Can the flash fire automatically when needed? How do I keep the flash from firing? How do I prevent red eye? Can I take pictures under low light without the flash? Can I control how the camera focuses? How do I focus on a moving subject? How do I choose where the camera focuses? Can I change the composition after focusing? How do I improve image quality? How do I take bigger photographs? How can I get more photos on the memory card? Can I take photos at a reduced size for e-mail? Key phrase Auto mode Digital Vari-Program modes Portrait mode Landscape mode Close-up mode Sports mode Night landscape mode Night portrait mode Shooting mode Self timer Remote control Exposure. flash mode Red-eye reduction ISO sensitivity Autofocus Autofocus mode Focus area Focus lock Image quality and size Page # 19–23 24–25 24. and M modes Mode S (shutter-priority auto) Mode A (aperture-priority auto) Exposure compensation Long time-exposures Flash photography. 25 36 37 38–39 45–51 48 49 54 51 40–42 41 43 28–29 29 30 31 33–35 viii Q & A Index . 25 24. 25 24. 25 24. S. A. 25 24. P. 25 24.

highlights Deleting individual photos Delete Playback zoom Protect Slide show Television playback Pictmotion Connecting to a computer Printing photographs Printing via USB Time stamp. and Retouching Photographs Question Can I view my photographs on the camera? Can I view more information about photos? Why parts of my photos blink? How do I get rid of an unwanted photo? Can I delete several photos at once? Can I zoom in on pictures to make sure they’re in focus? Can I protect photos from accidental deletion? Is there an automatic playback (“slide show”) option? Can I view my photos on TV? Can I set a slide show to music? How do I copy photos to my computer? How do I print photographs? Can I print photos without a computer? Can I print the date on my photographs? How do I order professional prints? How do I bring out details in shadows? Can I get rid of red eye? Can I crop photographs on the camera? Can I create a monochrome copy of a photograph? Can I create a copy with different colors? Can I make a small copy of a photograph? Can I overlay two photos to make a single image? Key phrase Camera playback Photo info Photo info. 73 73 110 111 111 112 112 112–113 114–115 Q & A Index ix .Viewing. 63 62–63 62–63 26. 65 74 64 65 75–77 66 75–77 67–68 69–73 69–73 71. DPOF Print set D-lighting Red-eye correction Trim Monochrome Filter effects Small picture Image overlay Page # 61. Printing.

europe-nikon. and the Middle East: http://www.nikonusa.A.com/support • For users in Asia.com/ x Q & A Index .nikon-asia.com/ • For users in Europe and Africa: http://www.Life-Long Learning As part of Nikon’s “Life-Long Learning” commitment to ongoing product support and education. Additional information may be available from the Nikon representative in your area. continually-updated information is available on-line at the following sites: • For users in the U. Oceania. and general advice on digital imaging and photography. See the following URL for contact information: http://nikonimaging.com/ Visit these sites to keep up-to-date with the latest product information. tips.: http://www.S. answers to frequentlyasked questions (FAQs).

This icon marks settings that can be adjusted using camera menus.Introduction Thank you for your purchase of a Nikon D80 single-lens reflex (SLR) digital camera with interchangeable lenses. Mounting index: 11 5. This icon marks notes. Zoom ring: 21 9. 19 11. This icon indicates that more information is available elsewhere in this manual or in the Quick Start Guide. Lens cap: 17. Focal length index 8 7 6 7.5–5. 1 2 3 4 145) is used in this manual for illustra- 5 9 1. Read this manual thoroughly before use. 32 4. To make it easier to find the information you need. This icon marks tips. information that should be read before using the camera. A-M mode switch: 8. additional information that may be helpful when using the camera. the following symbols and conventions are used: This icon marks cautions. Lens An AF-S DX Zoom-Nikkor IF ED 18–135 mm f/3. Focal length scale 2. CPU contacts: 117 Introduction 1 . information that should be read before use to prevent damage to the camera. and keep it handy when using the product. This manual has been written to help you enjoy taking pictures with your Nikon digital camera. Rear cap: 11 6.6G lens ( tive purposes. This icon marks settings that can be finetuned from the Custom Settings menu. Focus ring 3.

........................................................................ 70 8 USB connector .................................................... 8 22 AF-assist illuminator ........................... 29 ● (reset button) ............... 91 20 FUNC....... 40 2 (flash mode) button ......... 87 Self-timer lamp ..................... 92 21 Eyelet for camera strap ....123 13 Focus-mode selector ...................................... 16 2 Introduction: Getting to Know the Camera ......... 44 26 (shooting mode) button ... 38 Red-eye reduction lamp .................... 22........................................................................................................................................ 49 18 Grip....................................119 30 Accessory shoe (for optional flash unit) ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 36 Self-timer mode .....56–57 4 Infrared receiver . 10.................................................................................. 39 23 Shutter-release button...................................................... 50 33 (metering mode) button .... 44 28 Control panel .........119 31 (focal plane mark)................................. 23 24 Power switch ................ 55 3 (bracketing) button ................. 38 27 (AF mode) button. 66 12 Remote cord connector............... 38 5 Lens mounting index .................................................................... Camera Body 22 20 19 1 33 2 3 4 5 6 31 7 8 9 10 11 15 14 13 12 32 23 24 25 26 21 27 28 30 29 18 17 16 1 Built-in flash ... button...............................................................129 10 DC-IN connector for optional EH-5 AC adapter ........................................................................................................................ 37 Remote control mode...... 8 7 Connector cover ........... 5 29 Accessory shoe cover ................. 48.......................................... 32 14 Lens release button ............................................123 11 Video connector ............................... 21 19 Sub-command dial ............................................................................ You may find it helpful to bookmark this section and refer to it as you read through the rest of the manual................... 28......................... 32 32 Mode dial .. 67 9 Reset switch............ 11 16 Mirror .................................................... 40 (flash compensation) ............................................................................... 36 Single/continuous mode ............66..... 54 ● (reset button) .........................................................................................................................................................................106............................... 125 17 Depth-of-field preview button . 49.47........................................................... 23...Getting to Know the Camera Take a few moments to familiarize yourself with camera controls and displays..................... 67........... 52 (format) button ........................... 37. 28............... 19 Illuminator switch ............................. 11......................... 11 15 Lens mount ............................ 11 6 Eyelet for camera strap .............................................................................. 3 25 (exposure compensation) button .........................................

58 (menu) button............... 61 Monitor ........................................... Help is displayed while the pressed............................... 31........................... 17................................................................................... the illuminator will remain active while the exposure meters are active or until the shutter is released................. to scroll the display............................. 15 Focus selector lock ......................................... 91 Memory card slot cover .............................. allowing the display to be read in the dark................. 65 (format) button ..................... 64 QUAL (image quality/size) button.............. 15............. 23 button . 13 Multi selector * Tripod socket (playback zoom) button............. 9 (playback) button .... 30 Memory card access lamp.... Playback ( 61) Menu navigation ( 9) View next photo Display sub-menu Make selection The LCD Illuminator Holding the power switch in the position activates the exposure meters and the control panel backlight (LCD illuminator)...... 65 WB (white balance) button ........ 9 Battery-chamber cover latch ............................ Help is available in (auto) and Digital Vari-Program modes or when a icon is displayed in the bottom left corner of the monitor....... 13 Battery-chamber cover..... 9........................ 10.......................................... 34................................................ Introduction: Getting to Know the Camera 3 ............................................................. 17 (AE-L/AF-L) button .......... After the power switch is released..................................................................... 8 Main command dial ............... 63 ISO (ISO sensitivity) button ......... 26............ View more photo info Move cursor up View previous photo Return to previous menu Cancel View more photo info Move cursor down Help For help on the current mode or menu item................ press the multi selector up or down. 16 * Multi selector The multi selector is used for menu navigation and to control the display of photo information during playback....... 43 (help/protect) button ... 21 Diopter adjustment control.. 9............... 26....... press the button at the button is bottom left corner of the monitor............................. 94 DK-5 viewfinder eyepiece cap .. 26 (delete) button ...... 8 Viewfinder eyepiece cup ......................................19 18 17 16 20 21 1 3 4 2 6 7 8 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 15 14 5 1 2 3 4 5 6 13 9 12 10 11 Viewfinder eyepiece ................... 6................................................................. 35 (thumbnail) button .....

M — Manual ( 50): Match shutter speed and aperture to your creative intent. insects. Point-and-Shoot Modes (Digital Vari-Programs) Selecting a Digital Vari-Program automatically optimizes settings to suit the selected scene. — Portrait ( 24. 25): Shoot portraits against a dimly-lit backdrop. Recommended for first-time users of digital cameras.The Mode Dial The D80 offers a choice of the following eleven shooting modes: Advanced Modes (Exposure Modes) Select these modes for full control over camera settings. A — Aperture-priority auto ( 49): Adjust aperture to soften background details or increase depth-of-field to bring both main subject and background into focus. 25): Freeze motion for dynamic sports shots. — Close up ( 24. P — Programmed auto ( 47): Camera chooses shutter speed and aperture. S — Shutter-priority auto ( 48): Choose fast shutter speeds to freeze action. — Night landscape ( 24. — Night portrait ( 24. 25): Take landscape shots at night. 25): Take vivid close-ups of flowers. — Sports ( 24. 25): Shoot portraits with background in soft focus. user controls other settings. 4 Introduction: Getting to Know the Camera . slow shutter speeds to suggest motion by blurring moving objects. — Landscape ( 24. making creative photography as simple as rotating the mode dial. — Auto ( 19): Camera adjusts settings automatically to produce optimal results with “point-and-shoot” simplicity. 25): Preserve details in landscape shots. and other small objects.

............. rounded down to the nearest hundred (e. 55 ISO sensitivity ................................................................. 30......................... 68 Preset white balance recording indicator ...................................... 48.............. 38 11 Aperture (f/-number) ............................................................. 58.. 58 8 Number of exposures remaining ................. 68 12 Exposure compensation indicator ....... 87 AF-area mode ................. the exposure count display will show 1.......... 60 9 “K” (appears when memory remains for over 1000 exposures) 10 Shooting mode ............ 140 2 ISO sensitivity indicator ....... 41 5 Image quality ....................................... 30..................... 87 16 AF mode ................. 59 Number of shots in bracketing sequence ....103.................. 19 Number of shots remaining before memory buffer fills .................. 81 21 “Beep” indicator .........g.......................................................................................................................... 52 19 Multiple exposure indicator ......... 36 Self-timer/remote control mode ........260 exposures...................................... 43 White balance fine-tuning....... 86 22 “Clock not set” indicator .................... 19 4 Flash sync mode ....................................................................................................................Control Panel 1 2 3 4 11 10 14 9 8 5 6 7 16 17 19 18 15 21 20 12 13 23 22 1 Shutter speed .................................... if there is room for approximately 1........................... 43 ISO AUTO indicator ................. 50 Bracketing increment ....................................................................................................... 56 Large-Capacity Memory Cards When enough memory remains on the memory card to record a thousand or more pictures at current settings. the number of exposures remaining will be shown in thousands........................................... 34 6 Image size ............................... 40.... 54 Flash compensation value..................... 55 14 Flexible program indicator ..................... 29 17 Bracketing progress indicator........... 56 PC connection indicator ............................................................................................. 37..................................................................... 35 7 White balance mode ....................... 49..56.................................................. 43 3 Battery indicator .................. 50 Exposure compensation value .............................................................................. 47 15 Focus area ..... Introduction: Getting to Know the Camera 5 ................................................. 132 23 Bracketing indicator .................................. 56 18 Metering mode ................... 54 13 Flash compensation indicator...................... 84 20 Black-and-white indicator ....................................... 36 PC mode indicator......... or color temperature....2 K)..........................................

21................................. 54 17 Number of exposures remaining ....... 133 4 Battery indicator 1 ..... 22 10 Flash value (FV) lock .. 56 22 “K” (appears when memory remains for over 1000 exposures). 23 19 Auto ISO sensitivity indicator ............................ 52................. 90 3 “No memory card” warning 1 ......19.............................. 50 Exposure compensation ............................................ 94 11 Autoexposure (AE) lock ............... This is normal and does not indicate a malfunction............................... 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 1 Framing grid (displayed when On is selected for Custom Setting 8 (Grid display)) ............................................. 6 Introduction: Getting to Know the Camera ............ 87 9 Focus indicator ............................. Owing to the characteristics of this type of display........... 55 PC connection indicator ..................... 50 13 Aperture (f/-number) ............... 48.............................. 21........ The viewfinder display will return to normal when a fully-charged battery is inserted.................. the display in the viewfinder will dim................... 55 16 Exposure compensation indicator ........ 19 5 Black-and-white indicator 1.. 54 15 Flash compensation indicator................................................................................... 54 Flash compensation value............. 50 1................................ 81 6 Focus brackets (focus area) ....................31 in........................................................................ Can be hidden with Custom Setting 9 ( 89) 14 Electronic analog exposure display .............................15.............................. 19 21 Bracketing indicator ............................................... 48.................................... 19 Number of shots remaining before memory buffer fills ............. 94 12 Shutter speed ..................................) reference circle for centerweighted metering ... 5 The Control Panel and Viewfinder The response times and brightness of the control panel and viewfinder may vary with temperature.......................................... 60 Exposure compensation value ....... you may notice fine lines radiating outward from the selected focus area......................................... 89 2 8-mm (0.....The Viewfinder Display 1 6 2 7 8 3 4 5 If the battery is totally exhausted or not inserted............. 43 20 Battery indicator .......... 87 8 Wide-frame focus brackets (focus area) ....................... 30 7 Normal-frame focus brackets (focus area) ............................ 68 18 Flash-ready indicator...... 36 Preset white balance recording indicator .....

CHARGE lamp AC adapter plug Wall plug (shape varies with country of sale) AC inlet The EN-EL3e Rechargeable Li-ion Battery ( The EN-EL3e is for use with the D80. igniting.Supplied Accessories The MH-18a Quick Charger ( 12) The MH-18a is for use with the supplied EN-EL3e battery. and AC adapters) certified by Nikon specifically for use with this Nikon digital camera are engineered and proven to operate within the operational and safety requirements of this electronic circuitry. battery chargers. or leaking. Only Nikon brand electronic accessories (including lenses. 13) Signal contact Positive terminal Terminal cover The use of third-party rechargeable Li-ion batteries not bearing the Nikon holographic seal shown above could interfere with normal operation of the camera or result in the batteries overheating. Introduction: Getting to Know the Camera 7 . contact an authorized Nikon dealer. Negative terminal 12. rupturing. Use Only Nikon Brand Electronic Accessories Nikon cameras are designed to the highest standards and include complex electronic circuitry. Speedlights. THE USE OF NON-NIKON ELECTRONIC ACCESSORIES COULD DAMAGE THE CAMERA AND MAY VOID YOUR NIKON WARRANTY. batteries. For more information about Nikon brand accessories.

The DK-21 Viewfinder Eyepiece Cup Before attaching the DK-5 viewfinder eyepiece cap and other viewfinder accessories ( 122). hold the camera firmly and pull the bottom of the cover gently until outwards as shown at right. 8 Introduction: Getting to Know the Camera .The Camera Strap Attach the camera strap as shown below. insert the projection on the top of the cover into the matching indentation above the camera monitor ( ) and press the bottom of the cover until it clicks into place ( ). To attach the cover. To remove the cover. remove the viewfinder eyepiece cup by placing your fingers underneath the flanges at either side and sliding it off as shown at right. The BM-7 LCD Monitor Cover A clear plastic cover is provided with the camera to keep the monitor clean and protect it when the camera is not in use.

Move cursor up Increase number ▲ ▼ ▲ Return to previous menu Display sub-menu ▼ Move cursor down Decrease number Press OK to select highlighted option. Personalize camera settings ( 86). The multi selector and OK button are used to navigate the camera menus. and retouch menus (see below) If “?” icon is displayed. Introduction: Using Camera Menus 9 . and setup options can be accessed from the camera menus.Using Camera Menus Most shooting. press the button. Create retouched copies of existing photographs ( 109). Format memory cards and perform basic camera setup ( 101). Custom Settings. Choose from playback. Adjust shooting settings ( 79). To view the menus. playback. setup. help for the current item can be viewed by pressing button Slider shows position in current menu Current setting for each option is shown by icon Current menu item is highlighted Menu Playback Shooting Custom Settings Setup Retouch Description Adjust playback settings and manage photos ( 74). shooting.

10 Introduction: Using Camera Menus .To modify menu settings: 1 Display menus. 3 Select menu. 2 Highlight icon for current menu. 28). Press the shutter-release button halfway to exit the menus and return to shooting mode ( 19. 7 Highlight option. The sub-command dial can not be used to make a selection. 6 Display options. Using the Command Dials The main command dial can be used to move the cursor up and down. 8 Make selection. Menu items that are displayed in gray are not currently available. 5 Highlight menu item. The monitor will turn off. 4 Position cursor in selected menu. the sub-command dial to move the cursor left and right.

See the lens manual for details. select A (autofocus) or M/A (autofocus with manual priority). 117). Detaching Lenses Be sure the camera is off when removing or exchanging lenses. index lens aligned with the 3 Keeping the mounting cameraon theposition the lens in the mounting index on the body. To remove the lens. 2 Remove the rear cap from the lens. replace the camera body cap and rear lens cover. press and hold the lens-release button while turning the lens clockwise. 1 Turn the camera off. If the lens is equipped with an A-M or M/A-M switch.First Steps Attaching a Lens Care should be taken to prevent dust from entering the camera when the lens is removed. Remove the camera body cap. 45. Aperture Ring If the lens is equipped with an aperture ring ( f/-number). After removing the lens. lock aperture at the minimum setting (highest Introduction: First Steps 11 . camera’s bayonet mount and rotate the lens in the direction shown until it clicks into place.

and number of pictures taken since the battery was last charged in the setup menu Battery Info display ( 107). 1. The camera uses this information to display the battery charge state in six levels in the control panel and to show the battery charge state. 1.3 Place the battery in the charger.1 Remove the terminal cover from the battery. EN-EL3e Rechargeable Li-ion Batteries The EN-EL3e shares information with compatible devices. About two and a quarter hours are required for an exhausted battery to fully charge. The CHARGE lamp will blink as the battery charges. 12 Introduction: First Steps . Charge the battery using the supplied MH-18a battery charger as described below. 1 Charge the battery. Liio n BA TT ER Y PA CK 1.Charging and Inserting the Battery The supplied EN-EL3e battery is not charged at shipment. remaining battery life.2 Connect the power cord to the charger and plug it in. 1. Remove the battery from the charger and unplug the charger.4 Charging is complete when the CHARGE lamp stops blinking.

D70-series.2 Insert the battery.2 Insert a fully charged battery as shown at right. To avoid shorting the battery. If the battery is charged at a temperature below 5 °C (41 °F). Introduction: First Steps 13 . or D50 cameras. For best results. Battery capacity may drop if the battery is used at a temperature below the temperature at which it was charged. 2. During charging.1 After confirming that the camera is off. the temperature should be in the vicinity of 5–35 °C (41–95 °F). the battery life indicator in the Battery Info display may show a temporary decrease. The Battery and Charger Read and follow the warnings and cautions on pages ii–iii and 127–128 of this manual. together with any warnings and instructions provided by the battery manufacturer. open the battery chamber cover. 2. Do not use the battery at ambient temperatures below 0 °C (32 °F) or above 40 °C (104 °F). Use only EN-EL3e batteries. charge the battery at temperatures above 20 °C (68 °F). replace the terminal cover when the battery is not in use. Removing the Battery Turn the camera off before removing the battery. The D80 is not compatible with the MS-D70 CR2 battery holder or with EN-EL3 or EN-EL3a batteries for D100. Close the battery chamber cover.

Follow the steps below to choose a language and set the time and date. up or down to change. To change the order in which the year. 8 Press multi selector left or right to select item. 2 Select language. 1 Turn camera on. the language selection dialog shown in Step 1 will be displayed in the monitor. month. 14 Introduction: First Steps . 3 Display map of world time zones. 5 Display daylight saving time options.Basic Setup The first time the camera is turned on. and day are displayed. Monitor will turn off automatically. 7 Display date menu. 6 Highlight On if daylight saving time is in effect. Using Camera Menus The language menu is only displayed automatically the first time menus are displayed. select World time > Date format from the setup menu ( 103). 4 Select local time zone. 9 Set clock and return to shooting mode. See “Using Camera Menus” ( 9–10) for information on normal menu operation.

When this switch is in the “lock” position.1 Before inserting or removing memory cards.Inserting Memory Cards The camera stores pictures on Secure Digital (SD) memory cards (available separately). the card is ready for use. If the control panel shows the number of exposures remaining. turn the camera off and open the card slot cover. Front 1. The Write Protect Switch SD cards are equipped with a write protect switch to prevent accidental loss of data. The Access Lamp Do not remove the battery or disconnect the power source while the memory card access lamp is lit. Introduction: First Steps 15 . Close the memory card slot cover. If the message shown at right is displayed in the monitor.3 Turn the camera on. format the card as described in “Camera Error Messages and Displays” ( 133).2 Slide the memory card in as shown at right until it clicks into place. The memory card access lamp will light for about a second. Failure to observe this precaution could result in damage to the card. 1. 1. the camera will display a message to warn that photos can not be recorded or deleted and the memory card can not be formatted. 1 Insert a memory card.

2. Camera Off Display If the camera is turned off with a battery and memory card inserted. If no and a icon memory card is inserted. and the control panel shows the number of exposures remaining. Formatting Memory Cards Format cards in the camera. Removing Memory Cards 1. Do not turn the camera off or remove the battery until formatting is complete. Press the card in to eject ( ). Pressing both buttons together a second time will format the memory card. the number of exposures remaining will be displayed in the control panel. Confirm that the access lamp is off. the monitor has turned off.fiturntime they are used in the D80. During formatting. the letters will appear in the frame-count display. The card can then be removed by hand ( ). Be sure all data you wish to keep have been copied to another storage device before formatting the card. the control panel will show will be displayed in the viewfinder. Formatting memory cards permanently deletes all photographs and other data they may contain. 16 Introduction: First Steps .be the rst 2 Memory cards must theformattedcard. To format memory the camera on and press the ( and ) buttons until control panel and viewfinder displays flash as shown at right. Turn the camera off and open the memory card slot cover. Performance may drop if they are formatted in a computer. 3.

When operating the diopterfocus brackets are adjustment control with your eye to the viewfinder. Before shooting.Adjusting Viewfinder Focus Photographs are framed in the viewfinder. be careful not to put your fingers or fingernails in your eye. Corrective lenses (available separately. make sure that the display in the viewfinder is in clear focus. Viewfinder Focus Viewfinder focus (diopter) can be adjusted in the range –2 – +1 m-1. the diopter adjustment control until the 2 Rotate in sharp focus. Focus brackets Introduction: First Steps 17 . 122) allow diopters of –5 – +3 m -1. 1 Remove the lens cap and turn the camera on.

see page 134. reducing the drain on the battery. Auto Meter Off At default settings. the shutter release will be disabled. Press the shutter-release button halfway to reactivate the display.Tutorial Photography and Playback The Tutorial outlines the basics of taking and viewing photographs in (auto) and Digital Vari-Program modes. If these modes are selected when a non-CPU lens is attached. 6s Exposure meters on Exposure meters off Exposure meters on The length of time before the exposure meters turn off automatically can be adjusted using Custom Setting 28 (Auto meter off. 18 Tutorial . for information on restoring default settings. Use a CPU Lens (auto) and Digital Vari-Program modes are only available with CPU lenses. the viewfinder display and the aperture and shutter-speed indicators in the control panel will turn off if no operations are performed for about six seconds (auto meter off ). 99). This section assumes that default camera settings are used.

2 Check the battery level in the viewfinder or control panel. (blinks) (blinks) Shutter release disabled. Change battery. The control panel and viewfinder displays will light. Ready fully-charged spare battery. The monitor remains off during shooting. Low battery. 74). If there is not enough memory to store additional photographs at current settings. Check the number of exposures remaining.1 Remove the lens cap and turn the camera on.3 The exposure count displays in the control panel and viewfinder show the number of photographs that can be stored on the memory card. 1. Control panel Viewfinder — — Description Battery fully charged. Tutorial: “Point-and-Shoot” Photography ( Mode) 19 . Battery partially discharged. 1 Turn the camera on. an automatic “pointand-shoot” mode in which the majority of settings are controlled by the camera in response to shooting conditions. 1.“Point-and-Shoot” Photography ( Mode) This section describes how to take photographs in (auto) mode. No further pictures can be taken until the memory card has been replaced ( 15) or photographs have been deleted ( 26. 65. Battery level not displayed when camera is powered by optional AC adapter. the display will flash as shown at right. 1.

2 Select mode and choose autofocus. The default settings for Option Flash sync mode Image quality Image size Shooting mode Autofocus mode AF-area mode mode are listed below. 2.1 Rotate the mode dial to 2.2 Rotate the focus-mode selector to AF (autofocus). Default Auto JPEG Normal Large Single frame Auto select Auto-area AF 40 34 35 36 29 30 20 Tutorial: “Point-and-Shoot” Photography ( Mode) . . 3 Check settings in the control panel.

1 Hold the camera as shown.2 Frame a photo in the viewfinder with the main subject positioned in any of the eleven focus areas. or zoom out to increase the area visible in the final photograph (select longer focal lengths on the lens focal length scale index to zoom in. Keep your elbows propped lightly against your torso for support and place one foot half a pace ahead of the other to keep you upper body stable. Holding the Camera Hold the handgrip in your right hand and cradle the camera body or lens with your left. 4. Focus area Using a Zoom Lens Zoom in Use the zoom ring to zoom in on the subject so that it fills a larger area of the frame. The monitor remains off during shooting. Zoom out Tutorial: “Point-and-Shoot” Photography ( Mode) 21 . shorter focal lengths to zoom out).4 Frame a photograph in the viewfinder. 4.

The camera will select the focus area automatically. The Shutter-Release Button The camera has a two-stage shutter-release button. 5. The camera focuses when the shutter-release button is pressed halfway. To take the photograph. the flash may pop up and the AF-assist illuminator may light. press the shutter-release button the rest of the way down. Shutter speed Aperture Selected focus area In-focus indicator Shutter speed Aperture Viewfinder In-focus indicator ● ● (blinks) Description Subject in focus. a beep will sound. Buffer capacity Control panel Camera unable to focus on subject in focus area using autofocus.1 Press the shutter-release button halfway to focus. and the in-focus indicator (●) will appear in the viewfinder (the beep may not sound if the subject is moving).5 Focus. While the shutter-release button is pressed halfway. 5. If the subject is dark.2 When the focus operation is complete. the selected focus areas will be briefly highlighted. focus will lock and the number of exposures that can be stored in the memory buffer will be displayed in the viewfinder. Focus Take photograph 22 Tutorial: “Point-and-Shoot” Photography ( Mode) .

If the flash is raised. remove lens hoods when using the flash. see page 40. Flash range varies with aperture and ISO sensitivity ( 141). If the flash-ready indicator is not displayed.6 Take the photograph. return it to its closed position by pressing it gently downward till the latch clicks into place. photographs can only be taken when the flash-ready indicator ( ) is displayed. Tutorial: “Point-and-Shoot” Photography ( Mode) 23 . Camera Off Display If the camera is turned off with a battery and memory card inserted. For more information on using the flash. the number of exposures remaining will be displayed in the control panel. remove your finger briefly from the shutter-release button and try again. To save battery power when the flash is not in use. 7 Turn the camera off when shooting is complete. Smoothly press the shutter-release button the rest of the way down to release the shutter and record the photograph. Do not eject the memory card or remove or disconnect the power source until the lamp has gone out and recording is complete. The access lamp next to the memory card slot cover will light. the built-in flash will pop up automatically when the shutter-release button is pressed halfway. The Built-in Flash If additional lighting is required for correct exposure in mode.

• mode: The camera focuses on the subject in the center focus area. and other small objects. For moving subjects For low-light or night scenes. If the subject leaves the center focus area. . 2 Frame a photograph. or automatically when the shutter-release button is pressed halfway. the camera selects the focus area as follows: • . Other focus areas can be selected with the multi selector ( 30). the D80 offers a choice of six Digital Vari-Program modes. the built-in flash will pop 24 Tutorial: Creative Photography (Digital Vari-Programs) . and modes: The camera selects the focus area automatically. The starting focus area can be selected with the multi selector ( 30). making creative photography as easy as rotating the mode dial. Selecting a program automatically optimizes settings to suit the selected scene. To take photographs in Digital Vari-Program modes: 1 Rotate the mode dial to select a Digital Vari-Program mode. and shoot. the camera will continue to focus based on information from the other focus areas. tracking the subject in the center focus area. . • mode: The camera focuses continuously while the shutter-release button is pressed halfway.Creative Photography (Digital Vari-Programs) In addition to . For natural and man-made landscapes. Focus Area At default settings. For portraits taken under low light. For close up shots of flowers. focus. mode. insects. The Built-in Flash If additional lighting is required for correct exposure in . . Mode Portrait Landscape Close up Sports Night landscape Night portrait Description For portraits.

Night Landscape Slow shutter speeds are used to produce stunning night landscapes. and other small objects. The built-in flash and AF-assist illuminator turn off automatically. Close Up Use for close-up shots of flowers. The built-in flash and AF-assist illuminator turn off automatically. Night Portrait Use for a natural balance between the main subject and the background in portraits taken under low light. Tutorial: Creative Photography (Digital Vari-Programs) 25 . Sports High shutter speeds freeze motion for dynamic sports shots in which the main subject stands out clearly.Portrait Use for portraits with soft. The camera automatically focuses on the subject in the center focus area. If the subject is far from the background or a telephoto lens is used. The built-in flash and AF-assist illuminator turn off automatically . natural-looking skin tones. background details will be softened to lend the composition a sense of depth. Use of a tripod is recommended to prevent blur. insects. use of a tripod is recommended to prevent blur. Landscape Use for vivid landscape shots.

26 Tutorial: Basic Playback . press button. To exit without deleting the picture. press the shutterrelease button halfway. If no photograph is displayed in the monitor. Deleting Unwanted Photographs To delete the photograph currently displayed in the monitor. A confirmation dialog will be displayed. the most recent picture can be viewed by pressing the button. Additional pictures can be displayed by rotating the main command dial or pressing the multi selector left or right.Basic Playback Photographs are automatically displayed for about four seconds after shooting. press the button. Press the the button again to delete the image and return to playback. To end playback and return to shooting mode.

79) and creating multiple exposures (“Multiple Exposure”. A. and M modes. and hue (“Optimize Image”. Computer. More on Playback: 61 Viewing Photographs on the Camera: 74). or Printer: View photographs on TV Copy photographs to a computer Print photographs 66 Viewing Photographs on TV: Connecting to a Computer: Printing Photographs: 66 67 69 Reference 27 .Reference This section builds on the Tutorial to cover more advanced shooting and playback options. adjust exposure and flash level Make colors look natural Take photos under unusual lighting See the Menu Guide for information on other operations that can only be performed in P. 61 View photographs on the camera See the Menu Guide for other playback options ( Connecting to a TV. S. lock exposure. or using the self-timer or a remote control Use the built-in flash Raise ISO sensitivity when lighting is poor Restore default settings 28 Focus: Image Quality and Size: Choosing a Shooting Mode: Using the Built-in Flash: ISO Sensitivity: Two-Button Reset: 28 33 36 40 43 44 Shoot a moving subject or focus manually P. and M Modes: 45 Mode P (Programmed Auto): Mode S (Shutter-Priority Auto): Mode A (Aperture-Priority Auto): Mode M (Manual): Exposure: White Balance: 47 48 49 50 52 58 Let the camera choose shutter speed and aperture Freeze or blur motion Choose whether to blur background objects Choose shutter speed and aperture manually Choose a metering method. 84). A. More on Photography (All Modes): Adjust image quality and size Take photographs in one at a time. in bursts. S. contrast. color saturation. including customizing sharpening.

A-M Selection/Autofocus with Manual Priority If the lens is equipped with A-M selection or an M/A-M switch. . The AF-assist illuminator will not light in . when using the illuminator.” below) or manually ( 32). If the lens does not support autofocus or the camera is unable to focus using autofocus.–9 ft. use a lens with a focal length of 24–200 mm and remove the lens hood. use manual focus ( 32). or modes or if Off has been selected for Custom Setting 4 (AF assist. 8 in. The user can also select the focus area for automatic or manual focus ( 30) or use focus lock to focus to recompose photographs after focusing ( 31). Autofocus Controls used: Focus mode selector When the focus mode selector is set to AF. The AF-Assist Illuminator If the subject is poorly lit. 28 Reference: More on Photography (All Modes) / Focus . the AF-assist illuminator will light automatically to assist the autofocus operation when the shutter-release button is pressed halfway. a beep will sound when the camera focuses. select A (autofocus) or M/A (autofocus with manual priority). the camera focuses automatically when the shutter-release button is pressed halfway. 10 in. In single-area AF. 87).0 m (1 ft.More on Photography (All Modes) Focus Focus can be adjusted automatically (see “ Autofocus.). No beep will sound when AF-A is selected in (sports) mode or when continuous-servo autofocus is used (note that continuous-servo autofocus may be selected automatically when shooting moving subjects in AF-A autofocus mode).5–3. The illuminator has a range of about 0. 1 — Beep ( 86) This option can be used to turn the beep speaker on or off.

use manual focus ( 32) or use focus lock ( 31) to focus on another subject at the same distance and then recompose the photograph. ground. The subject many contains fine details Example: A row of windows in a skyscraper. button until the desired AF-A AF-C AF-S Getting Good Results with Autofocus Autofocus does not perform well under the conditions listed below. Shutter can (default setting) only be released if camera is able to focus.Autofocus Mode Autofocus mode Controls used: button The following autofocus modes are available when the focus mode selector is set to AF: Description Camera automatically selects single-servo autofocus when subject is staAuto select AF-A tionary. Focus locks when shutter-release button is pressed AF-S Single-servo AF halfway. To choose the autofocus mode. continuous-servo autofocus when subject is moving.Example: Subject is inside a cage. The subject is dominated by regular geometric patterns The focus area contains areas of sharply contrasting brightness Example: Subject is half in the shade. For stationary subjects. If the camera is unable to focus using autofocus. For moving subjects. Photographs can be taken even when in-focus AF indicator is not displayed. are small or lack variation in brightness. Reference: More on Photography (All Modes) / Focus 29 . The subject appears smaller than the focus area Example: Focus area contains both foreground Example: A field of flowers or other subjects that subject and distant buildings. There is little or no contrast The focus area contains obbetween the subject and the jects at different distances background from the camera Example: Subject is the same color as the back. Shutter can only be released when in-focus indicator is displayed. press the setting is displayed. Camera focuses continuously while shutter-release Continuous-servo AF-C button is pressed halfway.

Custom Settings Custom Setting 2 (AF-Area Mode. The focus area can also be selected manually to compose photographs with the main subject positioned almost anywhere in the frame. This allows the multi selector the focus area. Custom Setting 18 (AE-L/AF-L. selector lock to the 2 Slide the focusto be used to select “●” position. and To tion in these modes. themodes. The focus selector lock can be returned to the “L” (locked) position following selection to prevent the selected focus area from changing when the multi selector is pressed. focus is selected automatically in 1 At . 94) determines allows the AE-L/AF-L button to be used to select the focus area. settings. 94) controls whether focus area selection “wraps around.Focus Area Selection Controls used: Multi selector (monitor off ) The D80 offers a choice of eleven focus areas that together cover a wide area of the frame. the multi selector in 3 Usecontrol panel whileto select the focus areaarethe viewfinder or the exposure meters active ( 18). 87).” Custom Setting 21 (AF Area Illumination. . 87) controls the size and number of focus areas available. 95) controls whether the active focus area is highlighted in the viewfinder. the camera chooses the focus area automatically or focuses on subject in the center focus area. Custom Setting 20 (Focus Area. 87) controls how the camera selects the focus area. Custom Setting 3 (Center AF Area.default. select Single Area or Dynamic Area for Custom Setting 2 (AF-Area Mode.area enable manual focus selec. At the default settings. 30 Reference: More on Photography (All Modes) / Focus .

AF-A and AF-C autofocus modes ( 29) Press the AE-L/AF-L button to lock both focus and exposure. Reference: More on Photography (All Modes) / Focus 31 . If the subject moves. An AE-L icon will be displayed in the viewfinder.Focus Lock Controls used: AE-L/AF-L button (AF-A/AF-C)/Shutter-release button (AF-S) Focus lock can be used to change the composition after focusing. and remain locked until you remove your finger from the shutter-release button. even if you later remove your finger from the shutter-release button. 3 Recompose the photograph and shoot. Focus will remain locked while the AE-L/AF-L button is pressed. the selected focus area 1 Position the subject in halfway to initiate focus. Do not change the distance between the camera and the subject while focus lock is in effect. Continuous Shooting Mode ( 36) Use the AE-L/AF-L button to lock focus in continuous shooting mode. Focus will also remain locked between shots while the AE-L/AF-L button is pressed. Focus will remain locked between shots as long as the shutter-release button is kept pressed halfway. allowing several photographs in succession to be taken at the same focus setting.and press the shutter-release button 2 Check that the in-focus indicator (●) appears in the viewfinder. making it possible to focus on a subject that will not be in a focus area in the final composition. 18 — AE-L/AF-L ( 94) This option controls the behavior of the AE-L/AF-L button. Focus can also be locked by pressing the AE-L/AF-L button (see below). AF-S autofocus modes ( 29) Focus will lock automatically when the in-focus indicator appears. It can also be used when the autofocus system is unable to focus ( 29). focus again at the new distance.

set the focus-mode selector to M and adjust the lens focusing ring until the image displayed on the clear matte field in the viewfinder is in focus. With lenses that support M/A (autofocus with manual priority). even when the image is not in focus. Photographs can be taken at any time. press the shutter-release button halfway and rotate the lens focusing ring until the in-focus indicator (●) is displayed. the viewfinder focus indicator can be used to confirm whether the portion of the subject in the selected focus area is in focus. select M when focusing manually. The distance between the lens mounting flange ( 11) and the focal plane is 46. measure from the focal plane mark on the camera body.5 mm (1. 32 Reference: More on Photography (All Modes) / Focus . When using a lens that offers A-M selection. See the documentation provided with your lens for details.).Manual Focus Controls used: Focus mode selector/lens focusing ring Manual focus is available for lenses that do not support autofocus (non-AF Nikkor lenses) or when autofocus does not produce the desired results ( 29).6 or faster.83 in. After positioning the subject in the active focus area. To focus manually. The Electronic Range Finder If the lens has a maximum aperture of f/5. Focal Plane Position To determine the distance between your subject and the camera. focus can be adjusted manually with the lens set to M or M/A.

Image Quality.Image Quality and Size Together. and File Size See the Appendix for information on the number of pictures that can be stored on a memory card ( 138). Image Quality and Size le efi arg ize L s JPEG Fine Changes to image quality and size are reflected in the number of exposures remaining as displayed in the control panel and viewfinder ( 19). image quality and size determine how much space each photograph occupies on the memory card. Image Size. High < Image quality > Low JPEG Normal JPEG Basic file all e Sm siz S M Small < Image size > Large L Reference: More on Photography (All Modes) / Image Quality and Size 33 . meaning that fewer such images can be stored on the memory card. Larger. higher quality images can be printed at larger sizes but also require more memory.

Image Quality Controls used: button + main command dial (monitor off ) The camera supports the following image quality options (listed in descending order by image quality and file size): Description Compressed raw data from the image sensor are saved directly to memory card. only the JPEG image will be displayed. producing higher-quality images. White balance bracketing ( 90) is not available when an NEF (RAW) + JPEG option is selected for image quality. NEF (RAW) + JPEG Normal. both NEF and JPEG images will be deleted. Compression ratio: roughly 1 : 8. or NEF (RAW) + JPEG Basic are viewed on the camera. NEF (RAW) + Two images are recorded: one NEF (RAW) image and one basic-quality JPEG image. NEF (RAW) + Two images are recorded: one NEF (RAW) image and one fine-quality JPEG image. JPEG Basic Option Image quality can be set by pressing the QUAL button and rotating the main command dial until the desired setting is displayed in the control panel. (default) JPEG Basic Smaller file size suited to e-mail or the Web. Compression ratio: roughly 1 : 16. NEF (RAW)/NEF+JPEG Capture NX (available separately. 123) or the supplied PictureProject software are required to view NEF (RAW) images on a computer. NEF (RAW) Choose for images that will be processed on a computer. When photographs taken at NEF (RAW) + JPEG Fine. JPEG Normal Best choice in most situations. 34 Reference: More on Photography (All Modes) / Image Quality and Size . JPEG Fine NEF (RAW) + Two images are recorded: one NEF (RAW) image and one normal-quality JPEG imJPEG Normal age. Image quality can also be adjusted from the shooting menu ( 81). JPEG Fine Compression ratio: roughly 1 : 4. Selecting an NEF (RAW) + JPEG option cancels white balance bracketing. Images are compressed less than JPEG Normal. When photographs taken at these settings are deleted.

When viewed on a computer. The NEF and JPEG files recorded at a setting of “NEF+JPEG” have the same file names but different extensions.6 M) Small (1936 × 1296/2.72 in. Image quality can also be adjusted from the shooting menu ( 81).8 × 24. and xxx is one of the following three letter extensions: “NEF” for NEF images or “JPG” for JPEG images.0 M) (default) Medium (2896 × 1944/5.2 × 32.592 2.7 cm (14.872 × 2.JPG” (e.96 in. Small copies created with the small picture option in the retouch menu have file names beginning with “SSC_” and ending with the extension “.872 × 2.936 × 1. “_DSC0001..JPG”). “SSC_0001.944 1. “CSC_0001. Size (pixels) 3. Images printed at higher resolutions will be smaller. Image size can be set by pressing the QUAL button and rotating the sub-command dial until the desired setting is displayed in the control panel. images printed at lower resolutions larger. Images recorded at a Optimize Image > Custom > Color Mode setting of II (AdobeRGB) ( 80) have names that begin with an underscore (e.) * “dpi” stands for dots per inch.) 36.. while images recorded with the other options in the retouch menu have file names beginning with “CSC” (e.g.5 cm (9. NEF images are 3.JPG”)..68 × 6.592 pixels in size.Image Size Image size Large (3872 × 2592/10.) 24. File Names Photographs are stored as image files with names of the form “DSC_nnnn.48 in.9 cm (19.g. The following options are available.48 × 9.xxx.296 Approximate size when printed at 200 dpi* 49.5 M) Controls used: button + sub-command dial (monitor off ) Image size is measured in pixels.” where nnnn is a fourdigit number between 0001 and 9999 assigned automatically in ascending order by the camera. Note that the option selected for image size does not affect the size of NEF (RAW) images.g. Reference: More on Photography (All Modes) / Image Quality and Size 35 . JPG”).36 × 12.896 × 1. a measure of printer resolution.6 × 16.

Average frame rate with manual focus. 38).Choosing a Shooting Mode Mode Single frame Continuous Self-timer Controls used: button Shooting mode determines how the camera takes photographs: one at a time. This number is updated as photographs are transferred to the memory card and more memory becomes available in the buffer. Delayed remote Optional ML-L3 remote control required. While photographs are being recorded to the memory card. with a timed shutter-release delay. 1. and memory remaining in memory buffer. the power will not turn off until all images in the buffer have been recorded. Description Camera takes one photograph each time shutter-release button is pressed. in a continuous sequence. 36 Reference: More on Photography (All Modes) / Choosing a Shooting Mode . Access lamp will light while photo is recorded. If 0 is displayed. press the button until the desired setting is displayed. the access lamp next to the memory card slot will light. Shooting can continue up to a maximum of 100 shots. To choose a shooting mode. Use to reduce blurring caused by remote camera shake ( 38). Use for self-portraits ( Quick-response Optional ML-L3 remote control required. the buffer is full and shooting will slow. Do not remove the memory card or remove or disconnect the power source until the access lamp has gone out. Use for self-portraits or to reduce blurring caused by camera shake ( 37). a shutter speed of / s or faster. Buffer Size The number of images that can be stored in the memory buffer at current settings is shown in the exposure-count displays in the viewfinder and control panel while the shutter-release button is pressed. or with a remote control. manual or shutter-priority auto exposure. next shot can be taken immediately if enough space remains in memory buffer. Camera records photographs at up to three frames per second 1 while shutter-release button is pressed. See the Appendix for more information ( 138). If the camera is switched off while data remain in the buffer.

5 Press the button the rest ofbutton halfway to start theand then press the way down self-timer. The self-timer can be cancelled by selecting another shooting mode. The timer will not start if the camera is unable to focus or in other situations in which the shutter can not be released.be displayed 45). or M modes 3 (Frame the photograph. The self-timer lamp will start to blink and a beep will begin to sound. the self-timer lamp will stop blinking and the beeping will become more rapid. Before taking aflphotograph withthe flindicatorS. press the button to raise the ash and wait for to in the viewfinder ( started. Reference: More on Photography (All Modes) / Choosing a Shooting Mode 37 . At default settings. 1 — Beep ( 86) This option controls the beep that sounds during the self-timer count-down. the ash in P. 5 s. level surface.DK-5 eyepieceviewfias shown. 2 Press the button until is displayed in the control panel. Turning the camera off cancels self-timer mode and restores single frame or continuous shooting mode. 40). the shutter-release to focus. a shutter speed of is equivalent to approximately / s. The timer will stop if the flash is raised after the timer has In modes remove the nder eyepiece cup 4 and insert other than M. 29 — Self-timer ( 99) Self-timer delay can be set to 2 s. Bulb In self-timer mode. the shutter will be released ten seconds after the timer starts. Two seconds before the photograph is taken. or 20 s. A.Self-Timer Mode The self-timer can be used to reduce camera shake or for self-portraits. 1 Mount the camera on a tripod or place the camera on a stable. This prethe supplied cap vents light entering via the viewfinder interfering with exposure. 10 s (the default setting).

Remote control mode can be cancelled by selecting another shooting mode. transmitter on the ML-L3 at the infrared 5 Aim the and press the shutter-release button onreceiver on the camera the ML-L3. Frame the is in effect. 123) or to operate the camera Before Using the Remote Control Before using the remote control for the first time.DK-5 eyepieceviewfias shown. although only can be used to release the shutter. the self-timer lamp will light for about two seconds before the shutter is released. single frame or continuous shooting mode will be restored if no operations are performed for about a minute. the camera shutter-release button can 3 be used tophotograph. The camera will release the shutter without focusing in manual focus mode. remove the clear plastic battery insulator sheet. 1 Mount the camera on a tripod or place the camera on a stable. 38 Reference: More on Photography (All Modes) / Choosing a Shooting Mode . the self-timer lamp will flash after the shutter has been released. level surface. If AF-A or AF-S is selected in autofocus mode ( 29).Using a Remote Control Use the optional ML-L3 remote control for self-portraits ( remotely. In modes remove the nder eyepiece cup 4 and insert other than M. 2 Press the button to select one of the following modes: Mode Shutter released about 2 s after remote shutter-release button is pressed. or if the camera has already been focused using the camera shutter-release button (see step 3). In quick-response remote mode. In delayed remote mode. the camera will return to stand-by mode without releasing the shutter if unable to focus. If autofocus the shutter-release button on the remote control set focus. At default settings. Delayed remote The camera will enter stand-by mode. if AF-C is selected in autofocus mode. Quick-response Shutter released when remote shutter-release remote button is pressed. This prethe supplied cap vents light entering via the viewfinder interfering with exposure. Single-frame or continuous shooting mode will be restored if the camera is turned off or no operations are about one minute.

A. the self-timer lamp will blink for two seconds and then light for one second before the shutter is released. Wait for the flash to charge and then press the shutter-release button on the ML-L3 to restart the timer. 30 — Remote on Duration ( 99) Choose length of time the camera will remain in stand-by before remote control mode is cancelled. S. and modes.Using the Built-in Flash If the flash is required. In flash-sync modes that support red-eye reduction. 1 — Beep ( 86) This option controls the beeps that sound when the remote control is used. Reference: More on Photography (All Modes) / Choosing a Shooting Mode 39 . it will pop up automatically if required when the shutter-release button on the ML-L3 is pressed. . . the flash will begin charging when delayed remote or quick-response remote mode is selected. the camera will only respond to the shutter-release button on the ML-L3 once the flash has charged. and M modes. In delayed remote mode. raising the flash during the two-second count-down in delayed remote mode will cancel the two-second timer. once the flash is charged. In P. the red-eye reduction lamp will light for about one second before the shutter is released. In .

2 Press the 41). 40 Reference: More on Photography (All Modes) / Using the Built-in Flash . Lowering the Built-in Flash To save power when the flash is not in use. the shutter-release button is pressed halfway. . press it gently downward until the latch clicks into place. and fire a Using the Built-in Flash: P. . The flash will fire whenever a picture is taken. and Modes 1 Rotate the mode dial to select the desired mode. 2 Press the button to raise the flash. Using the Built-in Flash: .Using the Built-in Flash The camera supports a variety of flash modes for photographing poorly lit or backlit subjects. and M Modes 1 Rotate the mode dial to select the desired mode. S. A. The flash whenpopphotograph is taken. 5 Take pictures. button 3 Press the 41). and rotate until the desired flash mode is displayed in the control panel ( 4 Select a metering method and set exposure.button and rotate until the desired flash mode is displayed in the control panel ( will up as required when 3 Take pictures.

The flash modes available depend on the mode currently selected with the mode dial.Flash Mode The current flash mode is displayed in the control panel as shown below. reducing “red-eye. M P. SLOW: Slow sync Shutter speed slows automatically to capture background lighting at night or under low light. AUTO: Auto flash When lighting is poor or subject is back lit. flash pops up automatically when shutter-release button is pressed halfway and fires as required. Red-eye reduction lamp lights before flash fires. . flash will fire immediately after shutter opens. Reference: More on Photography (All Modes) / Using the Built-in Flash 41 . If this icon is not displayed.” : Off Flash does not fire even when lighting is poor or subject is back-lit. A Fill flash Red-eye reduction Rearcurtain+ slow sync * Red-eye reduction Slow sync Fill flash Slow sync+ red-eye reduction Rear-curtain sync * SLOW is displayed after main command dial is released. Use to include background lighting in portraits. If this icon is not displayed. flash will only pop up when button is pressed. is displayed when the flash is off. : Red-eye reduction Use for portraits. REAR: Rear-curtain sync Flash fires just before shutter closes (see note on following page). Auto Auto+Slow sync Auto+ red-eye reduction Off Off Auto+ Slow sync+ red-eye reduction S. .

the flash fires just before the shutter closes. see below at left). The flash has a minimum range of 60 cm (2 ft. The flash can be used again after a short pause.) and can not be used in the macro range of macro zoom lenses. 26 — Modeling Flash ( 98) Preview the effects of the flash. see “Optional Flash Units (Speedlights)” ( 119). including flash control. For information on optional flash units (Speedlights). Rear-Curtain Sync Normally the flash fires as the shutter opens (“front curtain sync”. creating the effect of a stream of light behind moving subjects. In rear-curtain sync. Rear curtain sync 42 Reference: More on Photography (All Modes) / Using the Built-in Flash . If the flash fires in continuous shooting mode ( shutter-release button is pressed. See “FV Lock” for information using FV lock ( 92).The Built-in Flash Use with CPU lenses with focal lengths of 18–300 mm or non-CPU lenses with focal lengths of 18–200 mm ( 118. only one picture will be taken each time the The shutter release may be briefly disabled to protect the flash after it has been used for several consecutive shots. Lenses that block the subject’s view of the red-eye reduction lamp may interfere with red-eye reduction. Front-curtain sync 22 — Built-in Flash ( 95) Choose how the built-in flash fires. and range. See the Appendix for more about the built-in flash. shutter sync speeds. Remove lens hoods to prevent shadows. note that auto flash level control is available with CPU lenses only). 36).

Sensitivities of H 0. S. brightly-colored pixels.0 are not available when ISO auto is on. the less light needed to make an exposure. The High ISO NR option in the shooting menu can be used to reduce noise at ISO sensitivities of 400 or more. allowing higher shutter speeds or smaller apertures. Reference: More on Photography (All Modes) / ISO Sensitivity 43 .7 (ISO 2500 equivalent). H 0. and H 1. Photos taken at ISO sensitivities over ISO 1600 will likely contain appreciable amounts of noise. High ISO NR ( 83) The higher the ISO sensitivity. gram modes also offer an Auto setting that allows the camera to set ISO sensitivity automatically in response to lighting conditions. S.7.0 (ISO 3200 equivalent). A. H (auto) and Digital Vari-Pro0.3. ISO sensitivity can also be adjusted from the shooting menu ( 83). the default setting for P. ISO sensitivity can be set between values roughly equivalent to ISO 100 and ISO 1600 in steps equivalent to / EV. and H 1. and M modes. The default setting for (auto) and Digital Vari-Program modes is Auto. ISO sensitivity can be selected by pressing the ISO button and rotating the main command dial until the desired setting is displayed in the control panel. Values over 1600 are displayed as H 0.ISO Sensitivity Controls used: button + main command dial (monitor off ) “ISO sensitivity” is the digital equivalent of film speed. The higher the ISO sensitivity. 7 — ISO Auto ( 88) This option can be used to enable automatic ISO sensitivity control in P. A.3 (ISO 2000 equivalent). and M modes 100. the more likely pictures are to be subject to “noise” in the form of randomly-spaced.

S. Custom Settings are not affected. . S. Default Settings See the Appendix for a list of default settings ( 134–137). M Default Single frame JPEG Normal Large Auto 100 Option Flexible program ( 47) Exposure compensation ( 54) Bracketing ( 56–57) Flash exposure compensation ( 55) FV lock ( 92–93) Flash sync mode ( 40–42) . A. A. White balance Auto ( 58–60. Default Off ±0 ±0 ‡ ±0 Off Auto front-curtain sync Auto slow sync P. 81) ISO sensitivity ( 43. † Focus area not displayed if Auto-area AF is selected for Custom Setting 2 (AF-area mode).Two-Button Reset Controls used: button + button The camera settings listed below can be restored to default values by holding the and buttons down together for more than two seconds (these buttons are marked by a green dot). 44 Reference: More on Photography (All Modes) / Two-Button Reset . Option Shooting mode ( 36–39) Image quality ( 34. M Front-curtain sync Multiple exposure Off ( 84–85) ‡ Number of shots reset to zero. reset to 5000 K. 83) . Digital Vari-Program P. 82) * Autofocus mode ( 29) AF-A Center Focus area ( 30) † Matrix Metering ( 52) Off AE lock hold ( 53) * Fine-tuning reset to 0. Bracketing increment reset to 1 EV (exposure/flash bracketing) or 1 (white balance bracketing). Choose color temp. The control panel turns off briefly while settings are reset. 81) Image size ( 35.

A. camera selects shutter speed for best results. ISO Auto. and M modes offer control over a variety of advanced settings. S. including exposure ( 52). S ( 48) Use to freeze or blur motion. Aperture-priority auto A Use to blur background or bring both foreground and background into ( 49) focus. when aperture can be adjusted manually using the lens aperture ring (in other modes. and image optimization. S. and M Modes 45 . Reference: P. and variety of other features can not be used ( 117). S. Mode Lens Aperture Ring When using a CPU lens equipped with an aperture ring ( 117). and M modes.P. S. The camera exposure meter. User chooses aperture. Custom Setting 15 (Command Dials. 88) to enable auto ISO sensitivity control in P. lock the aperture ring at the minimum aperture (highest f/-number). Each of these modes offers a different degree of control over shutter speed and aperture: Description Camera sets shutter speed and aperture for optimal exposure. RecomProgrammed auto P mended for snapshots and in other situations in which there is little ( 47) time to adjust camera settings. User controls both shutter speed and aperture. 91) determines the roles played by the main and sub-command dials in setting shutter speed and aperture. A. Shutter-priority auto User chooses shutter speed. Custom Settings Use Custom Setting 7 (ISO auto. Set shutter speed to M Manual ( 50) “bulb” or “--” for long time-exposures. Non-CPU lenses can only be used in exposure mode M. and M Modes P. the shutter-release will be disabled). Custom Setting 10 (EV step. white balance. 89) determines the size of the increments used for exposure control. Type G lenses are not equipped with an aperture ring. A. A. camera selects aperture for best results.

The slower the shutter speed. tighten the tap and more time will be needed to fill the cup. S.) 46 Reference: P. Open up the tap and the cup will fill in less time. the smaller the aperture. If the cup overflows. The amount the tap is opened is the aperture. The camera displays show aperture in “f/-numbers”: the larger the f/-number. different combinations of shutter speed and aperture can be used to produce the same exposure. A. however. The relationship between shutter speed and aperture can be likened to filling a cup from a tap. the greater the amount of light that passes through the opening and the brighter the exposure. Just as a cup can be filled in different times using different tap settings. If the cup doesn’t fill. the picture will be overexposed.Exposure The exposure (brightness) of photographs is determined by the amount of light that falls on the image sensor (CCD) while the shutter is open. the longer the image sensor is exposed to light and the brighter the exposure. Shutter speed determines how long the shutter is open. the amount of water needed to fill the cup is the amount of light needed for optimal exposure. The larger the aperture. Faster shutter speeds mean that the image sensor is exposed to light for less time. while slow shutter speeds and small apertures blur moving objects and bring out background details. will be very different: fast shutter speeds and larger apertures freeze moving objects and soften background details. In this analogy. the larger the f/-number. the picture will be underexposed. and M Modes . Smaller apertures mean less light and darker exposures. the smaller the aperture. Aperture refers to the size of the opening through which the light passes. Fast shutter speed (/ s) Slow shutter speed (1 s) Small aperture (f/36) Large aperture (f/3) (Remember. producing darker exposures. and the length of time the tap is opened the shutter speed. Two factors that determine exposure are shutter speed and aperture. The results.

f/2. The exposure program for mode P is given in the Appendix ( Reference: P. Flexible Program In mode P. a indicator appears in the control panel. To take photographs in programmed auto: 1 Rotate the mode dial to P. and shoot. Rotate the main command dial to the right for large apertures (small f/-numbers) that blur background details or fast shutter speeds that “freeze” motion. rotate the main command dial until the indicator is no longer displayed. different combinations of shutter speed and aperture can be selected by rotating the main command dial (“flexible program”). and M Modes / Mode P (Programmed Auto) 47 . S. choose another mode. A. focus. / s. This mode is recommended for snapshots and other situations in which you want to leave the camera in charge of shutter speed and aperture. Rotate the main command dial to the left for small apertures (large f/-numbers) that increase depth of field or slow shutter speeds that blur motion. To restore default shutter speed and aperture settings.Mode P (Programmed Auto) In this mode. or turn the camera off. 2 Frame a photograph.8 (Large aperture) 139). f/8 / s. the camera automatically adjusts shutter speed and aperture for optimal exposure in most situations. All combinations produce the same exposure. While flexible program is in effect.

A. focus. and shoot. high shutter speeds to “freeze” motion. To take photographs in shutter-priority auto: 1 Rotate the mode dial to S. and M Modes / Mode S (Shutter-Priority Auto) . Use slow shutter speeds to suggest motion by blurring moving subjects. 2 Rotate the main command dial to choose the desired shutter speed. 3 Frame a photograph. S.Mode S (Shutter-Priority Auto) In shutter-priority auto. Flashing Shutter-Speed Display See “Camera Error Messages and Displays” ( 132) for information on what to do if flashing “ “ ” indicators appear in the shutter-speed displays. ” or 48 Reference: P. you choose the shutter speed from values between 30 s and / s while the camera automatically selects the aperture that will produce the optimal exposure.

To preview depth of field. focus. A. and M Modes / Mode A (Aperture-Priority Auto) 49 . To take photographs in aperture-priority auto: 1 Rotate the mode dial to A. 2 Rotate the sub-command dial to choose the desired aperture. Short field depths are generally used in portraits to blur background details. Large apertures (low f/-numbers) soften background details. The lens will be stopped down to the current aperture value. you choose the aperture from values between the minimum and maximum for the lens while the camera automatically selects the shutter speed that will produce the optimal exposure.Mode A (Aperture-Priority Auto) In aperture-priority auto. blurring objects behind and in front of the main subject. Small apertures (high f/-numbers) increase depth of field. press and hold the depth-of-field preview button. such as focal length and focus distance). Small apertures (high f/-numbers) increase depth of field. S. Depth of Field “Depth of field” is the distance to which objects behind and in front of the focus point appear to be in focus. Reference: P. and shoot. bringing out details in the background and foreground (note that depth of field is also influenced by other factors. allowing depth of field to be previewed in the viewfinder. long field depths in landscape photographs to bring the foreground and background into focus. Large apertures (low f/-numbers) reduce depth of field. 3 Frame a photograph. bringing both the main subject and background into focus.

and the sub-command dial 2 Rotate the main command dialintothe electronic analog exposure displays (see below).Mode M (Manual) In manual exposure mode. the electronic analog exIf a CPU lens is attached and a shutter speed other than posure displays in the control panel and viewfinder show whether the photograph would be under. Shutter speed can be set to values between 30 s and / s. choose a shutter speed. to set aperture. Aperture can be set to values between the minimum and maximum values for the lens. To take photographs in manual exposure mode: 1 Rotate the mode dial to M. and shoot. the displays will flash. Depending on the option chosen for Custom Setting 10 (EV step. If the limits of the exposure metering system are exceeded. EV Step set to “1/3 step” Optimal exposure Underexposed by / EV Overexposed by more than 2 EV Underexposed by / EV Overexposed by more than 3 EV EV Step set to “1/2 step” 50 Reference: P. or the shutter can be held open for indefinitely for longer exposures ( ).or over-exposed at current settings. the amount of under. f/4.or over-exposure is shown in increments of / EV or ⁄ EV. focus. S. and M Modes / Mode M (Manual) . 89).5 Electronic Analog Exposure Display is selected. Check exposure 3 Frame a photograph. / s. you control both shutter speed and aperture. A.

Select mode M. 35 s. Note that noise may be present in long exposures. Reference: P. the stars. or fireworks. choose a shutter speed of “bulb. f/25 To prevent loss of power before the exposure is complete.” and then select delayed remote or quick-response remote mode ( 38). Optional ML-L3 remote control required ( 123). NR option in the shooting menu ( 83). before shooting. use a fully charged battery or an optional AC adapter. night scenery.Long Time-Exposures Shutter speeds of “bulb” and “--” can be used for long time-exposure photographs of moving lights. use a tripod and an optional remote control ( 123) or remote cord ( 123). choose On for the Long exp. To prevent blurring caused by camera shake. S. Shutter opens when the shutter-release button on the remote control is pressed and until the button is pressed a second time or remains open for thirty minutes. A. and M Modes / Mode M (Manual) 51 . Shutter speed Description Shutter remains open while the shutter-release button is held down.

The following options are available: Description Recommended in most situations. recommended when using filters with an exposure factor (filter factor) over 1 × ( 122). exposure is set using a 420-segment RGB sensor.). making it possible to meter off-center subjects (if non-CPU lens is used or if Auto-area AF is selected Spot for Custom Setting 2 ( 87). and M Modes / Exposure .) in diameter (approximately 2. distance. Camera meters a wide area of the frame 3D Color Matrix II and sets exposure according to distribution of brightness. 3D range information is not included (color matrix metering II). Center-weighted Classic meter for portraits. camera will meter center focus area). even when background is much brighter or darker.Exposure Metering Controls used: button + main command dial The metering method determines how the camera sets exposure.5 mm (0. 3D Color Matrix II Metering In matrix metering.14 in. and composition for natural results. A. The default is 8mm (0. Circle is centered on current focus area. Use a type G or D lens for results that include range information (3D color matrix metering II. Camera meters entire frame but assigns greatest weight to center area. press the the desired mode is displayed. Camera meters circle 3. With other CPU lenses.31in. 117). S.5 % of frame). color. Ensures that subject will be correctly exposed. button and rotate the main command dial until 12—Center Weight ( 90) This option controls the size of the area assigned the greatest weight in center-weighted metering. 52 Reference: P. Method To choose a metering method.

Autoexposure Lock

Controls used: AE-L/AF-L button

Use auto exposure lock to recompose photographs after metering exposure: Select mode P, S, and 1 no effect in modeorM,Awhilechoose center-weighted or spot metering (exposure lock has and Digital Vari-Program modes are not recommended as center-weighted and spot metering are not available in these modes). If using centerweighted metering, select the center focus area with the multi selector ( 30).

the selected area and press the 2 Position the subject in halfway. Withfocusshutter-release butshutter-release button the ton pressed halfway and the subject positioned in the focus area, press the AE-L/AF-L button to lock exposure. While exposure lock is in effect, an AE-L indicator will appear in the viewfinder.

3 Keeping the AE-L/AF-L button pressed, recompose the photograph and shoot.

Adjusting Shutter Speed and Aperture While exposure lock is in effect, the following settings can be adjusted without altering the metered value for exposure. Mode Programmed auto Shutter-priority auto Aperture-priority auto Setting Shutter speed and aperture (flexible program; Shutter speed Aperture 47)

The new values can be confirmed in the viewfinder and control panel. Note that the metering method can not be changed while exposure lock is in effect (changes to metering take effect when the lock is released). 18 — AE-L/AF-L ( 94) This option controls the behavior of the AE-L/AF-L button. 19 — AE Lock ( 94) This option controls whether the shutter-release button locks exposure.

Reference: P, S, A, and M Modes / Exposure

53

Exposure Compensation

Controls used:

button + main command dial

Exposure compensation is used to alter exposure from the value suggested by the camera, making pictures brighter or darker. It is most effective when used with center-weighted or spot metering ( 52). Exposure compensation is available in modes P, S, and A (in mode M, only the exposure information shown in the electronic analog exposure display is affected; shutter speed and aperture do not change). Press the button and rotate the main command dial until the desired value is displayed in the control panel. Exposure compensation can be set to values between – 5 EV (underexposure) and + 5 EV (overexposure) in increments of / EV. In general, choose positive values to make the subject brighter, negative values to make it darker. At values other than ± 0, a icon will be displayed after you release the button. The current value for exposure compensation will be displayed in the viewfinder when the button is pressed.
+ 2.0 EV – 0.3 EV

–1 EV

No exposure compensation

+1 EV

Normal exposure can be restored by setting exposure compensation to ± 0. Exposure compensation is not reset when the camera is turned off.

10 — EV Step ( 89) Use this option to set the increments for exposure compensation to ½ EV. 11 — Exposure Comp. ( 89) If desired, exposure compensation can be set without pressing the button.

54

Reference: P, S, A, and M Modes / Exposure

Flash Exposure Compensation

Controls used:

button + sub command dial

Flash exposure compensation is used to alter flash output from the level suggested by the camera, changing the brightness of the main subject relative to the background. Flash output can be increased to make the main subject appear brighter, or reduced to prevent unwanted highlights or reflections. Press the ( ) button and rotate the sub-command dial until the desired value is displayed in the control panel. Flash compensation can be set to values between – 3 EV (darker) and + 1 EV (brighter) in increments of / EV. In general, choose positive values to make the subject brighter, negative values to make it darker. At values other than ± 0, a icon will be displayed after you release the ( ) button. The current value for flash compensation will be displayed in the viewfinder when the button is pressed.

−0.3 EV +0.7 EV

Normal flash output can be restored by setting flash compensation to ± 0.0. Flash exposure compensation is not reset when the camera is turned off.

Using Flash Exposure Compensation with Optional Speedlights Flash exposure compensation is also available with an optional SB-800 or SB-600 Speedlights. 10 — EV Step ( 89) Use this option to set the increments for flash compensation to ½ EV.

Reference: P, S, A, and M Modes / Exposure

55

56 Reference: P. 1 Press the button and rotate the main command dial to choose the number of shots in the bracketing sequence (two or three). Other options can be used to vary exposure or flash level separately or to bracket white balance. 14 — Auto BKT Order ( 91) This option can be used to change the bracketing order. A. S. No. positive 2 shots: unmodified. it is assumed that AE & flash is selected to vary exposure and flash level. of shots Progress indicator Press button and rotate the sub-command 2 ment the values between 0. dial to choose the bracketing increfrom Bracketing increment Understanding the Bracketing Display Number of shots Progress indicator Description 3 shots: unmodified. positive 2 shots: unmodified.3 EV and 2.0 EV. negative Bracketing Programs See the Appendix for a list of bracketing programs ( 140). 90). The setting affected is chosen with Custom Setting 13 (Auto BKT set. “bracketing” the current value.Bracketing Controls used: button + command dials Bracketing automatically varies selected settings slightly with each shot. Below. negative. and M Modes / Exposure . 10 — EV Step ( 89) Use this option to set the increments for exposure and flash bracketing to ½ EV.

Exposure Bracketing The camera modifies exposure by varying shutter speed and aperture (programmed auto). To cancel bracketing. When On is selected for Custom Setting 7 (ISO Auto. exposure with shot. shooting will pause after the number of shots specified in the bracketing program. In exposure bracketing. 88). If the bracketing sequence consists of three shots. shooting can be resumed from the next shot in the sequence after the memory card has been replaced or shots have been deleted to make room on the memory card. the camera will automatically vary ISO sensitivity for optimum exposure when the limits of the camera exposure system are exceeded. Selecting or Digital Vari-Program modes will cancel bracketing. a bracketing progress indicator will be displayed in the control panel. The modified values can be higher or lower than the maximum and minimum values for exposure and flash compensation. 90). the bracketing increment will be subtracted from the current values in the second shot and added in the third shot. The segment will disappear from the indicator when the unmodified shot is taken. S. If the camera is turned off before all shots in the sequence have been taken. and M Modes / Exposure 57 . The program last in effect will be restored the next time bracketing is activated. bracketing will resume when mode P. and the indicator when the shot with the positive increment is taken. “bracketing” the current values. press the button and rotate the main command dial until the number of shots in the bracketing sequence is zero and is no longer displayed in the control panel. aperture (shutter-priority auto). Exposure and flash bracketing are cancelled when WB bracketing is selected for Custom Setting 13 (Auto BKT set. A. A. or M is selected. eachshoot. shutter speed will only be changed after the camera has adjusted ISO sensitivity. or shutter speed (aperture-priority auto. While bracketing is in effect. S. Exposure and Flash Bracketing In continuous mode. The default settings. Reference: P. the indicator when the shot with the negative increment is taken.a photograph. and camera will vary 3 Compose and flash levelfocus. manual exposure mode). At the first shot will be taken at the current values for exposure and flash compensation and the following shots at modified values. The modified shutter speed and aperture are displayed in the control panel and viewfinder. Resuming Exposure or Flash Bracketing If the memory card fills before all shots in the sequence have been taken. bracketing will resume from the next shot in the sequence when the camera is turned on.

other values can be selected according to the type of source. settings other than ±0 are displayed in the control panel as shown at right. Auto white balance is recommended for most light sources. Recommended for most situAuto ations. Choose color temp. Direct Sunlight Use with subjects lit by direct sunlight. Choose color temperature from list of values ( 59). The following options are available: Description Camera sets white balance automatically. A. Flash Use with built-in flash or optional Nikon flash units. press the WB button and rotate the main command dial until the desired setting is displayed in the control panel. Choose lower values to make photographs appear slightly more yellow or red. and M Modes / White Balance . Incandescent Use under incandescent lighting. White balance Use gray or white object or existing photograph as reference for white preset balance ( 59). if necessary. 58 Reference: P. White balance can also be adjusted from the shooting menu ( 82). S. Option To select a value for white balance. white balance can be “fine tuned” by ± 3 in increments of one. higher values to lend images a bluish tinge. Shade Use in daylight with subjects in the shade.) and PRE (White balance preset). Fluorescent Use under fluorescent lighting. Fine-Tuning White Balance Controls used: WB button + sub-command dial (monitor off ) At settings other than (Choose color temp. Press the WB button and rotate the sub-command dial until the desired setting is displayed in the control panel.White Balance Controls used: WB button + main command dial (monitor off ) White balance ensures that colors are unaffected by the color of the light source. Cloudy Use in daylight under overcast skies. During shooting.

Take a test shot to determine if the selected color temperature is appropriate to the light source. Note that the desired results may not achieved with the flash or with fluorescent lighting. Choose color temp. S. White balance is copied from photo on memory card ( 82). Color Temperature The perceived color of a light source varies with the viewer and other conditions. defined with reference to the temperature to which an object would have to be heated to radiate light in the same wavelengths. choose (Flash) or (Fluorescent) instead. Color temperature is an objective measure of the color of a light source. Reference: P.Choosing a Color Temperature Controls used: WB button + sub-command dial (monitor off ) At a setting of (Choose color temp. While light sources with a color temperature in the neighborhood of 5.). and M Modes / White Balance 59 . color temperature can be selected by pressing the WB button and rotating the sub-command dial until the desired value is displayed in the control panel. appear slightly yellow or red. The color temperatures for each of the white balance settings supported by the camera may be found in the Appendix ( 140). A. Preset White Balance Preset white balance can be used when the desired results can not be achieved at other settings or to match white balance to the value used in an previous photograph. light sources with a lower color temperature. Color temperature can also be selected in the shooting menu ( 82).500 K appear white.000–5. 13 — Auto BKT Set ( 90) This option to create a series of photographs “bracketing” the current white balance value. Light sources with a higher color temperature appear tinged with blue. such as incandescent light bulbs. Two methods are available for setting preset white balance: Method Direct measurement Copy from existing photograph Description Neutral gray or white object is placed under lighting that will be used in final photograph and white balance is measured by camera ( 60).

the 5 If the cameraflwas as shown at rightafor about six seconds before displays will ash the camera returns to shooting mode (to return to shooting mode before the display stops flashing. 2 Press the WB button and rotate the main command dial until control panel. No photograph will be recorded. is displayed in the Release the WB briefly the button ash as 3 shown at right. White balance will automatically be set to the measured value. 60 Reference: P. S. and M Modes / White Balance . press the WB button. press the shutter-release button halfway). the camera was unable to measure white balance. not use exposure compensation. press button. A. able to measure value for white balance. To exit without measuring a new value for white balance. A standard gray card can as studio settings. era will measure a value for white balance and use this value when preset white balance is selected. Press the shutter-release button halfway to return to Step 4 and measure white balance again.Measuring a Value for Preset White Balance under lighting that fi 1 Place a neutral gray or white objectbe usedthe a reference inwill be used in theDonal photograph. If the displays flash as shown at right. the reference object so it nder and 4 Framethe shutter-release buttonthat thefills the viewfiThe campress all way down. button withoutand then pressnew value foruntil displays start to flthe WB To exit measuring a white balance.

View photo inforPress multi selector up or down or rotate sub-command dial to or mation view information about current photograph ( 62). 27 — Monitor Off ( 98) Choose how long the monitor remains on before turning off automatically to save power. View menus Retouch photo Create retouched copy of current photograph ( 109). Reference: More on Playback / Viewing Photographs on the Camera 61 . Press multi selector left View additional or or rotate main command dial left to view photographs in rephotographs verse order. The most recent photograph will be displayed in the monitor. 6 — Image Review ( 88) Choose whether to display photographs as they are taken. To Use Auto Image Rotation ( 108)/Rotate Tall ( 75) These options control whether photographs taken in “tall” orientation are rotated for display in the monitor during playback. release button halfway or press the View menus ( 74).More on Playback Viewing Photographs on the Camera To play photographs back. Photographs taken in “tall” (portrait) orientation are displayed in tall orientation as shown at right. Zoom in on photo Delete photo Delete current photograph ( 65). Exit to shooting Shutter button To turn monitor off and return to shooting mode. Protect photo Protect current photograph ( 65). View thumbnails View multiple photographs ( 63). press the button. The following operations can be performed in full-frame playback: Description Press multi selector to right or rotate main command dial right to view photographs in order recorded. Zoom in on current photograph ( 64). press shuttermode or button.

.......... Displayed in red if ISO sensitivity was modified from selected value by auto ISO. 45 Exposure compensation .. 80 11 Image comment 3 .... 3.................................................65 2 Retouch indicator ..14.............................14............................................................ starting with most recent change......... 103 File name ......... 104 White balance/white balance fine-tuning ... 35 Image size ...... 50 Aperture ......................................... Only first 13 letters are displayed...... Press the multi selector up or down or rotate the sub-command dial to cycle through the following information: Basic Information ↔ Shooting Data Page 1 ↔ Shooting Data Page 2 ↔ Retouch History (retouched copies only) ↔ Highlights ↔ RGB Histogram ↔ Basic Information................................... 103 Time of recording . 35 1................ 109 9 Color mode/hue ....109 3 Retouch history: Lists changes made to image using options in retouch menu ( 109)......... 34 Date of recording .............................................. Basic Information 1 Protect status .......................................... Page 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 Protect status ... ³ 62 Reference: More on Playback / Viewing Photographs on the Camera ..... 65 2 Retouch indicator ........................................ 2.1 Flash mode .................. 50 7 8 9 10 11 Mode ........................... 65 8 Sharpening .................................... 49..... 80 Protect status ..... Page 2 7 Tone compensation ..... 52 Shutter speed ......... 109 3 Frame number/total number of images 4 Folder name ........................Photo Information Photo information is superimposed on images displayed in full-frame playback........ 109 Camera name Metering ................................................ 35 ³ · Shooting Data.... ........................ Displayed if image was created using options in retouch menu..........109 4 Frame number/total number of images 1... Filter name is displayed if photo was taken with filter option selected for Optimize image > Black-and-white > Custom.......................... 58 12 Frame number/total number of images 6 Image size/ image quality...... 40 Frame number/total number of images ³ µ ¸ Shooting Data... 54 Focal length ............ 34.......................... 1 2 3 4 5 ³ ¸ µ ¹ Retouch History 1 1 Protect status ............. 80 Retouch indicator ..... 43 10 Saturation ......... 80 Image optimization 1..... 79 ISO sensitivity 2 ................................ 65 Retouch indicator ............................ 48... 75 5 6 7 8 9 Image quality....

..... Decrease number of images displayed from nine to four or from four to one (full-frame playback)............. Use multi selector to highlight photographs.. 65 Retouch indicator .......... sub-command dial to move cursor left or right................... Delete highlighted photograph ( 65). Shutter button To turn monitor off and return to shooting mode................... with dark pixels at the left and bright pixels at the right........109 3 Image highlights (areas of image that are “washed out”) are indicated by flashing border 4 Frame number/total number of images ³ RGB Histogram A histogram is a graph showing the distribution of tones in the image..... Reference: More on Playback / Viewing Photographs on the Camera 63 . 109 Histogram (all channels) Red channel histogram 5 Green channel histogram 6 Blue channel histogram 7 Frame number/total number of images ³ Viewing Multiple Images: Thumbnail Playback To display images in “contact sheets” of four or nine images............................. View picture highlighted in thumbnail list full frame..... Protect highlighted photograph ( 65)......... release button halfway or press the View menus ( 74).......... The following operations can be performed while thumbnails are displayed: To Display more images per page Display fewer images per page Highlight photographs View highlighted picture full frame Delete photo Protect photo Exit to shooting mode View menus Use Description Increase number of images displayed from one (full-frame playback) to four or from four to nine............... 1 Protect status ............. The vertical axis shows the number of pixels of each brightness in the image... or rotate main command dial to move cursor up or down..... Details may be lost (“washed out”) in areas of highlights that are overexposed..................65 2 Retouch indicator ................... Note that camera histograms may differ from those displayed in imaging applications..Highlights Highlights are the brightest portions of the image... 1 2 3 4 Protect status ......... press the button in full-frame playback. press shutteror button................................ The horizontal axis corresponds to pixel brightness.....

Delete photo Protect current photograph ( 65). press multi selector up. 19 × (medium images) or 13 × (small images). The following operations can be performed: Description Press to zoom in to maximum of approximately 25 × (large images). While photo is zoomed in.Taking a Closer Look: Playback Zoom Press the button to zoom in on a photograph in full-frame playback. or right to view areas of image not visible in monitor. down. View menus ( 74). Press Zoom in and out / to zoom out. area currently visible in monitor is indicated by image yellow border. View menus To Use 64 Reference: More on Playback / Viewing Photographs on the Camera . Navigation window is displayed when zoom View other areas of ratio is altered. press shuttermode or release button halfway or press the button. Rotate main command dial to view same location in other imView other images ages at current zoom ratio. Keep multi selector pressed to scroll rapidly to other areas of frame. left. Protect photo Exit to shooting Shutter button To turn monitor off and return to shooting mode. Cancel zoom Return to full-frame playback. Delete current photograph ( 65).

butTo remove protection from the photograph so that it can be deleted. To remove protection from all images in the folder or folders currently selected for Playback Folder. and thumbnail playback.Protecting Photographs from Deletion In full-frame. The photograph will be marked with a icon. Delete ( 74) This option can be used to delete multiple photographs. Press the button to protect the photograph currently displayed in full-frame or zoom playback or highlighted in the thumbnail list. Press any other button to exit without deleting the photograph. Protected files can not be deleted using the button or the Delete option in the playback menu. press the ton when the photograph is displayed in full-frame or zoom playback or highlighted in the thumbnail list. Deleting Individual Photographs Press the button to delete the photograph currently displayed in full-frame or zoom playback or highlighted in the thumbnail list. One of the following confirmation dialogs will be displayed. and have DOS “read-only” status when viewed on a Windows computer. zoom. the button can be used to protect photographs from accidental deletion. Reference: More on Playback / Viewing Photographs on the Camera 65 . press the button again to delete the photograph. press the and buttons together for about two seconds. Note that protected files will be deleted when the memory card is formatted ( 102).

the tor will remain off. During be displayed 5 Turn the camera on. 1 Choose the appropriate video mode ( 103). 66 Reference: Connecting to a TV. Background music included with Pictmotion slide shows ( 75) will be played back over the television speakers. When the EH-5 is connected.Connecting to a TV. Computer. the camera monitor-off delay will be fixed at ten minutes and the exposure meters will remain on indefinitely. images willcamera monion the television or to video tape. or Printer / Viewing Photographs on TV . Always the camera 2 Turn the or disconnecting theturn cable. camera off. Audio (white) Connect to video device Video (yellow) Connect to camera Video connector 4 Tune the television to the video channel. Use an AC Adapter Use of an EH-5 AC adapter (available separately) is recommended for extended playback. or Printer Viewing Photographs on TV The supplied EG-D2 audio/video (A/V) cable can be used to connect the camera to a television or VCR for playback or recording. recordedplayback. Computer. off before connecting A/V 3 Connect the A/V cable as shown.

Connecting to a Computer
The camera can be connected to a computer using the supplied UC-E4 USB cable. The supplied PictureProject software can then be used to copy photographs to the computer, where they can be organized, retouched, and printed.

Before Connecting the Camera
Install PictureProject or any other software you may need after first reading the manuals and reviewing the system requirements. To ensure that data transfer is not interrupted, be sure the camera battery is fully charged. If in doubt, charge the battery before connecting the camera or use an EH-5 AC adapter (available separately). Before connecting the camera, select the USB item in the camera setup menu and choose a USB option as described below.
Computer operating system Windows XP Home Edition Windows XP Professional Mac OS X Windows 2000 Professional USB Choose PTP or Mass Storage Choose Mass Storage *

* Do NOT select PTP. If PTP is selected when the camera is connected, the Windows hardware wizard will be displayed. Click Cancel to exit the wizard, and then disconnect the camera and select Mass Storage.

Connecting the USB Cable

1 Turn the computer on and wait for it to start up. 2 Turn the camera off.
UC-E4 USB cable as shown. Do not use force or attempt to 3 Connect the suppliedangle. Connect the camera directly to the computer; do notinsert the connectors at an connect the cable via a USB hub or keyboard.
USB connector

Reference: Connecting to a TV, Computer, or Printer / Connecting to a Computer

67

camera 4 Turn thepanel andon. If Mass Storage is selected for USB, the control viewfinder will display the indicators shown at right (when PTP is selected, the normal shooting indicators are displayed).

photographs 5 Transfer (on CD). to the computer as described in the PictureProject reference manual the USB 6 If PTP is selected forisUSB, the camera can be turned off andthe cameracable disconnected once transfer complete. If Mass Storage is selected, must first be removed from the system as described below. Windows XP Home Edition/Windows XP Professional Click the “Safely Remove Hardware” icon in the taskbar ( ) and select Safely remove USB Mass Storage Device. Windows 2000 Professional Click the “Unplug or Eject Hardware” icon in the taskbar ( ) and select Stop USB Mass Storage Device.
Mac OS X Drag the camera volume (“NIKON D80”) into the Trash.

During Transfer Do not turn the camera off or disconnect the USB cable while transfer is in progress. Camera Control Pro Camera Control Pro (available separately; 123) can be used to operate the camera from a computer. Before connecting the camera, set the camera USB option ( 104) to PTP. When Camera Control Pro is running, the camera will show in place of the number of exposures remaining.

68

Reference: Connecting to a TV, Computer, or Printer / Connecting to a Computer

Printing Photographs
Photographs can be printed by any of the following methods: • Connect the camera to a printer and print JPEG photographs directly from the camera (see below). • Insert the camera memory card in a printer equipped with a card slot (see the printer manual for details). If the printer supports DPOF ( 134), photographs can be selected for printing using Print Set ( 73). • Take the camera memory card to a developer or digital printer center. If the center supports DPOF, photographs can be selected for printing using Print Set. • Transfer pictures ( 67) and print them from a computer using PictureProject or Capture NX (available separately; 123). Note that this is the only method available for printing RAW (NEF) pictures.

Printing Via Direct USB Connection
JPEG photographs can be printed directly from a camera connected to a PictBridge printer ( 134). When taking photographs for printing via direct USB connection in P, S, A, and M modes, choose Ia (sRGB) or IIIa (sRGB) for the Custom > Color mode option in the Optimize image menu ( 80).
Take photographs Select photographs for printing using Print Set Select PTP in camera USB menu and connect camera to printer ( 70)

Print photographs one at a time ( 71)

Print multiple photographs ( 72)

Create index prints ( 72)

Disconnect USB cable

Printing Via Direct USB Connection If an error occurs during printing, the camera will display the dialog shown at right. After checking the printer, press the multi selector up or down to highlight Continue and press OK to resume printing. Select Cancel to exit without printing the remaining pages. RAW (NEF) photographs can not be printed by direct USB connection. They are displayed in the Print Select menu but can not be selected for printing.

Reference: Connecting to a TV, Computer, or Printer / Printing Photographs

69

or press to display the highlighted photograph full frame. or press the button to zoom in on the current photo ( 64). Computer. UC-E4 USB cable as shown. press the button. If in doubt. check that the camera battery is fully charged. 71) or “ Printing Multiple Pictures” ( ➜ Press the multi selector left or right to view additional photographs.will be displayed. Connect the camera directly to the printer. USB connector screen 5 Turn the camera on. followed by the PictBridge playback Proceed to “ Printing Pictures One at a Time” ( 72). 3 Turn the camera off.Connecting the Printer Before printing. or Printer / Printing Photographs . charge the battery or use an EH-5 AC adapter (available separately).attempt connect the connectors at an do not the cable via a USB hub or keyboard. 1 Set the camera USB option to PTP ( 104). A welcome display. 70 Reference: Connecting to a TV. To view six photographs at a time. Do not use force or to insert 4 Connect the suppliedangle. Use the multi selector to highlight photographs. 2 Turn the printer on.

Menu shown at right will be displayed. Press multi selector up or down to choose Printer Default (default for current Time stamp printer). 8 x 10 in. Use and buttons to choose size of crop and use multi selector to choose position of crop. 3. Print Time Stamp (print time and date of recording on photo). highlight Crop and press multi selector right. Description Print current picture.5 x 5 in.Printing Pictures One at a Time To print the picture currently selected in the PictBridge playback display. dialog shown at right will be displayed. 5 x 7 in. Press multi selector up or down to choose print style from Printer Default Border (default for current printer). A3. 100 x 150 mm. Menu shown at right will be displayed. Press multi selector up or down to choose number of copies (maximum 99).. Letter. Menu shown at right will be displayed. Reference: Connecting to a TV. Only options supported by the current printer can be selected. PictBridge playback display is shown when printing is comPrinting plete. Computer. or No Border. or A4. Press OK to return to print menu. Page Size. press OK. or Printer / Printing Photographs 71 . To exit without cropping picture. press OK. No. or No Time Stamp... of Copies then press OK to select and return to print menu. Option Menu shown at right will be displayed. Print with Border (print photo with white border). 4 x 6 in.. then press OK to select and return to print menu. To crop picture. To cancel and return to PictBridge playback display before printStart ing is complete. Menu shown at right will be displayed. The menu shown at right will be displayed. Border. Press the multi selector up or down to highlight an option and press to the right to select. highlight No cropping and press OK. then press OK to select and return to print menu. then press OK to select and return to print menu. and Time Stamp Choose printer default to print at current printer settings. Cropping If Crop is selected. Press multi selector up or down to choose page size from Printer Default Page Size (default page size for current printer).

press 2 Select current picture and set number of prints to 1. highlight Start Printing and press OK. or Printer / Printing Photographs . 3 4 Display print options. To start printing. Printing Selected Photographs Choosing Print Select displays the menu shown in Step 1. picture full screen. 72 Reference: Connecting to a TV. Confirmation dialog shown at right will be displayed. Create index print of all JPEG photos. Choose page size. border. Selected pictures marked by icon. The menu shown at right will be displayed. border. press the PictBridge playback display. To deselect picture. PictBridge menu will be displayed when printing is complete. Option Description Print Select Print selected pictures (see below). press multi selector down when number of prints is 1. and time stamp options as described on page 71. 1 Scroll through pictures. and time stamp options as described on precedIndex Print ing page (warning will be displayed if selected page size is too small). Choose page size. Print (DPOF) Print current DPOF print order ( 73). Computer. press OK to display menu of print options. To display current button. Repeat Steps 1 – 3 to select additional pictures. Press the multi selector up or down to highlight an option and press to the right to select.Printing Multiple Pictures To print multiple pictures or create an index print listing all JPEG button in the photographs as small thumbnail images. highlight Start Printing and press OK. To start printing. PictBridge menu will be displayed when printing is complete. to maximum of 256. Specify number of prints (up to 99).

Creating a DPOF Print Order: Print Set The Print Set option in the playback menu is used to create digital “print orders” for PictBridge-compatible printers and devices that support DPOF. Selecting Print Set from the playback menu displays the menu shown in Step 1.

1
Highlight Select / Set.

2
Display selection dialog.

3 4

Select pictures and specify number of prints as described in Steps 2 – 3 on previous page. Note that RAW (NEF) photos can not be selected for printing. Display options. Highlight option and press multi selector right: • Data imprint: Print shutter speed and aperture on all pictures in print order. • Imprint date: Print date of recording on all pictures in print order. To complete print order and exit, highlight Done and press OK.

To print the current print order when the camera is connected to a PictBridge printer, select Print (DPOF) in the PictBridge menu and follow the steps in “ Printing Selected Photographs” to modify and print the current order ( 72). DPOF date and data imprint options are not supported when printing via direct USB connection; to print the date of recording on photographs in the current print order, use the PictBridge Time Stamp option.

Print Set The Print Set option can not be used if there is not enough space on the memory card to store the print order. Print orders may not print correctly if images are deleted using a computer after the print order is created.

Reference: Connecting to a TV, Computer, or Printer / Printing Photographs

73

Menu Guide
Playback Options: The Playback Menu
The playback menu contains the following options (options displayed may differ if My menu is selected for the CSM/Setup menu option in the setup menu; 101). See “Using Camera Menus” ( 9) for more information on using the menus.
Option Description Delete Delete all or selected photos. Playback folder Choose folder for playback. Rotate tall Slide show Hide image Print set Rotate “tall” (portrait-orientation) photos during playback.

74 75 75

Play photos back in automatic slide shows, either with background music and 75 panning, zoom, and transition effects (Pictmotion) or without (standard) Hide selected photos. 78 Select photos for printing. 78

Delete
The delete menu contains the following options:
Option Selected All Description Delete selected photographs (see below). Delete all photographs.

Selecting Multiple Pictures To select multiple pictures for deletion, slide shows, or the Hide image option:

1
Highlight picture. To view highlighted picture full frame, press button.

2
Select highlighted picture. Selection shown by icon.

3

Repeat steps 1–2 to select additional pictures. To deselect picture, highlight and press multi selector down.

4
Complete operation.

74

Menu Guide / Playback Options: The Playback Menu

Playback Folder
Choose a folder for playback:
Option Description Only photos in the folder currently selected for Folders in the shooting menu are displayed during playback. This option is selected Current automatically when a photo is taken. If a memory card is inserted (default) and this option selected before photos have been taken, a message stating that the folder contains no images will be displayed during playback. Select All to begin playback. All Play back photos in all folders on the memory card.

Rotate Tall
Select On to rotate “tall” (portrait-orientation) photos for display in the monitor. Photographs taken with Off selected for Auto image rotation ( 108) will be displayed in “wide” (landscape) orientation.

Slide Show
Play pictures back one after the other in an automated “slide show.” A Pictmotion option is available with transitions, panning and zoom effects and background music (background music will only be audible if the camera is connected to a television set; 66). The recommended steps involved in creating a slide show are shown below.

1 Select photos pictures and press the multi selector right. Highlight one of the folHighlight Select
lowing options and press OK to select the highlighted option and return to the slide show menu.

•All pictures: Slide show will include all the photos in the current playback folder ( 75). •Select pictures: Select up to fifty photos for the slide show ( 74). Only photos in the current playback folder ( 75) are available for selection; hidden photos and images that can not be displayed by the camera can not be selected.

Menu Guide / Playback Options: The Playback Menu

75

style 2 Choose a Change settings and press the multi selector right, then highlight Style and Highlight press the multi selector right. Highlight one of the following options and press OK to select the highlighted option and return to the slide show menu.

•Standard: Pictures are played back at a selected interval, without background music, transitions, or other effects. •Pictmotion: Select a pattern that includes background music with matching transitions and panning and zoom effects. Note that background music will only be audible if the camera is connected to a television ( 66).

3 Choose a frame interval or playback pattern selector right, then choose a frame Highlight Change settings and press the multi
interval or playback pattern as described below.
“Standard” selected in Step 2 To change the interval between slides from the default setting of two seconds, highlight Frame interval and press the multi selector right. Highlight one of the following options and press OK to select the highlighted option and return to the slide show menu.

“Pictmotion” selected in Step 2 To change the background track from the default setting of Pachelbel’s Canon, highlight Background music and press the multi selector right. Highlight one of the following options and press OK to select the highlighted option and return to the slide show menu.

Panning and zoom effects and transitions are matched to the selected background track.

76

Menu Guide / Playback Options: The Playback Menu

End the slide show and return to the playback menu. This option is not available if Pictmotion is selected in Step 2. The dialog shown at right is displayed when the show ends or when the button is pressed to pause playback. Menu Guide / Playback Options: The Playback Menu 77 . The following To start the slide operations can be performed during a slide show: To Go forward or back one frame View photo info Pause slide show Exit to playback menu Exit to playback mode Exit to shooting mode Shutter release Use / / Description Press multi selector or rotate main command dial left to return to the previous frame. Press the shutter-release button halfway to turn the monitor off and return to shooting mode.4 Start the show show. Pause the slide show. This option is not available if Pictmotion is selected in Step 2. End the slide show and return to full-frame ( 61) or thumbnail playback ( 63). highlight Start and press OK. Photos can be taken immediately. Change the photo info displayed. Select Restart to restart the show or Exit to return to the playback menu. right to skip to the next frame.

In the case of “NEF + JPEG” images. 78 Menu Guide / Playback Options: The Playback Menu . Option Select/set Deselect all? Description Hide or reveal selected photographs ( Reveal all photographs. Choose Deselect all? to remove all photos from the current print order. Protected and Hidden Images Revealing an image that is both hidden and protected will simultaneously remove protection from the image. Hidden images are visible only in the Hide Image menu. 74).Hide Image Hide or reveal selected photographs. File Attributes for Hidden Images Hidden images have “hidden” and “read-only” status when viewed on a Windows computer. and can only be deleted by formatting the memory card. this marking applies to both NEF (RAW) and JPEG images. Print Set Choose Select / set to select photographs for printing on a PictBridge printer or DPOF-compatible device ( 73).

sharpening. Customize image optimization settings ( 80).Shooting Options: The Shooting Menu The shooting menu contains the following options (options displayed may differ if My menu is selected for the CSM/Setup option in the setup menu. To use the Adobe RGB color space. select Custom and choose II (Adobe RGB) for Color Mode. Choose image quality. Take photos in black-and-white ( 81). Lowers contrast while lending natural texture and rounded feel to skin of portrait subjects. * Available in P. and blues. producing natural results suitable for portraits or retouching on a computer. and other settings according to how photographs will be used or the type of scene. • The sRGB color space is used. High ISO NR Reduce noise at high ISO sensitivities. Results will vary with exposure and the position of the subject in the frame. A. NR Reduce noise at slow shutter speeds. • Use a type G or D lens for best results. Multiple exposure *. contrast. and M Modes) Optimize contrast. Option Description Optimize image * Optimize images according to scene. † Record multiple exposures in a single frame. 79–81 81 81 82 83 83 83 84–85 Optimize Image (P. Option SO Softer VI Vivid VI More vivid PO Portrait Description Softens outlines. contrast. † Reset to defaults when a two-button reset is performed ( 44). † Adjust colors according to the light source. A. ISO sensitivity † Long exp. Image quality † Image size † Choose image size. 101). White balance *. Custom BW Black-and-white At Settings Other than “Custom” At settings other than Custom: • Photographs are optimized for current shooting conditions. greens. Enhances saturation. and sharpness to produce vivid images with vibrant reds. Raise sensitivity when lighting is poor. Menu Guide / Shooting Options: The Shooting Menu 79 . and sharpness to produce crisp images with sharp outlines. S. and M modes only. N Normal (default) Recommended for most situations. S. Maximizes saturation. See “Using Camera Menus” ( 9) for more information on using the menus.

Choose Moderate for less saturated colors. See the Camera Control Pro manual for details. highlight Done and press . and greens more yellow. blues more green. If the application supports color management. • Color mode: Control color reproduction. Mode II is the preferred choice for photos that will be extensively processed or retouched.Customizing Image Enhancement Options: Custom Select Custom to make separate adjustments to the following options. Choose high settings for sharp outlines. and saturation vary with exposure and the position of the subject in the frame. Positive values make reds more orange. 123) and PictureProject display colors correctly even if the correct color space is not selected. Use a type G or D lens for best results. 80 Menu Guide / Shooting Options: The Shooting Menu . Default setting: ±0. • Tone compensation: Control contrast. and blues more purple. Default setting: Auto. • Saturation: Control the vividness of colors. tone compensation.” with no further modification. Default setting: Auto. Default setting: Ia (sRBG). Enhanced for more vivid colors. “Auto” Results for auto image sharpening. Photos taken in modes Ia and IIIa are adapted to the sRGB color space and are suited for printing or use “as is. Default setting: Auto. Negative values make reds more purple. greens more blue. choose the Adobe RGB color space when opening photos taken in mode II. Capture NX (available separately. After adjusting settings. which supports a wider gamut of colors than sRGB. low settings for softer outlines. Higher settings preserve detail in misty landscapes and other low-contrast subjects. Color Mode Modes Ia and IIIa are recommended for photos that will be printed without modification or viewed in applications that do not support color management. Choose Ia for portrait shots and IIIa for nature or landscape shots. 123). Mode II is adapted to the Adobe RGB color space. Lower settings prevent loss of detail in highlights under harsh lighting or in direct sunlight. • Hue adjustment: Hue can be adjusted between –9 ˚ to +9 ˚ in increments of 3 ˚ (the degrees refer to the “color wheel” often used to express hue). Choose Custom to select a user-defined tone curve created using Camera Control Pro (available separately. • Image sharpening: Choose how much outlines are sharpened during shooting.

See “Reference: Image Quality and Size” ( 33). Menu Guide / Shooting Options: The Shooting Menu 81 . Softens skin tones. Enhances contrast. Choose Normal to take standard black-and-white pictures.Taking Pictures in Black-and-White: Black-and-White Selecting Black-and-white for Optimize image displays the menu shown at right. Custom also supports the following color filter effects: Filter effect Off Yellow Orange Red Green Description No color filter effect. or Custom to adjust sharpening and tone compensation before shooting as described in on page 80. See “Reference: Image Quality and Size” ( 33). Image Quality (All Modes) Seven options are available for image quality. and Small. Orange produces more contrast than yellow. Can be used for portraits. Medium. Image Size (All Modes) Image size can be selected from Large. Black-and-white indicators appear in the control panel and viewfinder when Black-andwhite is selected for Optimize image ( 5–7). red more contrast than orange. Can be used to tone down the brightness of the sky in landscape photographs.

Select White balance > White balance preset in the shooting menu. 60). ‡ 8 Set preset white balance to value for highlighted photograph and return to shooting menu. 5 Highlight folder. highlight Measure and press multi selector right. ‡ Images displayed may include those created with other cameras. white balance will be set to the measured value even if Use photo is currently selected in the preset white balance menu. 82 Menu Guide / Shooting Options: The Shooting Menu . Copying White Balance from a Photograph A white balance value copied from an existing photograph can be used for preset white balance. A. and M Modes) Nine options are available for white balance. but only photographs created with D80 can be used as source for preset white balance. See “Reference: White Balance” ( 58). The menu shown in Step 1 will be displayed. S. 3 Highlight Select image. 7 Highlight photograph. † To use the previous source photo. 1 Highlight Use photo. Note that if a new value is measured for white balance. 6 Display images in selected folder. * * To use last measured value ( 2 Display current source photo.White Balance (P. highlight This image and press multi selector right. † 4 Display folder list.

the displays shown at right appear in the control panel and viewfinder. Choose from the following options: Option Normal (default) Low High Off Description Noise reduction takes effect at sensitivities over ISO 400. Noise reduction will not be performed if the camera is turned off during processing. Photographs taken at shutter speeds of about 8 s or slower are processed to reduce noise. Choose Low for less noise reduction. Menu Guide / Shooting Options: The Shooting Menu 83 . High for more noise reduction. High ISO NR (All Modes) Photographs taken at high sensitivities can be processed to reduce “noise”. No further photos can be taken until processing is complete. See “Reference: ISO Sensitivity” ( 43). the image displayed in the monitor may not show the effects of noise reduction. During processing.ISO Sensitivity (All Modes) Adjust ISO sensitivity. slowing burst shooting and reducing the number of images that can be stored in the memory buffer. Minimal noise reduction is performed at sensitivities over ISO 800. Long Exp. brightly-colored pixels. Choose from the following options: Option Off (default) On Description Noise reduction off. Note that if photos are played back during processing. NR (All Modes) Photographs taken at shutter speeds of 8 s or slower can be processed to reduce “noise” in the form of randomly-spaced. Noise reduction turns off unless sensitivity exceeds ISO 800.

exposure. and M Modes) Follow the steps below to record a series of two or three exposures in a single photograph. 3 Highlight Auto gain and press the multi selector to the right. 84 Menu Guide / Shooting Options: The Shooting Menu .Multiple Exposure (P. and other information listed in the playback photo information display is for the first shot in the multiple exposure. Selecting Multiple exposure in the shooting menu displays the 1 menu shown at right. choose 30 min for Custom Setting 28 (Auto meter-off. shooting will end automatically if no operations are performed for 30 s. Recommended if background is dark. 4 Highlight one of the following options and press OK. Highlight Number of shots and press the multi selector right. Press OK to return to the multiple exposure menu. multi choose 2 Press thethat willselector up or down to a single the number of exposures be combined to form photograph. metering. A. Gain not adjusted to correct exposure. camera orientation. Exchanging Memory Cards Do not remove or replace the memory card while recording a multiple exposure. focal length. For an interval between exposures of more than 30 s. Option Description On (default) Off Gain adjusted to correct exposure according to the number of exposures recorded (gain for each exposure is set to / for two exposures. / for three exposures). S. Photo Info The date of recording. 99) or use an optional EH-5 AC adapter. Note that at default settings. mode.

gain will be adjusted to reflect the number of exposures actually recorded. S. and press OK. Menu Guide / Shooting Options: The Shooting Menu 85 . a multiple exposure will be created from the exposures that have been recorded to that point. A. To exit without recording a multiple exposure. If Auto gain is on. Bracketing and Other Settings Bracketing is cancelled when multiple exposure is selected and can not be restored until shooting has ended. Shooting will also end if: • The exposure meters turn off during shooting ( 18) • The user performs a two-button reset • The camera is turned off • The battery is exhausted • The multiple exposure is deleted • A mode other than P. memory cards can not be formatted and no shooting menu options can be changed. is complete. select Multiple exposure from the shooting menu. focus.will disappear from7the control shooting Repeat steps 1 – to take additional multiple exposures. or M is selected If shooting ends before the specified number of exposures have been taken. and shoot. highlight Reset. 6 Frame a photograph. A icon will be displayed in the control panel.5 Highlight Done and press OK. and press OK. with the exceptions of Multiple exposure and White balance. icon will start to Cancelling a Multiple Exposure To end shooting before the multiple exposure is complete. remaining The icon 7 Take thepanel whenexposures. The blink. While multiple exposure mode is in effect. select Multiple exposure from the shooting menu. highlight Cancel.

a beep will sound when the camera focuses in single-servo AF (AF-S or when shooting stationary subjects in AF-A autofocus mode). when it is off ( 5). The current setting is shown in the control panel: is displayed when the beep is on. 86 Menu Guide / Custom Settings . including settings not affected by a two-button reset ( 44). or when a photograph is taken in quick-response remote mode ( 38). delay mode MB-D80 batteries 95–97 98 98 98 98 98 99 99 99 99 100 R: Reset Select Reset to restore all Custom Settings to their default values. See the Appendix ( 134) for a complete list of default settings. Center-weighted Auto BKT set Auto BKT order Command dials FUNC button Illumination AE-L/AF-L AE lock Focus area AF area illumination 89 90 90–91 91 91 92–93 93 94 94 94 95 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 Option Built-in flash Flash warning Flash shutter speed Auto FP Modeling flash Monitor-off Auto meter-off Self-timer Remote on duration Exp. The following options are available when Simple (the default option) is selected for CSM/Setup menu in the setup menu ( 101): Option Reset Beep AF-area mode Center AF area AF-assist No memory card? Option Image review ISO auto Grid display Viewfinder warning EV step R 1 2 3 4 5 86 86 87 87 87 88 6 7 8 9 10 88 88 89 89 89 To display the following options. while the release timer is counting down in selftimer and delayed remote modes ( 37.Custom Settings Custom Settings are used to customize camera settings to suit individual preferences. The beep will not sound when Off is selected. 1: Beep (All Modes) At the default setting of On. 38). select Full for CSM/Setup menu: 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 Option Exposure comp.

Focus on moving subjects and other objects that are difficult to track. Option The current setting is shown by an icon in the control panel ( 5). Note that when the illuminator is off. User selects focus area manually. . Choose Off to disable the AF-assist illuminator. A. the AF-assist illuminator will light to assist the focus operation in single-servo AF (AF-S or single-servo AF selected in AF-A autofocus mode) when Single area or Auto-area AF is selected for Custom Setting 2 (AFarea mode) or when Custom Setting 2 is set to Dynamic area and the center focus area is selected. Auto-area AF Camera selects focus area automatically. S. . Description Viewfinder display Focus on a specific subject in a small area Normal zone without other nearby objects interfering with (default) focus. camera will focus based on information from other focus areas. 3: Center AF Area (All Modes) This option determines the size of the center focus area. Default for . the camera may not be able to focus on poorly-lit subjects using autofocus. M. and ) If On (the default setting) is selected and the subject is poorly lit. Use with erratically moving subjects.2: AF-Area Mode (All Modes) This option determines how the focus area is selected in autofocus mode ( 28). Option See “Focus” for more information on focus settings ( 28). Choose from: Description User selects focus area using multi selector. Not available when Wide zone Auto-area AF is selected for Custom Setting 2 (AF-area mode). but if subject leaves selected focus area even briefDynamic area ly. Default setting for mode. camera focuses on subject in selected Single area focus area only. 4: AF-Assist (All Modes Except . . Default setting for P. Menu Guide / Custom Settings 87 . and modes. Use with stationary subjects. . and modes.

If Off is selected. ISO Auto Auto ISO control is not available when a value over ISO 1600 is selected for ISO sensitivity.5: No Memory Card? (All Modes) If Release locked (the default setting) is selected. Noise is more likely at higher sensitivities. these indicators blink and the altered value is shown in the viewfinder (the indicators do not blink if a flash is used. shutter speed. Photographs will be displayed in the monitor but will not be saved. and M Modes Only) If Off (the default setting) is selected. When sensitivity is altered from the value selected by the user. the shutter-release is disabled when no memory card is inserted. S. If On is selected. Choose Enable release to enable the shutter-release button when no memory card is inserted. A. The maximum value for auto ISO sensitivity can be selected using the Max. ISO sensitivity will remain fixed at the value selected with the ISO button ( 43) or using the ISO sensitivity option in the shooting menu ( 83). 88 Menu Guide / Custom Settings . Foreground subjects may be underexposed in photos taken with the flash at slow shutter speeds. ISO sensitivity will automatically be adjusted if optimal exposure can not be achieved at the selected value (flash level is adjusted appropriately). sensitivity option. Choose a flash mode other than slow sync or select mode A or M and choose a larger aperture. photographs can be displayed in the monitor by pressing the button. or against a bright background. 7: ISO Auto (P. photographs will automatically be displayed in the monitor for about for seconds after shooting. 6: Image Review (All Modes) If On (the default setting) is selected. When On is selected. in daylight. In modes P and A. Use the High ISO NR option in the shooting menu to reduce noise ( 83). the control panel and viewfinder show ISO-AUTO. sensitivity will only be adjusted if underexposure would result at the shutter speed selected for Min. ISO sensitivity can not be set to values over 1600 when On is selected for ISO auto.

Displayed when no memory card is inserted. 10: EV Step (All Modes) Choose whether adjustments to shutter speed. 11: Exposure Comp. 9: Viewfinder Warning (All Modes) Select On (the default option) to display the following warnings in the viewfinder ( 6): Warning B/W Description Displayed when Black-and-white is selected for Optimize image in the shooting menu ( 81). S. exposure compensation is set by pressing the button and rotating the main command dial ( 54). and bracketing are made in increments equivalent to / EV (1/3 step. aperture. This option is not available in mode M. and M Modes Only) If Off (the default option) is selected. Select On to set exposure compensation using only a command dial. (P. No warnings are displayed when Off is selected. the 0 at the center of the exposure display will blink even when exposure compensation is set to ±0.8: Grid Display (All Modes) Select On to display grid lines in the viewfinder to assist in framing photographs ( 6). Mode Menu Guide / Custom Settings 89 . The dial used depends on the option selected for Custom Setting 15 (Command dials. A. 91): P S A M Custom Setting 15 (Command dials): Off Sub-command dial Sub-command dial Main command dial Exposure compensation set by pressing Custom Setting 15 (Command dials): On Sub-command dial Main command dial Sub-command dial button and rotating main command dial If On is selected. the default option) or / EV (1/2 step). Displayed when the battery is low. The default option is Off.

Only one shot is required to complete the bracketing sequence. S. and M Modes Only) This option controls the size of the area in the center of the viewfinder assigned the greatest weight in center-weighted metering. AE only. and Flash only. Not available at a whitebalance of (Choose color temp. Each time the shutter is released. Camera varies flash level with each shot (i-TTL and. 119. 10 90 Menu Guide / Custom Settings . The default option is Φ 8 mm. 2 Press the button and rotate the main command dial to choose the number of images in the bracketing sequence. the camera creates multiple images “bracketing” the current white balance setting. White balance bracketing is recommended when shooting under mixed lightWB bracketing ing or experimenting with different white balance settings. NEF+JPEG Fine. Camera varies exposure with each shot. or NEF+JPEG Basic. 13: Auto BKT Set (P. A. For information on recording photographs at settings of AE & flash. button and rotate the sub-command to choose 3 Press the Each increment is roughly equivalent todialmired. To take photographs using white balance bracketing: 1 Highlight WB bracketing and press the multi selector right. and M Modes Only) The following options are available: Option AE & flash (default) AE only Description Camera varies flash level and exposure with each shot. the white balance adjustment. A. with the opFlash only tional SB-800 Speedlight. see “Bracketing” ( 56). 120).12: Center-Weighted (P. auto aperture modes only. NEF+JPEG Normal.) or at image qualities of NEF (RAW). S.

Option Description Default order Unmodified > negative > positive ( (default) Under > MTR > over Negative > unmodified > positive ( 56). the sub-command dial shutter speed. focus. A. Option Default (default) Reversed Description The main command dial controls shutter speed.) for white balance ( 58) cancels white balance bracketing. Bracketing can also be cancelled by performing a two-button reset ( 44). 56. press the mand dial until the number of shots in the bracketing sequence is zero and is no longer displayed in the control panel. White Balance Bracketing Selecting NEF (RAW). the subcommand dial aperture. although in this case the bracketing program will not be restored the next time bracketing is activated. and M Modes Only) Choose the command dials used to set shutter speed and aperture. S. Each in thewill be processed to copies specified bracketing program. Shooting can begin if a new memory card is inserted. A. NEF+JPEG Normal. 15: Command Dials (P. ( ) will be displayed and the number of exposures remaining will blink. and each copy will have a different white balance. NEF+JPEG Fine. The main command dial controls aperture. Menu Guide / Custom Settings 91 . Bracketing Programs See the Appendix for a list of white balance bracketing programs. shot 4 Compose create the number of and shoot. or NEF+JPEG Basic for image quality ( 34) or (Choose color temp. button and rotate the main comTo cancel bracketing. 140).a photograph. If the number of images in the bracketing program exceeds the number of exposures remaining. Modifications to white balance are added to the white balance adjustment made with white balance fine-tuning. 14: Auto BKT Order (P. S. and M Modes Only) Choose the order in which bracketing is performed. The program last in effect will be restored the next time bracketing is activated.

Option ISO display (default) Framing grid AF-area mode Center AF area FV lock Flash off Matrix metering Center-weighted Spot metering Description The modified value for ISO sensitivity is displayed while the FUNC. and M modes only). Press the FUNC. S. button is described below. and M modes. button and rotate the main command dial to turn the grid display in the viewfinder on and off ( 89). SB-600. Flash output is adjusted automatically for any changes in ISO sensitivity or aperture. button to raise the 92 Menu Guide / Custom Settings . and the AE-L/AF-L button can be used for FV lock. flash value locks when the FUNC. choose FV lock for Custom Setting 18 (AE-L/AF-L. the fl up au2 Raise the flash. and M modes only).16: FUNC Button (All Modes) Choose the function performed by the FUNC. and modes. S. 94). button is pressed (P. or SB-R200 flash unit is used. Center-weighted metering is activated while the FUNC. In . . Built-in flash and optional Speedlights turn off while the FUNC. A. button is pressed (P. Press the FUNC. . Press again to cancel FV lock. A. button and rotate the main command dial to choose between normal and wide center AF areas ( 87). press the flash. 1 Select FV lock for Custom Setting 16 (FUNC button). button is pressed (P. A. Matrix metering is activated while the FUNC. S. In P. FV Lock Both the FUNC. FV lock using the FUNC. A. button is pressed ( 93). preventing the flash level from changing between shots or while recomposing photographs. button and rotate the main command dial to select AF area mode ( 87). button is pressed. If the built-in flash or an optional SB-800. S. Spot metering is activated while the FUNC. Press the FUNC. and M modes only). button is pressed.required when the shutter-releaseash will poppressed tomatically as button is halfway. to use the AE-L/AF-L button. button. FV Lock This feature is used to lock flash output.

button to release FV lock and confirm that the icon no longer displayed in viewfinder. flash output will automatically be adjusted for changes in Speedlight zoom head position. 7 Pressisthe FUNC.appropriate flash level. Using FV Lock with the Built-in Flash When the built-in flash is used alone. rest of the way down to shoot. 5 Recompose the photograph. the control panel backlight (LCD illuminator) will turn on only when the power switch is rotated to . FV lock can be used with remote SB-800. flash group A. additional pictures can lock. Menu Guide / Custom Settings 93 . button. SB-600. 17: Illumination (All Modes) If Off (the default option) is selected. Flash a monitor prefllocked determine the output will be at this level and a flash-value lock icon will appear in the viewfinder. or SB-R200 flash units if (a) any of the built-in flash. FV lock is only available if TTL (the default setting) is selected for Custom Setting 22 (Built-in flash. If On is selected. 6 Press the shutter-release button thebe taken without releasing FV If desired. 95). Set the Speedlight to TTL mode (the SB-800 can also be used in AA and A modes. or flash group B is in TTL mode. the backlight will remain on while the exposure meters are active (note that this will increase the drain on the battery).subject in the 3 Position thebutton halfway center of the frame and press the shutter-release to focus. or (b) a flash group is composed entirely of SB-800 Speedlights in TTL or AA mode. While FV lock is in effect. see the Speedlight manual for details). 96). Check that the flash-ready indicator ( ) is displayed in the viewfinder. When Commander mode is selected for Custom Setting 22 (Built-in flash. The flash will emit ash to 4 Press the FUNC. SB-600. Using FV Lock with Optional Speedlights FV lock is also available with SB-800. and SB-R200 Speedlights (available separately).

SB-600. If On is selected. The AE-L/AF-L button initiates autofocus. Press the AE-L/AF-L button to lock exposure. Press the AE-L/AF-L button to lock focus and exposure. Exposure locks while the AE-L/AF-L button is pressed. 20: Focus Area (All Modes) At the default setting of No wrap. press and rotate the sub-command AF-ON/AF area dial to select the focus area. 19: AE Lock (All Modes) If Off (the default option) is selected. flash FV lock value locks when the AE-L/AF-L button is pressed ( 92). 94 Menu Guide / Custom Settings . Exposure is unaffected.18: AE-L/AF-L (All Modes) Choose the function performed by the AE-L/AF-L button. Focus locks while the AE-L/AF-L button is pressed. press and rotate the sub-comAE-L/AF-L/AF area mand dial to select the focus area. the focus-area display is bounded by the outer focus areas so that. Focus area Press the AE-L/AF-L button and rotate the sub-command dial to select the focus area selection ( 30). pressing the shutter-release button halfway does not lock exposure. bottom to top. or SB-R200 flash unit is used. Select Wrap to allow focus-area selection to “wrap around” from top to bottom. pressing the multi selector up when the focus area is selected has no effect. The shutter-release button can not be used AF-ON to focus. press and rotate the sub-command dial AE-L/AF area to select the focus area. exposure will lock when the shutter-release button is pressed halfway. Press the AE-L/AF-L button to initiate autofocus. and left to right. press and rotate the sub-command dial to AF-L/AF area select the focus area. Focus is unaffected. for example. If the built-in flash or an optional SB-800. Exposure locks when the AE-L/AF-L button is pressed and remains locked until the AE lock hold button is pressed again or the exposure meters turn off. Press the AE-L/AF-L button to lock focus. Option AE/AF lock (default) AE lock only AF lock Description Both focus and exposure lock while the AE-L/AF-L button is pressed. right to left. Press again to cancel FV lock.

Note that depending on shutter speed and the option selected for Freq. 20. 20 ˚C/68 ˚F). At full power. Repeating flash: The flash fires repeatedly while the shutter is open.. the built-in flash has a Guide Number of 13/42 (m/ft. Manual: The flash fires at the level selected in the menu shown at right. the actual number of flashes emitted may be less than selected.. the focus area is not highlighted. TTL (default): Flash output is adjusted automatically in response to shooting conditions. The number of times the flash fires per second. producing a strobe-light effect. Choose the number of times the flash fires at the selected output. up or down to change.21: AF Area Illumination (All Modes) At the default setting of Auto. 15. A. the active focus area is highlighted in the viewfinder as need to establish contrast with the background. 20. 30. the focus area will always be highlighted. 15 2–10. “Times” The number of times the flash can fire in succession is determined by flash output. 1/4 1/8 1/16 1/32 1/64 1/128 Options available for “Times” 2 2–5 2–10 2–10. 25. If Off is selected. Option Output Times Freq. Description Choose flash output (expressed as a fraction of full power). If On is selected. Selecting this option displays the menu shown at right. No monitor preflash is emitted. ISO 100. and M Modes Only) Choose a flash control mode for the built-in flash. The options available depend on the option selected for Output. 15. 25 2–10. 22: Built-in Flash (P. 35 Output Menu Guide / Custom Settings 95 . Press the multi selector left or right to highlight the following options. although it may be difficult to see against the background. S.

up or down to change. . At settings other than ±0.) value between +3. SB-600. Choose a flash compensation (Comp. value between +3. Note that the built-in flash must be raised to emit monitor preflashes. All flash units in both groups must be set to the same channel. -flash mode display. 96 Menu Guide / Custom Settings .Commander mode: Use the built-in flash as a master flash controlling one or more remote optional SB-800. Press the multi selector up or down to highlight the following options. Choose a Comp.0 EV in steps of will be displayed in the control panel and viewfinder. 2 Choose the flash control mode and output level for the flash units in group A.is selected for flash control mode. M Choose from output levels between 1/1 (full power) and 1/128 (/ of full power). TTL i-TTL mode. 4 Select the channel.0 EV in steps of / EV. • Built-in flash: Choose a flash control mode for the built in flash.) value between +3. Selecting this option displays the menu shown at right.0 and –3. Choose a flash compensation (Comp. or SB-R200 flash units in up to two groups (A and B) using advanced wireless lighting.0 EV in steps AA of / EV. • Channel: Choose from channels 1–4. flashes M in the control panel and viewfinder. • Group A/Group B: Choose a flash control mode for all flash units in Group A or B. / EV.. SB-600 and SB-R200 flash units will not fire when this option is selected.0 and –3. 3 Choose the flash control mode and output level for the flash units in group B. Auto aperture.The flash units in the selected group do not fire. but AF-assist illuminator lights. TTL i-TTL mode. not be adjusted when . Choose from output levels between 1/1 (full power) and 1/128 (/ of full power). To take photographs in commander mode: the flash control mode 1 ChooseNote that output level canand output level for the -built-in flash. does not appear in control panel Built-in flash does not fire.0 and –3.

60°–30° 10 m/33 ft.confirming that the flash-ready lights on the camera and all remote ash units Commander Mode Position the sensor windows on the remote flash units to pick up the monitor preflashes from the builtin flash (particular care is required when not using a tripod). the built-in flash. Menu Guide / Custom Settings 97 . choose low ISO sensitivities and small apertures (large f/-numbers) or use an optional SG-3IR infrared panel for the built-in flash. Although there is no limit on the number of remote flash units that may be used. Flash compensation ( 55) is added to the flash output for all flash units. or less Wireless remote sensors on flash units should face camera. See the details. After positioning the remote flash units. or less 60°–30° 5 m/16 ft. or less 30° or less Camera (built-in flash) 30° or less 5 m/16 ft. including the built-in flash. With more than this number. Note that the maximum distance at which the remote be placed may vary with shooting conditions. Note that even if 8 Pressselectedbutton to raise the Mode. the practical maximum is three.. take a test shot and view the results in the camera monitor. An SG-3IR is required for best results with rear-curtain sync.5 Press OK. the light emitted by the remote flash units will interfere with performance. as this may interfere with exposure.is for Built-in flash > raised so that monitor preflashes will be emitted. after 9 Focusfland shootare lit. the built-in flash must be . all the remote flash units on and 7 TurnSpeedlight instruction manuals forset them to the channel selected in Step 4. flash units as 6 Compose the shot and arrange the flash units canshown below. To prevent timing flashes emitted by the built-in flash from appearing in photographs taken at short range. Be sure that direct light or strong reflections from the remote flash units do not enter the camera lens (in TTL mode) or the photocells on the remote flash units (AA mode). which produces brighter timing flashes.

S. the monitor remains on for four seconds during image review ( 88) and for ten minutes when the camera is powered by an optional EH-5 AC adapter. SB-600. Choose to enable fill flash when taking portraits under bright light or when taking photographs at Large apertures. The default setting is Off. 24: Flash Shutter Speed (P. A.23: Flash Warning (P. The default setting is Off. Regardless of the setting chosen. 27: Monitor-Off (All Modes) Choose how long the monitor remains on when no operations are performed (the default setting is 20 s). 98 Menu Guide / Custom Settings . Choose a shorter monitor-off delay for longer battery life. SB-600. 26: Modeling Flash (P. No warning will be displayed if Off is selected. and M Modes Only) If On (the default setting) is selected and lighting is poor. S. and M Modes Only) Choose the slowest shutter speed at which the flash will be used in modes P and A (the default setting is 1/60 s). A. and M Modes Only) Select On to activate Auto FP High-Speed Sync when using the optional SB-800. and SBR200 flash units will emit a modeling flash when the camera depth-offield preview button is pressed ( 49). the built-in flash and optional SB-800. Regardless of the setting chosen. Auto FP High-Speed Sync is not available when using the built-in flash. 25: Auto FP (P. or SB-R200 flash units at shutter speeds faster than / s (because the actual shutter speed may be slightly slower than displayed in P and A modes. Auto FP may not always be activated at a shutter speed of / s). S. the flash will fire at shutter speeds as slow as 30 s when set to slow sync ( 41). S. A. and M Modes Only) If On is selected. the flashready light ( ) will flicker in the viewfinder when the shutter-release button is pressed halfway to warn that the built-in flash is required. A.

microscope photography). The default option is Off.4 s after the shutterrelease button is pressed. The default setting is one minute. 29: Self-Timer (All Modes) Choose the length of the shutter-release delay in self-timer mode ( 37). reducing camera shake in situations in which the least camera movement could result in blurred photographs (for example.28: Auto Meter-Off (All Modes) Choose how long the camera continues to meter exposure when no operations are performed (the default setting is 6 s). the exposure meters remain on for ten minutes when the camera is powered by an optional EH-5 AC adapter. Regardless of the setting chosen. Choose a shorter meter-off delay for longer battery life. 30: Remote On Duration (All Modes) Choose how long the camera will wait for a signal from the remote before cancelling delayed or quick-response remote modes ( 38). Menu Guide / Custom Settings 99 . The default setting is 10 s. Choose shorter times for longer battery life. Delay Mode (All Modes) Select On to delay shutter release until about 0. 31: Exp.

Low battery. Some AA batteries can not be used. The camera shows the level of AA batteries as follows: Control panel Viewfinder – Description Batteries fully charged. Select when using FR6 lithium AA batteries.32: MB-D80 Batteries (All Modes) To ensure that the camera functions as expected when AA batteries are used in the optional MB-D80 battery pack. Select when using HR6 NiMH AA batteries. Fewer pictures can be taken with AA batteries than with EN-EL3e batteries. Insert fresh batteries. alkaline and nickel-manganese batteries should only be used when no other alternative is available. in some cases. Ready fresh batteries. There is no need to adjust this option when using EN-EL3e batteries. batteries may cease to function before their expiry date. Option LR6 (AA alkaline) (default) HR6 (AA Ni-MH) FR6 (AA lithium) ZR6 (AA Ni-Mn) Description Select when using LR6 alkaline AA batteries. The capacity of AA batteries drops sharply at temperatures below 20 ˚C (68 ˚F) and varies with make and storage conditions. (blinks) (blinks) 100 Menu Guide / Custom Settings . due to their performance characteristics and limited capacity. match the option selected in this menu to the type of batteries inserted in the battery pack. Select when using ZR6 nickel-manganese AA batteries. Using AA Batteries EN-EL3e batteries are recommended for best performance. Shutter release disabled.

Custom Settings. shooting. Option Simple (default) Full My menu Description Display only basic options in the Custom Settings ( 86) and setup menus (see above). Other menus list all options. CSM / Setup Menu Choose the options displayed in the menus. The following options are available when To display the following options. See “Using Camera Menus” ( 9) for more information on using the menus. the multi selector right. Display only selected options in the playback. (the illustration shows the menu will as shown at right items listed when the playback menu is selected). sequence 106 106 Mirror lock-up * Dust off ref photo 106–107 Battery info 107 Firmware version 108 Auto image rotation 108 * Not available at battery levels of or below or when camera is powered by optional MBD80 battery pack with AA batteries. and retouch menus. Menu Guide / Basic Camera Settings: The Setup Menu 101 . menu names A list of menu The items in the selected 2 Highlight abe listedname and press OK. setup. select Full Simple (the default option) is selected for for CSM/Setup menu: CSM/Setup menu: Option Option CSM/Setup menu Format memory card World time LCD brightness Video mode Language USB 101–102 102 103 103 103 103 104 Image comment 104 Folders 105 File no.Basic Camera Settings: The Setup Menu The setup menu contains the options listed below (options displayed may differ if My Menu is selected for CSM/Setup menu). Display all options in all menus. The CSM / Setup menu item in the setup menu can not be selected. To choose menu items for display with My menu: menu and press 1 Highlight Mywill be displayed.

Two-Button Format Memory cards can also be formatted with the ( and ) buttons ( 44). Format Memory Card Select Yes to format the memory card. and press OK to return to additional menu names Repeat steps 2–3 to edit menus. Be sure that any valued files have been copied to a computer before formatting. Selected items are indicated by a check mark. Note that this permanently deletes all photographs and any other data the card may contain.multi selector up 3 Press thethe right to select or down to highlight items and then press to or deselect. 102 Menu Guide / Basic Camera Settings: The Setup Menu . Formatting Memory Cards Do not turn the camera off or remove the memory card while formatting is in progress. Highlight Done the list of 4 shown in Step 1. 5 Highlight Done in the list of menu names and press OK to return setup menu.

Daylight Turn daylight saving time on or off. day. and year are disformat played. Language Choose the language for camera menus and messages from: De En Es Fi Fr It Nl Pl Deutsch English Español Suomi Français Italiano Nederlands Polski German English Spanish Finnish French Italian Dutch Polish Pt Português Ru Русский Sv Svenska Portuguese Russian Swedish Traditional Chinese Simplified Chinese Japanese Korean The Clock Battery The camera clock is powered by an independent.01. rechargeable power source.World Time Set the camera clock to the current date and time. the clock battery is exhausted and the clock has been reset to a time starting at 2006. Description Choose the time zone. The camera clock will automatically be Time zone reset to the time in the selected zone. which is charged as necessary when the main battery is installed or the camera is powered by an optional EH-5 AC adapter. Menu Guide / Basic Camera Settings: The Setup Menu 103 . Date Choose the order in which the month. Video Mode Choose NTSC when connecting the camera to an NTSC television or VCR.01. If flashes in the control panel. Option LCD Brightness Adjust monitor brightness between –2 (darkest) and +2 (brightest). Choose PAL when connecting the camera to a PAL video device. Set the camera clock ( 14). Two days of charging will power the clock for about one month. Set the clock to the correct date and time.00:00:00. The camera clock is autosaving time matically advanced or set back one hour. Reset the clock regularly for acDate curate time keeping.

press button and use multi selector. Choose PTP when connecting to a PictBridge printer or using Camera Control Pro (available separately).USB Choose a USB option for connection to a computer or PictBridge printer. • Attach comment: A comment is added to all photographs taken while this option is checked. • Done: Save changes and return to the setup menu. To move cursor. Comments can be up to thirty-six characters long. press . press to select. See “Connecting to a Computer” for information on selecting a USB option for use with PictureProject ( 67). 123) or PictureProject. Comments can be viewed in Capture NX (available separately. To delete the character at the current cursor position. or press to exit without changing the comment. Name area: Comment appears here. Any additional characters will be deleted. Press OK to save changes and return to the image comment menu. Input a comment as described below. • Input comment: The following dialog will be displayed. Image Comment Add a comment to photographs as they are taken. Image Comment Keyboard area: Use multi selector to highlight letters. 104 Menu Guide / Basic Camera Settings: The Setup Menu . Highlight this option and press the multi selector to the right to toggle the check mark on or off.

the camera will create a new folder by adding one to the current folder number (e. pictures are stored in the highest-numbered folder with the selected name. 102NIKON. 101NCD80). Folder names can be up to five characters long. NCD80 (default folder) Current folder Other folders (in alphabetical order) • New: Create a new folder and name it as described in “Naming Folders. The camera treats folders with the same name but different folder numbers as the same folder.. 100NCD80). To delete the character at the current cursor position. rename. or delete folders or choose the folder in which new photographs will be stored. Renaming changes all folders with the same name but leaves the folder numbers intact. If a photograph is taken when the current folder if full or contains a photograph numbered 9999. press button and use multi selector. Each folder can contain up to 999 photographs. Menu Guide / Basic Camera Settings: The Setup Menu 105 . etc. folder names are preceded by a three-digit folder number assigned automatically by the camera (e.g. Name area: Folder name appears here. • Rename: Select a folder from a list and rename it as described in “Naming Folders. • Delete: Delete all empty folders on the memory card. • Select folder: Choose the folder in which subsequent photographs will be stored. press .” below. For example.Folders Create. photographs in all folders named NIKON (100NIKON. press to select. if the folder NIKON is selected for Select folder.g. To move cursor. 101NIKON.” below. Naming Folders Keyboard area: Use multi selector to highlight letters. or press to exit without creating a new folder or changing the folder name..) will be visible when Current is selected for Playback folder ( 75). Any additional characters will be deleted. Press OK to save changes and return to the setup menu. During shooting. Folder Names On the memory card.

If File no. • Off (default): File numbering is reset to 0001 when a new folder is created. a new folder will be created and file numbering will begin again from 0001. the memory card is formatted. a new folder will be created). the memory card is formatted. sequence is on.File No. If a photograph is taken when the current folder contains a photograph numbered 9999. Dust Off Ref Photo Acquire reference data for the Image Dust Off option in Capture NX (available separately. File Numbering If the current folder is numbered 999 and contains 999 photographs or a photograph numbered 9999. • Reset: As for On. turn it off and format the memory card or insert another memory card in the camera. for more information. or a new memory card is inserted.displayed in the shown at will “rEF” will be control panel and viewfinder. Mirror Lock-Up Lock the mirror in the up position when inspecting or cleaning the lowpass filter that protects the camera image sensor ( 125). or a new memory card is inserted. 106 Menu Guide / Basic Camera Settings: The Setup Menu . the shutter release will be disabled. Sequence Choose how the camera names files. On press the multi The message 1 Highlight rightand be displayed. see the Capture NX manual). except that file numbering is reset to 0001 with the next photograph taken (if the current folder already contains photographs. • On: File numbering continues from the last number used after a new folder is created. andselector right.

in manual focus mode. Battery Info View information on the EN-EL3e rechargeable Li-ion battery currently inserted in the camera. Choose another reference object and repeat the process from Step 1. Press the the way down to Image Dust 3 reference shutter-release button the rest of the shutter-releaseacquire is pressed. Image Dust Off Dust off ref photo is available with CPU lenses only. Menu Guide / Basic Camera Settings: The Setup Menu 107 . The same reference image can be used for photographs taken with different lenses or at different apertures. A five-level display showing battery age. the camera may be unable to acquire Image Dust Off reference data and the message shown at right will be displayed. from 0 (new) to 4 (displayed when the battery has reached the end of its charging life and requires replacement).the shutter-release button frame the object so that it fills press halfway. Reference images can not be viewed using computer imaging software. Pic. zoom all the way in.(four inches) from a featureless white object. Option Description Bat. (If the camera is powered by an optional MBD80 battery pack containing EN-EL3e batteries. A lens with a focal length of at least 50 mm is recommended. focus will automatically be set to infinity. when measuring a value for preset white balance). The number of times the shutter has been released since the battery was last charged. In autofocus mode. meter The current battery level as a percentage of full charge. Battery info can not be displayed when MB-D80 is used with AA batteries). meter Note that the camera may sometimes release the shutter without recording a photograph (e. information for each battery will be listed separately. 2 With the lens ten centimetersthe viewfinder and thenwell-lit. If using a zoom lens.g. the display will return to normal if the battery is charged again at room temperature. Note that charging Charge life life may be temporarily reduced if the battery has been charged at low temperatures. A grid pattern is displayed when reference images are viewed on the camera. Off data. The monitor turns off when button If the reference object is too bright or too dark. set focus to infinity manually..

Auto Image Rotation Photographs taken while On (the default option) is selected contain information on camera orientation. * The following orientations are recorded: Landscape (wide) orientation Camera rotated 90 ° clockwise Camera rotated 90 ° counter-clockwise * In continuous mode ( 36). allowing them to be rotated automatically during playback ( 61) or when viewed in Capture NX (available separately. Camera orientation is not recorded when Off is selected.Firmware Version View the current camera firmware version. Choose this option when taking photographs with the lens pointing up or down. even if camera orientation is changed during shooting. orientation recorded for first shot applies to all images in same burst. 108 Menu Guide / Basic Camera Settings: The Setup Menu . 123) or PictureProject.

Option Description D-lighting * Brighten dark or back-lit subjects. or cyanotype. To copy photos during full-frame playback: 1 Display photo in full-frame playback ( 61). sepia.872 × 2. or retouched copies of the photographs on the memory card. † If sub-menu is displayed. 101). See “Using Camera Menus” ( 9) for more information on using the menus. although this may result in loss of quality. Except in the case of Image overlay. Small picture Create small copies of existing photographs. press button. To exit to full-frame playback without creating modified copy. 112 112 Filter effects * Create copies with color filter effects. The following options are available (options displayed may differ if My menu is selected for the CSM/Setup option in the setup menu. copies created from RAW photos are 3. 110 111 Red-eye correction * Correct “red-eye” caused by the flash. 3 Highlight menu item. the photographs to be copied can be selected in fullframe playback or from the retouch menu. Image Quality Small picture creates JPEG Fine copies (1 : 4 compression ratio). Retouching Copies With the exception of images created using Small picture. 114–115 * Not available with photographs taken with Black-and-white selected for Optimize image. 111 Monochrome * Copy pictures in black-and-white. † * Image overlay is not available during full-frame playback. repeat Steps 2–3 to select options from sub-menu. Trim Create cropped copies of existing photographs. 112–113 Image overlay Combine two RAW photographs into a single image. resized. Other options copy RAW photos as JPEG Fine quality images. save where otherwise noted. 2 Display retouch menu.592 pixels in size. Image overlay creates copies at the current image quality setting. * 4 Display retouch options. the options in the retouch menu can be applied to existing copies. Menu Guide / Creating Retouched Copies: The Retouch Menu 109 . Each retouch option can however only be applied once.Creating Retouched Copies: The Retouch Menu The options in the retouch menu are used to create trimmed.

Before After Press the multi selector up or down to choose the amount of correction performed. * 4 Display retouch options. press D-Lighting D-lighting brightens shadows. The effect can be previewed in the edit display. 2 Display selection screen. 110 Menu Guide / Creating Retouched Copies: The Retouch Menu . 3 Highlight photo. † To exit to playback mode without creating modified copy.To copy photos from the retouch menu: 1 Highlight menu item. sub-command dial moves cursor vertically. press and hold button. Press OK to copy the photograph and return to the retouch menu or full-frame playback. making it ideal for dark or back-lit photographs. button. † * Photos can also be highlighted using command dials: main command dial moves cursor horizontally. To view selected picture full frame.

If the camera detects red eye in the selected photograph. press multi selector up. View other areas of image Create copy Trim Choosing this option displays the selected image full frame as shown below. down. Menu Guide / Creating Retouched Copies: The Retouch Menu 111 .920 × 1. the copy may be 2. 1. Save the area currently visible in the monitor as a separate file and return to the retouch menu or full-frame playback. cropped copies created from JPEG photos (JPEG Fine. 1. No copy will be created if the camera is unable to detect red eye.280 × 960. to zoom out. Depending on the size of the crop. While photo is zoomed in. to zoom out. and JPEG Basic) have the same image quality as the original. 960 × 720. down. NEF (RAW) + JPEG Fine. check the preview thoroughly before proceeding. Confirm the effects of redeye correction and create a corrected copy as described in the following table. Note that red-eye correction may not always produce the expected results and may in very rare circumstances be applied to portions of the image that are not affected by red eye. NEF (RAW) + JPEG Normal. Trim: Image Quality and Size Copies created from NEF (RAW) or NEF (RAW)+JPEG photos (NEF (RAW).560 × 1. Navigation window is displayed while / button or multi selector is pressed. or 640 × 480 pixels in size. press multi selector up. and NEF (RAW) + JPEG Basic) have an image quality of JPEG Fine. To Zoom in and out Use / Description Press to zoom in. or right to view areas of image not visible in monitor. While photo is zoomed in. To create a cropped copy of the selected image: To Zoom in and out View other areas of image Create copy Use / Description Press to zoom in. a copy will be created that has been processed to reduce its effects. Keep multi selector pressed to scroll rapidly to other areas of frame.440. left. Red-eye correction is available only with photographs taken using the flash. or right to view areas of image not visible in monitor. JPEG Normal.920.Red-Eye Correction Selecting this option displays a preview image as shown below. left. area currently visible in monitor is indicated by yellow border.

Color balance Small Picture Create a small copy of the selected picture. Option Sky light Warm filter Description Creates the effect of a sky light filter. and blue histograms giving the distribution of tones in the copy ( 63). the user selects a picture size first and then selects one or more photographs to copy at the selected size as described on the following page. 112 Menu Guide / Creating Retouched Copies: The Retouch Menu . Press the multi selector up to increase the amount of green. green. giving the copy “warm” red cast. Creates a copy with warm tone filter effects. The effect can be previewed in the monitor as shown at right. making the picture less blue. Selecting Sepia or Cyanotype displays a preview of the selected image. press the multi selector up to increase color saturation. left to increase the amount of blue. however. The following sizes are available: Option 640 × 480 320 × 240 160 × 120 Description Suited to television playback. and Cyanotype (blue and white monochrome). Suited to display on Web pages. Filter Effects Choose from the following options.Monochrome Choose from Black-and-white. Suitable for e-mail. press OK to copy the photograph and return to the retouch menu or full-frame playback. or down to increase the amount of magenta. The procedure for selecting pictures after choosing Small picture from the retouch menu. The effect can be previewed in the monitor. The small picture option can be used during full-frame playback as described on page 109. right to increase the amount of red. After adjusting filter effects as described below. Press OK to create a monochrome copy and return to the retouch menu or full-frame playback. down to decrease. Sepia. differs from that described at the beginning of this section: instead of selecting a single photograph and then choosing a picture size. The effect is displayed in the monitor together with red.

highlight No and press OK. * To return to Step 7 without creating copies. 5 Highlight Select picture. 9 Highlight Yes. marked with 8 Confirmation dialog displayed. 1 Highlight Choose size. 4 Make selection and return to previous menu. Playback zoom is not available when small pictures are displayed. Press MENU to exit to retouch menu without creating copies. Follow the steps below to create small copies of multiple pictures. Viewing Small Pictures Small pictures are indicated by a gray border during full-frame playback. 7 Select pictures ( 74). 2 Display options. 3 Highlight desired picture size. Menu Guide / Creating Retouched Copies: The Retouch Menu 113 . 6 Display selection screen. Selected pictures are icon. * 10 Copy photos and return to retouch menu.Selecting Small picture from the retouch menu displays the menu shown in Step 1.

The default value is 1. 2 Press OK. before creating an overlay.5 cuts gain in half. set image quality and size ( 33. all options are available). press and hold the button.0. To create a RAW image. The previewindialog shownmenu and pressdisplayed selector at right will be with Image 1 highlighted. 114 Menu Guide / Creating Retouched Copies: The Retouch Menu .1 and 2. image will the overlay by pressing 5 Optimize exposure forthe gain for image 1 fromthe multi selector up or down to select between 0. choose an image quality of NEF (RAW). while selecting 2. Repeat Steps 2–5 to select the photo gain.Image Overlay Image overlay combines two existing RAW photographs to create a single picture that is saved separately from the originals. To viewright highlighted photograph full graph in the frame.0. Image overlay the retouch the multi 1 Highlightright. The new picture is saved at current image quality and size settings. The effects of gain are visible in the Preview column. selecting 0. to select the image and return 4 Press OK The selected highlightedappear as Image 1.to the preview display. multi selector left or to highlight the first photo3 Press the the overlay. A picture selection dialog will be displayed.0 doubles gain. left or highlight 6 Press the multi selectorsecondright toand adjustImage 2.

focal length. shutter speed.right 7 Press the multi selector left or up or to highlight the Preview column. Hidden images are also not displayed on the selection screen and can not be selected. Menu Guide / Creating Retouched Copies: The Retouch Menu 115 . and image orientation) and values for white balance and optimize image as the photograph selected for Image 1. the camera will enter full-frame playback ( 61) with the new picture displayed in the monitor. • Overlay: Preview the overlay as shown at right. Other images are not displayed on the selection screen. + Image Overlay Only RAW photographs created with the D80 can be selected for image overlay. Press OK to save the new image. aperture. To return to Step 6 and select new photos or adjust gain. • Save: Save the overlay without viewing a preview. exposure mode. metering. press . exposure compensation. Press the multi selector down to highlight one of the following options and press OK. After an overlay is created. The overlay has the same photo info (including date of recording.

Picture size (35-mm format) (36 mm × 24 mm) Lens Picture diagonal Picture size (D80) (23.6 mm × 15. See our web sites or product catalogs for up-to-date information on accessories for the D80.8.Technical Notes Optional Accessories One advantage of digital SLR cameras is the wide variety of accessories they support. The approximate focal length of lenses for the D80 in 35-mm format can be calculated by multiplying the focal length of the lens by about 1.5.8 mm) Picture angle (35-mm format) Picture angle (D80) Lens f/-number The f/-number given in lens names is the maximum aperture of the lens.6 × 15. 116 Technical Notes / Optional Accessories . THE USE OF NON-NIKON ACCESSORIES COULD DAMAGE YOUR CAMERA AND MAY VOID YOUR NIKON WARRANTY. Picture Angle and Focal Length The size of the area exposed by a 35-mm camera is 36 × 24 mm.5 times that of the D80. is 23. in contrast. The size of the area exposed by the D80. meaning that the picture angle of a 35-mm camera is approximately 1. Battery packs Flash units (Speedlights) Viewfinder accessories Lenses Batteries ML-L3 remote control AC adapters 10-pin remote terminal accessories Filters Software Use Only Nikon Brand Electronic Accessories Only Nikon brand accessories certified by Nikon specifically for use with your Nikon digital camera are engineered and proven to operate within its operational and safety requirements.

used when shifting or tilting lens) Technical Notes / Optional Accessories 117 . . but only when the camera is in mode M.8G IF. Spot metering meters selected focus area. M ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ 1.8D IF. Focus manually using image in 200–400mm f/4G IF viewfinder as guide. • AF-I ED: 300mm f/2. Aperture ring CPU lens Camera setting Lens/accessory Type G or D AF Nikkor 2. PN-11) * used) * Electronic range finder can be used if maximum ef• PC Nikkor (electronic range finder can not be fective aperture is f/5.5–4. P. 500mm f/4D II IF*. Aperture must be adjusted manually via the lens aperture ring and the camera autofocus system. 13. AF-S. and TTL flash control can not be used. 300mm f/4D IF*. AI-S. lens is shifted and/or tilted or aperture is not at maximum. Compatible with the following lenses: f/3. CPU lenses can be identified by the presence of CPU contacts. when in-focus indicator is displayed. 12. AF-I Nikkor PC-Micro Nikkor 85 mm f/2. 600mm 2. type G and D lenses by a letter on the lens barrel.6 or faster.5S is zoomed while focusing at mini• AF-S VR Micro ED: 105mm f/2. the electronic range finder can be used with lenses that have a maximum aperture of f/5. AI-.6 or faster. 35–70 mm f/2.8S.8D II IF. 300mm f/2. metering. 500mm f/4D IF*. Camera exposure metering and flash control may not function when * Autofocus not available with TC-17E II/TC-20E II AF-S teleconverter. • AF-S ED: 80–200mm f/2. can be used in horizontal orien• Reflex Nikkor (electronic range finder can not be tation once attached) * • Auto extension rings (PK 11A. image on matter screen in viewfinder may not be in focus • AF-S VR ED: 70–200mm f/2. 6. 500mm f/4D IF*. electronic analog exposure display. With maximum effective aperture of f/5. Type G lenses are not equipped with a lens aperture ring. Vibration Reduction (VR) supported with VR lenses.8D IF. 400mm f/2. 400mm f/2. 7. Selecting another mode disables the shutter release. A ✔ — ✔ ✔ ✔ Metering M ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ .8D IF. If AF 80–200 mm f/2.8G IF. f/4D IF* 3. 600mm f/4D II IF*. Electronic range finder can not be used when shifting or tilting lens. 600mm f/4D IF* Non-CPU Lenses The non-CPU lenses listed below may be used.Lenses CPU lenses (particularly type G and D lenses) are recommended for use with the D80.8D IF. 200mm f/2G IF. S. • AI-modified. 300mm f/2.6 or faster. or Series E Nikkor • AI-type teleconverter * • Medical Nikkor 120 mm f/4 (can only be used at • PB-6 Bellows focusing attachment (attach in vershutter speeds slower than 1/180 s) tical orientation. 4. 300mm f/2. ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ — 1 The following CPU lenses can be used with the D80. With maximum aperture of f/5.8G IF (autofocus not supported) mum range.5S.8D II IF.6 or faster. 8. new-model 28–85 mm 5. 400mm f/2.8D IF.8D 3 AF-S/AF-I Teleconverter 5 Other AF Nikkor (except lenses for F3AF) AI-P Nikkor AF ✔ — ✔6 ✔7 — Type G lens Focus M (with electronic range finder) ✔ ✔4 ✔6 ✔7 ✔8 Type D lens Mode Digital Vari Program. IX Nikkor CPU lenses can not be used.8S.or 28–85 mm f/3. Except where otherwise noted.5–4.

1. 7 in.6G • AF-S IF ED 24–85 mm f/3.0 m / 3 ft. 1. 3 in. 1. Ai-modified 85–250 mm f/4: use at 135 mm or above 118 Technical Notes / Optional Accessories .5. 11 in.).0 m / 3 ft.6G AF-S ED 28–70 mm f/2.Incompatible Non-CPU Lenses and Accessories The following non-CPU lenses and accessories can NOT be used: • TC-16A AF Teleconverter • Non-AI lenses • Lenses that require the AU-1 focusing unit (400 mm f/4. 35 mm 28 mm 35 mm 24 mm 20 mm 24 mm 18 mm 18 mm 24 mm.0 m / 3 ft. 11 in.5. 35 mm 35 mm 50 mm 24 mm 200 mm 250 mm. The Built-in Flash The built-in flash can be used with CPU lenses with focal lengths of 18 – 300 mm.8D • AF-S VR ED 70–200 mm f/2. 3 in. TC-16 Teleconverter) • PC 28 mm f/4 (serial number 180900 or earlier) • PC 35 mm f/2. Ai-S 35–70 mm f/4: at 35 mm zoom position.0 m / 3 ft.8D • AF-S VR ED 200–400 mm f/4G At ranges under 1 m (3 ft.6G AF-S DX VR ED 18–200 mm f/3.0 m / 3 ft. 7 in.6. 1.5D AF 20–35 mm f/2.6G • AF IF ED 28–200 mm f/3. 8 mm f/8.5–4.6D • AF-S 80–200 mm f/2.6) • Old-model 21 mm f/4 • K2 rings • ED 180–600 mm f/8 (serial numbers 174041–174180) • ED 360–1200 mm f/11 (serial numbers 174031–174127) • 200–600 mm f/9.5 m / 4 ft.8D • AF-S DX 18–70 mm f/3. 10 in.8D AF-S DX ED 18–70 mm f/3. Ai 25–50 mm f/4. 2 in.5 m / 4 ft.5G • AF-S ED 28–70 mm f/2. 11 in. 1200 mm f/11) • Fisheye (6 mm f/5. The built-in flash can also be used with compatible non-CPU lenses with a focal length of 18–200 mm.5–5.5–5.8D AF-S DX IF ED 17–55 mm f/2. 1.5–4. 3 in.0 m / 3 ft.6G AF-S VR ED 200–400 mm f/4G Zoom position 20 mm 24 mm 24 mm 28 mm.8G • AF-S VR DX 18–200 mm f/3. 2. use at ranges of 1 m (3 ft.) or more • Ai.5 • Old-model 1000 mm f/6.3 Reflex • 1000 mm f/11 Reflex (serial numbers 142361–143000) • 2000 mm f/11 Reflex (serial numbers 200111–200310) AF-Assist Illumination/Red-Eye Reduction AF-assist illumination is not available with the following lenses: • AF-S VR IF 300 mm f/2G • AF ED 80–200 mm f/2. 1. 3 in.0 m / 3 ft.8G • AF VR ED 80–400 mm f/4. 1.6.5–5.8–4D • AF 24–120 mm f/3.5 (serial numbers 280001–300490) • Lenses for the F3AF (80 mm f/2. 11 in.5 m / 4 ft. 3 in.8G • AF-S DX IF ED 17–35 mm f/2.0 m / 9 ft. range 2.0 m / 6 ft. 200 mm f/3. 800 mm f/8. the following lenses may block the AF-assist illuminator and interfere with autofocus when lighting is poor: • AF-S VR Micro IF 105 mm f/2. 3 in. The flash may be unable to light the entire subject with the following lenses at ranges less than those given below: Lens AF-S DX ED 12–24 mm f/4G AF-S ED 17–35 mm f/2.0 m / 6 ft.8.5–5.5–5. Restrictions apply with the following lenses: • Ai-S 25–50 mm f/4. 1.8 (serial numbers 851001–906200) • Old-model PC 35 mm f/3.6G Lenses that block the subject’s view of the AF-assist illuminator can interfere with red-eye reduction.5–5. Ai ED and Ai-S ED 200 mm f/2 lenses can not be used.5–4.8D • AF-S VR ED 24–120 mm f/3. 3 in.6D • AF Micro 200 mm f/4D • AF-S DX IF ED 17–55 mm f/2.5 m / 4 ft.6D • AF Micro ED 70–180 mm f/4. 3 in. 1.5D • AF 20–35 mm f/2. 1.5 m / 8 ft. 1. Ai-modified. 1. OP 10 mm f/5.8G AF ED 18–35 mm f/3.5G AF-S DX ED 18–135 mm f/3.8D AF-S VR ED 24–120 mm f/3. 300 mm Min.5–5. 3 in.8D • AF-S DX ED 12–24 mm f/4D • AF ED 18–35 mm f/3.0 m / 3 ft. 1. 3.5.5–5. 3 in.5–5.5–4. 3 in.5G • AF 24–85 mm f/2.0 m / 3 ft. and Ai-S ED 50–300 mm f/4.5–4. 600 mm f/5. 2.

remove the accessory shoe cover. Guide Number To calculate the range of the flash at an ISO sensitivity of 100. Before attaching an optional flash unit.4 meters (22. and 90 ° right for bounce-flash or close-up photography. including i-TTL flash control ( 141). (ISO 100.6 is 13 ÷ 5. The SB-800 can be rotated 7 ° below the horizontal.3 and 17. The built-in wide panel can be used for an angle of 14 mm (the SB-800 also supports 17 mm). such as the SB800 and SB-600. For example.42 ÷ 5. 20 °C/68 °F). 600. With the built-in flash in commander mode. the D80 supports the advanced Nikon Creative Lighting System (CLS). It is equipped with a safety lock for Speedlights with a locking pin. but damage the sync circuitry of the camera or flash. 180 ° left. 20 °C/68 °F).6 (35-mm zoom head position). SB-800 and SB-600 Speedlights These high-performance Speedlights have Guide Numbers of 38/125 and 30/98 respectively (m/ft. SB-600. When used with compatible flash units such as the optional SB-800 and SB-600 Speedlights or SB-R200 wireless remote Speedlight. Use Only Nikon Flash Accessories Use only Nikon Speedlights. 27. 28. 80DX. 22S. its range at an aperture of f/5. the built-in flash has a Guide Number of 13 m or 42 ft. the D80 can be used to control remote SB-800. flash accessories can be connected via a sync cable. The AS-15 Accessory Shoe Adapter When the AS-15 accessory shoe adapter (available separately) is mounted on the camera accessory shoe. respectively) ensures that the illuminating angle is adjusted in accord with lens focal length. the SB-800 and SB-600 respectively have ranges of about 6. 28DX.Optional Flash Units (Speedlights) The accessory shoe allows SB-series Speedlights . 35-mm zoom head position. 23. divide the Guide Number by the aperture. and Auto FP High-Speed Sync (synchronizes the flash and shutter at high shutter speeds). With Guide Numbers of 38 and 30.6 or about 2. 92). Auto power zoom (24–105 mm and 24–85 mm. including the SB-800.5 ft). and 29S to be mounted directly on the camera without a sync cable.8 and 5. Negative voltages or voltages over 250 V applied to the accessory shoe could not only prevent normal operation. Technical Notes / Optional Accessories 119 . contact a Nikon-authorized service representative for more information. The flash head can be rotated through 90 ° above the horizontal.3 meters (or in feet.6 = about 7. ISO 100. Before using a Nikon Speedlight not listed in this section. See the Speedlight manual for details. FV lock (locks flash level. An illuminator is included to assist in adjusting settings in the dark.5 feet) at f/5. and SB-R200 flash units. The built-in flash will not fire when an optional Speedlight is attached.

5. ter release is disabled. SB-22. flash mode is automatically set to TTL and shut70–180 mm).auto is selected automatically if non-CPU lens is attached. SB-27 2. SB-28DX. Autofocus is available only with AF-Micro lenses (60 mm. placed on an AS-20 Speedlight stand. The following Speedlights can be used in non-TTL auto and manual modes. Non-TTL auto is selected flash units. Use Speedlight controls to select flash mode. SB-15 ✔ ✔ — ✔ 1. Speedlight SB-80DX. Use Speedlight controls to select flash mode. SB-22S. Otherwise i-TTL Balanced Fill-Flash for Digital 6. automatically when a non-CPU lens is attached. SLR is used. SB-16B. SB-20. Non-TTL 3. Flash mode SB-26. Although it can not be mounted directly on the accessory shoe. SB-29s 1 — ✔ — ✔ SB-30. SB-25. the SBR200 servers as a remote flash when the built-in flash is in commander mode. The following features are available with CLS-compatible flash units: Speedlight Flash mode/feature i-TTL2. SB-28. It can also be controlled using an optional SB-800 Speedlight or SU-800 wireless Speedlight commander. When mounted on D80. 105 mm. 20 °C/68 °F). ISO 100.SB-R200 Wireless Remote Speedlight This high-performance wireless remote Speedlight has a Guide Number of 10/32 (m/ft. or mounted on the camera lens using the SX-1 attachment for remote control and close-up i-TTL photography. Set Speedlight to A (non-TTL auto) mode. SB-29 1 SB-21B1. the camera shutter-release button will lock and no photographs can be taken. or 2. If they are set to TTL. Options shown are only available when SU-800 is used to control other 4. 3 AA Auto aperture 2 A Non-TTL auto GN Range-priority manual M Manual RPT Repeating flash REAR Rear-curtain sync Red-eye reduction Flash Color Information Communication Auto FP High-Speed Sync 6 FV Lock AF-assist for multi-area AF 2 Auto zoom Auto ISO SB-800 ✔ ✔4 ✔4 ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ SB-600 ✔ — — — ✔ — ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ Advanced Wireless Lighting Commander Remote SB-800 SU-800 1 SB-800 SB-600 SB-R200 ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ — — ✔6 ✔5 ✔5 — — — ✔5 ✔5 — — — — — ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ — ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ — — — — ✔ — — — — ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ — — — ✔ ✔ — — — — ✔ — — — — — 1. The SB-R200 can be hand-held. CPU lens required. Standard i-TTL for Digital SLR is used with spot metering or when se. 120 Technical Notes / Optional Accessories . SB-23. SB-24 A Non-TTL auto ✔ M Manual ✔ RPT Repeating flash ✔ REAR Rear-curtain sync ✔ SB-50DX. 2. lected with Speedlight. Auto aperture is selected automatically if CPU lens is attached.

or M mode. refer to the section on CLS-compatible digital SLR cameras. In i-TTL mode. the camera AF assist illuminator is used for AF-assist illumination and red-eye reduction. aperture is stopped down by half an f/stop. auto slow sync with red-eye reduction becomes slow • sync with red-eye reduction.Notes on Optional Speedlights Refer to the Speedlight manual for detailed instructions. . A. The following flash modes are available: • P.3 5.g. .3 6. The optional SB-800 and SB-600 Speedlights and SU-800 wireless Speedlight commander provide active AF assist illumination for the following focus areas: • 24–34 mm AF lens • 35–105 mm AF lens The SB-800 and SB-600 also provide red-eye reduction. If the flash-ready indicator blinks for about three seconds after a photograph is taken.5 9 9. With other Speedlights.6 8 P.7 7. Choose a flash mode other than slow sync or choose a larger aperture. use the flash panel or bounce adapter provided with the Speedlight.7 7.. correct exposure may not be achieved in i-TTL mode. . mode: Auto slow sync becomes slow sync. as this may produce incorrect exposure. . . In the following modes. and modes: Fill flash and red-eye reduction. Do not use other panels such as diffusion panels. ISO sensitivity will be adjusted for optimal flash output when an optional SB-800 or SB-600 Speedlight is attached.6 6 6. i-TTL flash control can be used at ISO sensitivities between 100 and 1600. Auto with red-eye reduction becomes red-eye reduction. . from 200 to 400).1 7. and off becomes slow sync. Auto power zoom is available only with SB-800 and SB-600 Speedlights.5 4. the flash will fire whenever a photograph is taken. or against a bright background.8 5 5. Take a test shot and view the results in the monitor.1 7. This may result in foreground subjects being underexposed in photographs taken with the flash at slow shutter speeds. . the flash has fired at full power and the photograph may be underexposed. If the Speedlight supports the Creative Lighting System. Technical Notes / Optional Accessories 121 . or 29 sync cable is used for off-camera flash photography. and SB-50DX manuals.5 10 11 11 For each one-step increase in sensitivity (e. The D80 is not included in the “digital SLR” category in the SB-80DX. When an SC-series 17.2 4. We recommend that you choose spot metering to select standard i-TTL flash control. SB-28DX. . If an optional Speedlight is attached with the camera in a Digital Vari-Program mode. S. If the maximum aperture of the lens is smaller than given above. . . Fill flash is automatically selected if the flash mode is set to off or auto when an optional Speedlight is attached.6 6 6. 28. the maximum aperture (minimum f/-number) selectable by the camera is limited according to ISO sensitivity ( 43): Maximum aperture at ISO sensitivity of Mode 100 125 160 200 250 320 400 500 640 800 1000 1250 1600 4 4. 5. the shutter will synchronize with an external flash at speeds of ½00 s or slower. the maximum value for aperture will be the maximum aperture of the lens.3 6.6 8 8. in daylight. Higher values may not produce the desired results at some ranges or apertures. If Auto FP High Speed Sync is used. If AUTO is selected for ISO sensitivity in Digital Vari-Program modes or On is selected for Custom Setting 7 (ISO Auto) in P.

C-PL. deleted. check that device sup. check that device supports SDHC. 2 GB *. Use diopter adjustment lenses only if the desired focus can not be achieved with the built in diopter adjustment control (–2. or remove or disconnect the power source during formatting or while data are being recorded. • Turn the power off before inserting or removing memory cards. 128 MB.4 lens at infinity. • DR-6 right-angle viewing attachment: The DR-6 attaches at a right angle to the viewfinder eyepiece. • Do not expose to heat. • The NC and L37C filters are recommended for protecting the lens.5. Use Nikon filters. Failure to observe this precaution could damage the card. or other device. Use the C-PL circular polarizing filter instead. ND8. Test diopter adjustment lenses before purchase to ensure that the desired focus can be achieved. Y52. • DK-21M magnifying eyepiece: Increases viewfinder magnification to approximately 1. ND8S. eyepiece • DG-2 magnifier: Magnify the scene displayed in the center of the viewfinder for close-up accessories photography. 128 MB. +0. 128 MB. Y48. Contact the manufacturer for details on the above cards. –4. R60. regardless of speed. 122 Technical Notes / Optional Accessories . ND4S. 1 GB. allowing the image in the viewfinder to be viewed from above when the camera is in portrait orientation. B12). B8. +2. B2. turn the camera off. high levels of humidity.0 to +1. 512 MB. or copied to a computer. • Eyepiece adapter: Attach the DG-2 magnifier to the D80. A12. • Do not apply force to the card casing. 2 GB * Toshiba 64 MB. Do not remove memory cards from the camera. ND4.10 × Viewfinder (50 mm f/1. 512 MB. and other tasks that require added precision. –3. A2. All cards of the designated make and capacity can be used. 2 GB * * If card will be used with card reader or other device. 512 MB. X0. water. and rear-interchange. +1. –2. drop. SanDisk 64 MB. other filters may interfere with autofocus or electronic range finding. If card will be used with card reader ports 2 GB cards. Eyepiece adapter required (available separately). • Center-weighted metering is recommended with filters with exposure factors (filter factors) over 1 × (Y44. Filters • Moiré may occur if a filter is used when the subject is framed against a bright light or when a bright light source is in the frame.0 m–1). ND400. X1. Approved Memory Cards The following SD memory cards have been tested and approved for use in the D80. 256 MB. • The D80 can not be used with linear polarizing filters. copying. 0. • Nikon filters can be divided into three types: screw-in. 1 GB.† SDHC compliant. O56. 4 GB *† Panasonic 64 MB. –1. and +3 m–1. or direct sunlight. • Do not bend. Failure to observe these precautions could result in loss of data or in damage to the camera or card. 256 MB. ND2S.Other Accessories • Diopter adjustment viewfinder lenses: Lenses are available with diopters of –5.0 m–1). 256 MB. telephoto lenses. • Do not touch the card terminals with your fingers or metal objects. 1 GB . slip-in. Operation is not guaranteed with other makes of card. or subject to strong physical shocks. Memory Cards • Format memory cards in the camera before first use.

Use the latest version. 35° • EH-5 AC adapter: Use to power the camera for extended periods. Software • Camera Control Pro: Control the camera remotely from a computer and save photographs directly to the computer hard disk. Power sources • MC-DC1 remote cord: Prevents blur caused by camera shake and features a shutter-release button lock for long time-exposures. open the remote cord connector cover and insert the cord as shown. the following accessories were available for the D80. controls • ML-L3 wireless remote control: Use as a remote shutter release for self-portraits or to prevent and cords blur caused by camera shake. When connecting the MC-DC1. When attaching the MB-D80. or nickel-manganese batteries. To prevent water from entering the camera. It is equipped with a shutter-release button. EN-EL3a and EN-EL3 batteries can not be used.Accessories for the D80 At the time of writing. main and sub-command dials. Up to date information is available at Nikon websites or from our latest product catalogs. Body cap Technical Notes / Optional Accessories 123 . and low-pass filter free of dust when a lens is not in place. Use the latest version. keep the remote cord connector cover Remote closed when not in use. and an AE-L/AF-L button for ease of use when taking photographs in tall (portrait) orientation. remove the camera battery cover as shown at right. • EN-EL3e rechargeable Li-ion battery: Additional EN-EL3e batteries are available from local retailers and Nikon service representatives. Ni-MH. • BF-1A Body Cap: The BF-1A keeps the mirror. • Capture NX: A complete photo editing package with support for RAW images. • MB-D80 Multi-Power battery pack: The MB-D80 takes one or two rechargeable Nikon EN-EL3e Li-ion batteries or six AA alkaline. lithium. The ML-L3 uses a 3 V CR2025 battery. viewfinder screen.

The Control Panel In rare cases. dry area with the terminal cover in place. a blower. Do not apply pressure. When removing fingerprints and other stains. These elements are made of glass and are easily damaged. To prevent mold or mildew. such as televisions or radios • are exposed to temperatures above 50 ˚C/122 ˚F (for example. turn the camera off. store the camera in a dry. near a space heater or in a closed vehicle in a hot day) or below –10 ˚C (14 ˚F) Cleaning Use a blower to remove dust and lint. keep the can vertical to prevent the discharge of and viewfinder liquid. To remove fingerprints and other stains. dry cloth.Caring for the Camera Storage When the camera will not be used for an extended period. wipe off sand or salt with a cloth lightly dampCamera body ened in distilled water and dry thoroughly. well-ventilated area. and the display will soon return to normal. care should be taken to avoid injury caused by broken glass and to prevent liquid crystal from the monitor from entering your eyes or mouth. Remove dust and lint with a blower. replace the monitor cover. If using an aerosol blower. Monitor wipe the surface lightly with a soft cloth or chamois leather. The Monitor Should the monitor break. remove the battery. Remove dust and lint with Lens. Do not store the camera with naphtha or camphor moth balls or in locations that: • are poorly ventilated or subject to humidities of over 60% • are next to equipment that produces strong electromagnetic fields. as this could result in damage or malfunction. 124 Technical Notes / Caring for the Camera . This does not indicate a malfunction. mirror. After using the camera at the beach or seaside. static electricity may cause the control panel to brighten or darken. apply a small amount of lens cleaner to a soft cloth and clean with care. then wipe gently with a soft. and store the battery in a cool. Important: Dust or other foreign matter inside the camera may cause damage not covered under warranty.

The display in the viewfinder will turn off and the row of dashes in the control panel will blink. Press thelock-up button display menus and select Mirror from the setup menu (note that this option is not available at battery levels of or below. The menu shown at right will be displayed. while recording a multiple exposure. that the filter is extremely delicate and easily damaged. If no foreign objects are presexamine the lter for or ent. you can clean the filter as described below. as the could filter.and amessage shown atappear in be displayed monitor row of dashes will the control panel and viewfinder. If you suspect that dirt or dust on the filter is appearing in photographs. A reliable power source is required when inspecting or cleaning the low-pass filter. If the battery level is or below or the camera is powered by an optional MB-D80 battery pack with AA batteries. 6 Remove aany dust and lint frombristleslter withdamage the Do not use blower-brush. Technical Notes / Caring for the Camera 125 . Nikon recommends that the filter be cleaned only by Nikon-authorized service personnel. or when using an optional MB-D80 battery pack with AA batteries). Note. the fi a blower. proceed to Step 7.The Low-Pass Filter The image sensor that acts as the camera’s picture element is fitted with a low-pass filter to prevent moiré. The mirror 4 Pressbe raised and the shutter curtain will open. Dirt that can not be removed with a blower can only be removed by Nikon-authorized service personnel. revealing the will low-pass filter. 1 and turn MENU 2 Removetothe lens the camerathe camera on. and The right will 3 Highlight Onin thepress OK. Under no circumstances should you touch or wipe the filter. however. To restore normal operation without inspecting the low-pass filter. turn the camera off and insert a fully-charged EN-EL3e battery or connect an optional EH-5 AC adapter. so light falls on the low-pass filter. 5 Holding the ficamera dustthatlint. the shutter-release button all the way down. turn the camera off.

a beep will sound and the AF-assist illuminator will blink to warn that the shutter curtain will close and the mirror will be lowered after about two minutes. Use a Reliable Power Source The shutter curtain is delicate and easily damaged. Nikon recommends that the camera be inspected by the original retailer or Nikon service representative once every one to two years. Photographs affected by the presence of foreign matter on the filter can be retouched using Capture NX (available separately. or have the filter cleaned by authorized Nikon service personnel. 126 Technical Notes / Caring for the Camera . To protect the camera when no lens is in place. the curtain will close automatically. If the camera powers off while the mirror is raised. Any accessories regularly used with the camera. Foreign Matter on the Low-Pass Filter Nikon takes every possible precaution to prevent foreign matter from coming into contact with the low-pass filter during production and shipping. such as lenses or optional Speedlights. End cleaning or inspection immediately. however. 123) or the clean image options available in some third-party imaging applications. • If the battery runs low while the mirror is raised. Replace the lens or cap. clean the filter as described above. Once inside the camera.off. The D80. To prevent damage to the curtain. and foreign matter may enter the camera when lenses are removed or exchanged. where it may appear in photographs taken under certain conditions. and that it be serviced once every three to five years (note that fees apply to these services). should be included when the camera is inspected or serviced. is designed to be used with interchangeable lenses. this foreign matter may adhere to the low-pass filter. Servicing the Camera and Accessories The D80 is a precision device and requires regular servicing. 7 Turn the camera bodyThe mirror will be lowered and the shutter curtain will close. Frequent inspection and servicing are particularly recommended if the camera is used professionally. observe the following precautions: • Do not turn the camera off or remove or disconnect the power source while the mirror is raised. Should foreign matter find its way onto the low-pass filter. being careful to first remove all dust and other foreign matter that may be adhering to the body cap. be sure to replace the body cap provided with the camera.

Note that desiccant tended period.Storage: To prevent mold or mildew.will soon return to normal. Replace the terminal ing an ND filter. When using an aerosol device. Stains can be removed by wiping source: Do not unplug the product or remove the battery lightly with a soft cloth or chamois leather. or affect the well-ventilated area. take the camera out of storage of the sun or other strong light sources.light. store the camera in a dry. Intense light may cause the image sensor to gradually loses its capacity to absorb moisture and should deteriorate or produce a white blur effect in photographs. store the camera case in a plastic bag. damage or malfunction. such as occur when entering or leaving a heated The lens and mirror are easily damaged. After using the camera at the beach or seaside. Rusting of the internal mechanism can cause irrepastatic electricity may cause the LCD displays to light up or go rable damage. cloth. In rare instances. dark. Under no circumstances should you exert pressure on the curtain. care should be taken to avoid injury from broken or deleted. tor. be replaced at regular intervals. at least once a month. Technical Notes / Caring for the Camera 127 . dry place. wipe Keep dry: This product is not waterproof. This is common to all TFT LCD monitors and does not indicate a malfunction.Caring for the Camera and Battery: Cautions Do not drop: The product may malfunction if subjected to Cleaning: When cleaning the camera body.Store the battery in a cool. deform. apply in temperature. then wipe gently with a soft. amount of light that falls on the image sensor. tery-chamber. and may malfuncoff any sand or salt using a cloth lightly dampened in pure tion if immersed in water or exposed to high levels of huwater and then dry the camera thoroughly. Do not touch the shutter curtain: The shutter curtain is extremely thin and easily damaged. Do Do not leave the lens pointed at the sun: Do not leave the lens not. perature. Forcibly cutting power in these circumstances glass and to prevent liquid crystal from the monitor touchcould result in loss of data or in damage to product memory ing the skin or entering the eyes and mouth. or subject it to powerful air currents from a blower. either by choosing a slow shutter speed and small aperture or by us. and the display Avoid sudden changes in temperature: Sudden changes in tem. Notes on the monitor: The monitor may contain a few pixels that are always lit or that do not light. or internal circuitry. device in the vicinity of equipment that generates strong See “ The Low-Pass Filter” ( 125) for information on cleanelectromagnetic radiation or magnetic fields. or tear the curtain.” can be prevented by reducing the shutter a few times before putting it away. damage data stored on the memory card. card-slot. Images in the monitor may be difficult to see in a bright Handle all moving parts with care: Do not apply force to the bat. To prevent condensation. Images recorded with the product are unaffected. remove the battery to prevent leakage and store the camera in a plastic bag containing a desiccant. This phenomenon. use a blower to gently remove dust and lint. Blooming: Vertical white streaks may appear in photographs To prevent mold or mildew. These parts Do not apply pressure to the monitor. charges or the magnetic fields produced by equipment such as radio transmitters could interfere with the moni. Turn the camera on and release the known as “blooming. Strong static ing the low-pass filter. keep the can vertical to prevent discharge of liquid. These actions could scratch. as this pointed at the sun or other strong light source for an exmay cause the material to deteriorate. To prevent an accidental interruption Replace the monitor cover when transporting the camera or of power. can cause condensation inside the be gently removed with a blower. poke it with cleaning tools. cover before putting the battery away. midity. Dust or lint on the monitor can be Turn the product off before removing or disconnecting the power removed with a blower. Should the moniwhile the product is on or while images are being recorded tor break. avoid carrying the product from one location to leaving it unattended. If the product will not be used for an product’s internal circuitry. a small amount of lens cleaner to a soft cloth and wipe the Keep away from strong magnetic fields: Do not use or store this lens carefully. however. This does not indicate a malfunction. another while the AC adapter is connected. extended period. ing case or plastic bag before exposing it to sudden changes To remove fingerprints and other stains from the lens. Dust and lint should building on a cold day. as this could cause are especially susceptible to damage. or connector covers. place the device in a carryblower. Lens contacts: Keep the lens contacts clean. dry strong shocks or vibration.

Depending on your location. 128 Technical Notes / Caring for the Camera . it may be difficult to before use. Be sure • Turn the product off before replacing the battery. Please recycle used batteries in accord with local regulations. be sure to replace pair battery performance. a cold battery may • Use only batteries approved for use in this equipment. ready a spare EN-EL3e battery and keep it fully charged. Continuing to charge the battery after it is fully charged can im• After removing the battery from the camera. Once warmed. the battery is fully charged before taking photographs outside • The battery may become hot when used for extended periods. Batteries may leak or explode if improperly handled.Batteries: Dirt on the battery terminals can prevent the camera Charge the battery before use. • Do not expose the battery to flame or excessive heat. Observe the following precautions when handling batteries: On cold days. purchase replacement batteries on short notice. recover some of its charge. the capacity of batteries tends to decrease. Used batteries are a valuable resource. change the two as necessary. dry cloth important occasions. Keep a spare battery in a warm place and exObserve due caution when handling the battery. the terminal cover. When taking photographs on from functioning and should be removed with a soft. in cold weather.

Viewfinder is out of focus. 98. 122 ment lenses. Can not measure white balance. 105 Adjust viewfinder focus or use optional diopter adjust17.quality.See “ A Note on Electronically-Controlled Cameras. Menu item is not displayed. able. 74. Image quality set to NEF (RAW). contact your retailer or a Nikon-authorized service representative. Solution 65. low. Reset switch Connector cover Technical Notes / Troubleshooting 129 .) selected for white balance. Image size can not be changed. turn the camera off and press the reset switch (see right. In the event of continued malfunction. Exposure compensation not availChoose mode P. card. remove and replace the battery (note that the battery may be hot) or disconnect and reconnect the AC adapter. focus area is highlighted. Viewfinder is dark. 12 Choose longer delays for Custom Setting 27 (Monitor Displays turn off without warning. 84 • Multiple exposure in progress. note that this resets the clock). If the problem persists. Turn the camera off. check the list of common problems below before consulting your retailer or Nikon representative. varies with temperature. Refer to the page numbers in the rightmost column for more information.Troubleshooting If the camera fails to function as expected. S. Delete files or folders. 59.” be— trol panel. 60 Image can not be selected as source 82 Image was not created with D80.The response times and brightness of these displays — finder are unresponsive and dim. In most cases. • (Choose color temp. 24. and turn the camera on again. Note that Battery info option is only available 107 when camera is powered by EN-EL3e battery. or A. for preset white balance. 34 Digital Vari-Program mode selected or autoexposure Metering can not be changed. Problem Camera takes time to turn on. Subject is too dark or too bright. Displays in control panel or view. 101 Rotate mode dial to another setting or insert memory Menu item can not be selected. 99 off) or 28 (Auto meter off). • NEF (RAW) or NEF + JPEG option selected for image White balance bracketing unavail. 34. this phenomenon is caused by a strong external static charge. Fine lines are visible around active These phenomena are normal for this type of viewfind— focus area or display turns red when er and do not indicate a malfunction. A Note on Electronically-Controlled Cameras In extremely rare instances. 94 lock in effect. Insert a fully-charged battery. Unusual characters displayed in con. 45 able. unusual characters may appear in the control panel and the camera may stop functioning. Select Full for CSM / setup menu.

S. and SB-R200 Speedlights can be used at all shutter speeds. • Choose remote control mode. • AF-assist lamp does not light for continuous-servo autofocus. A. wait for lamp to cool down. optional SB-800. Turn long exposure noise reduction off. • P. • Custom Setting 2 (AF-area mode) set to Auto-area AF or Dynamic area: select center focus area. • Choose On for Custom Setting 4 (AF assist). • Mode dial rotated to S after shutter speed of bulb selected in mode M: choose new shutter speed. Set autofocus mode to AF-S. • Time selected for Custom Setting 30 (Remote) has passed: reselect remote control mode. • Camera unable to focus using autofocus: use manual focus or focus lock. 98. SB600. Illuminator may become hot with continued use. 32 24 29 87 87 — 15 23 22 11. Image in viewfinder is not in focus. 130 Technical Notes / Troubleshooting . If On is selected for Custom Setting 25 (Auto FP) modes P. A. • Bright light is interfering with remote. • Flash is charging. Use AE-L/AF-L button to lock focus when AF-C autofocus mode is selected or when photographing moving subjects in AF-A mode. or mode. . and M modes: lower flash. • Replace battery in remote control.Problem Full range of shutter speeds not available. • Digital Vari-Program modes: turn flash off. 117 50 48 123 38 23 99 — 23 40 83 103 Only one shot taken each time shutter-release button is pressed in continuous shooting mode. Shutter release is disabled. : select another • Mode dial rotated to . • Auto-area AF selected for Custom Setting 2 (AFarea mode): choose another mode. • Rotate focus mode selector to AF. Can not select focus area. AF-assist illuminator does not light. Solution Flash in use. Focus does not lock when shutterrelease button is pressed halfway. No photo taken when remote control shutter-release button is pressed. Camera is slow to record photos. • Press shutter-release button halfway to turn monitor off or activate exposure meters. Date of recording is not correct. or not inserted. 94 31. • Flash is charging. locked. • Camera is not in focus. • Non-CPU lens is attached: rotate camera mode dial to M. 119 30 87 18 29. • CPU lens with aperture ring attached without locking aperture at highest f/-number. Set camera clock. S. and M. • Memory card is full. • Illuminator has turned off automatically. • Unlock focus area selector.

Photo is in RAW (NEF) format. Choose correct USB option. 104 67. Photo was taken at image quality of NEF + JPEG. images are available for playback. Set USB to PTP. • Select mode P. Reddish areas may appear in long time-exposures. 58 45. or M and adjust white balance to match light source. 123 67. A. 104 Technical Notes / Troubleshooting 131 . A. Transfer to computer and Can not select photo for printing. Memory card is full or locked. or M and adjust Optimize image settings. 19 67. — 43. Reddish areas appear in photos.Problem Solution Final photo is larger than area shown Viewfinder horizontal and vertical frame coverage is in viewfinder. 79 62 34 75 75 108 108 108 65 15. connection. • Some photos are not displayed during playback Select All for Playback folder. Choose correct video mode. noise reduction. • Select On for Rotate tall. 83 83 83 124 125 45. Can not copy photos to computer. Flashing areas appear in images Press multi selector up or down or rotate sub-comShooting data appear on images mand dial to choose photo information displayed. Can not change print order. Can not print pictures via direct USB Set USB to PTP. mode. A graph appears during playback RAW image is not played back. Colors are unnatural • Select mode P. • Lower ISO sensitivity or use high ISO noise reduction. • Clean low-pass filter. • Clean lens. Can not delete photo. Turn long exposure noise reduction On when shooting at shutter speeds of “bulb” or “--”. “Tall” (portrait) orientation photos • Camera orientation was changed while shutter-reare displayed in “wide” (landscape) lease button was pressed in continuous shooting orientation. 104 103 67. • Camera was pointed up or down when photo was taken. Photo is protected: remove protection. Note that Current will • Message displayed stating that no automatically be selected when next photo is taken. print using supplied software or Capture NX. • Photo was taken with Off selected for Auto image rotation. Photos are blotched or smeared. approximately 95 %. Can not use Camera Control Pro. Photo is not displayed on TV. S. Randomly-spaced bright pixels • Shutter speed is slower than 8 s: use long exposure (“noise”) appears in photographs. S.

123 charged spare battery. (blinks) (blinks) • Battery information not avail.• Battery can not be used in cam13 able. Subject too dark. • No lens attached. flash has fired at full power. Subject too bright. 50 122 43 48.Camera Error Messages and Displays This section lists the warning indicators and error messages that appear in the viewfinder. consult with Nikon(blinks) authorized service representative. No memory for further photos at current settings. • Choose higher ISO sensitivity. (blinks) / Camera clock not set. • Attach lens (IX Nikkor excluded). photo will be • Decrease shutter speed. Optional Speedlight that does Change flash control mode for opnot support i-TTL set to TTL tional Speedlight. (blinks) • blinks for 3 s after flash fires: adjust settings and try again. Change shutter speed or select “--” selected in mode M and mode M. underexposed. • Choose lower ISO sensitivity. (blinks) • Insert new memory card. Camera malfunction. Recompose photo or focus manually. (blinks) mode. • Battery is exhausted. Set camera clock. Low battery. f/-number). 50 23 26. photo will be • Choose smaller aperture (larger overexposed. Insert memory card. • Flash required for correct expo• Raise built-in flash. control panel. • Use optional Neutral Density (ND) filter. 12. • View photo. 74 15 22. No memory card. Camera unable to focus using ● (blinks) autofocus. 61 Problem Lens aperture ring not locked at minimum aperture. or camera has (blinks) run out of file or folder numbers. • Delete photographs. era. 7. 117 (blinks) • Select mode M. if underexposed. Indicator Control panel Viewfinder Solution Lock ring at minimum aperture 11 (blinks) (highest f/-number). 141 48. 50 Ready fully-charged spare battery.12. • Choose larger aperture (smaller f/-number). and monitor. If error persists. (blinks) “bulb” selected in mode M and (blinks) mode dial rotated to S. sure. • Non-CPU lens attached. • Reduce image quality or size. 32 43 48. 103 15 33 65. 50 49. (blinks) mode dial rotated to S. 50 49. 123 • Recharge or replace with fully. Press shutter-release button again. • Increase shutter speed. 120. 50 — 132 Technical Notes / Troubleshooting .

65. or file is ory card. CARD IS NOT FORMATTED (blinks) Format No FOLDER CONTAINS NO IMAGES ALL IMAGES HIDDEN FILE DOES NOT CONTAIN IMAGE DATA CHECK PRINTER Continue Cancel — • Memory card is empty. • Insert another card. File created or modified using computer or other Delete file or reformat mem. • Current folder is empty. 122 • Card may be damaged. If error occurs Printer is out of ink or ink is with ink remaining in printer. Solution Insert memory card. — running low. 102 corrupt. sert new memory card. 15 75 Set Playback folder to All All photos in current folder or use Hide image to reveal 75.15. OK to format memory card. Replace ink. 74. 65. make of camera. Technical Notes / Troubleshooting 133 . — Contact retailer or Nikonauthorized service representative. 15 THIS CARD CAN NOT BE USED (blinks) Slide card write-protect 15 switch to “write” position. folder. • Set Playback folder to All. check printer status. • Error accessing memory card. photos.16. • Unable to create new • Delete unwanted files or in.Monitor NO CARD PRESENT CARD IS LOCKED Indicator Control panel Viewfinder / / (blinks) Problem No memory card. 77 are hidden. • Use Nikon-approved card. Memory card is locked (write protected). 74 Memory card has not been Highlight Format and press formatted for use in D80.

.................................................................................................................................................................... • Exif version 2....................... 3 ✔ 2 ✔ ✔ 3.......................... • White Balance and Color Temperature .... ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔2 P ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔2 ✔2 ✔2 ✔2 ✔2 ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ 2................................ S ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ A ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ M ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ 134 Technical Notes / Appendix Shooting menu Other settings ✔ ✔2 ........................ • Exposure Program (Mode P)............0: The Design Rule for Camera File Systems (DCF) is a standard widely used in the digital camera industry to ensure compatibility among different makes of camera....................... • Memory Card Capacity and Image Quality / Size ................... • Aperture..................................... • Bracketing Programs..................................................................................................... Reset with two-button reset ( 44).................................................. Reset with when mode dial is rotated to new setting..................................................................................... Available with optional Speedlight only.......................................... • DPOF: Digital Print Order Format (DPOF) is an industry-wide standard that allows pictures to be printed from print orders stored on the memory card.. and Flash Range.......................... allowing photographs to be output directly to a printer without first transferring them to a computer............................... • Flash Control ................................................................... a standard in which information stored with photographs is used for optimal color reproduction when the images are output on Exif-compliant printers........................................................................ NR ✔ High ISO NR ✔ Multiple exposure 1 Shooting mode 1 ✔ Autofocus mode 1 ✔2 Metering 1 Flexible program 1 Autoexposure lock 1 ✔ Exposure compensation 1 Bracketing 1 Flash mode 1 ✔2 Metering 1 1.................Appendix The Appendix covers the following topics: • Supported Standards .............................................................. 2.......21: The D80 supports Exif (Exchangeable Image File Format for Digital Still Cameras) version 2........ Reset with Custom Setting R (Reset). Optimize image Image quality 1 ✔ Image size 1 ✔ White balance 1 ISO sensitivity 1 ✔ Long exp......... • Shutter Speeds Available with the Built-in Flash ... Sensitivity..................................... 134 134 138 139 140 140 141 141 141 Supported Standards • DCF Version 2........................................21............................... 4......... • Available Settings and Defaults .......................................................... • PictBridge: A standard developed through cooperation with the digital camera and printer industries............... 3 ✔ 2..... 3 ✔ 2 ✔ 2............... Available Settings and Defaults The following table lists the settings that can be adjusted in each mode......

12: Center-weighted 13: Auto BKT set 14: Auto BKT order Custom Settings 4 15: Command dials 16: FUNC button 17: Illumination 18: AE-L/AF-L 19: AE lock 20: Focus area 21: AF area illumination 22: Built-in flash 23: Flash warning 24: Flash shutter speed 25: Auto FP 26: Modeling flash 27: Monitor off 28: Auto meter off 29: Self timer 30: Remote 31: Exposure delay mode 32: MB-D80batteries ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔2 ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔2 ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔2 ✔ ✔ ✔2 ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔2 ✔ ✔ ✔2 ✔ ✔ ✔2 ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ S ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ A ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ M ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ Technical Notes / Appendix 135 .P 1: Beep 2: AF-area mode 3: Center AF area 4: Built-in AF assist illuminator 5: No memory card? 6: Image review 7: ISO auto 8: Grid display 9: Viewfinder warning 10: EV step 11: Exposure comp.

Auto slow sync.0) Off 136 Technical Notes / Appendix . ISO sensitivity Multiple exposure Shooting mode Focus area Focus lock AE lock hold Autofocus mode Metering Flexible program Exposure compensation Bracketing Flash mode Flash compensation FV lock 1.The following defaults are restored when a two-button reset is performed: P Image quality Image size White balance Fine tuning Choose color temp.000 K 100 Off Center Shooting menu Other settings S A M — — — Auto — — Auto — — — Slow 1 Matrix — Off (0. JPEG Normal L (3872 × 2592) — — — AUTO — — Center Single frame — Off Off AF-A Off Auto 0 5.0) Off (0 frames) Fill flash Off (0.

sensitivity set to 800. shutter speed set to 1/30. 12: Center-weighted 13: Auto BKT set 14: Auto BKT order 15: Command dials 16: FUNC button 17: Illumination 18: AE-L/AF-L 19: AE lock 20: Focus area 21: AF area illumination 22: Built-in flash 23: Flash warning 24: Flash shutter speed 25: Auto FP 26: Modeling flash 27: Monitor off 28: Auto meter off 29: Self timer 30: Remote 31: Exposure delay mode 32: MB-D80 batteries 1. Max. Off LR6 (AA-size alkaline) S A M Single area On Off 1 Off ø8 mm AE & flash MTR > Under > over Off TTL On 1/60 Off Off Technical Notes / Appendix 137 . Custom Settings On Single Dynamic Auto-area AF Normal frame On — Release locked On — Off On 1/3 step — — — — — ISO display Off AE/AF lock Off No wrap Auto — — — — — 20 s 6s 10 s 1 min.The following defaults are restored with Custom Setting R (Reset): P 1: Beep 2: AF-area mode Auto-area AF 3: Center AF area 4: Built-in AF assist illuminator On — 5: No memory card? 6: Image review 7: ISO auto 8: Grid display 9: Viewfinder warning 10: EV step 11: Exposure comp. Min.

Capacity of memory buffer drops if noise reduction is on.4 1.7 1.1 13. Image size applies to JPEG images only.0 12. 3.8 13. File size is the total for compressed NEF (RAW) and JPEG images. Maximum number of frames that can be taken before shooting stops at ISO 100. All figures are approximate.2 15.3 0.7 12. 2.8 13.Memory Card Capacity and Image Quality / Size The following table shows the approximate number of pictures that can be stored on a 1 GB Panasonic Pro HIGH SPEED card at different image quality and size settings. 2 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 23 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 NEF + JPEG Normal 3 NEF + JPEG Basic 3 NEF (RAW) JPEG Fine JPEG Normal JPEG Basic 1.8 2.6 13. Image quality NEF + JPEG Fine 3 Image size L M S L M S L M S — L M S L M S L M S File size (MB) 1 17.3 Number of images 1 54 63 72 65 71 76 72 76 78 82 133 233 503 260 446 918 503 876 1500 Buffer capacity 1. Size of NEF (RAW) images can not be changed.7 0. 138 Technical Notes / Appendix .0 13.4 4. File size varies with scene recorded and make of memory card.2 2.6 1.6 14.2 0.

Exposure Program (Mode P) The exposure program for mode P is shown in the following graph. F (lens focal length) ≤ 55 mm 135 mm ≥ F > 55 mm F > 135 mm The maximum and minimum values for EV vary with ISO sensitivity. When matrix metering is used. values over 16 / EV are reduced to 16 / EV. the above graph assumes an ISO sensitivity of ISO 200 equivalent. Aperture Shutter speed Technical Notes / Appendix 139 .

positive * 2 frames: unmodified.900 K Not available White balance preset — * Color temperature range reflects wide variation among fluorescent light sources.800 K 2.900 K 2.000 K Fine tuning added to value selected by camera Incandescent 3.200 K 5.600 K 5.700 K Fluorescent* 4.700 K 3.300 K 5.500 K 5.100 K 2.Bracketing Programs The number of shots and bracketing increment are shown in the control panel as follows: Number of frames Bracketing increment Bracketing progress indicator The Bracketing Progress Indicator and Number of Frames Description 3 frames: unmodified.900 K 4. unmodified.700 K Dir.200 K 7.200 K 5. negative * 2 frames: unmodified.000 K 2.000 K 4.500 K – 8.200 K 5.500 K 7. positive * Order when Under > MTR > over is selected for Custom Setting 14 (Auto BKT order) is negative. 140 Technical Notes / Appendix .400 K 6.000 K 6.100 K 6.400 K Shade 8.300 K 3.500 K – 9.800 K Flash 5.000 K 4.000 K 3.800 K 5.600 K 5. 2. Number of frames Progress indicator Bracketing Increment Autoexposure and flash bracketing Custom Setting 10 (EV Step) set to 1/3 EV Custom Setting 10 (EV Step) set to 1/2 EV Display Increment Display Increment / EV / EV / EV 1 EV 1 EV 1 / EV 1 / EV 2 EV 1 / EV 2 EV White balance bracketing Display Increment 1 2 3 White Balance and Color Temperature Approximate color temperatures for each white balance setting are given below (values may differ from color temperatures given by photo color meters): Fine tuning White balance None –3 –2 –1 +1 +2 +3 Auto 3.700 K Choose color temp.600 K 5.200 K 3.400 K 5. ranging from lowtemperature stadium lighting to high-temperature mercury-vapor lamps.800 K Cloudy 6.000 K 9. positive (three frames) or negative.600 K 6.200 K 8.800 K 8.800 K 5. unmodified (two frames).200 K 6. sunlight 5. negative.000 K 5.400 K 7.400 K 6.000 K 3.

Mode . • Standard i-TTL Fill-Flash for Digital SLR: Flash output is adjusted for the main subject. 3 in.5 2.–21 ft.–15 ft.6 6 6. i-TTL balanced fill-flash for digital SLR is used in all other cases.2 4.8 3. A * Aperture.5 5 7.2 3.6–4.5 5 5. 2 ft.6 4. 100 1.3 9 13 18 25 — — 1200 5 7.6 8 11 16 22 Aperture at ISO equivalent of 250 320 400 500 640 800 2.5 4 4.1 10 14 20 200 2 2.2 6 160 4. 7in. .6 6. Flash will still fire at shutter speeds as slow as 30 s when set to slow sync. 100 4 5.6 125 4. 7in.8 2. • i-TTL Balanced Fill-Flash for Digital SLR: Flash output is adjusted for a natural balance between the main subject and the background. .7 Maximum aperture at ISO sensitivity of 250 320 400 500 640 800 5 5.8 4 5. Technical Notes / Appendix 141 .3 7. Standard i-TTL flash control is used with spot metering or when selected with the optional Speedlight.3 9 13 18 160 1.–2 ft.2 3. 1in.5 3.3 0. 7in. P *.6 0.3 5.g.6–2.7–6.6 7 11 16 125 1. the brightness of the background is not taken into account.–5 ft.3 7. 3 ft.7 7.3 6. 2 ft.5 6.6 8 10 11 11 For each one-step increase in sensitivity (e. 2 ft. the maximum aperture (minimum f/-number) is limited according to ISO sensitivity when the built-in flash is used: Mode P.1 0. 2 ft.4 2 2.1 8 6.6–1. Sensitivity.5 6.8 4 5. 2 ft.6 0..3 200 4.6 8 8.1 10 14 20 29 — — 1600 5.1 7.8 ft. and Flash Range Flash range varies with sensitivity (ISO equivalency) and aperture. Shutter Speeds Available with the Built-in Flash The following shutter speeds are available when the built-in flash is used.6 8 11 16 22 32 — — m 1.5 6.1 8 9 10 11 9 10 11 13 14 16 13 14 16 18 20 22 18 20 22 25 29 32 25 29 32 — — — Range 1000 4.5 0. from 200 to 400).2 0. aperture is stopped down by half an f/-stop.2 3. Shutter speed Mode Shutter speed /–/ s /–1 s /–/ s S.5 1000 1250 1600 7.6–1.–3 ft.2 2.6–3.5 4 3. 6in.5 9 9.8 6.0–9. Recommended for shots in which the main subject is emphasized at the expense of background details. In the following modes.–30 ft. 4 in. 120) The following types of flash control are supported when a CPU lens is sued in combination with the built-in flash or optional SB-800 or SB-600 Speedlights.–7 ft.6 2. M /–/ s * Slowest shutter speed at which flash will be used can be selected using Custom Setting 24 (Flash shutter speed).1 7. 3in. 4in. or when exposure compensation is used. 2in.5 5 5.–10 ft. 2 ft. 2 ft.Flash Control ( 42. .2 0.6–0. If the maximum aperture of the lens is smaller than given above. the maximum value for aperture will be the maximum aperture of the lens.

8D Other AF Nikkor † AI-P Nikkor Non-CPU Single-lens reflex digital camera 10. camera supports SDHC Compliant with Design Rule for Camera File System (DCF) 2. dynamic-area AF. 1.5 times lens focal length. continuous-servo AF (AF-C).592 (Large) • 2.896 × 1. total pixels: 10.0 m -1) Type-B BriteView Clear Matte Screen Mark II with superimposed focus brackets and OnDemand grid lines Approx.8 mm. auto AFS/AF-C selection (AF-A).5 mm (–1. depth-of-field preview button stops aperture down to value selected by user (A and M modes) or by camera (other modes) Electronically controlled timer with 2. electronic range finder can be used if maximum aperture is f/5. 0.94 × (50 mm lens at infinity.2 million 23. † Excluding lenses for F3AF Equivalent in 35 mm (135) format is approx. but exposure meter does not function.75 million • 3. predictive focus tracking activated automatically according to subject status • Manual focus (M) SD (Secure Digital) memory cards. Optical fixed eye-level pentaprism –2.296 (Small) * IX-Nikkor lenses can not be used Picture angle Viewfinder Diopter Eyepoint Focusing screen Frame coverage Magnification Reflex mirror Lens aperture Depth-of-field preview Self-timer Focus-area selection Lens servo Storage Media File system Compression Autofocus Detection range AF-area mode Focus lock ISO sensitivity (Recommended Exposure Index) 142 Technical Notes / Specifications .936 × 1.0 and Digital Print Order Format (DPOF) • NEF (RAW): compressed 12-bit • JPEG: JPEG baseline-complaint TTL phase detection by Nikon Multi-CAM 1000 autofocus sensor module –1. auto-area AF Focus can be locked by pressing the shutter-release button halfway (single-servo AF) or by pressing the AE-L/AF-L button 100 to 1600 with additional settings of up to 1 EV over 1600 in steps of / EV • 1.944 (Medium) Nikon F mount with AF coupling and AF contacts All functions supported All functions supported except autofocus and some exposure modes All functions supported except 3D color matrix metering II All functions supported except 3D color matrix metering II and autofocus Can be used in mode M.0 to +19 EV (ISO 100 at 20 °C/68 °F) Single-area AF.Specifications Type Effective pixels CCD Image size (pixels) Lens mount Compatible lenses * Type G or D Nikkor Micro Nikkor 85 mm f/2.6 or faster. 10 or 20 s duration Focus area can be selected from 11 focus areas • Autofocus (AF): Instant single-servo AF (AF-S).872 × 2. 95% of lens (vertical and horizontal) Approx. –1.0 m -1 19.0 m -1 Quick return Instant return with depth-of-field preview When CPU lens is attached.6 × 15.0 to +1. 5.

230. red-eye reduction Lights when built-in flash or SB-series Speedlight such as 800. rear-curtain sync. 28. 28DX. auto slow sync with red-eye reduction.5% of frame) centered on active focus area Range (ISO 100 equivalent. landscape. Flash Color Information Communication. 27. SB-800. blinks for about 3 s after flash is fired at full output Standard ISO hot-shoe contact with safety lock With SB-800. shutterpriority auto (S).4 lens. S. 50DX. M: Fill flash..000-dot. and R200. 28. i-TTL balanced fill-flash for digital SLR and standard i-TTL fill-flash for digital SLR available with built-in flash.5 mm circle (about 2. M: Manual pop-up with button release Approx. 0 to 20 EV (3D color matrix or center-weighted metering) f/1. 20 °C/68 °F) 2 to 20 EV (spot metering) Exposure meter coupling CPU coupling Mode Digital Vari-Program ( auto. supports Advanced Wireless Lighting (SB-600 and R200 only support AWL when used as remote flash). Auto FP High-Speed Sync.5 in. slow sync. 600. red-eye reduction • S. color temperature setting. bulb Auto (TTL white balance with 420-segment RGB sensor). . night landscape. 13/42 at ISO 100 and 20 °C (68 °F) X-contact only. 80DX. 27. 28DX. modeling Flash. sports. macro close-up.Exposure Metering Matrix Three-mode through-the-lens (TTL) exposure metering 3D color matrix metering II (type G and D lenses). 8. and FV Lock. color matrix metering II (other CPU lenses). (ISO) Shutter Speed White balance Bracketing Built-in flash Guide number (m/ft) Flash Sync contact Flash control TTL Auto aperture Non-TTL auto Range-priority manual Flash mode Flash-ready indicator Accessory shoe Nikon Creative Lighting System Monitor Video output External interface Tripod socket Technical Notes / Specifications 143 . : Fill-flash and red-eye reduction available with optional Speedlight • P. Available with SB-800 and CPU lens Available with such Speedlights as SB-800. nigh portrait). 600. or 22s is fully charged. : Auto flash with auto pop-up • P. metering performed by 420-segment RGB sensor Center-weighted Weight of 75% given to 6. programmed auto (P) with flexible program. slow sync with red-eye reduction. rear-curtain with slow sync. and 22s Available with SB-800 • . aperture-priority auto (A). 2. manual (M) Exposure compensation –5 to +5 EV in increments of / or ⁄ EV Bracketing Exposure and / or flash bracketing (2–3 exposures in increments of ⁄ or ⁄ EV) Exposure lock Exposure locked at detected value with AE-L/AF-L button Electronically-controlled vertical-travel focal plane shutter 30 to ⁄ s in steps of ⁄ or ⁄ EV. . six manual modes with fine tuning. . flash synchronization at shutter speeds of up to ⁄ s TTL flash control by 420-segment RGB sensor. auto slow sync. slow sync and slow sync with red-eye reduction available with optional Speedlight • . and SB600. or 10 mm circle in center of frame Spot Meters 3.0 Hi-speed ⁄ in. fill-flash and red-eye reduction available with optional Speedlight • : Auto. : Auto. low-temperature polysilicon TFT LCD with brightness adjustment Can be selected from NTSC and PAL USB 2. A. A: Fill flash. auto with red-eye reduction. . 80DX. preset white balance 2 to 3 exposures in increments of 1 • . portrait.

) Approx. excluding power cable Specifications Nikon reserves the right to change the specifications of the hardware and software described in this manual at any time and without prior notice.) Approx. Dutch. or ZR6 nickel manganese AA batteries • EH-5 AC adapter (available separately) Approx. MH-18a Quick Charger Rated input Rated output Supported batteries Charging time Operating temperature Dimensions (W × D × H) Length of cord Weight AC 100 to 240 V. Portuguese. or LCD monitor cover 0 to +40 °C (+32 to 104 °F) Less than 85% (no condensation) Dimensions (W × D × H) Weight Operating environment Temperature Humidity Unless otherwise stated.3 in. English. 11 in.8 in. Polish. German. Korean. Nikon will not be held liable for damages that may result from any mistakes that this manual may contain.6 × 2.800 mm (5 ft.5 × 56 × 21 mm (1. 90 × 35 × 58 mm (3. excluding power cable EN-EL3e Rechargeable Li-ion Battery Type Rated capacity Dimensions (W × D × H) Weight Rechargeable lithium-ion battery 7.4 V / 900 mA EN-EL3e rechargeable Li-ion batteries Approx.4 × 2.4 V / 1500 mAh Approx. memory card. FR6 lithium.2 × 0. Swedish • One rechargeable Nikon EN-EL3e Li-ion battery. French. Spanish.1 × 3. charging voltage (MH-18a quick charger): 7.) without battery. Finnish. all figures are for a camera with a fully-charged battery operating at an ambient temperature of 20 °C (68 °F). Italian.) Approx.8 oz.Firmware upgrades Supported languages Power source Firmware can be upgraded by user Chinese (Simplified and Traditional). 132 × 103 × 77 mm (5. HR6 Ni-MH. 1. 50/60 Hz DC 8. 585 g (1 lb. 144 Technical Notes / Specifications .). 80 g (2. 80 g (2.4 V DC • MB-D80 Multi-Power battery pack (available separately) with one or two rechargeable Nikon EN-EL3e Li-ion batteries or six LR6 alkaline.8 oz.0 in.). Japanese.5 × 1. 39.2 × 4. Russian.) Approx. body cap. 135 minutes 0 to +40 °C (+32 to 104 °F) Approx. 5 oz.

Technical Notes / Specifications 145 .) HB-32 (available separately.4 in. 0. 73. K rings (all types).6 oz.5 mm diameter × 86. Do not use focusing ring while camera is focusing.) at all zoom positions Seven blade diaphragm with auto aperture f/3.5 – 22 (at 18 mm).18–135 mm f/3. Approx. 24.5–5.6G ED-IF AF-S DX: teleconverters (all types). aperture Construction Focal length scale Distance information Zoom Focus G-type AF-S DX Zoom-Nikkor lens with built-in CPU and Nikon mount Nikon DX format digital cameras 18 – 135 mm 1 : 3.5 ft. Focus can be adjusted by rotating lens focusing ring after locking focus in single-servo autofocus. 385 g (13. and SX-1 attachment rings. attaches as shown below) Closest focus distance Aperture Aperture range Metering Filter diameter Dimensions (W × D × H) Weight Lens hood The following accessories can not be used with the 18–135 mm f/3. 70.75 mm) Approx. PK auto extension rings (all types). BR-4 auto rings. Other accessories may also be incompatible. bellows attachments (all types).5 – 5.6G ED-IF AF-S DX Zoom-Nikkor Lens (Available Separately) Type Supported cameras Focal length Max.9 × 3.5 mm/2. 35. 105. manual focus supported when A-M switch set to A or M. 135 Supplied to camera body Zoom adjusted by rotating zoom ring Autofocus with Silent Wave Motor. f/5. See the accessory manual for details.6 – 38 (at 135 mm) Maximum aperture 67 mm (P=0.6 15 elements in 13 groups (including 1 ED glass element and 2 aspherical elements) 18.45 m (1. 50.5–5. manual focus.

5–5.6G lens. • Use EN-EL3e batteries immediately after charging. image size set to M. The battery level displayed by the camera may vary with changes in temperature. Soiled contacts can reduce battery performance.6G lens. Example 1: 2. continuous-servo autofocus. image size set to L. cycle repeated once exposure meters have turned off. monitor turned on for five seconds and then turned off . continuous shooting mode. Batteries will lose their charge if left unused. • Check battery status regularly using the Battery info option in the setup menu ( 107). image quality set to JPEG Basic. single-frame shooting mode. Example 2: 600 shots AF-S DX IF ED 18–135 mm f/3. after six shots. next shot taken after exposure meters have turned off. temperature. shutter speed 1⁄250 s. 146 Technical Notes / Specifications . The following measurements were performed at a temperature of 20 °C (68 °F).5–5. built-in Speedlight fired at full power with every other shot. and how the camera is used.700 shots AF-S DX IF ED 18–135 mm f/3. shutter-release button pressed halfway for five seconds and focus cycled from infinity to minimum range once. monitor turned on for four seconds after each shot. image quality set to JPEG Normal. The following can reduce battery life: • Using the monitor • Keeping the shutter-release button pressed halfway • Repeated autofocus operations • Taking RAW (NEF) photographs • Slow shutter speeds To ensure maximum battery performance: • Keep the battery contacts clean. shutter-release button pressed halfway for three seconds and focus cycled from infinity to minimum range three times.Battery Life The number of shots that can be taken with a fully-charged EN-EL3e battery (1500 mAh) varies with the condition of the battery. continuous-servo autofocus. shutter speed ⁄ s.

mode AF-S. quick-response remote Bracketing. 19–23 (close-up mode). Hue. 65 Delayed remote. 123 Capture NX. 89. 73. 123 Center AF area (Custom Settings menu). 24–25 (night portrait mode). 24–25 (night landscape mode). 66 Auto-area AF. Shutterpriority auto. 99 Auto meter off (Custom Settings menu). 103 (“clock not set” indicator). 99 Auto mode. See Lens. 87 Center-weighted. 17. See also Battery info. 110 D-lighting (retouch menu). White balance Color mode. 35. 9 Default settings. See Color mode Advanced Wireless Lighting. Flash. See Focus. 49. Tone compensation Copies. See Creative Lighting System Color. See Aperture-priority auto Accessories. 49. 19–23 B Backlight. Two-button reset Delete. 120 AE-L/AF-L (Custom Settings menu). 110 DPOF See Digital Print Order Format Dust off ref photo (setup menu). 7. LCD brightness.21. 55. See also Modeling flash Design Rule for Camera File System. 103. See also Exposure. mode Aperture. 38 Delete (playback menu). 112 Firmware. 56–57. Clock. 24–25 CLS. control panel. 101–102 Custom Settings. See Small picture CPU lens. See also Memory card. 69 Continuous. mode Contrast. bracketing. 95 Bulb. Metering Center-weighted (Custom Settings menu). 134 File no. Lens. 26. 111. See Black and white C Camera Control Pro. 134 Exposure. 99 program. See Image quality Battery. Flash. 49. 74. 38–39 (self timer indicator). 77. Trim CSM/Setup menu (setup menu). brightness of Buffer size. 74 single-frame playback. 51. 93 BASIC. 24–25 Diopter. autofocus. See also Accessories. 139 Exposure comp. reducing. 24–25 (portrait mode). Neutral Density (ND) Filter effects (retouch menu). 89 Exif version 2. 19. See Metering 420-segment RGB sensor. 40. Programmed auto. 132 Aperture-priority auto. 23 (FV lock). 81 Blur. 119. 91 Computer. 18. 86 (bracketing indicator). 90 Autoexposure lock. See also White balance Command dials (Custom Settings menu). formatting. See also Reset. 134 Digital Vari-Program. 41 Auto FP (Custom Settings menu). See Focus. Shooting mode. 3. See also Aperture. 24–25 A A. See Focus Auto (Flash mode). See Design Rule for Camera File System DC-IN. CPU Creative Lighting System (CLS). MB-D80 EN-EL3e. See also AE lock Autofocus. 36 (exposure compensation). 74 Depth of field. 132 battery. 103. World time Daylight saving time. 35. 103. See Color mode Color space. See also Exposure delay mode. 54 (flash compensation). Manual mode bracketing. 106. 80 Color profile. 26. See Focus. 36 Built-in AF-assist illuminator (Custom Settings menu). Autoexposure lock. See Metering. Aperture-priority auto. Flash. 49–50. continuous B/W. 87 AF-assist illuminator. 18. autofocus. 116. See Exposure. 59. 103. 36. 67–68. Filter effects. 140. sequence (setup menu). 141 maximum. 140. 134–137. battery. 56–57 Black and white. 12–13 life. manual EV step (Custom Settings menu). 123. See Center-weighted. 89 electronic analog exposure display. 49 Audio/video (AV) cable. See also Battery. 122. See Focus. See Color mode. 94 AF-A. 68. bracketing. 58. 127 Battery info (setup menu). 56–57. See Long time-exposures Burst. 123 inserting. 107 Beep (Custom Settings menu). 45. 54. (Custom Settings menu). 53. Shooting mode. 33. See also Clock. See also Printing. 134 Digital Print Order Format. 12–13. 37 F File. 50. 50 meters. See also World time DCF. 146 storage. See Focus. 140 compensation. 91 Auto BKT set (Custom Settings menu). 24–25 (continuous shooting indicator). 14. Saturation. 99 Eyepiece cap. 77. 71. 98 Auto image rotation (setup menu). See AFarea mode E Electronic range finder. 116–123 supplied. 138 format. 87 Built-in flash (Custom Settings menu). 36. bracketing Brightness. 90 Clock. 106–107 Dynamic area AF. White balance (auto mode). 121 Crop. White balance. optional optional. 74 selected images. 106 Filter. 79–80. See also Viewfinder D-lighting. 52–57. 127. mode AF area illumination (Custom Settings menu). 65. Shutter speed. 50. See Firmware version Technical Notes / Index 147 . autofocus. Filter effects. 7 Adobe RGB. 37 (sports mode). 49 preview. 69. 3. See AF-area mode Auto BKT order (Custom Settings menu). See also Optimize image. Monitor. See Shooting mode. Protecting photographs all images. See Color mode Color temperature. delayed remote. 55 (flash-ready indicator). optional. 89 Exposure delay mode (Custom Settings menu). 92–93 (landscape mode). 106. 86–100 D Date. 24–25 (remote control indicator). 132 Close up.Index Symbols 3D color matrix metering II. Self timer. 95 AF-area mode (Custom Settings menu). autofocus. 8. 36 Continuous-servo AF. 12–13. 121 minimum. 28. ii. 108 Auto meter off. 3. level. 87 AF-C. 94 AE lock (Custom Settings menu). 7.

See (sports mode). Neutral Density (ND) NEF (RAW). See (portrait (night portrait mode). 69–73. 41 Remote. 123 MB-D80 batteries (Custom Settings menu). 23. 83 Long time-exposures. 74–114. 98 Monitor. 103 cover. 75 Portraits.Firmware version (setup menu). 119–121 range. 61–73. 9–10 Metering. 75–77 PictureProject. See also Black and white Monochrome (retouch menu). 16. 109–115 Rotate tall (playback menu). 26. 24 Focus area (Custom Settings menu). See also High ISO NR. Shooting mode. 105 Folders (setup menu). See Image size M. 92–93 FV lock. PTP Q Quality. 107. 38 R RAW. See Accessories. 122. 83 i-TTL flash control. 30. 23. 69. 75 148 Technical Notes / Index . 35 Image size (shooting menu). 88. See also Aperture-priority auto. See Flash. 93. 123 Remote (Custom Settings menu). 51. See Programmed auto PictBridge. 23. non-CPU NORMAL. See Image quality NTSC. 98 brightness of. 80 I Illumination (Custom Settings menu). 102 Framing grid. 116–117 CPU. 26. 79–81 Options. 21. (night landscape mode) Language. 52 Mirror. 43. 119–121. See Accessories. See Hide image High ISO NR (shooting menu). See Backlight. 65 PTP. 108 FINE. 125–126 cleaning. autofocus. 100. Auto mode. 8. 121 remote. 138 Memory card. 104 Image overlay (retouch menu). 69. 92–93 G Grid display (Custom Settings menu). 141 J JPEG. See also PictBridge. 61. See also CSM/Setup menu using. 34. 87 autofocus. 88 ISO sensitivity. (night portrait mode) Noise. 117 type G. 40–42 Flash shutter speed (Custom Settings menu). 63 Hue. 74–78 full frame. See USB. 69. 47 Playback. NR No memory card? (Custom Settings menu). 95 compensation. PTP (flexible program indicator). 83. optional P P. 36. Shooting mode. 112 Moving subjects. 61 menu. See Default settings. 78 Hiding images. 102 playback. 103 Language (setup menu). See Image quality. NEF (RAW) Rear-curtain sync. Manual mode. 46. Print set Print set (playback menu). 35. 41 Red eye correction (retouch menu). 92 monitor preflash. See Programmed auto Focus. 43 auto. 64 Playback folder (playback menu). 32 tracking. 124. 119 sync speed. 106. 111 Red-eye reduction. quick-response remote Remote cord. 74–78 thumbnail. AF-assist illuminator Image comment (setup menu). See also AFarea mode area. See Color temperature. 138 formatting. 142 Image size. Focus. See Manual mode Manual mode. 95–97 optional. 100 Mass storage. 117 non-CPU. 6. 29–30 manual. 125–126 Mirror lock-up (setup menu). 34 NEF (RAW). 9. 19. 104 Picture Transfer Protocol. 16. optional. 125 dimensions of. See Lens. Reset. 75. See also Grid display Front-curtain sync. Two-button reset Reset (Custom Settings menu). Optimize image PRE. 84–85 N ND. 138 approved. 33. See Image quality Flash bracketing. See USB. 11. 117 type D. 86 Retouch menu. See Image size Landscapes. 102 lock. 78 Programmed auto. 28–31 lock. See (night landscape mode). 91 O Off (Flash mode). See Image quality Quick-response remote. See (landscape mode). 8 Monitor off (Custom Settings menu). 122 capacity. 103 LCD brightness (setup menu). 106 Mode. See Filter. 56–57 built in. 28–32. 119. 138 K K. NR (shooting menu). delayed remote. 81 Image review (Custom Settings menu). 50–51 MB-D80. 43. Long exp. See Filter. 112. 71–73. 106. 51. 42 FUNC button (Custom Settings menu). 63 zoom. NEF (RAW) Neutral Density. 45–51. 94 Folder. 93. 15–16. 41 Optimize image (shooting menu). Digital Vari-Program. 124 auto off. 67. 93 Illuminator. See White balance. 35. 47 Protecting photographs. 118 Lighting. Programmed auto. See USB. 30. See Video mode Number of exposures remaining. 45. 63 Histogram. 134 Pictmotion. 81 ISO auto (Custom Settings menu). 88 ISO sensitivity (shooting menu). 88 Non-CPU lens. 114–115 Image quality. 5. White balance Long exp. 15 Menus. 98 Flash warning (Custom Settings menu). 88 Image sensor. control panel. 75 recording. 31 mode. Number of exposures remaining L L. 42 Flash mode. 96. 105 Format (setup menu). 36. 87 center. 14. 42. 89 H Hide image (playback menu). 98 Monochrome. 16. 78. 123 Low-pass filter. 34. 125–126 M M. preset Printing. 103 Lens. 84–85 Multiple exposure (shooting menu). 141 ready indicator. 114–115 Image quality (shooting menu). mode). 83 Highlights. 32. 90. 40–42. Shutter-priority auto Modeling flash (Custom Settings menu). 99 Reset. mode Multiple exposure. See Image quality. 55 level. Neutral Density (ND) Night photography. 69. Mass storage Matrix. 98 Flexible program. 83. See Metering Memory buffer.

37 single frame. See Built-in flash Tone compensation. 75. 82. 67. 59–60. 58–60 White balance. World time Time exposure. 104 PTP. 108 S S. 36 delayed remote. 67–68. See Metering sRGB. 36. 99 Self-portraits. 8. 70.Rotating photographs. See Slide show Slide show (playback menu). 6. See Long time exposures Thumbnail. See also Color temperature bracketing. 67–68. 36 Shutter. See Focus. 38 self timer. 36 Single-servo autofocus. See Shutter-priority auto (single-frame shooting indicator). 48 speed. 6 Viewfinder warning (Custom Settings menu). 79–85 Shooting mode. 90 preset. 89 Viewing photographs. 17. 48. 66 Time. See Playback. 104 USB (setup menu). 50–51. 36 Saturation. 58–60. 75–77 Slow sync. 104 cable. 48 Single area AF. 66 Video mode (setup menu). thumbnail TTL. 82 White balance (shooting menu). 122 focus. 104 V Video device. 101–108 Sharpening. 82 World time (setup menu). 103 VIDEO OUT. 80 SD. 17 indicators. mode Size. See AF-area mode Single frame. 14. 66 Viewfinder. 70 Mass storage. autofocus. 80 Shooting menu. See Playback W (white balance indicator). 112–113 Speedlight. 111 Two-button reset. See also Exposure Shutter-priority auto. See ISO sensitivity Sepia. 89. See Memory card Self timer. See Self timer Sensitivity. 103. 67–68. 44 U USB. 80 Trim (retouch menu). See also Viewfinder warning accessories. 70. 103 Technical Notes / Index 149 . 99 Self timer (Custom Settings menu). See Image size S. 36–39 continuous. 41 Small picture (retouch menu). See Flash Spot. 38 quick-response remote. 22. See Image size Slide show. See Monochrome Setup menu. See also Clock. 70. 22. 122. See Memory card Secure Digital. See Color mode T Television.

Sign up to vote on this title
UsefulNot useful